Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 8, 2021.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ON24, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   94-3292599
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

50 Beale Street, 8th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 369-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Sharat Sharan

Chief Executive Officer

ON24, Inc.

50 Beale Street, 8th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 369-8000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:
Peter Astiz
Andrew Ledbetter
Patrick J. O’Malley
DLA Piper LLP (US)
2000 University Avenue
East Palo Alto, CA 94303-2214
(650) 833-2000
 

John L. Savva

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

1870 Embarcadero Road

Palo Alto, CA 94303

(650) 461-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated January 8, 2021.

Shares

LOGO

ON24, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of ON24, Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                 and $                . We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ONTF”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to ON24, Inc.

   $                    $                

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2021.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   KeyBanc Capital Markets

 

 

Prospectus dated                , 2021.


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE DIGITAL EXPERIENCE PLATFORM EXPERIENCES PERSONALIZATION ENGAGEMENT DATA CONVERTING CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT INTO REVENUE


Table of Contents

LOGO

ON24 DATA ADVANTAGE ON24 INTELLIGENCE TURNS CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT INTO ACTIONABLE INSIGHTS intelligence Framework Buying Signals Prospect Analytics Experience Analytics Content Analytics Benchmark Analytics ON24 Prospect Analytics NAME Paula Price INDUSTRY Financial Services COMPANY Metropolis ROLE VP, Network Security


Table of Contents

LOGO

ON24 DIGITAL EXPERIENCE PLATFORM ON24 Virtual Environment ON24 Target Engagement & Prospect Analytics ON24 AI Driven Personalization Engine MAP, CRM, BI Rest API Library ON24 Engagement Hub CN24 Elite live personalized first-person data & analytics ecosystem of third-party integrations always-on


Table of Contents

LOGO

AI-DRIVEN SYSTEM OF ENGAGEMENT ON24 FIRST-PERSON DATA FUELS ONGOING ENGAGEMENT, PERSONALIZATION AND CONVERSION ACROSS THE BUYING JOURNEY EXPERIENCES ENGAGEMENT DATA PAULAPRICE PERSONALIZATION


Table of Contents

LOGO

ON24 EXPERIENCES ON24 ELITE Live, interactive webinar experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format. ON24 TARGET Personalized and curated, rich multimedia content experience that engages specific segments of prospective customers to drive a desired action. ON24 ENGAGEMENT HUB Always-on, rich multimedia content experience that prospective customers can engage in anytime, anywhere. ON24 VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT Live, large-scale virtual event experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format.


Table of Contents

LOGO

We had a net loss of $7.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, $3.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2019, $3.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, $3.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2019 and $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and we had net income of $6.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 and $6.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2020.

 

1.

Represents annualized revenue calculated based on the quarter ended September 30, 2020.

2.

Represents the increase in total digital experience platform revenue (which excludes revenue from our Legacy offering).

3.

Represents our dollar based net retention rate, or NRR, as of September 30, 2020.

4.

Represents cash flow from operations for the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020.

5.

Represents our estimate of our total addressable market worldwide as of June 30, 2020.

6.

Annualized based on the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020.

 

ON24 BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS $170M 100%+ 140%+1,900+ $42B 200K+ 2.5B 98% 70% $138.9 35% $114.2 25% $85.9 $76.9 $63.6 $67.2 $70.0 1. Represents annualized revenue calculated based on the quarter ended September 30, 2020. 2. Represents the increase in total digital experience platform revenue (which excludes revenue from our Legacy offering). 3. Represents our dollar based net retention rate, or NRR, as of September 30, 2020. 4. Represents cash flow from operations for the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020. 5. Represents our estimate of our total addressable market worldwide as of June 30, 2020. 6. Annualized based on the period of January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020. We had a net loss of $7.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, $3.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2019, $3.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, $3.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2019 and $2.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, and we had net income of $6.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 and $6.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2020.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     14  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48  

Market, Industry and Other Data

     50  

Use of Proceeds

     51  

Dividend Policy

     52  

Capitalization

     53  

Dilution

     55  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     58  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     61  

Business

     94  

Management

     115  

Executive Compensation

     122  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     134  

Principal Stockholders

     137  

Description of Capital Stock

     139  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     146  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     150  

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     155  

Validity of Common Stock

     162  

Experts

     162  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     162  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus that we may provide to you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information or to make any other representations, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “ON24,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to ON24, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform the way businesses drive revenue and customer engagement through data-rich digital experiences.

Overview

We provide a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers.

Similar to what has taken place in the business-to-consumer, or B2C, market, our digital experience platform empowers business-to-business, or B2B, companies with insights to better personalize their engagement. Large social media platforms have been successful at leveraging experiences and insights of consumers on their platforms to enable B2C companies to effectively understand their potential consumers. While these have been effective in the B2C market, B2B companies often lack deep insights about prospective customers to effectively understand and engage them.

Businesses today primarily use automated solutions, such as digital advertising and email, for marketing. While these automated solutions reach large numbers of prospective customers, they have generally failed to deepen customer engagement because they were designed with the simple purpose of pushing marketing messages in one direction – from the business to the prospective customer. As a result, marketing at scale has become synonymous with spam, which we define as any unsolicited or automated marketing emails, advertisements, phone calls or text messages, and is often ignored by prospective customers and can even undermine the customer relationship. At the same time, prospective customers prefer to do their own research by accessing digital marketing resources before consulting with a salesperson to make a purchasing decision.

For businesses to succeed, we believe their sales and marketing strategies must evolve from the era of automation to the era of engagement. We are strategically positioned to help businesses and their sales and marketing organizations make this transition. Our platform provides an innovative way both to scale digital marketing and deepen prospective customer engagement. We believe our opportunity to help businesses convert digital engagement into revenue will continue to grow as industries modernize their sales and marketing processes, which has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Through our leading digital experience platform, we powered more than 159,000 interactive, live digital experiences from January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020, engaging an average of



 

1


Table of Contents

4 million prospective customers and business professionals monthly between January 1, 2020 and September 30, 2020, an increase of 174% year-over-year. Our platform facilitated a monthly average of 12 million prospective customer interactions in the same time period, representing an annual run rate of 2.45 billion engagement minutes for an increase of 167% year-over-year. As our customers create more ON24 content-rich experiences, they gather more data directly from prospective customers, which we refer to as first-person data, to help them create a multiplier effect that strengthens their ability to convert prospective customers and generate revenue.

As of September 30, 2020, we had over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial and manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We have a highly engaged and loyal customer base that has allowed us to grow our revenue with them over time and achieve a dollar-based net retention rate, or NRR, of 147% as of September 30, 2020. Our NRR was 107% and 108% as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Our revenue was $82.6 million and $89.1 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $65.2 million and $103.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We had a net loss of $17.6 million and $17.5 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $14.1 million and net income of $11.2 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $8.6 million and $11.4 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities was $26.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Industry Trends

B2B sales and marketing has shifted away from traditional approaches, such as “cold-calling,” “snail mail,” industry networking events and in-office visits, to more scalable, digital-based approaches. According to Gartner, by 2025, 80% of B2B sales interactions between suppliers and buyers are expected to occur in digital channels. As they transition to digital-based approaches, businesses are struggling to achieve deep levels of personalized engagement and interactivity. The imperative to optimize digital sales and marketing investments to drive revenue conversion has become more important as businesses accelerate digital transformation initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The following key trends are impacting sales and marketing strategies today:

 

   

Personalized and interactive digital customer engagement at scale is the new imperative.

 

   

Democratization of content has led prospective customers to self-educate.

 

   

Traditional automated marketing approaches are increasingly ineffective.

 

   

Data privacy requirements are constraining automated digital marketing.

The new norms of digital transformation and targeting self-educating prospective customers have accelerated the need for cloud platforms that deliver personalized and interactive customer engagement at scale to drive revenue.



 

2


Table of Contents

Limitations of Traditional Approaches to Customer Engagement at Scale

Businesses have struggled to adapt their marketing strategies for the era of digital engagement where interactions with prospective customers happen online. Traditional marketing tactics and general-purpose communication platforms:

 

   

Are not built to create content-rich, interactive experiences for prospective customers;

 

   

Offer limited opportunity for engagement, resulting in less prospective customer data;

 

   

Do not provide effective insights to convert prospects into customers; and

 

   

Fail to utilize behavioral insights to dynamically personalize content.

In addition, in-person events, such as business conferences, are resource intensive and exist in a discrete moment in time, limiting return on investment.

Our Platform and Key Differentiators

Our leading, cloud-based digital experience platform enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences that are backed by analytics and an ecosystem of third-party integrations. We believe the key differentiators of our platform are:

 

   

Designed to drive interactive customer experiences. Our platform was built to power a new kind of customer engagement – highly interactive, real-time digital experiences that can scale engagement from hundreds to thousands of prospective customers simultaneously, aligning with how prospective business customers are seeking to self-educate.

 

   

Interactive customer engagement creates highly valuable customer insight data. Creating and measuring customer engagement and interaction is at the center of our platform. Through our products, our customers can create interactive experiences which can be used to gather rich, real-time insights on their prospective customers.

 

   

Prospective customer insights drive more efficient conversion of pipeline to revenue. The customer engagement and interaction data gathered through our platform enables businesses to derive deep insights about prospective customer behavior. These insights can drive a higher-quality pipeline and ultimately better revenue conversion for our customers. Through our ecosystem of integrations with third-party marketing automation, customer relationship management, or CRM, and business intelligence, or BI, platforms, our customers can leverage insights derived through our platform to more intelligently engage with prospective customers in real-time. Customers that represent over 60% of our annual recurring revenue, or ARR, as of September 30, 2020 have integrated our platform with a third-party application.

 

   

Flywheel effect drives continuous optimization. The more of our content-rich experiences that our customers create for their prospective customers to engage with, the more first-person data that our customers are able to collect in return. By leveraging artificial intelligence and machine learning, or AI/ML, our platform enables businesses to use this data to derive highly relevant and deep insights that fuel more personalization in future content experiences, strengthening the engagement they create and further enhancing the quality of the interaction data and insights derived through our platform.

 

   

Experiences that can be repurposed and continuously drive engagement to maximize return on investment. Our customers are able to continuously drive results because ON24 digital experiences remain interactive and can continue to engage their prospective customers well after the initial live event ends. This allows our customers to repurpose and reuse digital experiences many times over with no incremental cost.



 

3


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

   

Category defining platform for customer engagement at scale. We created one of the first cloud platforms for businesses to deliver interactive, data driven webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences.

 

   

Cloud-based system of engagement. We deliver several key marketing capabilities in a single cloud-based platform. With ON24, businesses can create digital experiences, deploy them at scale, collect numerous data points on their prospective customers, and leverage this data to further personalize subsequent experiences. As a result, businesses no longer need to rely on a combination of standalone products.

 

   

Broad, rich dataset and AI/ML capabilities power valuable insights. Our platform enables highly interactive experiences, giving our customers access to behavioral data that signals buying intent. By leveraging our AI/ML capabilities, our customers can derive valuable and actionable insights in order to optimize their sales and marketing strategies.

 

   

Enterprise grade, highly scalable cloud platform. Our cloud-based platform has been developed to enable enterprise-grade scalability. This includes options and features to enable our customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align to their needs as well as integrations with a broad ecosystem of third-party applications.

 

   

Growing base of customers across verticals. We have grown our customer base from approximately 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue.

 

   

Superior, dedicated customer service. Our solutions are designed to be easy to use, featuring drag-and-drop and other similar tools simplifying implementation by our customers, supported by 24/7 technical, chat and webinar experience emergency support.

Our Market Opportunity

Businesses continue to invest significantly in various digital marketing strategies and technologies, which account for almost 80% of marketing budgets according to a Gartner survey. Further, according to that same survey, Chief Marketing Officers, or CMOs, are expected to allocate approximately 26% of their total budget to marketing technologies, and 68% of CMOs expect their investments in marketing technology to increase going forward. According to Grand View Research, the global digital marketing software industry is expected to reach approximately $152 billion in 2027. We estimate that the current total addressable market, or TAM, for our solutions is approximately $42 billion worldwide annually. For more information regarding how we calculate our TAM, see “Business—Our Market Opportunity.”

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to drive the growth of our business and the adoption of our solutions by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Drive new customer acquisition;

 

   

Expand within existing customers;

 

   

Continue to sell complementary products and develop new solutions for specific use cases;



 

4


Table of Contents
   

Expand into new regions; and

 

   

Identify and pursue inorganic growth opportunities.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves risks, which are discussed more fully under “Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including under “Risk Factors,” before making an investment decision. These risks include, but are not limited to, risks relating to:

 

   

Our ability to sustain our recent revenue growth rate in the future, attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers;

 

   

Fluctuation in our performance, our history of net losses and expected increases in our expenses;

 

   

Competition and technological development in our markets and any decline in demand for our solutions or generally in our markets;

 

   

Our ability to expand our sales and marketing capabilities and otherwise manage our growth;

 

   

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

Disruptions, interruptions, outages or other issues with our technology or our use of third-party services, data connectors and data centers;

 

   

Any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems or networks on which we rely;

 

   

Our sales cycle, our international expansion and our timing of revenue recognition from our sales;

 

   

Interoperability with other devices, systems and applications;

 

   

Compliance with data privacy, import and export controls, customs, sanctions and other laws and regulations;

 

   

Intellectual property matters, including any infringements of third-party intellectual property rights by us or infringement of our intellectual property rights by third parties; and

 

   

The market for, trading price of and other matters associated with our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

Reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data;

 

   

An exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

 

   

Exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.



 

5


Table of Contents

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and accordingly, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period, which may make comparison of our financial statements with those of other public companies more difficult. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company or, with respect to adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards, until we irrevocably elect to opt out of using the extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens.

Corporate Information

ON24, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on January 8, 1998 under the name “NewsDirect, Inc.” Our principal executive offices are located at 50 Beale Street, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, and our telephone number is (415) 369-8000. Our website address is www.on24.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

We own various U.S. federal trademarks and unregistered trademarks, including our company name, logo and solution names and other trade or service marks. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and , but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.



 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

                   shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                   shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered in this offering

  

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                 shares from us.

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
   The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Conflicts of interest

   An affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns all outstanding shares of our Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock as of September 30, 2020, which will automatically convert into shares of common stock representing approximately 14.5% of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. As a result, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written


 

7


Table of Contents
   approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. is acting as the “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. See the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Proposed New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, trading symbol

   “ONTF”

Risk factors

   You should read the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the risks and uncertainties you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

The total number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes 10,742,141 shares of common stock and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock (which will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

9,571,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, having a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 per share;

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan (which number includes                shares remaining available for issuance under our 2014 Stock Option Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or our Certificate of Incorporation, and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or our Bylaws;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 27,227,466 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering;

 



 

8


Table of Contents
   

no exercise of the outstanding options described above; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase                additional shares of our common stock.



 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our financial position as of September 30, 2020 and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or any other period.

You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $ 66,079     $ 72,589     $ 53,368     $ 81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform(1)

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services(1)

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development(1)

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative(1)

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  


 

10


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

     —         (10,047     (7,547     —    

Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (20,616   $ (32,348   $ (24,944   $ 7,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $       1,460      $       1,998      $       1,314      $       1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

11


Table of Contents
(2)

Please refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 52,739     $ 52,739     $                    

Working capital

     1,753       1,753    

Total assets

     134,210       134,210    

Deferred revenue

     87,195       87,195    

Long-term debt

     24,635       24,635    

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock

     83,857       —      

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock

     70,000       —      

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (154,982     (1,125  

 

(1)

The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2020 into 27,227,466 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering and approximately $0.5 million in additional stock-based compensation expense in connection with the settlement of such restricted stock unit.

 

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments set forth above; (b) the sale and issuance of                 shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (c) the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Key Business Metrics

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including our number of customers, our ARR, our NRR and our number of customers contributing at least $100,000 in ARR, or $100k



 

12


Table of Contents

Customers, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Key Business Metrics:(1)

        

Customers

     1,241       1,401       1,342       1,918  

ARR

   $ 61,249     $ 76,852     $ 69,997     $ 138,872  

NRR

     107     108     106     147

$100k Customers

     116       144       129       271  

 

(1)

We define a customer as a unique organization, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, that has entered into an agreement for paid access to our platform. We calculate ARR as the sum of the annualized value of our subscription contracts as of the measurement date, including existing customers with expired contracts that we expect to be renewed. We calculate NRR as of a specified period end by dividing current period ARR by prior period ARR, where prior period ARR is the ARR for all engagement platform customers as of twelve months prior to such period end, and current period ARR is the ARR for the same customers as of the specified period end. For additional information about our key business metrics, please see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”



 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, platform, reputation, brand, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We may not be able to sustain our recent revenue growth rate in the future.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our revenue increased by 8% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. We have experienced significant revenue growth during 2020, with our revenue increasing by 59% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our recent revenue growth has been significantly impacted by an increasing demand for our platform and products following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting precautionary measures. As the impact of COVID-19 lessens, there may be reduced demand for our platform, and our revenue growth rate may decline. If these new customers elect not to continue their subscription as the impact of COVID-19 lessens, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

As a result of our limited operating history at our current scale, our ability to forecast our future results of operations is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. You should not rely on our recent revenue growth rate or the revenue growth rate of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth rate could slow, or our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including any reduction in demand for our platform, increased competition, higher market penetration, a contraction of our overall market, our inability to accurately forecast demand for our platform and plan for capacity constraints or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities. If our revenue growth rate declines, investors’ perceptions of our business and the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly results of operations and financial condition may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly results of operations and financial condition may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. For example, our revenue and revenue growth rate may decline in future periods compared to 2020 as the impact of COVID-19 lessens. Further, because we generally invoice our customers at the beginning of the contractual terms of their subscriptions to our solutions, our financial condition reflects deferred revenue that we recognize ratably as revenue over the contractual term. If fewer new enrollments or renewals occur as the impact of COVID-19 lessens, our cash and deferred revenue as of future dates may decrease. Fluctuation in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our securities. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations include:

 

   

our ability to retain and expand customer usage;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

our ability to hire and retain employees, in particular those responsible for the selling or marketing of our platform and provide sales leadership in areas in which we are expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

changes in the way we organize and compensate our sales teams;

 

   

the timing of expenses and recognition of revenue;

 

   

the length of sales cycles;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, as well as international expansion and entry into operating leases;

 

   

timing and effectiveness of new sales and marketing initiatives;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

the timing and success of new products, features and functionality by us or our competitors;

 

   

interruptions or delays in our service, network outages, or actual or perceived privacy or security breaches;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations that impact our business;

 

   

one or more large indemnification payments to our customers or other third parties;

 

   

the timing of expenses related to any future acquisitions; and

 

   

general economic and market conditions.

Failure to attract new customers or retain, expand the usage of, and upsell our products to existing customers would harm our business and growth prospects.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flows from sales of subscriptions to our products. As such, our business depends upon our ability to attract new customers and to maintain and expand our relationships with our existing customers, including by expanding their usage and upselling additional solutions. Our business is largely subscription-based, and customers are not obligated to and may not renew their subscriptions after their existing subscriptions expire. As a result, customers may not renew their subscriptions at the same rate, increase their usage of our solutions or purchase subscriptions for additional solutions, if they renew at all. Renewals of subscriptions may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, such as dissatisfaction with our solutions or support, a customer no longer having a need for our solutions or the perception that competitive products provide better or less expensive options. In order to grow our business, we must continually add new customers and replace customers who choose not to continue to use our platform. Any decrease in user satisfaction with our solutions or support may result in negative online customer reviews and decreased word-of-mouth referrals, which would harm our brand and our ability to grow.

In addition to striving to attract new customers to our platform, we seek to expand the usage of our solutions by our existing customers by increasing the number of departments, divisions and teams that use our solutions within each of our customers. If we fail to expand the usage of our solutions by existing customers or if customers fail to purchase other solutions from us, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

 

15


Table of Contents

Competition in our markets is intense, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

We compete for customers with a number of different types of companies that offer a variety of products and services, including meeting tools, webinar software, virtual event software, video portal software, content management software, physical events, physical event software, marketing automation software, and digital marketing tools. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. Many of our current and potential competitors have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. Our solutions face competition from a number of web-based meeting, webinar, physical event and marketing software products offered by companies such as Zoom, LogMeIn, Intrado, Microsoft, Cisco, Google, Cvent and Amazon. Many of these products have significantly lower prices. Although most of these companies do not currently offer products with real-time engagement features that gather the types and extent of actionable data that we gather, many of these companies have significantly greater resources and may be able to introduce similar products in the future. Additionally, we operate in a market characterized by an increasing number of new and competitive entrants. Furthermore, this market has seen rapid expansion as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and this market expansion may attract additional entrants. As we introduce new solutions and services, and with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future.

Many factors, including our pricing and marketing strategies, customer acquisition, and technology costs, as well as the pricing and marketing strategies of our competitors, can significantly affect our pricing strategies. Certain competitors offer, or may in the future offer, lower-priced or free products or services that compete with our entire platform or certain aspects of our platform, and they may offer a broader range of products and services than we do. Even if such competing products do not include all of the features and functionality that our solutions provide, we could face pricing pressure to the extent that customers find such alternative products to be sufficient to meet their needs. Similarly, certain competitors or potential competitors may use marketing strategies that enable them to acquire customers at a lower cost than we can. Moreover, larger organizations, which are a primary focus of our direct sales efforts, may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, we may be required to provide larger organizations with pricing below our targets in the future. As a result, we could lose market share to our competitors or be forced to engage in price-cutting initiatives or other discounts to attract and retain customers, each of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A decline in demand for our solutions or for live engagement technologies in general could harm our business.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flows from sales of subscriptions to our solutions. As a result, widespread adoption and use of live engagement technologies, webinars and event software in general, and our platform in particular, are critical to our future growth and success. If this market fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our platform could be negatively affected. Demand for our platform is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these potential factors include:

 

   

availability of products and services that compete, directly or indirectly, with ours;

 

   

introduction of free or “do-it-yourself” products;

 

   

awareness and adoption of the live engagement technologies category generally as a substitute for in-person events;

 

   

ease of adoption and use;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

features and platform experience;

 

   

reliability of our platform, including frequency of outages;

 

   

performance and user support;

 

   

our brand and reputation;

 

   

security and privacy;

 

   

our pricing and our competitors’ pricing; and

 

   

new modes of live engagement that may be developed in the future.

If we fail to successfully predict and address these factors, meet customer demands or achieve more widespread market adoption of our platform, our business would be harmed.

We have a history of net losses, and we expect to increase our expenses in the future, which could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability.

We incurred a net loss of $17.6 million in 2018, $17.5 million in 2019 and $14.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and net income of $11.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and we may incur net losses in the future. We intend to continue to expend significant funds to expand our direct sales force and marketing efforts to attract new customers and increase usage of our platform and products by our existing customers, to develop and enhance our platform and for general corporate purposes. To the extent we are successful in increasing our customer base, we may also incur increased losses because most of the costs associated with acquiring customers (other than sales commissions) are incurred up front, while the related subscription revenue is generally recognized ratably over the applicable subscription term. In addition, we may incur increased losses because most of the costs associated with acquiring customers, including sales commissions, require us to make cash outlays at the time we acquire a customer, and, similarly, the timing of our recognition of subscription revenue and sales commissions may not correspond with our cash position. Our subscriptions typically have terms of one year that automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated. Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses and any increase in our cost of sales, including as a result of a shift to a hybrid cloud. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the value of our business and common stock may significantly decrease. Furthermore, it is difficult to predict the size and growth rate of our market, customer demand for our platform, user adoption and renewal of subscriptions to our platform, and the entry or the success of competitive products and services. As a result, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in future periods.

The failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

Our ability to increase our customer base, expand the usage of our existing customers and achieve broader market acceptance of our solutions will depend to a significant extent on our ability to effectively expand and manage our sales and marketing operations and activities. We are substantially dependent on our direct sales force and on our marketing efforts in order to obtain new customers. We have recently expanded and are continuing to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we currently require or may require in the future. Our ability to achieve revenue growth will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of qualified and experienced sales professionals. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new industries or geographies. Circumstances relating to the COVID-19 pandemic have altered the way we recruit,

 

17


Table of Contents

onboard, train and integrate our employees, and these processes may not be successful in expanding our sales and marketing capabilities. New hires may not become as productive as quickly as we expect, or at all, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets and segments where we do business. Our business will be harmed if our sales expansion efforts do not generate a significant increase in revenue.

Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The global spread of the COVID-19 pandemic and related containment efforts have materially affected how we and our customers operate our respective businesses. Although in some ways the pandemic may have accelerated our growth, the longer-term effects on our business and the overall economy remain highly uncertain. For example, substantially all of our personnel are working from home. We have not conducted business in this manner previously, we do not know how long we may need to continue in this manner, and we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining personnel, reduced productivity of our employees, greater exposure to cybersecurity threats or other operational risks. Similarly, many of our customers, vendors and other third parties with which we conduct business are also working from home, working at reduced staffing levels and dealing with other challenges, such as supply chain disruptions and revised budgets, that are forcing them to conduct business in different ways. The extent to which these parties suffer inefficiencies or other risks from these different arrangements, and the extent to which these risks may impact us, is impossible to predict. In addition, as long as the pandemic continues, our employees may be exposed to health risks. Our efforts to re-open our offices safely may expose our employees, customers and other third parties to health risks and us to associated liability, and they will involve additional financial burdens. The COVID-19 pandemic may have long-term effects on the nature of the office environment and remote working. This may present operational and workplace culture challenges that may adversely affect our business.

The duration of the pandemic, whether it may recur, and its other long-term economic impacts are highly uncertain. These uncertainties make it challenging to manage our growth, maintain business relationships, price our subscription and otherwise operate and plan for our business. For example, with a broad section of the population working from home and educational institutions teaching remotely, increased demand for internet access could cause general access issues, affect our and our customers’ business interactions or cause issues with access to data centers. Moreover, the economic impacts of COVID-19 have affected and may continue to affect customer and prospective customer spending on technology such as ours, particularly for businesses involving in-person interactions, such as hospitality, manufacturing and professional services businesses. These customers may experience reduced revenue and revised budgets, which may adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase subscriptions to our platform, the timing of subscriptions, customer retention, and the value or duration of subscriptions, all of which could adversely affect our operating results. It is also possible that, if the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic subside, our customers and their users will resume in-person marketing activities in a way that decreases usage of our platform. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our business and financial performance may be influenced by a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, future spikes of COVID-19 infections resulting in additional preventative measures, the severity of the economic decline attributable to the pandemic, the timing and nature of a potential economic recovery, the impact on our customers and our sales cycles, and our ability to generate new business leads.

Due to our subscription-based business model, the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, uncertainty regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our future operating results and financial condition may result in our taking cost-cutting measures, reducing the level of our capital investments and delaying or canceling the implementation of strategic initiatives, any of which may negatively impact our business and reputation. The global macroeconomic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and related impacts on our customers’ business operations and their demand for our solutions may persist for an indefinite period, even after

 

18


Table of Contents

the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided. In addition, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may heighten many of the other risks we face, including those described in this prospectus.

We rely heavily on third parties for parts of our computing, storage, processing, application integration and similar services. Any disruption of or interference with our use of these third-party services could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We have outsourced aspects of our infrastructure to third-party providers, and we currently use these providers to host and stream content and support our platform. For example, our content delivery networks and some of our integration services are provided by third parties, and we plan to continue our transition to a hybrid public/private cloud infrastructure in the future. Accordingly, we are vulnerable to service interruptions experienced by these providers, and we expect to experience interruptions, delays, or outages in service availability in the future due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human, hardware or software errors, hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints. We expect that transitioning to a more hybrid cloud infrastructure will require significant investment and have a continuing effect on our cost of revenue and may not be effective in improving our capacity or redundancy. Outages and capacity constraints could also arise from a number of causes such as technical failures, natural disasters, fraud, or security attacks. The level of service provided by these providers, or regular or prolonged interruptions in that service, could also affect the use of, and our customers’ satisfaction with, our solutions and could harm our business and reputation. In addition, third-party costs will increase as subscriptions and customer use of our platform grows, which could harm our business if we are unable to grow our revenue faster than the cost of using these services or the services of similar providers.

Furthermore, our providers may change the terms of service and policies pursuant to which they provide services to us, and those actions may be unfavorable to our business operations. Our providers may also take actions beyond our control that could seriously harm our business, including discontinuing or limiting our access to one or more services, increasing pricing terms, terminating or seeking to terminate our contractual relationship altogether, or altering how we are able to process data in a way that is unfavorable or costly to us. For example, some businesses providing data connectors to our products may fail to properly integrate with our platform and third-party sales and marketing systems, stop servicing the data connectors or cease development and support, any of which may limit functionality of our products. In addition, some businesses that provide cloud services and data connectors are or may become our competitors and may take one or more of the foregoing actions in an effort to compete with our platform. Although we expect that we could obtain similar services from other third parties, if our arrangements with our current providers were terminated, we could experience interruptions on our platform and in our ability to make our content available to customers, as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging for alternative cloud infrastructure services.

Any of these factors could cause network disruptions, or even network failure, reduce our revenue, subject us to liability, and cause our customers to decline to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.

Interruptions, delays or outages in service from the data centers we use for our technology or infrastructure could impair the delivery and the functionality of our solutions, which may harm our business.

Our growth, brand, reputation and ability to attract and retain customers depend in part on the ability of our customers to access our platform at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We currently use data centers in Colorado and California. To facilitate additional growth in Europe, we plan to use a data center in the European Union, or the EU, but we do not expect it to be available until

 

19


Table of Contents

at least mid-2021, if ever. Our efforts to diversify our data centers, including internationally, may not be successful. While each of our two data centers provide fully redundant processing, we estimate that failover may require as much as 90 minutes to complete, during which time our platform may not be fully available to our customers in the event of catastrophic failure at one of our data centers. We do not control the operation of the data centers we use, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, natural disasters, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events, any of which could disrupt our service. In the event of significant physical damage to one of these data centers, it may take a significant period of time to achieve full resumption of our platform, and our disaster recovery planning may not account for all eventualities.

In addition, our platform is proprietary, and we depend on the expertise and efforts of members of our operations and software development teams for its continued performance. Our ability to retain, attract, hire and train staff in these groups may prove to be a challenge for a variety of factors and could have an adverse impact on the platform. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform concurrently and denial-of-service attacks by malicious actors. In some instances, we may not be able to rectify these performance issues within an acceptable period of time.

Our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide our customers and their users with a highly reliable platform. If our platform is unavailable or if our customers and their users are unable to access our platform within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Additionally, if the data centers we use are unable to keep up with our increasing need for capacity, our customers may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our business.

Any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems or networks on which we rely could negatively affect our business.

Our operations rely on information technology systems for the use, storage and transmission of sensitive and confidential information with respect to our customers, our customers’ users, third-party technology platforms and our employees. In addition, our solutions gather more information from our customers and their users than many competing products, which may make us an attractive target for a malicious cybersecurity-related attack, intrusion or disruption, or other breach of our systems. Any such event could lead to unauthorized access to, use of, disclosure of or the loss of sensitive and confidential information, disruption of our platform, and resulting regulatory enforcement actions, litigation, indemnity obligations and other possible liabilities, as well as negative publicity, any of which could damage our reputation, impair sales and harm our business. Cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase, and cloud-based providers of products and services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing, employee theft or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks (including advanced persistent threat intrusions). As we grow, we may face increased risk of any such attacks. Despite efforts to create security barriers to such threats, it is not feasible, as a practical matter, for us to entirely mitigate these risks. If our security measures are compromised as a result of third-party action, employee, customer, or user error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our reputation would be damaged, our data, information or intellectual property, or those of our customers, may be destroyed, stolen or otherwise compromised, our business may be harmed and we could incur significant liability. We may be unable in the future to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or compromise of our systems because they change frequently and are generally not detected until after an incident has occurred. We may not be

 

20


Table of Contents

able to prevent vulnerabilities in our software or address vulnerabilities that we may become aware of in the future. Further, as we rely on third-party cloud infrastructure, we depend in part on third-party security measures to protect against unauthorized access, cyberattacks and the mishandling of data and information.

Any cybersecurity event, including any vulnerability in our software, cyberattack, intrusion or disruption, could result in significant increases in costs, including costs for remediating the effects of such an event, lost revenue due to network downtime, a decrease in customer and user trust, increases in insurance premiums due to cybersecurity incidents, increased costs to address cybersecurity issues and attempts to prevent future incidents, and harm to our business and our reputation because of any such incident. In addition, such incidents and data breaches can give rise to penalties and fines under data protection and cybersecurity laws, rules and regulations, enforcement actions, contractual damages, class actions, customer audits and other liability.

Many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to provide notice of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. Under some of these laws, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, data breach is defined very broadly to include any accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure of, or access to any personal data, regardless of the sensitivity of such data. In addition, certain platform information may be made available via unique links to publicly accessible webpages, which could be accessed by unauthorized individuals. While the information accessible via these pages is limited, it is possible that a regulator, customer or third party could view this negatively, in particular in light of the broad definition of personal data and data breach under certain laws. In addition, we have contractual obligations to notify our customers of any data breaches involving their personal data processed by us.

Any limitation of liability provisions in our subscription agreements may not be enforceable or adequate or may not otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any claim related to a cybersecurity incident. Our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims. The insurer may deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, would harm our business.

Further, security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, encourage consumers to restrict the sharing of their personal data with our customers or social media networks, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could harm our business.

We may not be able to respond to rapid technological changes, extend our platform or develop new features.

The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product and service introductions. Our ability to attract new customers and retain and expand the usage of existing customers depends on our ability to continue to enhance and improve our platform, to introduce new features and solutions and to interoperate across an increasing range of devices, operating systems and third-party applications. Our customers may require features and capabilities that our current platform does not have. We invest significantly in research and development, focusing on improving the quality and range of our product offerings. Our enhancements to our platform and our new product experiences, features or capabilities may not be compelling to our existing or potential customers and may not gain market acceptance. If our research and development investments do not

 

21


Table of Contents

accurately anticipate customer demand, or if we fail to develop our platform in a manner that satisfies customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner, we may fail to retain our existing customers or increase demand for our platform.

The introduction of competing products and services or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could make our platform obsolete or adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may experience difficulties with software development, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new product experiences, features, or capabilities. New product experiences, features or capabilities may not be released according to schedule. Any delays could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenue or market acceptance, or claims by customers brought against us, all of which could harm our business. If customers do not widely adopt our new product experiences, features and capabilities, we may not be able to realize a return on our investment. If we are unable to develop, license or acquire new features and capabilities to our platform on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our business would be harmed.

Our sales cycle with enterprise customers can be long and unpredictable.

A substantial portion of our business is with large enterprise customers. As of September 30, 2020, we had 271 $100k Customers, which are generally large organizations, representing 66% of our ARR. The timing of our sales with our enterprise customers and related revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and uncertainty of the sales cycle for these customers. We are often required to spend significant time and resources to educate and familiarize these potential customers with the value proposition of paying for our platform. The length of our sales cycle for these customers, from initial evaluation to payment for our platform, is often around three to six months or more and can vary substantially from customer to customer. As a result, it is difficult to predict whether and when a sale will be completed. An inability to increase our enterprise customer base could harm our business.

We are continuing to expand our operations outside the United States, where we may be subject to increased business and economic risks that could harm our business.

In the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated revenue from customers in more than 40 countries, with 21% of our revenue generated from customers outside of the United States. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated revenue from customers in more than 40 countries, with 23% of our revenue generated from customers outside of the United States. We expect to continue to expand our international operations. For example, we recently established a subsidiary in Japan to support our operations in the Asia-Pacific region. Our efforts to expand our current international operations, including entering new markets or countries, may not be effective. For example, we may not be able to expand further in some markets if we are not able to satisfy certain government- and industry-specific requirements. In addition, our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally in the future may require considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal and regulatory systems and commercial markets. Future international expansion will require investment of significant funds and other resources. Operating internationally subjects us to special risks, including risks associated with:

 

   

recruiting and retaining talented and capable employees outside the United States and maintaining our company culture across all of our offices;

 

   

providing our platform and operating our business across a significant distance, in different languages and among different cultures, including the potential need to modify our platform and features to ensure that they are culturally appropriate and relevant in different countries;

 

   

determining the appropriate pricing strategy to enable us to compete effectively internationally, which may be different than the pricing strategies that have worked for us in the United States;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

compliance with applicable international laws and regulations, including laws and regulations with respect to privacy, data protection and marketing, and the risk of penalties to us and individual members of management or employees if our practices are deemed to be out of compliance;

 

   

management of an employee base in jurisdictions that may not give us the same employment and retention flexibility as does the United States;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations including the proper classification of independent contractors and other contingent workers, differing employer/employee relationships, and local employment laws;

 

   

operating in jurisdictions that do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as does the United States and the practical enforcement of such intellectual property rights outside of the United States;

 

   

foreign government interference with our intellectual property that is developed outside of the United States, such as the risk that changes in foreign laws could restrict our ability to use our intellectual property outside of the jurisdiction in which we developed it;

 

   

integration with partners outside of the United States;

 

   

compliance by us and our business partners with anti-corruption laws, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory limitations on our ability to provide our platform in certain international markets;

 

   

foreign business restrictions, foreign exchange controls and similar laws that might require significant lead time in setting up operations in certain geographic territories and might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

   

political and economic instability;

 

   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, including the imposition of new trade restrictions, trade protection measures, import or export requirements, trade embargoes and other trade barriers;

 

   

generally longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in the income and other tax laws of the United States or the international jurisdictions in which we operate; and

 

   

higher costs of doing business internationally, including increased accounting, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs.

Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our global operations substantially increases our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in laws and regulations in each jurisdiction as they occur. Our policies and procedures designed to support compliance with these laws and regulations may not always result in our compliance or that of our employees, contractors, partners and agents. Any violations could result in enforcement actions, fines, civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions or reputational harm. If we are unable to comply with these laws and regulations or manage the complexity of our global operations successfully, we may need to relocate or cease operations in certain foreign jurisdictions.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platform over the terms of the subscriptions. Consequently, increases or decreases in new sales are generally not immediately reflected in our results of operations and may be difficult to discern.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platform over the terms of the subscriptions. As a result, a substantial portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any single quarter may have a small impact on the revenue

 

23


Table of Contents

that we recognize for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of customer expansion or retention may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, a significant portion of our costs are recognized as they are incurred, while revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription. As a result, growth in the number of new customers could continue to result in our recognition of higher costs and lower revenue in the earlier periods of such growth. Finally, our subscription-based revenue model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers or from existing customers that increase their usage of our product offerings must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Our ability to sell subscriptions to our products could be harmed by real or perceived material defects or errors in our platform or by other matters that may interrupt the availability of our platform or cause performance issues.

The software underlying our platform is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when we first introduce new solutions or when we release new features or capabilities. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our platform, and we or our users may detect new defects or errors in our existing or future platform or solutions. Any real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity or lead to data security, access, retention or other performance issues, all of which could harm our business. We may incur substantial costs in correcting such defects or errors and such costs could harm our business. Moreover, the harm to our reputation and potential legal liability related to such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our business.

Our platform also utilizes hardware that we purchase or lease and software and services that we procure from third parties. In some cases, this includes software we license from international companies that may in the future become subject to legal or regulatory limitations on their ability to provide software outside of their jurisdiction. Any defects in, or unavailability of, our third-party hardware, software or services that cause interruptions to the availability of our platform, loss of data or performance issues could, among other things:

 

   

cause a reduction in our revenue or a delay in market acceptance of our platform;

 

   

require us to issue refunds to our customers or expose us to claims for damages;

 

   

cause us to lose existing customers and make it more difficult to attract new customers;

 

   

divert our development resources or require us to make extensive changes to our platform, which would increase our expenses;

 

   

increase our technical support costs; and

 

   

harm our reputation and brand.

The contractual protections, such as warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability provisions, in our customer agreements may not fully or effectively protect us from claims by customers or other third parties. Any insurance coverage we may have may not adequately cover all claims asserted against us or may only cover a portion of such claims. A successful product liability, warranty, or other similar claim against us could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

 

24


Table of Contents

The experience of our customers and their users depends upon the interoperability of our platform across devices, operating systems and third-party applications that we do not control, and if we are not able to maintain and expand our relationships with third parties in order to integrate our platform with their products, our business may be harmed.

Our products have broad interoperability with a range of diverse devices, operating systems and third-party applications. Our platform is accessible from the web and from devices running Windows, Mac OS, iOS and Android. We depend on the accessibility of our platform across these and other third-party operating systems and applications that we do not control. For example, given the broad adoption of Salesforce’s products, it is important that we are able to integrate with its software. Several potential competitors have inherent advantages by being able to develop products and services internally that more tightly integrate with their own software platforms or those of their business partners.

We may not be able to modify our platform or products to maintain their continued compatibility with that of third parties’ products and services that are constantly evolving. In addition, some of our competitors may be able to disrupt the ability of our platform and products to operate with their products or services, or they could exert strong business influence on our ability to, and the terms on which we, operate and provide access to our platform and products. Should any of these third parties modify their products or services in a manner that degrades the functionality of our platform or products, or that gives preferential treatment to their own or competitive products or services, whether to enhance their competitive position or for any other reason, the interoperability of our platform and products with these third-party products and services could decrease and our business could be harmed.

Our business depends on a strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our base of users will be impaired and our business will be harmed.

We believe that our brand identity and awareness have contributed to our success. We believe that the importance of our brand and market awareness of the benefits of our platform and products will increase as competition in our market further intensifies. Successful promotion of our brand will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, thought leadership, our ability to provide a high-quality, reliable and cost-effective platform, the perceived value of our platform and products and our ability to provide quality customer success and support experience. Brand promotion activities require us to make substantial investments. The promotion of our brand, however, may not generate customer awareness or increase revenue, and any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at a similar rate, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Not every organization covered by our market opportunity estimates will necessarily purchase subscriptions for our solutions or similar products or services at all, and some or many of those organizations may choose to continue using products or services offered by our competitors. It is impossible to build every product feature that every customer wants, and our competitors may develop and offer features that our platform does not provide. The variables used in the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of the organizations covered by our market opportunity estimates will generate any particular level of revenue for us, if any. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasts in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons outside of our control, including competition in our industry, customer

 

25


Table of Contents

preferences or the other risks set forth in this prospectus. If any of these risks materialize, it could harm our business and prospects.

Our business may be significantly impacted by a change in the economy, including any resulting effect on business spending.

Our business may be affected by changes in the economy generally, including any resulting effect on spending by our customers. While some of our customers may consider our platform to be a cost-saving purchase by, among other things, decreasing the need for large, in-person events, others may view a subscription to our platform as a discretionary purchase, and such customers may reduce their discretionary spending on our platform during an economic downturn. Particularly in light of COVID-19, some of our customers may experience reduced revenue and revised budgets, which may adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase subscriptions to our platform, the timing of subscriptions, and the value or duration of subscriptions, all of which could adversely affect our operating results. If an economic downturn were to occur, we may experience such a reduction in demand and loss of customers, especially in the event of a prolonged recessionary period.

If we were to lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

Our success depends in a large part upon the continued service of key members of our senior management team. In particular, our co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Sharat Sharan, is critical to our overall management, as well as the continued development of our solutions, our culture, our strategic direction, our engineering and our operations. All of our executive officers are at-will employees, and we do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. The loss of any member of our senior management team could harm our business.

The failure to attract and retain additional qualified personnel could harm our business and culture and prevent us from executing our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for executives, software developers, sales personnel and other key employees in our industry is intense. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing software for live engagement technologies, as well as for skilled sales and operations professionals. At times, we have experienced, and we may continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications, and we may not be able to fill positions. Circumstances relating to COVID-19 may create increased demand for personnel with experience in live engagement technology, which may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business could be harmed.

Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have, and some of these companies may offer greater compensation packages. Particularly, in the San Francisco Bay Area, job candidates and existing employees carefully consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, or if the mix of equity and cash compensation that we offer is unattractive, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Job candidates may also be threatened with legal action under agreements with their existing employers if we attempt to hire them, which could impact hiring and result in a diversion of our time and resources. Additionally, laws and regulations, such as restrictive immigration laws, may limit our ability to recruit internationally. We must also continue to retain and motivate existing employees through our compensation practices, company culture and career development opportunities. If we fail to attract new personnel or to retain our current personnel, our business would be harmed.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, many of our employees may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets after our initial public offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. Moreover, this offering could create disparities in wealth among our employees, which may harm our culture and relations among employees and our business.

We may not successfully manage our growth or plan for future growth.

We have experienced rapid growth in 2020. The growth and expansion of our business places a continuous, significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not adequately keep pace with our growth. In addition, as we continue to grow, we face challenges of integrating, developing and motivating a rapidly growing employee base in various countries around the world. Certain members of our management do not have experience managing a public company, which may affect how they manage our growth. Managing our growth will also require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources.

In addition, our rapid growth in 2020 may make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects. Our ability to forecast our future results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to effectively plan for and model future growth. We have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as it grows, or if we are not able to accurately forecast future growth, our business would be harmed.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and, if our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely consolidated financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness related to a lack of resources necessary to operate controls in a timely manner and with sufficient precision, primarily relating to recording revenue, which require greater automation and changes to design so that controls operate with satisfactory precision.

The material weakness resulted in errors in our 2018 and 2019 consolidated financial statements related primarily to revenue recorded in connection with our previous revenue model. Prior to our current cloud-based subscription model, we generated revenue from our Webcast Center offering, or our Legacy offering, which mainly consisted of fully managed events and associated services for which we recognize revenue at a point in time as events occur. We concluded that the errors relating to revenue recorded in 2018 and 2019 were immaterial individually and in the aggregate. In connection with shifting to our current data-driven, cloud-based subscription model, we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and to all customers in 2020, and we expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020. We believe that this transition will substantially limit the potential for the recurrence of the errors impacting revenue that resulted from the material weakness. The material weakness also resulted in errors in accounting for the classification of our convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock on our consolidated balance sheet, which have since been corrected. In addition, we made certain corrections in recording professional services revenue, which

 

27


Table of Contents

were reflected in our financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 prior to those financial statements being issued.

We are taking several steps designed to address the underlying cause of the material weakness, including adding additional resources to enhance our internal controls over financial reporting, implementing enhanced processes and review controls for the manual processes involved in our revenue recognition, and transitioning to new and more automated processes for capturing and recording revenue transactions. We cannot be certain that the measures we are taking will remediate the material weakness we have identified. We also cannot be certain that we have identified all existing material weaknesses or that we will not in the future have additional material weaknesses.

Our current efforts to maintain an effective control environment may not be sufficient to prevent future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies from occurring or to promptly remediate any such future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies. If the material weakness we have identified is not remediated, or if we have or in the future identify additional material weaknesses, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our financial results, which may result in litigation or regulatory action, a loss of investor confidence, restricted access to the capital markets and declines in the price of our common stock.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. In addition, changes in accounting principles or interpretations could also challenge our internal controls and require that we establish new business processes, systems and controls to accommodate such changes. We have limited experience with implementing the systems and controls that will be necessary to operate as a public company, as well as adopting changes in accounting principles or interpretations mandated by the relevant regulatory bodies. Additionally, if these new systems, controls or standards and the associated process changes do not give rise to the benefits that we expect or do not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and processes, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports or the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Moreover, our business may be harmed if we experience problems with any new systems and controls that result in delays in their implementation or increased costs to correct any post-implementation issues that may arise.

 

28


Table of Contents

Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our business or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report filed with the SEC where we are an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer, which will not occur until at least our second annual report on Form 10-K. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could harm our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

Any failure to offer high-quality support may harm our relationships with our customers and, consequently, our business.

We have designed our platform to be easy to adopt and use with minimal support. However, if we experience increased demand for support, we may face increased support costs. In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and support our global customer base, we must continue to provide efficient support that meets our customers’ needs, including by integrating with or building solutions that allow streamlined support workflows, or by hiring additional support personnel if necessary. Our ability to acquire new customers significantly depends on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain, or a market perception that we do not maintain, high-quality support could harm our business.

Our business could be disrupted by catastrophic events.

Occurrence of any catastrophic event, including pandemics and a worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic, earthquake, fire, flood, tsunami or other weather event, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunctions, cyberattacks, war or terrorist attacks, could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. In particular, our U.S. headquarters and one of the data centers we utilize are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions to the internet, the electric grid or the economy as a whole. Even with our disaster recovery arrangements, our service could be interrupted. If our systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster or other catastrophic event, our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers would be impaired or we could lose critical data. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster and to execute successfully on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, our business could be harmed.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our actual or perceived failure to comply with privacy laws could harm our business.

Businesses use our platform to facilitate better engagement with their customers and prospects, derive insights about content and usage, and provide more meaningful and targeted experiences and content. These capabilities rely on collection and processing of personal information through our platform. As a result, compliance with laws and regulations regarding data privacy, cybersecurity, data protection, data breaches, and the collection, processing, storage, transfer and use of personal data, which we collectively refer to as privacy laws, are critical to our business. While we strive to comply with applicable privacy laws and legal obligations, the impact, requirements and enforcement risks associated with privacy laws vary, and in some cases may even conflict, across jurisdictions.

Our roles and obligations under privacy laws, and consequently our potential liability, may vary. In some cases, our customers may pass through privacy law compliance obligations and requirements to us contractually. We have customers in numerous jurisdictions worldwide, and our customers may try to impose broad obligations on us pursuant to all privacy laws applicable to them and may decide not to do business with us if we will not agree to their privacy terms. Certain significant privacy laws (such as the GDPR) impose obligations directly on many of our customers, as “data controllers,” as well as on us both as a “data processor” for personal data processed on behalf of our customers pursuant to our platform, which we refer to as the platform personal data, and as a “controller” for the personal data we collect related to employees and personnel, our B2B relationships, and our marketing, sales and other activities, which we refer to as the ON24 business data. Under these privacy laws, we typically have fewer direct obligations as a “data processor” or “service provider” than our customers do, with respect to platform personal data. However, we can still be subject to significant liability for noncompliance with such laws, including, for example, under the GDPR, which provides for penalties of up to the greater of 20 million or four percent of worldwide annual revenue. Certain other privacy laws do not clearly distinguish between “controller” and “processor” or similar roles. Where such privacy laws apply, we could be subject to increased risks if our customers fail to comply with notice, consent and other requirements under applicable privacy laws in their use of our platform. While we generally require and rely on our customers to ensure that their use of our platform and associated personal information processing complies with applicable privacy laws, our customers could fail to comply with these requirements, which could expose us to risks under certain privacy laws.

Further, even similar privacy laws may be subject to evolving or differing interpretations and enforcement risks. For example, across the EU, supervisory authorities of EU member states may issue data protection guidance and opinions regarding the GDPR that may vary. Also, under the current ePrivacy Directive and associated EU member state legislation, the rules governing marketing, “cookies” and online advertising vary among EU member states. In addition, across jurisdictions, privacy laws may include varied and inconsistent requirements. As a result, certain features of our platform and products could pose risks or need to be modified for certain jurisdictions, but not for others. Such requirements could reduce demand for our products, require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, store, transfer and process data or, in some cases, impact our customers’ use of our platform.

Furthermore, general customer and buyer trust as to the responsible use of data may cause business buyers to resist providing the data necessary to allow our customers to use our platform effectively. Even the perception that the privacy and security of personal information are not satisfactorily protected or do not meet regulatory requirements could inhibit sales of our products or services and limit adoption of our products.

Evolving privacy laws may impact use and adoption of our platform and adversely affect our business.

Laws and regulations related to privacy, personal data and the provision of services over the Internet are evolving in the United States and globally, with the adoption of new and amended privacy

 

30


Table of Contents

laws. The impact, requirements and enforcement risks associated with these privacy laws vary, and in some cases may even conflict, across jurisdictions.

In addition, new U.S. and international privacy laws may impose new obligations on us and many of our customers. Both in the United States and globally, numerous jurisdictions have passed or are actively considering new or amended privacy laws. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect in January 2020, applies to us and to many our customers. Under the CCPA, we are both a “business,” as to the ON24 business data, and a “service provider,” as to the platform personal data. The CCPA introduced sweeping definitions and broad individual rights, and imposes substantial requirements and restrictions on the collection, use and disclosure of personal information. The CCPA also introduced a private right of action for certain data breaches, which gives rise to increased class action risk. Notably, since the CCPA was signed into law, it has been amended multiple times, has been subject to further implementing regulations, and may face further amendment, refinement or replacement.

As the CCPA continues to evolve, various U.S. states are also actively introducing and considering so-called “omnibus” privacy legislation. Similarly, numerous foreign jurisdictions are actively considering legislation introducing new or amended laws and regulations addressing data privacy, cybersecurity, marketing, data protection, data localization and personal data. Further, privacy laws such as the EU’s proposed e-Privacy Regulation are increasingly aimed at the use of personal information for marketing purposes and the tracking of individuals’ online activities, which could expose us to additional regulatory burdens, limit our marketing, advertising, business development and sales efforts, and impact features made available to our customers through our platform. In addition, Brexit has also created additional uncertainty with regard to UK privacy laws, as well as the treatment of data transfers to and from the United Kingdom, where we have operations and customers. The ongoing development of privacy laws gives rise to uncertainty regarding the impact of privacy laws on us and our customers, and we and our customers could be exposed to additional burdens.

In addition, decisions by courts and regulatory bodies relating to privacy laws can also have a significant impact on us and other businesses that operate across international jurisdictions. For example, in 2020 both the EU-U.S. and Swiss-EU privacy shield frameworks were invalidated. We and many other companies relied on these privacy shield frameworks as an “adequacy” mechanism for the transfer of personal data from the European Economic Area, or the EEA-Switzerland, to the United States in compliance with the GDPR and Swiss data protection laws, respectively. While we have taken measures to implement alternative adequacy mechanisms, such as the EU standard contractual clauses for transfers of personal data for processors established in third countries, further steps may be necessary. Under the decision invalidating the EU-U.S. privacy shield framework, or Schrems II, additional safeguards may be needed. Our customers may request that we agree to additional safeguards, such as additional security controls and contractual measures, which must be assessed on a case-by-case basis. However, what additional safeguards will be considered adequate remains unclear. We expect continued guidance from applicable authorities, as well as updates to the EU standard contractual clauses.

Other jurisdictions have also instituted specific requirements and restrictions on the cross-border transfer of personal data, and certain countries have passed or are considering passing data localization laws and regulations, which in some cases would require personal data be maintained in the originating jurisdiction and in other cases may prohibit such personal data from being transferred outside of the originating jurisdiction. While our solutions allow customers to receive and store local copies of platform data on their or other third-party servers, we do not maintain local servers to enable customers to maintain personal data only on servers in the originating jurisdiction. As with most cloud-based solutions, restrictions on the transfer of platform data outside of the originating jurisdiction could pose particular challenges and result in additional costs or otherwise impact platform use.

 

31


Table of Contents

New and proposed marketing, advertising and other privacy laws and guidelines have recently been enacted or proposed that could impose more restrictions and give individuals more rights regarding marketing, targeting, and analytics or “profiling” activities. Some of these regulations seek, among other things, to give consumers greater control over how their personal information is processed for these purposes, or impose prior, affirmative consent obligations on companies related to these activities. For example, in the EU, cookies and similar technologies used for personalization, advertising, and analytics may not be used without affirmative consent and the proposed ePrivacy Regulation may further restrict these activities and technologies and increase restrictions. These could require us to change one or more aspects of the way we operate our business, limit our marketing, advertising, business development and sales efforts, impact certain features made available to customers through our platform or require us to introduce changes to our platform or solutions.

Although we monitor the regulatory environment and have invested in addressing these developments, including the GDPR, the EU ePrivacy Directive and the CCPA, the ongoing development of privacy laws means that we cannot predict with certainty the impact of these developments. These evolving privacy laws may require us to make additional changes to our practices and services to enable us or our customers to meet the new legal requirements, and may also increase our potential liability exposure through new or higher potential penalties for non-compliance, including as a result of data breaches. In addition, many of our customers and potential customers in the healthcare, financial services and other industries are subject to substantial regulation regarding their collection, use and protection of data and may be the subject of further regulation in the future. These laws or other privacy law developments may change the way these customers do business and may require us to implement additional features or offer additional contractual terms to satisfy customer and regulatory requirements. As a result of these privacy law developments, certain features of our platform and products could pose risks or need to be modified for certain jurisdictions, but not for others. They also could cause the demand for and sales of our platform to decrease and adversely impact our financial results.

The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, privacy laws may limit the use and adoption of our platform, reduce overall demand for our platform, make it more difficult to meet expectations from or commitments to our customers and their users, require us to implement additional features or offer additional contractual terms to satisfy customer and regulatory requirements, lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for noncompliance, impact our reputation, or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business. In addition, these laws raise additional enforcement and liability risks and penalties. For example, statutory damages available through a private right of action for certain data breaches under CCPA, and potentially other U.S. and international laws, may increase our and our customers’ potential liability. In some cases, violations of privacy laws can lead to government enforcement or private litigation and could subject us to civil and criminal sanctions, including both monetary fines and injunctive action that could force us to change our business practices, all of which could adversely affect our financial performance and harm our reputation and our business.

We are subject to export and import controls, customs, sanctions, embargo, and anti-boycott laws and regulations that could seriously impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Our platform and products are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export control and sanctions laws and regulations, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations, or EAR, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, as well as other U.S. government agencies. U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws include trade, commerce, and investment restrictions or prohibitions, including those on the sale, supply, import, or export of certain

 

32


Table of Contents

products and services to or from U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities, and also require authorization for the export of certain encryption and other items. Parties that facilitate transactions that violate or otherwise seek to evade export controls or sanctions can face liability. Also, in certain circumstances, sanctions require U.S. persons to block or freeze the property of sanctioned persons.

U.S. export controls and sanctions are complex and vary according to specific programs administered by relevant government agencies. Each program can be tied to a specific country or policy initiative. In certain cases, parties can request the U.S. government to issue a license to allow certain transactions. However, the scope and substance of those licenses can be fact specific and limited in scope.

The United States currently imposes comprehensive sanctions on Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea Region of Ukraine. In addition, numerous other countries throughout the world are subject to partial or limited sanctions and restrictions imposed by the U.S. government. Sanctions also apply to persons that appear on, or are majority owned by a person that appears on, OFAC’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, or the SDN List. The Department of Commerce and the Department of State also maintain their own sanctions and export control lists. The above list of countries that are the subject of U.S. sanctions and export controls can change at any time. In addition, the SDN List as well as other sanctions lists contain thousands of names and are updated on a regular basis. All of those changes can impact our business. The U.S. government generally applies a strict liability standard when it comes to compliance with sanctions, embargoes, and export controls. This means that we can face liability even if we did not intentionally violate those rules.

We are also subject to U.S. restrictions under the EAR and the Internal Revenue Code that prevent us from participating in boycotts imposed by other countries if those boycotts are not approved by the United States. Companies and individuals that violate these anti-boycott restrictions may face criminal consequences. In addition, companies that are asked to comply with such boycotts are obligated to report those requests to the U.S. government, even if they do not agree to abide by such boycotts.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption and other technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements and have enacted or could enact laws that could limit our ability to provide access to our platform. We maintain internal controls and procedures to facilitate compliance with applicable export control requirements, but our company is rapidly growing, has detected past filing issues, and in the future may face material noncompliance that we fail to detect. If any precautions we take fail to prevent our platform and products from being accessed or used in violation of such laws, we may face fines and penalties, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, or other harm to our business.

Changes in our platform or changes in export, sanctions and import laws may delay the introduction and sale of subscriptions to our platform in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from using our platform or, in some cases, prevent the access or use of our platform to and from certain countries, governments, persons or entities altogether. Further, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our platform or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform would likely harm our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are subject to a variety of U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations, compliance with which could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets and non-compliance with which may result in claims, fines, penalties, and other consequences, all of which could adversely impact our operations, business, or performance.

As a service provider, we do not regularly monitor our platform to evaluate the legality of content shared on it by our customers. While to date we have not been subject to legal or administrative actions as a result of this content, the laws in this area are evolving and vary widely between jurisdictions. Accordingly, it may be possible that in the future we and our business partners may be subject to legal actions involving our customers’ content or use of our platform.

Our platform depends on the ability of our customers and their users to access the internet. If we fail to anticipate developments in the law, or we fail for any reason to comply with relevant law, our platform could be blocked or restricted, and we could be exposed to significant liability that could harm our business.

From time to time, we may be involved in disputes or regulatory inquiries that arise in the ordinary course of business involving labor and employment, wage and hour, commercial, securities or investment, intellectual property, data breach and other matters. We expect that the number and significance of these potential disputes may increase as our business expands and our company grows larger. Contractual provisions and insurance coverage may not cover potential claims and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liabilities we may face. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. Litigation is inherently unpredictable, and the results of any claims may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are an international company and may engage in business in jurisdictions that present material legal compliance risk. We are subject to various U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations prohibiting corruption, bribery, kickbacks, money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud and similar matters, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools to Restrict, Intercept, and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and the UK Proceeds of Crime Act 2002. These laws and regulations are actively enforced and generally prohibit companies and their agents, employees, representatives, business partners, and intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or accepting, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to or from government officials and other persons in the public or private sector for improper purposes.

We may engage resellers and other third parties from time to time to sell subscriptions to our solutions, obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals, or otherwise support our business or operations. Oftentimes, improper payments by these types of third parties can raise anti-corruption and other legal compliance risk for companies in our position. We also have direct and indirect interactions with officials and employees of U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies or government-affiliated organizations. These factors raise our legal risk exposure. There can be cases where enforcement authorities seek to hold us liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors, vendors, and other business partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities.

In addition to prohibiting bribery, the FCPA and other laws require us to maintain accurate and complete books and records and a system of internal controls. Enforcement agencies interpret these requirements very broadly and violations can occur if companies or their representatives knowingly or unknowingly conceal bribes or other fraudulent or illegal payments in their records or execute transactions or access company assets without management’s general or specific authorization. These

 

34


Table of Contents

requirements are so broad that in certain cases enforcement agencies may claim that violations are possible even if there is no evidence of bribery or corruption.

Our exposure for violating these laws increases as we continue to expand our domestic and international presence. If we fail to comply with those legal standards, we may face substantial civil and criminal fines, penalties, profit disgorgement, reputational harm, loss of access to certain markets, disbarment from government business, the loss of export privileges, tax reassessments, breach of contract, fraud and other litigation, reputational harm, and other collateral consequences that could harm our business.

We use open source software in our platform, which may subject us to litigation or other actions that could harm our business.

We use open source software in our platform, and we may use more open source software in the future. In the past, companies that have incorporated open source software into their products have faced claims challenging the ownership of open source software or compliance with open source license terms. Accordingly, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who use, distribute or make available across a network software or services that include open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software or make available any derivative works of the open source code on terms unfavorable to the developer or at no cost. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated open source software into software that we license from such provider, we could be required to disclose any of our source code that incorporates or is a modification of our licensed software. If we were to use open source software subject to such licenses, we could be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages, re-engineer our platform or solutions, discontinue sales, or take other remedial action, any of which could harm our business. In addition, if the license terms for updated or enhanced versions of the open source software we utilize change, we may be forced to expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer our components of our platform.

In addition, the use of third-party open source software typically exposes us to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software because open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the functionality or origin of the software. Use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to compromise our platform. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual and proprietary rights. Companies in the software industry are often required to defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Many of our competitors and other industry participants have been issued patents or have filed patent applications and may assert patent or other intellectual property rights within the industry. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. We may from time to time in the future become a party to litigation and disputes related to our intellectual property and our platform. The costs of supporting litigation and dispute resolution proceedings are considerable, and a favorable outcome may not be obtained. We may need to settle litigation and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, or we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment that may not be reversible upon appeal. The terms of any settlement or judgment may

 

35


Table of Contents

require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. Even if we were to prevail in such a litigation or dispute, it could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use. Claims of intellectual property infringement might require us to redesign our platform, delay releases, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our platform. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar technology from another source, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. Additionally, our customers may not purchase subscriptions to our platform if they are concerned that they may infringe third-party intellectual property rights. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In our customer agreements, we agree to defend and hold our customers harmless against claims, demands, suits, or proceedings made or brought against them by a third party alleging that their use of our platform infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. Any existing limitations of liability provisions in our contracts may not be enforceable or adequate, and they may not otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Our customers who are accused of intellectual property infringement may in the future seek indemnification from us. If we are required to defend our customers against, or hold them harmless from, infringement or other claims, our business may be disrupted, our management’s attention may be diverted, and our operating results and financial condition may suffer.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information could diminish our brand and other intangible assets.

We primarily rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, domain name protections, trademarks and copyrights, as well as confidentiality, license and subscription agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In the United States and abroad, as of December 31, 2021, we had 14 issued patents and 25 pending patent applications. We make business decisions about when to seek patent protection for a particular technology and when to rely upon copyright or trade secret protection, and the approach we select may ultimately prove to be inadequate. Even in cases where we seek patent protection, the resulting patents may not effectively protect every significant feature of our solutions. In addition, we believe that the protection of our trademark rights is an important factor in product recognition, protecting our brand and maintaining goodwill. If we do not adequately protect our rights in our trademarks from infringement and unauthorized use, any goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, which could harm our brand and our business. Third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our proprietary rights, third parties may challenge our proprietary rights, pending and future patent, trademark and copyright applications may not be approved, and we may not be able to prevent infringement without incurring substantial expense. We have also devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technologies and related processes. In order to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, we rely in part on trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties. These agreements may not effectively protect our proprietary rights. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights, or may develop similar technologies and processes. Further, laws in certain jurisdictions may afford little or no trade secret protection, and any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the intellectual property laws in any countries in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. If the protection of our proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent use or appropriation by third parties, the value of our

 

36


Table of Contents

platform, brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, and competitors may be able to more effectively replicate our platform and its features. Any of these events would harm our business.

Our reported results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change. For example, we recently adopted Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or Topic 606, utilizing the full retrospective method of adoption and ASC Topic 340, Other Assets and Deferred Costs, or Topic 340. The adoption of Topic 606 and Topic 340 changed the timing and manner in which we report our revenue and expenses, especially with respect to our sales commissions. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. It is also difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies, any of which could harm our business.

We may acquire other companies, products and technologies, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business or dilute stockholder value.

We may in the future make acquisitions of other companies, products and technologies. We have limited experience in acquisitions. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, users or investors. In addition, we may not be able to integrate acquired businesses successfully or effectively manage the combined company following an acquisition. If we fail to successfully integrate our acquisitions, or the people or technologies associated with those acquisitions, into our company, the results of operations of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process will require significant time and resources, require significant attention from management and disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully, which could harm our business. In addition, we may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology and accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges.

We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock. The sale of equity to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur more debt, it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to flexibly operate our business.

We may need additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Historically, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily through equity issuances and cash generated from our operations. Although we currently anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents, net proceeds from this offering and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for the foreseeable future, we may require additional financing. We evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans, operating performance, levels of indebtedness and condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. Additional financing may not be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock, including with respect to dividends and other distributions, and our stockholders may experience dilution.

 

37


Table of Contents

Covenants in our loan agreement governing our revolving line of credit may restrict our operations, and our failure to comply with these covenants may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are party to a Loan and Security Agreement with Comerica Bank, or the Revolving Credit Facility, which is secured by a security interest on substantially all of our assets and contains various restrictive covenants, including restrictions on our ability to dispose of our assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur other indebtedness, make investments and engage in transactions with our affiliates. Our Revolving Credit Facility also contains certain financial covenants. Our ability to meet these restrictive and financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control. Our Revolving Credit Facility provides that our breach or failure to satisfy certain covenants constitutes an event of default thereunder. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lender under our Revolving Credit Facility could elect to declare any future amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable, exercise the remedies of a secured party in respect of the secured interest on substantially all of our assets and terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. If we are unable to repay those amounts, our financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may incur substantially more indebtedness, which could adversely affect our business and limit our ability to expand our business or respond to changes, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations.

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had $22.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, of outstanding indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, and we may incur indebtedness in the future, including any additional borrowings available under our Revolving Credit Facility. Any substantial indebtedness, and the fact that a substantial portion of our cash flow from operating activities could be needed to make payments on this indebtedness, could have adverse consequences, including the following:

 

   

reducing the availability of our cash flow for our operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities and other purposes;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate, which could place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have less debt;

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds; and

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions.

Our ability to borrow any funds needed to operate and expand our business will depend in part on our ability to generate cash. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities or if future borrowings, under our Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise, are not available to us in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, our operating results, financial condition and ability to expand our business may be adversely affected.

Our results of operations, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected if currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future.

We sell to customers globally and have international operations primarily in the United Kingdom, Australia, Singapore and Japan. As we continue to expand our international operations, we will become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Although the majority of our cash generated from revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, a small amount is denominated in foreign currencies, and our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 9% of our revenue and 14% of our expenses were denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, 9% and 11% of our revenue, respectively, and 14% and 19% of our

 

38


Table of Contents

expenses, respectively, were denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Because we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars but report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, we also face remeasurement exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could hinder our ability to predict our future results and earnings and could materially impact our results of operations. We do not currently maintain a program to hedge exposures to non-U.S. dollar currencies.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $104.1 million of U.S. federal and $49.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2020 for federal and 2023 for state tax purposes. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration or at all. Under legislative changes made in December 2017, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating losses is limited. States may or may not adopt similar changes. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not completed a Section 382 assessment because we have not had an ownership change. However, we may experience ownership changes as a result of this offering or in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits is materially limited, it would harm our business by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

We may be subject to liabilities on past sales for taxes, surcharges and fees.

We currently collect and remit applicable sales tax in jurisdictions where we have determined, based on applicable laws and regulations, that sales of our platform are classified as taxable. We do not currently collect and remit other state and local excise, utility user and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges that may apply to our customers. We believe that we are not otherwise subject to, or required to collect, any additional taxes, fees or surcharges imposed by state and local jurisdictions because we do not have a sufficient physical presence or “nexus” in the relevant taxing jurisdiction or such taxes, fees, or surcharges do not apply to sales of our platform in the relevant taxing jurisdiction. However, there is uncertainty as to what constitutes sufficient physical presence or nexus for a state or local jurisdiction to levy taxes, fees and surcharges for sales made over the internet, and there is also uncertainty as to whether our characterization of our platform as not taxable in certain jurisdictions will be accepted by state and local taxing authorities. Additionally, we have not historically collected value-added tax, or VAT, or goods and services tax, or GST, on sales of our platform because we make all of our sales through our office in the United States, and we believe, based on information provided to us by our customers, that most of our sales are made to business customers.

Taxing authorities may challenge our position that we do not have sufficient nexus in a taxing jurisdiction or that our platform is not taxable in the jurisdiction and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to sales, use, telecommunications, VAT, GST and other taxes, which could result in increased tax liabilities for us or our customers, which could harm our business.

The application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, VAT, GST, business tax and gross receipt tax) to businesses that transact online, such as ours, is a complex and evolving area. Following

 

39


Table of Contents

the 2018 U.S. Supreme Court decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., states are now free to levy taxes on sales of goods and services based on an “economic nexus,” regardless of whether the seller has a physical presence in the state. As a result, it may be necessary to reevaluate whether our activities give rise to sales, use and other indirect taxes as a result of any nexus in those states in which we are not currently registered to collect and remit taxes. Additionally, we may need to assess our potential tax collection and remittance liabilities based on existing economic nexus laws’ dollar and transaction thresholds. The application of existing, new, or future laws, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could harm our business. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

We may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities, which could harm our business.

While to date we have not incurred significant income taxes in operating our business, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various jurisdictions outside of the United States. Our effective tax rate could fluctuate due to changes in the proportion of our earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates. Some jurisdictions may seek to impose incremental or new sales, use or other tax collection obligations on us. Our tax expense could also be impacted by changes in non-deductible expenses, changes in excess tax benefits of stock-based compensation, changes in the valuation of, or our ability to use, deferred tax assets and liabilities, the applicability of withholding taxes and effects from acquisitions.

The provision for taxes on our financial statements could also be impacted by changes in accounting principles, changes in U.S. federal, state or international tax laws applicable to corporate multinationals such as the recent legislation enacted in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States, other fundamental changes in law currently being considered by many countries and changes in taxing jurisdictions’ administrative interpretations, decisions, policies and positions.

We are subject to review and audit by U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities. Such tax authorities may disagree with tax positions we take, and if any such tax authority were to successfully challenge any such position, our business could be harmed. We may also be subject to additional tax liabilities due to changes in non-income based taxes resulting from changes in federal, state or international tax laws, changes in taxing jurisdictions’ administrative interpretations, decisions, policies and positions, results of tax examinations, settlements or judicial decisions, changes in accounting principles, changes to our business operations, including acquisitions, as well as the evaluation of new information that results in a change to a tax position taken in a prior period.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ONTF”. However, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop on that exchange or elsewhere. Even if an active market is developed, it may not be sustained. Accordingly, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at a time or a price you consider desirable. Further, we may not continue to satisfy the continued listing standards of the NYSE. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards, we could be de-listed, which would have a material adverse effect on the liquidity and price of our common stock.

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply and suddenly regardless of our operating performance, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be

 

40


Table of Contents

willing to buy and sell shares of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock as you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

   

the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders into the public markets, or anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when applicable “lock-up” periods end;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections, or our failure to meet those projections;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, features, or services;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations, including as a result of reduced demand for our solutions;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, products, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

   

any significant change in our management; and

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect the stock prices of many companies. Often, their stock prices have fluctuated in ways unrelated or disproportionate to their operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation against companies following periods of market volatility. Such securities litigation, if instituted against us, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business.

 

41


Table of Contents

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $                per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering and the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options to acquire our common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing our common stock in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

We will have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following the closing of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Based on shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction or further registration, in the public market immediately after the offering, as well as any shares held by persons who are not our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and who have complied with the

 

42


Table of Contents

holding period requirements of Rule 144. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our capital stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, or the lock-up period, subject to specified exceptions; provided, that such lock-up period will end with respect to 20% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (1) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (2) the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days, including the last day, ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus; and provided further that, if such early release date occurs within a trading black-out period under our insider trading policy, (i) the above referenced early release will be delayed until immediately prior to the opening of trading on the second trading day following the date on which we next publicly announce operating results for the previous fiscal quarter and (ii) no early release will occur unless the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock on the first trading day following that public announcement. In addition, we may elect that no early release will occur, and we will publicly announce such decision at least two trading days prior to the scheduled early release date by press release or on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC. We and the underwriters may permit certain stockholders who are subject to these market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” After the end of the lock-up period, all 38,311,103 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 will become eligible for sale, of which 16,556,039 shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144.

In addition, as of September 30, 2020, there were 9,571,814 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options. We intend to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and upon exercise or settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised, subject to the market standoff and lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Holders of 31,748,142 shares of our outstanding common stock as of September 30, 2020, including shares issuable upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and settlement of an outstanding RSU, have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or for other stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our management and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of December 31, 2020, our executive officers, directors and five percent or greater stockholders and their respective affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 74.6% of our outstanding common stock on an as converted basis and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately                % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, after this offering, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to control the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and approval of any merger, sale of substantially all our assets or other significant corporate transactions. This

 

43


Table of Contents

concentration of ownership may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you or other stockholders may feel are in your or their best interest as one of our stockholders.

Provisions in our organizational documents and certain rules imposed by regulatory authorities may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will contain several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions, which may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest, or other transaction that stockholders may consider favorable, include the following:

 

   

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

provisions limiting our stockholders’ ability to call special meetings of stockholders and to take action by written consent;

 

   

restrictions on business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

in certain cases, the approval of holders representing at least 66.7% of the total voting power of the shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be required for stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal our Bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, including those relating to who may call special meetings of our stockholders, our stockholders’ ability to act by written consent, our board of directors (including the removal of one or more directors), indemnification of our directors and officers and exculpation of our directors, supermajority voting, amendments to our Bylaws and the exclusive forum for litigating specified matters;

 

   

no cumulative voting;

 

   

the required approval of holders representing at least 66.7% of the total voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors; and

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our governing body.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware and our Certificate of Incorporation will not contain a provision opting out Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203, which prohibit a person, individually or as a group, who owns, or owned in the preceding three years, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

The terms of our authorized preferred stock selected by our Board at any point could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of holders of our common stock without any further vote or action by the stockholders. As a result, the rights of holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued by us in the future, which could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Any provision of our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or Delaware corporate law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit opportunities for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock, and could also reduce the price that investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

The provision of our Certificate of Incorporation designating the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forums for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our Certificate of Incorporation, as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, agent or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. It will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum clauses described above shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the exclusive forum provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation.

Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law in the types of lawsuits to which they apply, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers and may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings and there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, in particular with respect to causes of action arising under the Securities Act. In addition, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. It is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If so, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our common stock market price and trading volume could decline if securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or our market, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations or any financial guidance we may provide.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our competitors and our market. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish

 

45


Table of Contents

inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our securities could decrease, which might cause the price and trading volume of our common stock to decline. In addition, if we do not meet any financial guidance that we may provide to the public or if we do not meet expectations of securities analysts or investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly.

We will incur increased costs and impose additional demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. We will also need to continue developing our investor relations function. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we fail to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events would also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, being required to provide fewer years of audited financial statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

46


Table of Contents

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period. Our consolidated financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of the effective dates applicable to public companies.

Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we intend to rely on these exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market, increased volatility, or lower market prices for our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Revolving Credit Facility. As a result, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “would,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market, our anticipated financial position, our liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus as a result of various factors, including, among others:

 

   

our ability to sustain our recent revenue growth rate in the future, attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers;

 

   

fluctuation in our performance, our history of net losses and expected increases in our expenses;

 

   

competition and technological development in our markets and any decline in demand for our solutions or generally in our markets;

 

   

our ability to expand our sales and marketing capabilities and otherwise manage our growth;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

disruptions, interruptions, outages or other issues with our technology or our use of third-party services, data connectors and data centers;

 

   

any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems or networks on which we rely;

 

   

our sales cycle, our international expansion and our timing of revenue recognition from our sales;

 

   

interoperability with other devices, systems and applications;

 

   

compliance with data privacy, import and export controls, customs, sanctions and other laws and regulations;

 

   

intellectual property matters, including any infringements of third-party intellectual property rights by us or infringement of our intellectual property rights by third parties; and

 

   

the market for, trading price of and other matters associated with our common stock.

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Furthermore,

 

48


Table of Contents

new risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

 

49


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

We use market and industry data, forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus. We have obtained certain market and industry data from publicly available industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on historical market data, and there is no assurance that any of the forecasts or projected amounts will be achieved. The market and industry data used in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the estimates made by independent parties and by us. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that a third party using different methods to assemble, analyze or compute industry and market data would obtain the same results.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

Bloomberg, Equity Screen by 2019 Revenue, October 2020 (used by us to determine the five largest U.S. banks by 2019 revenue).

Fortune, 2020 Global 500, August 2020 (used by us to determine the five largest global technology, healthcare and industrial companies by 2019 revenue).

McKinsey & Company, How B2B Sales Have Changed During COVID-19, July 2020.

Forrester, Welcome to the B2B Marketing Renaissance, January 2019.

Epsilon, New Epsilon Research Indicates 80% of Consumers are More Likely to Make a Purchase when Brands Offer Personalized Experiences, January 2018.

Trustwave, 2020 Trustwave Global Security Report, April 2020.

Gartner, The Annual CMO Spend Survey Research, June 2020 (used in reference to estimates of certain marketing budget metrics and expectations within our markets).

Gartner, Future of Sales 2025: Why B2B Sales Needs a Digital-First Approach, September 2020 (used in reference to estimates of the percentage of B2B sales interactions expected to occur using digital channels by 2025).

Grand View Research, Digital Marketing Software Market Size Worth $151.8 Billion by 2027, April 2020.

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $                million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us will be approximately $                million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $22.4 million of the net proceeds to repay outstanding indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The terms of our Revolving Credit Facility, including the interest rate and maturity thereof, are described in detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Debt Obligations—Revolving Credit Facility.” We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments to enter into any material acquisitions or investments at this time. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

51


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Revolving Credit Facility.

 

52


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and our capitalization as of September 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2020 into 27,227,466 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering and approximately $0.5 million in additional stock-based compensation expense in connection with the settlement of such restricted stock unit, and (3) the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma items described immediately above, (2) our issuance and sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (3) the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 52,739      $ 52,739      $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 24,635      $ 24,635      $ 2,285  

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 21,699,945 shares authorized, 21,683,548 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     83,857                

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 5,543,918 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     70,000                

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. No shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                    

 

53


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 50,000,000 shares authorized and 10,742,141 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       4    

Additional paid-in capital

     25,599       179,926    

Accumulated deficit

     (180,768     (181,241  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     186       186    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (154,982     (1,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 23,510     $ 23,510     $                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization and shares of common stock outstanding would be $    million, $    million, $    million, $    million and                shares, respectively.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 10,742,141 shares of our common stock and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock (which will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

9,571,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, having a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 per share;

 

   

                shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan (which number includes                 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2014 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.

 

54


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock after this offering. As of September 30, 2020, we had a pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) of $(1.1) million, or $(0.03) per share. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2020 into 27,227,466 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (2) the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that vests in connection with this offering, and (3) the filing of our Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the repayment of our outstanding $22.4 million of indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2020 would have been approximately $                million, or approximately $                per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $                per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2020

   $ (0.03   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                , and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $                , in each case assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $                per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $                per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

55


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and table assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be approximately $                per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $                 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $                 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2020, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average
price per share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  
                  (in thousands)               

Existing investors

     38,157,107                         $                                       $                        

New investors in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 10,742,141 shares of our common stock and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock (which will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

9,571,814 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, having a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 per share;

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan (which number includes                shares remaining available for issuance under the 2014 Plan, which will become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Our 2021 Plan and ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for additional information.

To the extent any of the outstanding options are exercised or new options or other securities are issued under our equity incentive plans, you will experience further dilution as a new investor in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic

 

56


Table of Contents

considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Furthermore, we may choose to issue common stock as part or all of the consideration in acquisitions as part of our planned growth strategy. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, are derived from our annual consolidated financial statements. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our financial position as of September 30, 2020, and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or any other period.

You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information under the captions “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $      66,079     $      72,589     $      53,368     $      81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform(1)

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services(1)

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development(1)

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative(1)

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

           (10,047     (7,547      

 

58


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (20,616   $ (32,348   $ (24,944   $ 7,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2018                      2019                      2019                      2020          
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $         1,460      $         1,998      $         1,314      $         1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Please refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net income (loss) per share attributable to

 

59


Table of Contents
  common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of December 31,     As of September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

   (in thousands)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 8,945     $ 23,844     $ 52,739  

Working capital

     (20,645     (4,692     1,753  

Total assets

     34,706       68,536       134,210  

Deferred revenue

     35,050       44,441       87,195  

Long-term debt

     19,958       23,058       24,635  

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock

     83,845       83,857       83,857  

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock

     35,000       70,000       70,000  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (157,960     (171,208     (154,982

Key Business Metrics

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including our number of customers, ARR, NRR, and $100k Customers, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
Key Business Metrics:(1)    (dollars in thousands)  

Customers

     1,241       1,401       1,342       1,918  

ARR

   $ 61,249     $ 76,852     $ 69,997     $ 138,872  

NRR

     107     108     106     147

$100k Customers

     116       144       129       271  

 

(1)

We define a customer as a unique organization, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, that has entered into an agreement for paid access to our platform. We calculate ARR as the sum of the annualized value of our subscription contracts as of the measurement date, including existing customers with expired contracts that we expect to be renewed. We calculate NRR as of a specified period end by dividing current period ARR by prior period ARR, where prior period ARR is the ARR for all engagement platform customers as of twelve months prior to such period end, and current period ARR is the ARR for the same customers as of the specified period end. For additional information about our key business metrics, please see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”

 

60


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We provide a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers.

Similar to what has taken place in the B2C market, our digital experience platform empowers B2B companies with insights to better personalize their engagement. Large social media platforms have been successful at leveraging experiences and insights of consumers on their platforms to enable B2C companies to effectively understand their potential consumers. While these have been effective in the B2C market, B2B companies often lack deep insights about prospective customers to effectively understand and engage them.

Businesses today primarily use automated solutions, such as digital advertising and email, for marketing. While these automated solutions reach large numbers of prospective customers, they have generally failed to deepen customer engagement because they were designed with the simple purpose of pushing marketing messages in one direction—from the business to the prospective customer. For businesses to succeed, we believe their sales and marketing strategies must evolve from the era of automation to the era of engagement. Our platform provides an innovative way both to scale digital marketing and deepen prospective customer engagement. We believe our opportunity to help businesses convert digital engagement into revenue will continue to grow as industries modernize their sales and marketing processes, which has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

We sell subscriptions to our platform’s experience products that are backed by analytics and our ecosystem of third-party integrations. Before 2013, we offered services and licensed software for managing webinars and virtual events primarily on a per event basis. In 2013, we transitioned to be a software-as-a-service company with the release of ON24 Elite and ON24 Virtual Environment as cloud-based subscription products. Substantially all of our customers subscribe to ON24 Elite, which enables customers to seamlessly broadcast video-based content and drive real-time interactivity in a single immersive experience. Our customers can host multiple tracks of their webinar experiences as a large-scale virtual event experience using ON24 Virtual Environment.

In 2018, we launched two complementary experience products, ON24 Engagement Hub and ON24 Target, to provide our customers with a system for digital engagement, offering customers the ability to curate and disseminate rich, multimedia content experiences. In addition to our product, we also provide professional services such as experience management, monitoring and premium support services, which provide the opportunity for recurring revenue, as well as implementation and other services.

 

61


Table of Contents

We deliver our platform products as cloud-based subscriptions that are easy to use and purpose-built for sales and marketing professionals. As of September 30, 2020, we had over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. We have a highly engaged and loyal customer base leading to a successful land and expand strategy. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and September 30, 2020, the number of customers with subscriptions to two or more of our experience products increased from 15% to 17% and to 29%, respectively.

Prior to developing our current cloud-based subscription model, we generated revenue from our Legacy offering, which primarily consisted of fully managed events and associated services. In connection with shifting to our current data-driven, cloud-based subscription model, we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and stopped selling it to all customers in 2020. As a result, we expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Our revenue was $82.6 million and $89.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing annual revenue growth of 8% in 2019. Our revenue was $65.2 million and $103.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 59%. Of this total revenue, revenue from our digital experience platform was $68.8 million and $80.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing annual revenue growth of 17% in 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, revenue from our digital experience platform was $58.3 million and $101.7 million, respectively, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 74%. We had a net loss of $17.6 million and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which included stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $14.1 million and net income of $11.2 million, respectively, which included stock-based compensation expense of $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $8.6 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities was $26.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Our Business Model

We generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our digital experience platform. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of paid subscriptions to ON24 Elite, ON24 Virtual Environment, ON24 Engagement Hub, and ON24 Target. Subscriptions are priced based on the number of workspaces, logins, modules, licenses and other platform capacity factors. In addition to subscription services, we generate revenue from the sale of professional consulting services to manage, monitor and produce experiences run by our customers, implement our platform and to provide premium support services.

The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily annual and, to a lesser extent, multi-year. We bill for the full term in advance or on an annual or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the agreement. We recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period beginning with the date customers are granted access to our platform. Our contracts typically require payments in annual installments. We have seen an increase in the proportion of multi-year subscriptions as the number of larger customers has increased. Customers with multi-year subscription agreements accounted for 21% and 27% of ARR as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2020, respectively. See “—Key Business Metrics—Annual Recurring Revenue” for further information regarding how we calculate ARR.

 

62


Table of Contents

Our Go-to-Market Model

We have built an efficient go-to-market engine by using our ON24 platform as the foundation for our sales and marketing strategy. We utilize our platform to generate and cultivate ongoing customer demand for our solutions, acquire new customers and engage with our existing customers. We offer subscriptions to our platform to a broad range of customers, from small businesses to organizations with hundreds of thousands of employees. Our customer base is diverse and spans various industries and countries. Our ten largest customers by 2018 and 2019 revenue accounted for 22%, in the aggregate, of our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. Our ten largest customers by revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 accounted for 22% and 19%, respectively, in the aggregate, of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. We utilize a direct sales organization to acquire new customers and increase adoption of our platform by current customers. As of December 31, 2019, we had 1,401 customers of which 144 were $100k Customers, and as of September 30, 2020 we had 1,918 customers of which 271 were $100k Customers.

Our go-to-market strategy consists of four key components:

 

   

Enterprise Land and Expand

We intend to continue to focus on the acquisition of new customers with 2,000 or more employees, or Enterprise customers, and to expand the usage of our platform within these larger accounts. We follow a named account coverage approach with aligned account teams, including sales, account management and customer success. After establishing a customer relationship with a business unit of an Enterprise, we seek to expand to new business units, divisions, departments and geographic regions, as well as increase subscriptions to additional products, which we refer to as “attachments,” and expand product use cases.

 

   

Commercial Scale and Velocity

Our Commercial market strategy is to grow through acquisition of new customers with less than 2,000 employees, or Commercial customers. We pursue this strategy by focusing on increasing the capacity of our sales representatives, building a robust pipeline of prospective customers by leveraging sales and marketing development representatives and building a team dedicated to customer renewals and new product attachments.

 

   

New Product Attachments

We intend to increase our new product attachments through dedicated sales resources and the identification of new or specialized use cases for our platform. We have seen significant growth and adoption of new products. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and September 30, 2020, the number of customers with subscriptions to two or more of our experience products increased from 15% to 17% and to 29%, respectively.

 

   

New Market Expansion

Our strategy to expand into new geographies is to identify the addressable market, develop a localization plan and invest in a core team for each market to drive continued international growth. The typical regional core team consists of a senior sales director, sales executive, sales development representative, marketing personnel and customer success.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Acquiring New Customers

We are focused on continuing to grow the number of customers that use our platform. We define a customer as a unique organization, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, that has entered into an

 

63


Table of Contents

agreement for paid access to our platform. A single customer may have multiple agreements with us for separate divisions, subsidiaries or affiliates. Our operating results and growth prospects will depend in part on our ability to attract new customers. While we believe we have a significant market opportunity that our platform addresses, it is difficult to predict customer adoption rates or the future growth rate and size of the market for our platform. We will need to continue to invest in our sales and marketing functions in order to address this opportunity by hiring, developing and retaining talented sales personnel who are able to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time.

Despite our strong growth to date, we believe our market is still relatively underpenetrated and, as a result, we see significant opportunity to market our solutions globally. We estimate that our customer base of over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020 represents less than 1% of the number of companies that our solutions can address. We intend to aggressively pursue new customers through specialized and aligned sales teams focused on Enterprise and Commercial customers.

Retention and Expansion of ON24 Across Existing Customers

We believe we can achieve significant growth by retaining and further penetrating our existing customer base with the addition of new users and new products, and through upsell and cross sell. Our multi-dimensional land and expand model drives onboarding and allows us to acquire customers via free trials, live demos and continuous engagement with an efficient sales and marketing investment. As we continue to drive more actionable revenue generating marketing insights, we believe that we have a significant opportunity to further increase sales among existing customers across different functional and geographic departments within each respective organization. Our ability to pursue this opportunity will require us to scale our sales and marketing organization and otherwise increase our operating expenses, and we may not be successful on the timetable we anticipate, or at all, for any number of reasons, which may cause our results to vary from period to period.

Innovation and Expansion of Our Platform

We plan to continually develop new products that enhance the functionality of our platform, improve our user experiences and drive customer engagement in order to further capitalize on new opportunities. We intend to sell these new solutions to both existing and new customers, to drive an increase in revenue as the breadth and depth of our solutions and use cases expands. We also intend to continue investing in our platform and related infrastructure to improve capacity, security and scalability. These development efforts will require significant investments, some of which may be episodic or otherwise cause our expenses to vary from period to period.

International Expansion

We believe the expansion of real-time, revenue-generating marketing intelligence in international markets is a significant opportunity. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, approximately 21% and 23% of our revenue, respectively, came from outside the United States. We believe there is a compelling opportunity to expand our solutions internationally, both in countries where we currently operate and countries where we do not yet sell subscriptions to our solutions. Continuing to expand our international operations will require considerable management attention and other resources and may present challenges associated with complying with local expectations, customs, laws and regulations, which may impact our ability to sell subscriptions to our solutions and otherwise cause our results to vary from period to period.

Key Business Metrics

We review the following key business metrics to measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. Our methods for calculating these metrics

 

64


Table of Contents

may differ from similarly titled metrics at other companies, which may hinder comparability with other companies. The following table sets forth as of the dates indicated our number of customers, our ARR, our NRR, and our $100k Customers:

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Customers

     1,241       1,401       1,342       1,918  

ARR

   $ 61,249     $ 76,852     $ 69,997     $ 138,872  

NRR

     107     108     106     147

$100k Customers

     116       144       129       271  

Number of Customers

Increasing awareness of our platform and its broad range of capabilities has enabled us to substantially expand our customer base. We serve customers of all sizes, ranging from small businesses to global Fortune 100 organizations across a diverse set of industries, including technology, financial services, healthcare, industrial and manufacturing, professional services and B2B information services companies. Our diverse customer base has grown from 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020. Our platform is designed with a long-term view toward our customer relationships and to grow with customers as their needs expand.

LOGO

Annual Recurring Revenue

We believe that ARR is a key metric to measure our business because it is driven by our ability to acquire new subscription customers and to maintain and expand our relationship with existing subscription customers. ARR is calculated as the sum of the annualized value of our subscription contracts as of the measurement date, including existing customers with expired contracts that we expect to be renewed. Our ARR amounts exclude professional services, overages from subscription customers and Legacy revenue. Our ARR was $61.2 million as of December 31, 2018, $63.6 million as of March 31, 2019, $67.2 million as of June 30, 2019, $70.0 million as of September 30, 2019, $76.9 million as of December 31, 2019, $85.9 million as of March 31, 2020, $114.2 million as of June 30, 2020, and $138.9 million as of September 30, 2020. Our consistent ARR growth each quarter reflects our success in acquiring new customers and expanding subscriptions with existing customers, which was occurring prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and has accelerated in 2020 partly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dollar-Based Net Retention Rate

We believe NRR is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value of our subscription agreements and our ability to retain and organically grow revenue from our customers. Our NRR as of a specified period end is calculated by dividing current period ARR by prior period ARR. Prior period ARR is the ARR for all engagement platform customers as of twelve months prior to such period end. Current period ARR is the ARR for the same customers as of the specified period end. Our NRR includes the effect of any customer renewals, expansion, contraction and churn but excludes ARR from customers that were acquired in the twelve months prior to the specified period end. Our NRR is subject to adjustment for mergers, acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions involving our customers. Our NRR was 107% as of December 31, 2018, 108% as of December 31, 2019, 106% as of September 30, 2019 and 147% as of September 30, 2020. We believe our strong NRR reflects our success in retaining customers and expanding their subscriptions as customers realize the increasing importance of digital transformation, which has accelerated in 2020 partly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Customers Contributing More Than $100,000 to ARR

We believe that our ability to increase our $100k Customers is a key indicator for important components of the growth of our business, including our success in expanding the use of our platform within large organizations. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, we had 116 and 144 $100k Customers, respectively, and as of September 30, 2019 and 2020 we had 129 and 271 $100k Customers, respectively. We believe our growth in $100k Customers demonstrates our rapid penetration of larger organizations.

COVID-19 Update

In December 2019, an outbreak of COVID-19 emerged, and, by March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. Governments across the United States and around the world have instituted measures in an effort to slow infection rates, including orders to shelter-in-place, travel restrictions and mandated business closure. The global economic impacts of COVID-19 are significant and continue to evolve, as exhibited by, among other things, a rise in unemployment, changes in consumer behavior and market volatility.

The imperative to optimize digital sales and marketing investments to drive revenue conversion has become more important as businesses accelerate digital transformation initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in increased usage of our subscription and other platforms. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our revenue increased by 59% as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, in part due to the impact of COVID-19.

There is no assurance that we will continue to experience such accelerated growth. If the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic subside, our customers and their users may resume in-person marketing activities in a way that decreases usage of our platform. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our business and financial performance may be influenced by a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, future spikes of COVID-19 infections resulting in additional preventative and mitigative measures, the severity of the economic decline attributable to or influenced by the pandemic, the timing and nature of a potential economic recovery, the impact on our customers and our sales cycles, and our ability to generate new business leads. For additional details, see the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

66


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Subscription and Other Platform Revenue

Subscription and other platform revenue primarily consists of subscription fees from customer agreements to access our digital experience platform. Our customers do not have the ability to take possession of our software. We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract beginning on the date access to our platform is granted. Subscription and other platform revenue also includes usage fees from customers who acquire incremental capacity during their contract term. We recognize usage fees on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the subscription contract, beginning when usage occurs. We expect our subscription revenue to increase over the long-term, depending on our ability to attract new customers and expand usage with current customers, which fluctuate from period to period.

Subscription and other platform revenue also contains revenue from our Legacy offering, which consists of contracts with customers for which we grant customers access to our platform only for the duration of specific contracted events. Our Legacy revenue is primarily recognized at a point in time as events occur. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018, and we expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Professional Services Revenue

Professional services revenue primarily consists of fees from customer agreements to provide consulting services, including experience management, monitoring and production services, implementation services and premium support services. The majority of our professional services consists of experience management and monitoring services, which are prepaid rights to a defined number of managed and monitored experiences. Professional services are generally considered distinct from the access provided to our platform. Professional services are available through hourly rate and fixed fee contracts, as well as one-time and ongoing engagements. We recognize revenue from experience management, monitoring and production services in the period the experience occurs and the services are delivered or, if they are not used by the customer, at the end of the subscription term. We recognize revenue from implementation services upon completion of the services. We recognize revenue from premium support offerings on a ratable basis over the subscription term. We expect our professional services revenue to increase as our customer base and use of our platform by existing customers increases, which may fluctuate from period to period.

Professional services revenue also contains revenue from our Legacy offering, which consists of event-related services, and is recognized when the event occurs. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and we expect substantially all professional services revenue associated with our Legacy offering to cease after December 2020.

Cost of Revenue

Subscription and Other Platform Cost of Revenue

Subscription and other platform cost of revenue primarily consists of costs related to hosting our platform and providing operating support services to our customers. These costs are related to our co-located data centers, personnel-related costs such as salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation expense, benefits costs associated with our operations and support personnel, software license fees and allocated overhead. We expect our subscription and other platform cost of revenue to increase in the near term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we continue to move to a hybrid cloud and otherwise expand our infrastructure and, over the long term, to increase in absolute dollars as our subscription revenue increases.

 

67


Table of Contents

Subscription and other platform cost of revenue also includes Legacy cost of revenue. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and we expect the Legacy component of subscription and other platform cost of revenue to cease after December 2020 consistent with related revenue.

Professional Services Cost of Revenue

Professional services cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, including salaries and bonuses, stock-based compensation, third-party consulting services and allocated overhead. We expect our professional services cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as our professional services revenue increases.

Professional services cost of revenue also includes Legacy cost of revenue. We stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and we expect the Legacy component of professional services cost of revenue to cease after December 2020 consistent with related revenue.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our sales and marketing organization. Other sales and marketing expenses include promotional events to promote our brand, such as awareness programs, digital programs, tradeshows and our annual user conference, software license expenses and allocated overhead. Sales commissions that are directly related to acquiring customer contracts, as well as associated payroll taxes, are deferred upon execution of a contract with a customer, and subsequently amortized to sales and marketing expense. Sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of a customer contract are amortized over an estimated period of benefit of five years, as we specifically anticipate renewals of customer contracts and commissions paid on renewal contracts are not commensurate with commissions paid on new customer contracts. Sales commissions paid upon renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the contractual renewal term. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Sales commissions paid related to professional services are amortized over the expected service period. We plan to increase our investment in sales and marketing over the foreseeable future, primarily through increased headcount in our sales and marketing functions and investment in brand- and product-marketing efforts. As a result, we expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in the near term. However, we expect such expenses will decrease as a percentage of our revenue as our revenue grows over time, although the percentage may fluctuate from period to period depending on fluctuations in the timing and extent of our sales and marketing expenses.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our research and development employees, contractor costs related to third-party development and allocated overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We plan to increase the dollar amount of our investment in research and development for the foreseeable future as we focus on further developing our platform and infrastructure. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase as a percentage of revenue in the near term.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our finance, legal and human resources

 

68


Table of Contents

organizations, professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services, bad debt expense and allocated overhead. We expect to increase the size of our general and administrative function to support the growth of our business. Following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company. In addition, as a public company, we expect to incur increased expenses in the areas of insurance, investor relations and professional services. As a result, we expect the dollar amount of our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future. We expect, however, that our general and administrative expenses will decrease as a percentage of our revenue over time, although the percentage may fluctuate from period to period.

Other Gains from Operations

Other gains from operations consists of a one-time gain from a legal settlement.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest expense incurred on our Revolving Credit Facility, and income earned on cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists primarily of currency transaction gains or losses and miscellaneous non-operational income and expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to foreign and state jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

 

69


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
             2018                     2019                     2019                     2020          
           (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $      66,079     $      72,589     $      53,368     $      81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform(1)

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services(1)

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing(1)

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development(1)

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative(1)

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069)     $ 11,248  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
             2018                      2019                      2019                      2020          
            (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $       1,460      $       1,998      $ 1,314      $ 1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
           (unaudited)  
    

(as a percentage of revenue)

 

Revenue:

                                                                                                                            

Subscription and other platform

     80     81     82     79

Professional services

     20       19       18       21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100       100  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

     17       19       19       14  

Professional services

     13       11       12       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     30       30       31       22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     70       70       69       78  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     57       54       54       39  

Research and development

     17       18       18       13  

General and administrative

     16       16       17       14  

Other gains from operations

     (1                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     89       88       89       66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (19     (18     (20     12  

Interest expense, net

     1       1       1       1  

Other expense, net

     1             1        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (21     (19     (22     11  

Provision for income taxes

           1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

     (21 )%      (20 )%      (22 )%      11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 53,368      $ 81,379      $ 28,011        52

Professional services

               11,825                  22,276                  10,451                         88  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 65,193      $ 103,655      $ 38,462        59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $38.5 million, or 59%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily driven by an increase in digital experience platform revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy revenue. Subscription and other platform revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $28.0 million, or 52%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Professional services revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $10.5 million, or 88%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

71


Table of Contents

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 48,258      $ 80,010      $ 31,752        66

Professional services

       10,078        21,705          11,627               115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform revenue

   $ 58,336      $ 101,715      $ 43,379        74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our digital experience platform revenue represents revenue from our current subscription offerings. Total digital experience platform revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $43.4 million, or 74%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in subscription and other platform revenue of $31.8 million and an increase in professional services revenue of $11.6 million due to increases in our customer base and the use of our platform by existing customers, which reflects an increase in demand for our experience management and monitoring services. Existing customers accounted for approximately 63 percentage points of the increase and new customers accounted for approximately 11 percentage points of the increase. The increase attributable to existing customers reflects both that such customers contributed to our revenue for the full nine months ended September 30, 2020 and that they expanded their usage of our platform during that period. Our NRR was 147% as of September 30, 2020, an increase of 41 percentage points as compared to September 30, 2019.

Legacy

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 5,110      $ 1,369      $ (3,741     (73 )% 

Professional services

         1,747             571           (1,176     (67
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue

   $ 6,857      $ 1,940      $ (4,917             (72
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $4.9 million, or 72%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform revenue of $3.7 million and a decrease in professional services revenue of $1.2 million as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018. We expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019     2020     $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $   12,571     $   14,405     $     1,834                 15

Professional services

     7,666       8,883       1,217        16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 20,237     $ 23,288     $ 3,051        15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 44,956     $ 80,367     $ 35,411        79  

Gross margin

     69     78     

Cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $3.1 million, or 15%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily driven by an increase in

 

72


Table of Contents

digital experience platform cost of revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy cost of revenue. Subscription and other platform cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $1.8 million, or 15%, as compared to the year ended September 30, 2019. Professional services cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $1.2 million, or 16%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 10,979      $ 13,825      $ 2,846        26

Professional services

     6,084        8,328        2,244        37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue

   $ 17,063      $ 22,153      $ 5,090                  30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $5.1 million, or 30%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to an increase in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $2.8 million and an increase in professional services cost of revenue of $2.2 million. The increase in total digital experience platform cost of revenue was driven by an increase in personnel-related expenses of $3.1 million due to increased headcount to support our platform and deliver services, a $0.8 million increase software and related maintenance fees due to the expansion of infrastructure and data centers, a $0.5 million increase in contractor costs, an increase of $0.3 million related to bandwidth costs, a $0.2 million increase in transmission costs and a $0.2 million increase in field production costs. These increased costs disproportionately affected our subscription and other platform cost of revenue. However, digital experience platform gross margin increased from 77.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 82.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, due to the rapid revenue growth during this period.

Legacy

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 1,592      $ 580      $ (1,012     (64 )% 

Professional services

     1,582        555        (1,027     (65
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue

   $ 3,174      $ 1,135      $ (2,039              (64
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $2.0 million, or 64%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $1.0 million and a decrease in professional services cost of revenue of $1.0 million. The decrease in total Legacy cost of revenue was driven by a reduction in headcount and facilities allocation costs as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Gross margin increased from 69% to 78% in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in gross margin is primarily attributable to the significant increase in total digital experience platform revenue, which increased by 74%, compared to our total digital experience platform cost of revenue, which increased by 30%.

 

73


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 35,460      $ 40,495      $   5,035                  14

Sales and marketing expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $5.0 million, or 14%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $5.2 million due to increased headcount to support the growth in our sales force, a $1.8 million increase in demand generation activity, a $0.3 million increase in recruiting costs, a $0.3 million increase in software license expenses and a $0.2 million increase in market research. The increase was partially offset by a $1.3 million reduction in expenses associated with travel and entertainment, a decrease of $1.0 million in conferences and events, a $0.2 million decrease in creative and design expenses and a decrease of $0.2 million in internal company programs. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 54% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 39% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 11,660      $ 13,272      $   1,612                  14

Research and development expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $1.6 million, or 14%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in expenses was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.3 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount for the development of our solutions and an increase of $0.5 million in contractor costs for development activities, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in facilities allocation costs. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 18% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 13% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $ 10,928      $ 14,370      $   3,442                  31

General and administrative expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $3.4 million, or 31%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.7 million in professional, legal and accounting related expenses, an increase of $1.2 million in personnel-related expenses due to an overall increase in headcount, a $0.5 million increase in facilities allocation costs and an increase of $0.4 million in bad debt expense. The increase was partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in airfare, meals and travel and a $0.2 million decrease in rent expense. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 17% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to 14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

74


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $       799      $       633      $      (166            (21 )% 

Interest expense, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $0.2 million, or 21%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million reduction in interest expenses primarily relating to our Revolving Credit Facility, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in interest income earned from our short-term investments.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other expense, net

   $       134      $       226      $         92                69

Other expense, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $0.1 million, or 69%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $0.1 million reduction in foreign exchange transaction gains.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $         44      $       123      $         79              180

Provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 increased by $0.1 million, or 180%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The change in provision for income taxes was primarily due to international operations.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $ 66,079      $ 72,589      $ 6,510        10

Professional services

     16,529        16,544        15         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $  82,608      $  89,133      $    6,525                  8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $6.5 million, or 8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by an increase in digital experience platform revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy revenue. Subscription and other platform revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $6.5 million, or 10%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Professional services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 remained flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

75


Table of Contents

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $  57,763      $  66,286      $    8,523       
        15

Professional services

     11,082        14,413        3,331        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform revenue

   $ 68,845      $ 80,699      $ 11,854        17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $11.9 million, or 17%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in subscription and other platform revenue of $8.5 million and an increase in professional services revenue of $3.3 million due to increases in our customer base and the use of our platform by existing customers, which reflects an increase in demand for our experience management and monitoring services. Existing customers accounted for approximately 11 percentage points of the increase and new customers accounted for approximately 6 percentage points of the increase. The increase attributable to existing customers reflects both that such customers contributed to our revenue for the full year and that they expanded their usage of our platform during that period. Our NRR was 108% as of December 31, 2019, an increase of 1 percentage point compared to December 31, 2018.

Legacy

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $    8,316      $    6,303      $   (2,013           (24 )% 

Professional services

     5,447        2,131        (3,316     (61
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue

   $ 13,763      $ 8,434      $ (5,329     (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $5.3 million, or 39%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform revenue of $2.0 million and a decrease in professional services revenue of $3.3 million as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018. We expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

       14,232     $  16,730     $    2,498               18

Professional services

     10,689       10,411       (278     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 24,921     $ 27,141     $ 2,220       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

   $ 57,687     $ 61,992     $ 4,305       7  

Gross margin

     70     70    

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $2.2 million, or 9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by an increase in digital experience platform cost of revenue and partially offset by a decrease in Legacy cost of revenue. Subscription and other platform cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $2.5 million, or

 

76


Table of Contents

18%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Professional services cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $0.3 million, or 3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

Digital Experience Platform

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $  11,735      $  14,772      $    3,037                26

Professional services

     6,426        8,577        2,151        33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue

   $ 18,161      $ 23,349      $ 5,188        29  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total digital experience platform cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $5.2 million, or 29%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to an increase in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $3.0 million and an increase in professional services cost of revenue of $2.2 million. The increase in total digital experience platform cost of revenue was driven by an increase in personnel-related expenses of $2.6 million due to increased headcount to support our platform and deliver services, a $0.9 million increase software and related maintenance fees due to the expansion of infrastructure and data centers, a $1.1 million increase in contractor costs and consulting service fees and a $0.5 million increase in facilities allocation costs due to an increase in headcount. These increased costs disproportionately affected our subscription and other platform gross margin, which decreased from 79.7% in 2018 to 77.7% in 2019.

Legacy

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and other platform

   $    2,497      $    1,958      $      (539            (22 )% 

Professional services

     4,263        1,834        (2,429     (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue

   $ 6,760      $ 3,792      $ (2,968     (44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Legacy cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $3.0 million, or 44%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily attributable to a decrease in subscription and other platform cost of revenue of $0.5 million and a decrease in professional services cost of revenue of $2.4 million. The decrease in total Legacy cost of revenue was driven by a reduction in headcount and facilities allocation costs as we stopped selling our Legacy offering to new customers in 2018 and expect substantially all Legacy revenue to cease after December 2020.

Gross margin in the year ended December 31, 2019 remained flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $  46,980      $  47,773      $       793                  2

 

77


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $0.8 million, or 2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $1.3 million due to increased headcount to support the growth in our sales force, a $0.7 million increase in demand generation activity and a $0.3 million increase in software license expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million reduction in expenses associated with the capitalization of incremental costs of obtaining customer contracts, net of amortization, upon the adoption of Topic 340, a decrease of $0.5 million in content marketing, a decrease of $0.2 million in internal company programs and a decrease of $0.2 million in facilities allocation costs. Refer to Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the adoption of Topic 340. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 57% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 54% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $  14,343      $  15,730      $  1,387                10

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $1.4 million, or 10%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in expenses was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.0 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount for the development of our solutions and an increase of $0.5 million in contractor costs for development activities, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in facilities allocation costs. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 17% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 18% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $  13,299      $  14,590      $    1,291                10

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $1.3 million, or 10%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.0 million in personnel-related expenses due to increased headcount, an increase of $0.3 million in professional, legal and accounting related expenses and an increase of $0.1 million in contractor costs, partially offset by a reduction of $0.1 million in software license expenses. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue remained flat at 16% for both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Other Gains from Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other gains from operations

   $      (850   $         —      $       850             (100 )% 

Other gains from operations in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $0.9 million, or 100%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in other gains from operations was due to a one-time gain from legal settlement due to a customer’s breach of contract in 2018.

 

78


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $    1,052      $    1,029        $       (23              (2 )% 

Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 remained largely flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The small decrease was primarily due to a $0.2 million reduction in interest income earned from our short-term investments, partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in interest expenses primarily relating to our Revolving Credit Facility.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Other expense, net

   $       256      $         42        $     (214            (84 )% 

Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $0.2 million, or 84%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to a $0.2 million increase in foreign exchange transaction gains.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $       198      $       355      $       157                79

Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $0.2 million, or 79%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The change in provision for income taxes was primarily due to international operations.

 

79


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the seven quarters ended September 30, 2020, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations that may be expected for the remainder of fiscal year 2020 or for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:(1)

             

Subscription and other platform

  $ 16,863     $ 17,747     $ 18,758     $ 19,221     $ 19,927     $ 27,096     $ 34,356  

Professional services

    3,768       4,648       3,409       4,719       4,819       9,224       8,233  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    20,631       22,395       22,167       23,940       24,746       36,320       42,589  

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform(2)

    4,236       4,121       4,214       4,159       4,156       4,824       5,425  

Professional services(2)

    2,645       2,655       2,366       2,745       2,550       3,138       3,195  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    6,881       6,776       6,580       6,904       6,706       7,962       8,620  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    13,750       15,619       15,587       17,036       18,040       28,358       33,969  

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing(2)

    12,938       11,543       10,979       12,313       12,010       12,729       15,756  

Research and development(2)

    3,887       3,709       4,064       4,070       4,099       4,513       4,660  

General and administrative(2)

    3,813       3,622       3,493       3,662       3,452       4,206       6,712  

Other gains from operations

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    20,638       18,874       18,536       20,045       19,561       21,448       27,128  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (6,888     (3,255     (2,949     (3,009     (1,521     6,910       6,841  

Interest expense, net

    326       247       226       230       212       193       228  

Other expense, net

    7       33       94       (92     271       (22     (23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (7,221     (3,535     (3,269     (3,147     (2,004     6,739       6,636  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (10     27       27       311       55       37       31  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (7,211   $ (3,562   $ (3,296   $ (3,458   $ (2,059   $ 6,702     $ 6,605  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Consists of digital experience platform revenue and Legacy revenue as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Total digital experience platform revenue

  $   18,088     $   19,997     $   20,251     $   22,363     $   23,718     $   35,517     $   42,480  

Legacy revenue

    2,543       2,398       1,916       1,577       1,028       803       109  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 20,631     $ 22,395     $ 22,167     $ 23,940     $ 24,746     $ 36,320     $ 42,589  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform

  $ 24     $ 24     $ 25     $ 24     $ 23     $ 24     $ 31  

Professional services

    3       3       40       4       4       5       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    27       27       65       28       27       29       38  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

    159       150       145       461       141       147       162  

Research and development

    54       52       49       42       57       62       70  

General and administrative

    197       190       199       153       178       192       350  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 437     $ 419     $ 458     $ 684     $ 403     $ 430     $ 620  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
    (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform

    82     79     85     80     81     75     81

Professional services

    18       21       15       20       19       25       19  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100       100       100       100       100       100       100  

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription and other platform

    20       18       19       17       17       13       13  

Professional services

    13       12       11       12       10       9       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    33       30       30       29       27       22       20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    67       70       70       71       73       78       80  

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

    63       52       49       51       49       35       37  

Research and development

    19       16       18       17       16       12       11  

General and administrative

    18       16       16       15       14       12       16  

Other gains from operations

                                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    100       84       83       83       79       59       64  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (33     (14     (13     (12     (6     19       16  

Interest expense, net

    2       1       1       1       1       1       1  

Other expense, net

          1       1             1              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (35     (16     (15     (13     (8     18       15  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

                      1                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (35 )%      (16 )%      (15 )%      (14 )%      (8 )%      18     15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Revenue and Cost of Revenue

Our subscription and other platform revenue increased for all periods presented due to higher sales of subscriptions to both our existing and new customers. Our professional services revenue generally increased for the periods presented with minor decreases in certain periods, as the timing of recognition of professional services is at the discretion of our customers.

Total cost of revenue remained relatively flat for each of the three month ended periods presented in 2019 and increased sequentially for each of the three month ended periods presented in 2020, in order to support rapid growth in subscription and other platform revenue. Gross margin increased over the quarters presented primarily due to economies of scale and efficiencies achieved as a result.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses generally increased for the periods presented primarily due to increases in headcount and other personnel-related costs to support our growth. We plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing for the foreseeable future to drive revenue growth. We also intend to

 

82


Table of Contents

continue investing in research and development efforts for the foreseeable future, as we focus on developing new features and enhancements to our product offerings. General and administrative expenses also include increased costs in recent fiscal quarters due to preparing to be a public company, a trend that we expect to continue for the foreseeable future.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

In addition to our results determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, we consider our non-GAAP operating margin in evaluating our operating performance. We define non-GAAP operating margin as net (loss) income excluding other (income) expense, income tax, other gains from operations and stock-based compensation, all divided by revenue. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance. However, this non-GAAP financial measure is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures have no standardized meanings prescribed by GAAP and are not prepared under an comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly-titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measure as a tools for comparison.

Some of the limitations of non-GAAP operating margin as an analytical tool are the following:

 

   

it excludes expense associated with our equity compensation plans, although equity compensation has been, and will continue to be, an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

   

it excludes other (income) expense and other gains from operations, even though we may have such (income) expense and gains from time to time in the future;

 

   

it excludes interest expense, although we have incurred interest expense on debt financing and expect to do so in the future;

 

   

it excludes the effect of income taxes; and

 

   

the expenses and gains that we exclude may differ from those excluded by other companies for this measure or similarly titled measures.

A reconciliation of non-GAAP operating (loss) profit to net (loss) profit, which we regard as the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and of the calculation of non-GAAP operating margin , is set forth below. Investors are encouraged to review this reconciliation, and our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended  
     2018     2019     March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 

Non-GAAP operating margin

              (19 )%               (16 )%               (5 )%             20            18

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles non-GAAP operating (loss) profit and non-GAAP operating margin, for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended  
     2018     2019     March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
 
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (2,059   $ 6,702     $ 6,605  

Interest expense, net

     (1,052     (1,029     (212     (193     (228

Other expense, net

     (256     (42     (271     22       23  

Provision for income taxes

     (198     (355     (55     (37     (31

Other gains from operations

     850                          

Stock-based compensation

     (1,460     (1,998     (403     (430     (620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating profit (loss)

   $ (15,475   $ (14,103   $ (1,118   $ 7,340     $ 7,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating margin

     (19 )%      (16 )%      (5 )%      20     18

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $23.8 million and $52.7 million, respectively, which were held for working capital purposes. Our short-term investments generally consist of money market funds and certificates of deposit.

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of convertible preferred stock and payments from our customers. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we issued 2,310,067 shares of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate amount of $25.0 million. We also have a Revolving Credit Facility to obtain up to $30.0 million in debt financing. As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had $22.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Our principal uses of cash in recent periods have been to fund our operations, invest in research and development and to purchase investments.

We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet our needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our revenue growth rate, subscription renewal activity, billing frequency, the timing and extent of spending to support further sales and marketing and research and development efforts, as well as expenses associated with our international expansion, including the timing and extent of additional capital expenditures to invest in existing and new office spaces. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services and technologies, and we may need to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is needed from outside sources, we may not be able to raise the necessary capital or raise the capital on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (8,639   $ (11,350   $ (7,094   $  26,839  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        3,948       (4,162     (11,031     (674

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,496       27,580       27,622       2,547  

 

84


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities of $26.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to net income of $11.2 million, noncash charges for amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs of $7.5 million, depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million, stock-based compensation of $1.5 million and provision for accounts receivable allowance of $1.4 million, partially offset by noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash flows from operations by $3.4 million primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $42.8 million from increases in subscriptions, an increase in accrued liabilities of $2.7 million and an increase in accounts payable of $1.1 million due to timing of payments, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $21.4 million due to increases in subscriptions, an increase in deferred contract acquisition costs of $19.3 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.4 million.

Net cash used in operating activities of $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was primarily due to net loss of $14.1 million and noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million, partially offset by noncash charges for amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs of $5.2 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, depreciation and amortization of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation of $1.3 million and provision for accounts receivable allowances of $0.5 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities decreased cash flows from operations by $1.7 million primarily due to an increase in deferred contract acquisition costs of $5.3 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $2.0 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.9 million and a decrease in other long-term liabilities of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $3.5 million due to increases in subscriptions, a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.7 million and an increase in accounts payable of $0.5 million.

Net cash used in operating activities of $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to net loss of $17.5 million and noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million, partially offset by noncash charges for amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs of $7.0 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, depreciation and amortization of $2.3 million, stock-based compensation of $2.0 million and provision for accounts receivable allowances of $0.7 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities decreased cash flows from operations by $5.8 million primarily due an increase in deferred contract acquisition costs of $9.0 million due to the adoption of Topic 606, an increase in accounts receivable of $5.4 million due to increases in subscriptions, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.3 million and a decrease in other long-term liabilities of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $9.4 million due to increases in subscriptions and an increase in accounts payable of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to net loss of $17.6 million and noncash interest and dividends received of $0.1 million, partially offset by noncash charges for depreciation and amortization of $2.0 million, stock-based compensation of $1.5 million and provision for accounts receivable allowances of $0.7 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash flows from operations by $4.9 million primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $4.8 million from increases in subscriptions, an increase in other long-term liabilities of $3.7 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $0.8 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.3 million due to increases in subscriptions, a decrease in accounts payable of $0.7 million due to timing of payments, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.4 million.

 

85


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was related to capital expenditures of $0.7 million to support ongoing operations.

Net cash used in investing activities of $11.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was related to net purchases of short-term investments of $10.0 million and capital expenditures of $1.0 million to support ongoing operations.

Net cash used in investing activities of $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was related to net purchases of short-term investments of $3.0 million and capital expenditures of $1.2 million to support ongoing operations.

Net cash provided by investing activities of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was related to net sales of short-term investments of $7.4 million, partially offset by capital expenditures of $3.4 million to support ongoing operations, which included leasehold improvements from the build out of our San Francisco office in 2018.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily related to proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $3.3 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $0.8 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $27.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of Class B-1 preferred stock of $25.0 million, net proceeds of $3.3 million from the draw down and partial repayment on the Revolving Credit Facility and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.2 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $0.9 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily related to the issuance of Class B-1 preferred stock of $25.0 million, net proceeds of $3.3 million from the draw down and repayment on the Revolving Credit Facility and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.4 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $1.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to net proceeds of $4.0 million from the draw down and repayment on the Revolving Credit Facility and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.4 million, partially offset by the repayment of capital lease obligations of $0.9 million.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily annual and to a lesser extent, multi-year. We may bill for the full term in advance or on an annual or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $74.5 million, which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $44.9 million and unbilled consideration in the amount of $29.6 million that we expect to recognize as revenue. We expect to recognize 80% of the revenue for our remaining performance obligations in 2020 and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $132.7 million, which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $88.0 million and unbilled consideration in the amount of $44.7 million that we expect to recognize as revenue. We expect to recognize 73% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent twelve months, and the remainder thereafter.

 

86


Table of Contents

Debt Obligations

Revolving Credit Facility

In April 2013, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Comerica Bank, which was subsequently amended and restated, and provides us the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million with a letter of credit sublimit of $3.9 million. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a security interest on substantially all of our assets. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had drawn $18.9 million, $22.4 million and $22.4 million, respectively, against the Revolving Credit Facility. Outstanding principal amounts on the Revolving Credit Facility incur interest at the prime rate, as published by the Wall Street Journal (Prime Rate), plus 0.50%. The prime rates at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019 and 2020 were 5.50%, 4.75%, 5.00% and 3.25%, respectively. Interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility was $0.9 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.0 million and $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Equipment Loan Agreements

We have entered into various equipment loan agreements that allow us to obtain financing to purchase equipment. Borrowings are secured by the equipment purchased. The equipment loan agreements are repaid over 36 months beginning from the date of the advance at an interest rate ranging from 7.5% to 10.1%. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, we owed $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, on the equipment loans.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our noncancelable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2020:

 

            Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than 5
years
 

Operating lease obligations

   $     12,723      $       2,825      $       5,113      $       4,785      $            —  

Capital lease obligations

     3,832        1,650        2,182                

Other debt, including interest

     22,623        170        22,453                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 39,178      $ 4,645      $ 29,748      $ 4,785      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Contractual obligations that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through September 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency and Exchange Risk

The vast majority of our cash generated from revenue are denominated in U.S. dollars, with a small amount denominated in foreign currencies. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations, which are primarily in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, Singapore and Japan. Our results of current and future

 

87


Table of Contents

operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. As the impact of foreign currency exchange rates has not been material to our historical operating results, we have not entered into derivative or hedging transactions, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency becomes more significant.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $23.8 million and $52.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits and highly liquid investments, primarily money market funds purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. Our short-term investments generally consist of money market funds and certificates of deposit. The cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held for working capital purposes. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those accounting policies and estimates that are both the most important to the portrayal of our net assets and results of operations and require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates are developed based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Critical accounting estimates are accounting estimates where the nature of the estimates are material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change and the impact of the estimates on financial condition or operating performance is material.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from subscription agreements with customers for access to our platform and related services. We elected to adopt Topic 606, effective as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective method of adoption. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, references to Topic 606 used herein refer to both Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 are presented under Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) are presented under Topic 606, with the cumulative impact of the adoption of Topic 606 recorded on January 1, 2019. The primary impact of the adoption of Topic 606 was the capitalization and amortization of incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers. See Note 1,

 

88


Table of Contents

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

In accordance with Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, we recognize revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for promised goods or services. We apply the following five-step revenue recognition model in accounting for our revenue arrangements:

1. Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer

We determine a contract with a customer to exist when the contract is approved, each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred can be identified, the payment terms for the services can be identified, the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. At contract inception, we will evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single contract and whether the combined or single contract includes more than one performance obligation. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

2. Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations committed in a contract are identified based on the services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can benefit from the service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the services and the products is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

Our performance obligations generally consist of access to our digital experience platform and related support services, which, together, are considered one performance obligation. Our customers do not have the ability to take possession of our software, and through access to our platform we provide a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the term of the subscription. Customers may also purchase incremental capacity to our digital experience platform. We recognize incremental access as a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the remaining term of the subscription. Our Legacy offering includes performance obligations to provide customers with access to our platform for the duration of specific contracted events, and revenue is recognized primarily as events occur. Amounts related to our digital experience platform and our Legacy offering are recorded as subscription and other platform revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

We also provide professional services, which include consulting services, such as experience management, monitoring and production services, implementation services and premium support services. Professional services are generally considered distinct from the access to our digital experience platform. Amounts are recorded as Professional Services revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

We enter into contracts with customers that regularly include promises to transfer multiple services through access to our platform. For arrangements with multiple services, we evaluate whether the individual services qualify as distinct performance obligations. In our assessment of whether a service is a distinct performance obligation, we determine whether the customer can benefit from the service on its own or with other readily available resources and whether the service is separately identifiable from other services in the contract. This evaluation requires us to assess the nature of each individual service offering and how the services are provided in the context of the contract, including whether the services are significantly integrated, highly interrelated or significantly

 

89


Table of Contents

modify each other, which may require judgment based on the facts and circumstances of the contract.

3. Determination of the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. We apply the practical expedient in Topic 606 paragraph 10-32-18 and do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component for contracts that are one year or less, and none of our multi-year contracts contain a significant financing component. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities, such as sales and other indirect taxes.

Our digital experience platform and related support services are typically warranted to perform in a professional manner that will comply with the terms of the subscription agreements. In addition, we include service level commitments to our customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those service levels. These credits represent a form of variable consideration. Historically, we have not experienced any significant incidents affecting the defined levels of reliability and performance as required by the subscription agreements. We have not provided any material refunds related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements during the periods presented.

4. Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on each performance obligation’s relative standalone selling price, or the SSP. The SSP is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. In instances where we do not sell or price a product or service separately, establishing SSP requires significant judgement. We estimate the SSP by considering available information, such as market conditions, internally approved pricing guidelines and the underlying cost of delivering the performance obligation.

5. Recognition of the revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the control of the promised service to a customer. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those services. We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable contract subscription period beginning on the date access to our platform is granted. We recognize revenue from consulting services related to events in the period the event occurs and the service is delivered. We recognize revenue from implementation services upon completion of the services. We recognize revenue from premium support offerings on a ratable basis over the applicable subscription term.

Contract Balances

We receive payments from customers based on a billing schedule as established in our customer contracts. Accounts receivable are recorded when we contractually have the right to consideration. In some arrangements, a right to consideration for our performance under the customer contract may occur before invoicing to the customer, resulting in an unbilled accounts receivable. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue. Revenue is deferred when we have the right to invoice in advance of performance under a customer contract. The current portion of deferred revenue balances are recognized during the following 12-month period.

 

90


Table of Contents

Costs to Obtain a Contract

Prior to the adoption of Topic 606, costs associated with obtaining customer contracts were recorded as sales and marketing expenses in the period the related customer contract was signed. Subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606, we capitalize sales commissions and associated payroll taxes paid to internal sales personnel and third-party referral fees that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts. These costs are recorded as deferred contract acquisition costs on our consolidated balance sheets. We determine whether costs should be deferred based on our sales compensation plans and if the commissions are incremental and would not have occurred absent the customer contract.

Sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of a customer contract are amortized over an estimated period of benefit of five years, as we specifically anticipate renewals of customer contracts and commissions paid on renewal contracts are not commensurate with commissions paid on new customer contracts. Sales commissions paid upon renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the contractual renewal term. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Sales commissions paid related to professional services are amortized over the expected service period. We determine the period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of the initial customer contract by taking into consideration the initial estimated customer life and the technological life of our platform and related significant features. Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs is included in sales and marketing expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the option awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. The related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four years. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from our estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from our estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates were revised.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. As our common stock is not publicly traded, the fair value was determined by our board of directors, with input from management and valuation reports prepared by independent third-party valuation firms. Stock-based compensation for financial reporting purposes is measured based on updated estimates of fair value when appropriate, such as when additional relevant information related to the estimate becomes available in a valuation report issued as of a subsequent date.

 

91


Table of Contents
   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Our historical stock option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to a lack of sufficient data. For stock options granted to employees, we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For stock options granted to nonemployees, the expected term equals the contractual term of the option.

 

   

Expected Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers, consisting of several public companies in our industry which are either similar in size, stage of life cycle, or financial leverage, over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, an expected dividend yield of zero percent was used.

The Black-Scholes assumptions used in evaluating our awards are as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

  

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

    

            2018            

  

            2019            

  

            2020            

               (unaudited)

Fair value of common stock

   $2.15 - $2.44    $2.32 - $3.15    $2.32 - $7.97

Risk-free interest rate

   2.7% - 3.0%    1.5% - 2.5%    0.4% - 1.7%

Expected term (years)

   6.25    6.25    6.25

Expected volatility

   51.5% - 58.0%    40.7% - 51.5%    41.6% - 62.0%

Expected dividend yield

   0.00    0.00    0.00

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

In valuing our common stock, the fair value of our business, or enterprise value, was determined using either the market approach or a combination of the market and income approaches. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to the subject company’s financial results to estimate the value of the subject company. The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of the company’s future estimated cash flows and the residual value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future cash flows, including the cash flows beyond the forecast period for the residual value, are discounted to their present values using an appropriate discount rate, to reflect the risks inherent in the company achieving these estimated cash flows.

For valuations prior to October 1, 2019, the resulting equity value is then allocated to each class of stock using the Option Pricing Method, or the OPM. The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of our convertible preferred stock. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a

 

92


Table of Contents

claim on the equity value at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after our convertible preferred stock is liquidated. For valuations as of and subsequent to October 1, 2019, we have used a hybrid method utilizing a combination of the OPM and the probability-weighted expected return method, which includes a probability-weighted analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming possible future events for our company, including scenarios of a completing an initial public offering, completing an acquisition, and remaining a private company. Prior October 1, 2019, we believed use of the OPM was appropriate because the range of possible future outcomes was difficult to predict and highly speculative. Under either methodology, after the equity value was determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, was applied to arrive at the fair value of common stock on a non-marketable basis. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that as an owner of a private company stock, the stockholder has limited information and opportunities to sell this stock. A market participant that would purchase this stock would recognize this risk and thereby require a higher rate of return, which would reduce the overall fair market value.

Our assessments of the fair value of common stock for grant dates were based in part on the current available financial and operational information and the common stock value provided in the most recent valuation as compared to the timing of each grant. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation or a straight-line interpolation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Upon the closing of this offering, our common stock will be publicly traded and we will rely on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our common stock.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. Accordingly, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that have opted out of using such extended transition period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1, Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

 

93


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform the way businesses drive revenue and customer engagement through data-rich digital experiences.

Overview

We provide a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers.

Similar to what has taken place in the B2C market, our digital experience platform empowers B2B companies with insights to better personalize their engagement. Large social media platforms have been successful at leveraging experiences and insights of consumers on their platforms to enable B2C companies to effectively understand their potential consumers. While these have been effective in the B2C market, B2B companies often lack deep insights about prospective customers to effectively understand and engage them.

Businesses today primarily use automated solutions, such as digital advertising and email, for marketing. While these automated solutions reach large numbers of prospective customers, they have generally failed to deepen customer engagement because they were designed with the simple purpose of pushing marketing messages in one direction – from the business to the prospective customer. As a result, marketing at scale has become synonymous with spam, which is often ignored by prospective customers and can even undermine the customer relationship. At the same time, prospective customers prefer to do their own research by accessing digital marketing resources before consulting with a salesperson to make a purchasing decision.

For businesses to succeed, we believe their sales and marketing strategies must evolve from the era of automation to the era of engagement. We are strategically positioned to help businesses and their sales and marketing organizations make this transition. Our platform provides an innovative way both to scale digital marketing and deepen prospective customer engagement. We believe our opportunity to help businesses convert digital engagement into revenue will continue to grow as industries modernize their sales and marketing processes, which has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Through our leading digital experience platform, we powered more than 159,000 interactive, live digital experiences from January 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020, engaging an average of 4 million prospective customers and business professionals monthly between January 1, 2020 and September 30, 2020, an increase of 174% year-over-year. Our platform facilitated a monthly average of 12 million prospective customer interactions in the same time period, representing an annual run rate of 2.45 billion engagement minutes for an increase of 167% year-over-year. As our customers create more ON24 content-rich experiences, they gather more first-person data about their prospective customers to help them create a multiplier effect that strengthens their ability to convert prospective customers and generate revenue.

As of September 30, 2020, we had over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the

 

94


Table of Contents

five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial and manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We have a highly engaged and loyal customer base that has allowed us to grow our revenue with them over time, and achieve an NRR of 147% as of September 30, 2020. Our NRR was 107% and 108% as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Our revenue was $82.6 million and $89.1 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $65.2 million and $103.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We had a net loss of $17.6 million and $17.5 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $14.1 million and net income of $11.2 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $8.6 million and $11.4 million for 2018 and 2019, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities was $26.8 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Industry Trends

B2B sales and marketing has shifted away from traditional approaches, such as “cold calling,” “snail mail,” industry networking events and in-office visits, to more scalable, digital-based approaches. According to Gartner, by 2025, 80% of B2B sales interactions between suppliers and buyers are expected to occur in digital channels. As they transition to digital-based approaches, businesses are struggling to achieve deep levels of personalized engagement and interactivity.

The most common digital marketing tactics that businesses use to operate sales and marketing programs at scale require them to make suboptimal tradeoffs: either annoy their customers with spam, which is frequently ineffective, or use third-party providers to run more expensive marketing campaigns that still may not be engaging or personalized to a prospective customer’s business needs. This has led to frustration and poor returns from digital sales and marketing investments.

The imperative to optimize digital sales and marketing investments to drive revenue conversion has become more important as businesses accelerate digital transformation initiatives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe this digital transformation has fundamentally changed the way businesses engage with their prospective customers, leading to an increased need for innovative methods of B2B engagement at scale to improve sales effectiveness and drive faster revenue growth. The following key trends are impacting sales and marketing strategies today:

 

   

Personalized and interactive digital customer engagement at scale is the new imperative. The ability to engage with large numbers of prospective customers and customers cost-effectively is crucial. As businesses broadly embrace digital transformation initiatives, they are standardizing on cloud-based platforms to transform their sales and marketing strategies. Increased focus on next-generation digital marketing solutions offers our customers an opportunity to drive personalized and interactive prospective customer engagement at scale by aggregating a significant amount of insights on prospective customers. This enables businesses to optimize sales and marketing campaigns and drive revenue growth. The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have accelerated the digital transformation plans of many businesses, especially with respect to sales and marketing. According to McKinsey, 96% of B2B sales teams have fully or partially shifted their go-to-market model during the COVID-19 pandemic, and 65% of B2B decision makers believe the new model is just as effective as, or more effective than, their prior model. Once adopted, we believe that most businesses will permanently utilize a digital-first sales and marketing strategy following the COVID-19 pandemic, including by developing hybrid approaches to customer engagement through a combination of complementary in-person and digital experiences.

 

95


Table of Contents
   

Democratization of content has led prospective customers to self-educate. Ineffective marketing tactics coupled with broad availability of relevant content across multiple channels have shifted the mindset of B2B prospective customers. According to Forrester, 68% of B2B buyers prefer to research online on their own and 60% of B2B buyers prefer not to interact with a sales representative as the primary source of information. Because prospective customers are now self-educating by accessing information on products and brands in advance of purchasing decisions, marketers must adapt by identifying and providing relevant content to their prospective customers earlier in the sales process. We believe this will necessarily shift greater investment into content-rich, interactive digital experience platforms and away from low-touch marketing automation strategies.

 

   

Traditional automated marketing approaches are increasingly ineffective. Traditional automated marketing tactics have limited effectiveness at engaging prospective customers because they are generic, intrusive and irrelevant. In fact, according to Trustwave, 28% of the total inbound email in 2019 was classified as spam. Having a limited understanding of a prospective customer’s intent and interest leads to largely ineffective, impersonal marketing, wasted sales and marketing investment and frustrated prospective customers.

 

   

Data privacy requirements are constraining automated digital marketing. Data privacy has become a fundamental area of focus for regulatory bodies given the digital transformation initiatives taking place and the plethora of spam used today. As privacy laws continue to expand and evolve, this puts pressure on traditionally automated methods of marketing at scale that have traditionally been highly dependent on information obtained from third parties. As a result, we believe there will be increased focus on engaging with customers directly and driving engagement through first party insights and integrations.

The new norms of digital transformation and targeting self-educating prospective customers have accelerated the need for cloud platforms that deliver personalized and interactive customer engagement at scale to drive revenue.

Limitations of Traditional Approaches to Customer Engagement at Scale

Businesses have struggled to adapt their marketing strategies for the era of digital engagement where interactions with prospective customers happen online. Traditional marketing tactics and general-purpose communication platforms suffer from many limitations, including:

 

   

Failure to create content-rich, interactive experiences for prospective customers. As prospective customers increasingly self-educate, creating personalized, content-rich and interactive experiences is critical to generate engagement. Typical online sales and marketing strategies are built upon one-way communication from the marketer to their prospective customers, offering no opportunity for developing a meaningful exchange nor empowering prospective customers to dictate their own buying process. According to Epsilon, 80% of consumers surveyed were more likely to do business with a company if it offers personalized experiences.

 

   

Limited opportunity for engagement, resulting in less prospective customer data. Highly engaging and interactive experiences generate valuable signals about prospective customers’ buying intentions that can inform the sales process and improve efficiency. To be able to capture and respond to those buying signals, businesses need the ability to track, record, contextualize and analyze prospective customer behavior in real-time. While in-person events, such as business conferences, can sometimes create engaging experiences, they do not allow for the automated and efficient collection of first-person data and are expensive to organize. General-purpose online meeting tools can enable businesses to reach many people at once, but they lack the engagement, analytics and first-person data that are needed to drive revenue.

 

96


Table of Contents
 

Meanwhile, traditional marketing automation tools collect only superficial data such as click rates that deliver limited understanding into what prospective customers want, what messages are resonating and how to more deeply engage and inform prospective customers that are seeking to learn more.

 

   

Ineffective insights to convert prospects into customers. Insights about prospective customers are only valuable to businesses to the extent that they help convert prospects into customers. Providing contextualized and easy to access information to sales teams in real-time can materially improve their efficiency and improve revenue conversion. Technologies such as general purpose communications and collaboration tools have provided convenient alternatives to hosting physical meetings but were not designed to easily integrate into the broader sales and marketing systems that businesses use, and thus these tools have limited use in connecting real-time customer interaction with a business’s broader sales and marketing strategies.

 

   

Inability to utilize behavioral insights to dynamically personalize content. By gaining insights into their prospective customers’ behavior and engagement, businesses are able to understand and measure the performance of their digital experiences. This understanding provides critical intelligence to optimize the subsequent creation and delivery of other digital experiences. Traditional approaches typically fail to utilize customer behaviors to dynamically adjust content and enable content personalization.

 

   

In-person events are resource intensive and exist in a discrete moment. A business conference exists in a discrete moment in time, is expensive, and cannot be re-created. In these scenarios, businesses only have one opportunity to engage with prospective customers at scale, and their return on investment is limited.

Our Platform and Key Differentiators

Our leading cloud-based digital experience platform enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences that are backed by analytics and an ecosystem of third-party integrations.

Our portfolio of ON24 Experience products include:

 

   

ON24 Elite – live, interactive webinar experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format.

 

   

ON24 Virtual Environment – live, large scale virtual event experience that engages prospective customers in real-time and can also be made available in an on-demand format.

 

   

ON24 Engagement Hub –always-on, rich multimedia content experience that prospective customers can engage in anytime, anywhere.

 

   

ON24 Target – personalized and curated, rich multimedia content experience that engages specific segments of prospective customers to drive a desired action.

Our ON24 Experience products are backed by our solutions offering enhanced functionality, including:

 

   

ON24 Intelligence – analytics backbone that captures first-person data to power the insights, benchmarking, reporting and AI/ML engine within our platform.

 

   

ON24 Connect – ecosystem of third-party application integrations.

We believe the key differentiators of our platform are:

 

   

Designed to drive interactive customer experiences. Our platform was built to power a new kind of customer engagement – highly interactive real-time digital experiences that can scale

 

97


Table of Contents
 

engagement from hundreds to thousands of prospective customers simultaneously. Unlike spam, which is often ignored, our digital experiences engage prospective customers and encourage them to ask questions and learn about a business’s products and offerings more broadly. This real-time interaction is the foundation of our modern engagement platform and aligns with how B2B prospective customers are seeking to self-educate. ON24 live webinar experiences with more than five attendees on average attracted more than two hundred attendees for more than 50 minutes for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

   

Interactive customer engagement creates highly valuable customer insight data. Unlike more traditional approaches, creating and measuring customer engagement and interaction is at the center of our platform. Through our products, our customers can create interactive experiences that foster active engagement with their prospective customers and gather data in real time. This enables our customers to obtain rich, valuable insights and predictive analytics as well as integrate the resulting data and insights into their business applications. ON24 live experiences gathered a minimum of twenty data points per attendee for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

   

Prospective customer insights drive more efficient conversion of pipeline to revenue. The customer engagement and interaction data gathered through our platform enables businesses to derive deep insights about prospective customer behavior. These insights can drive higher-quality pipeline and ultimately better revenue conversion for our customers. Through our ecosystem of integrations with third-party marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms, our customers can leverage insights derived through our platform to more intelligently engage with prospective customers in real-time. Customers that represent over 60% of our ARR as of September 30, 2020 have integrated our platform with a third-party application.

 

   

Flywheel effect drives continuous optimization. Years of capturing engagement insights have provided us with a deep understanding of how to best design digital experiences that engage prospective customers and generate more impactful revenue conversion. The more of our content-rich experiences that our customers create for their prospective customers to engage with, the more first-person data that our customers are able to collect in return. By leveraging AI/ML, our platform enables businesses to use this data to derive highly relevant and deep insights that fuel more personalization in future content experiences, strengthening the engagement they create and further enhancing the quality of the interaction data and insights derived through our platform. This combination of rich prospective customer data and AI/ML becomes a flywheel for better content creation, improved customer experiences, greater customer intelligence and enhanced revenue conversion.

 

   

Experiences that can be repurposed and continuously drive engagement to maximize return on investment. Our customers are able to continuously drive results because ON24 digital experiences remain interactive and can continue to engage their prospective customers well after the initial live event ends. The experiences created through our platform are designed with persistent interactivity which gives our customers the ability to engage their prospective customers in either a live or on-demand experience. This flexibility makes it possible to repurpose and reuse digital experiences many times over with no incremental cost.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have significant competitive strengths that will enable us to extend our market leadership position, including:

 

   

Category defining platform for customer engagement at scale. We created one of the first cloud platforms for businesses to deliver interactive, data driven webinar experiences, virtual

 

98


Table of Contents
 

event experiences and multimedia content experiences. We believe we have a first-mover advantage because our proprietary and proven platform has enabled our customers to build effective systems for digital engagement that generate high return on investment.

 

   

Cloud-based system of engagement. Our cloud-based platform powers our customers with several key marketing capabilities: creating digital experiences, deploying them at scale, collecting numerous data points on their prospective customers, and leveraging this data to further personalize subsequent experiences. Consolidating these services onto one platform allows our customers to gather a more cohesive understanding of their prospective customers and take more targeted actions to more effectively convert prospects into customers. As a result, businesses no longer need to rely on a combination of standalone products.

 

   

Broad, rich dataset and AI/ML capabilities power valuable insights. Our platform enables highly interactive experiences, giving our customers access to behavioral data that signals buying intent. By leveraging our AI/ML capabilities, our customers can derive valuable and actionable insights in order to optimize their sales and marketing strategies. For example, we help our customers understand what features of a digital experience drive the most engagement with prospective customers. Our customers can also use our platform to benchmark themselves against others in their industry to understand where they can improve. In addition, our customers can more effectively reach their prospects and customers by leveraging our AI/ML capabilities to predict how best to personalize digital experiences for particular customers based on their prior behavior and interactions on our platform.

 

   

Enterprise grade, highly scalable cloud platform. Our cloud-based platform has been developed to enable enterprise-grade scalability. This includes options and features to enable our customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align to their needs as well as integrations with a broad ecosystem of third-party applications. Our platform is available in over 20 languages and can be utilized seamlessly across multinational sales and marketing organizations. Our customers are able to use our platform to engage their prospective customers in multiple regions by supporting different streaming protocols, multilingual translation and closed captioning.

 

   

Growing base of customers across verticals. We have a large and diverse set of customers across a broad set of industries. We have grown our customer base from approximately 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to over 1,900 customers in more than 40 countries as of September 30, 2020, including three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue. We intend to leverage our land and expand model to further penetrate customers across these verticals.

 

   

Superior, dedicated customer service. Our solutions are designed to be easy to use, featuring drag-and-drop and other similar tools simplifying implementation by our customers. We offer technical support, chat support and live webinar experience emergency support that is available to our customers 24/7. Our platform support and customer success teams are organized into a “follow the sun model” to ensure consistent and reliable service across the globe.

Our Market Opportunity

As prospective customers continue to be inundated with content, businesses are increasingly challenged to provide targeted and dynamic engagement with them. Businesses continue to invest significantly in various digital marketing strategies and technologies, which account for almost 80% of marketing budgets according to a Gartner survey. Further, according to that same survey, CMOs are expected to allocate approximately 26% of their total budget to marketing technologies, and 68% of

 

99


Table of Contents

CMOs expect their investments in marketing technology to increase going forward. According to Grand View Research, the global digital marketing software industry is expected to reach approximately $152 billion in 2027. However, increased marketing spend has not proportionately translated to positive outcomes and marketers are seeking next-generation solutions to drive personalized and interactive engagement with prospective customers at scale to drive revenue growth.

We expect the demand for frictionless, interactive and personalized experiences to drive businesses of all sizes to allocate greater portions of their marketing budgets to next generation technologies that enable the creation of engaging marketing content, facilitate the analysis of customer trends and buying signals and derive actionable, revenue-generating marketing insights. We expect marketing spend in the markets we address to increase substantially as marketing channels modernize, marketers leverage digital technologies to engage and track audiences and traditional, ineffective marketing solutions are replaced by easy-to-use, integrated solutions.

We estimate that the current TAM for our solutions is approximately $42 billion worldwide annually. We calculate our TAM by initially estimating the total number of companies that our platform and products can support in the United States across separate bands measured by number of employees: Enterprise, which includes companies with more than 2,000 employees, and Commercial, which we further divide into Mid-Market companies with 200-1,999 employees, and small and midsize, or SMB, companies with 50-199 employees, using data from the U.S. Census Bureau for 2017. We then apply an average annual value to the companies in each band. This value was calculated using internally generated data for annual recurring revenue, or ARR, as of June 30, 2020 for the top 25% of our customers by ARR that subscribe to two or more of our products, within each of the Enterprise and Mid-Market bands, and the top 25% by ARR of all our customers within the SMB band. We believe these calculations are representative of the current potential spend on our solutions by customers and prospective customers. We multiplied the total number of companies within each band by the calculated annual value for that band. The aggregate calculated value represents the current annual estimated market opportunity in the United States of $21 billion. We believe the market opportunity for our solutions outside the United States is at least as large.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to drive the growth of our business and the adoption of our solutions by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Drive new customer acquisition. We believe our market is still relatively underpenetrated. We see a significant opportunity to attract many more customers across industries, market segments and regions. We estimate that our customer base of over 1,900 customers as of September 30, 2020 represents less than 1% of the number of companies that our solutions can address. We believe we have significant growth opportunities within the Fortune 1000 both domestically and in international markets. In addition, we believe that, through scaling our sales force, we can accelerate new customer acquisition across the substantial Commercial market. We intend to aggressively pursue new customers through specialized and aligned sales teams focused on the Enterprise and Commercial markets globally.

 

   

Expand within existing customers. We believe we can achieve significant organic growth by expanding penetration of our existing customer base. Our land and expand model drives expansion of new subscriptions within our existing customer base by selling subscriptions to additional parts of existing customers’ organizations, expanding into new regional divisions and upselling new solutions. In addition, we are developing new applications for our platform, including partner training and employee recruiting and forms of indirect marketing, such as education, enrollment and benefits programs.

 

100


Table of Contents
   

Continue to increase attachments and develop new solutions for specific use cases. We strengthened our multi-solution strategy by launching ON24 Engagement Hub and ON24 Target products in 2018. As of September 30, 2020, over 29% of our customers subscribed to two or more of our solutions. We believe we can increase our revenue both through increasing attachments for existing solutions and selling our existing customers new solutions that we develop in the future. For example, we have developed a differentiated feature set for our customers that use our platform to conduct online continuing education programs and issue accredited certifications. Our ecosystem of third-party integrations includes business applications in specific industries. We plan to continually develop new solutions that enhance the functionality of our platform and products, improve our customers’ experiences and drive engagement with their prospective customers.

 

   

Expand into new regions. We believe the expansion of our platform in international markets is a significant opportunity. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, approximately 21% and 23%, respectively, of our revenue came from customers outside the United States, and we believe there is a compelling opportunity to expand our offerings internationally with minimal additional investment in our technology and infrastructure. We plan to open additional offices in targeted geographies to support our international expansion and also to launch additional platform capacity in Europe to support our European expansion.

 

   

Identify and pursue inorganic growth opportunities. We plan to opportunistically evaluate and acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies that expand our platform, add different categories of experiences and support new use cases for our customers. We believe well-selected acquisitions may add significant value to our platform and expand the ability of our customers to gather engagement data to help them convert their prospective customers into revenue.

Our Solutions

Our platform gives businesses the ability to use digital engagement to drive revenue growth through interactive experiences, data-driven analytics and solutions that integrate into a large number of business systems, predominantly marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms. With digital engagement at the core, our platform’s experience, data and integration layers power a portfolio of products and solutions that include ON24 Elite, ON24 Virtual Environment, ON24 Engagement Hub, ON24 Target, ON24 Intelligence and ON24 Connect.

 

101


Table of Contents

The following graphic depicts our platform:

 

 

LOGO

ON24 Experience Products

Our platform’s experience products contain a robust set of capabilities that make it simple for our customers to build, design, manage and scale live, interactive webinar experiences, large-scale virtual event experiences, rich multimedia content hub experiences and personalized content experiences. Any business user can use our platform; no code or technical expertise is required.

We have designed our experiences to be equally easy for our customers’ audiences of prospective customers to access and guide their own self-education process. Our customers’ audiences of prospective customers can choose to engage with multiple points of interaction and content resources within an ON24 Experience and move seamlessly through a variety of ON24

 

102


Table of Contents

Experiences. To further remove friction, audience members do not need any downloads or plug-ins, can use any web browser and can access experiences from a desktop, mobile or tablet device.

Live Experiences: ON24 Elite

ON24 Elite gives our customers a high-impact, cost-efficient, digitally native way to engage hundreds and thousands of their prospective customers simultaneously.

An ON24 interactive webinar experience is fully customizable and enables our customers to combine a video or audio-based presentation with supporting slide materials, video clips or screen-sharing alongside dynamic interactions including live question and answer messaging, group chats, real-time surveys and polls, and additional content resources. Our customers can drive high-intent calls-to-action for their prospective customers to book a sales meeting or request a demo.

 

LOGO

Through ON24 Elite, interactive webinar experiences can be delivered in multiple formats, including a scheduled live experience featuring a livestreamed presentation or pre-recorded presentation, which we refer to as simulive because it is designed to simulate a livestreamed presentation, or an on-demand experience featuring a pre-recorded presentation. No matter the format, all two-way interactivity remains dynamic and continues to drive engagement in real-time. Our platform also provides automated captioning inside interactive webinar experiences that can be transcribed and translated into 10 languages in real-time. That transcription can then be edited and auto-translated in more than 60 languages for pre-recorded, simulive or on-demand presentations.

ON24 Elite’s flexible format and modular composition makes it easy to scale a webinar program, run multiple interactive experiences across different sales and marketing functions or for different audience segments, and repurpose and replay content and syndicate experiences to different regions. To enhance the re-use of content, our platform enables our customers to create templates and clone and edit interactive webinar experiences.

We provide a separate interface for presenters called ON24 Elite Studio, which acts as the production environment for our customers to produce real-time interactive webinar experiences, livestream or record multimedia presentations, and engage with customers in real-time during an ON24 Experience.

 

103


Table of Contents

Live Experiences: ON24 Virtual Environment

ON24 Virtual Environment is built to host large-scale online events and provide a single source for measurement and analytics.

Our ON24 Virtual Environment powers multi-session virtual event experiences that can be scheduled as live events and maintained as ongoing on-demand events or in an immersive training content library. Simulating an in-person conference, tradeshow or training center, ON24 Virtual Environment houses multiple tracks of interactive webinar-based keynotes and breakout sessions powered by ON24 Elite alongside participant networking, virtual breakout meetings and virtual vendor booths.

All interactions across the ON24 Virtual Environment and within the individual ON24 Elite-powered webinar-based sessions are captured and unified, providing a powerful set of event analytics.

Always-On Experiences: ON24 Engagement Hub

ON24 Engagement Hub is an online resource portal product that our customers use to provide rich content experiences for their prospective customers to find, consume and engage with interactive webinar experiences and other multimedia marketing content, such as videos and whitepapers, in a single online destination.

With out-of-the-box features that include branding, search, categorization, website embedding and pre-set content layouts, ON24 Engagement Hub provides a simple and efficient way for our customers to seamlessly publish, curate and promote their interactive webinar experiences alongside other marketing content that they upload and host inside our platform.

Personalized Experiences: ON24 Target

ON24 Target is a personalized marketing product that gives our customers the ability to easily build, curate and disseminate interactive webinar and video experiences and other multimedia content to distributed audience segments with relevant messaging, offerings and calls-to-action.

Additional features across our ON24 Experience products

Our ON24 Experience products include the following tools to enable our customers to produce professionally designed experiences, drive ongoing engagement and conversion, and host, manage and organize content.

 

   

ON24 Experience Builder

Our customers use our drag-and-drop interface; pre-set layouts, custom templates, and a library of stock images to rapidly produce professionally designed and branded experiences without any need for website or code development.

 

   

ON24 Engagement and Conversion Tools

Our platform contains a library of more than 20 interactivity tools that our customers can use to drive ongoing engagement and conversion with their prospective customers, enabling them to interact with hundreds and thousands of individual prospective customers simultaneously. Examples of ON24 Engagement and Conversion Tools include the ability to book a sales meeting, request a product demo, ask question and answers in real-time, and engage with supplemental resources such as downloadable white papers or external webpages.

 

104


Table of Contents
   

ON24 Media Manager

Our customers use ON24 Media Manager to host, manage and organize all marketing content, including interactive webinar experiences, videos and whitepapers, in a single location.

ON24 Intelligence

ON24 Intelligence is the analytics backbone that runs across our platform and provides our customers with first-person data, analytics, benchmarking and reporting within our platform. These insights and reports are available to all of our customers and measure analytics at the account-level, for each platform experience, for each hosted content asset and for each prospective customer who engages with an experience on our platform. Our customers are able to easily understand the overall performance of their ON24 experiences in a dashboard-level view and make comparisons to industry benchmarks for future improvement.

ON24 Engagement and Prospect Analytics

The ON24 engagement and prospect analytics are powered by our proprietary algorithms and our AI/ML capabilities. The prospect analytics measure engagement levels of individual prospective customers to enable our customers to report, qualify, prioritize and score their prospective customers’ intent to make a purchase. Our engagement analytics tools provide our customers the ability to report, measure and compare the engagement levels of their ON24 Experiences and multimedia assets hosted on our platform both in aggregate and individually.

 

LOGO

ON24 Advanced Analytics

ON24 Advanced Analytics provides our customers with an additional set of pre-configured reports that enable customers to understand their most engaged prospective customers, provide a view of where prospective customers are in the sales funnel, and give analysis across poll and survey responses. Our customers are also able to use ON24 Advanced Analytics to run customized reports within our platform.

 

105


Table of Contents

ON24 AI/ML Engine

Our ON24 AI/ML engine leverages the data collected by or on behalf of our customers through our platform to enable better prediction of which content will drive the most engagement for individual prospects and customer segments, thus driving further interaction data and creating a continuous network effect of higher customer engagement that leads to the ability to deliver content that is optimized to drive more engagement.

Our platform has the following AI/ML-powered capabilities:

 

   

Content recommendations;

 

   

Predictive engagement levels for our customers’ prospective customers

 

   

Automated transcription of audio and video into text, making it searchable and accessible;

 

   

Automated translation of transcripts into multiple languages for global audience reach;

 

   

Q&A bot, to answer routine support questions in ON24 Elite Studio; and,

 

   

Platform audience and presenter load predictions, to help deploy operational resources and provide oversight.

ON24 Connect

ON24 Connect is an ecosystem of third-party application integrations and APIs that enable the first-person insights generated by ON24 Intelligence to be extracted and leveraged across our customers’ business systems for more intelligent sales and marketing.

APIs

Our broad set of APIs enable our customers, partners and a select set of third-party developers to use ON24 Intelligence in their business applications. We also provide our APIs to a select set of businesses to build applications for our portfolio of ON24 Experience products.

Marketing Automation, CRM and BI Platform Integrations

Through our ecosystem of third-party integrations, our customers can seamlessly integrate their first-person engagement data with other business systems, predominantly marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms, including integrations with Adobe Marketo Engage, Oracle Marketing Cloud (Eloqua) and Salesforce Marketing Cloud (Pardot).

Our Technology and Infrastructure

Our platform and products have been developed to enable enterprise-grade scalability, performance, and reliability, designed to address all the complexities that come with live, interactive engagement with large audiences of prospective customers. Our platform has two main parts: a web application stack, and a streaming infrastructure stack, running on two redundant, co-located data centers in the United States.

Our web application stack processes requests from web browsers and APIs. Our streaming infrastructure stack processes live signal acquisition from our customers, encodes it, and delivers it to audiences via a redundant set of content delivery networks. The streaming infrastructure stack is designed to accept inputs from our customers on a wide variety of devices, combine them into an online virtual bridge, and to incorporate controls into the ON24 Elite Studio experience for presenters.

 

106


Table of Contents

The bridged signal is then encoded and distributed to diverse global audiences, who can access it as part of an online experience on desktop and mobile devices. This presentation contains video along with other interactive components, all synchronized and controlled by our customers. We are in the process of transitioning to a hybrid cloud infrastructure, which we believe will enhance our platform’s flexibility and scalability.

We built our platform and products to address the robust performance demanded by large, multinational enterprises in the following ways:

 

   

Performance and scalability: Designed to be enterprise-grade, we ensure that once a signal or a request gets to ON24, we have fully redundant processing for reliability. Our Cloud and Network Operations team runs this application in two fully redundant collocated data centers, designed for failover in under 90 minutes in a disaster scenario. This configuration has proven both scalable and cost effective. Our application architecture allows us to independently scale the systems that handle heavier loads, with a lightweight load-balancers routing traffic to additional machines as needed. With leading enterprise components, we expect our architecture to scale readily without any significant change as our business expands.

 

   

Privacy and compliance: Our platform includes features and options designed to support compliance with the GDPR, the CCPA and other privacy laws, and provides options and features to enable customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align to their needs and relevant legal requirements. For example, our platform enables customers to implement tailored notice and consent language, customize registration forms and obtain consent for marketing and other processing activities. In addition, our flexible APIs allow businesses to build solutions to automate compliance with certain data subject requests.

 

   

Security: We conduct regular penetration tests, web vulnerability scans, and code reviews to enhance the security of our platform.

Our Customers

Our customer base consists of a diverse set of businesses from fast-growing start-ups to established Fortune 100 enterprises that span a growing number of industries where B2B sales and marketing is mission critical. The primary industries we serve include technology, financial services, healthcare, industrial and manufacturing, professional services and B2B information services, among others. All of these industries are undergoing a digital transformation, and, as a result, we see opportunities for growth in product adoption, attachments and revenue across all verticals fueling both our customer acquisition and land and expand strategies.

Our diverse customer base has grown from 760 customers as of December 31, 2015 to more than 1,900 in more than 40 countries as of September 30, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, our customers included three of the five largest global technology companies, four of the five largest U.S. banks, three of the five largest global healthcare companies and three of the five largest global industrial manufacturing companies, in each case measured by 2019 revenue.

We are expanding internationally with approximately 21% and 23% of our revenue from accounts located outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Our largest customers have increased their ARR over time. For example, since September 30, 2017, our customers contributing at least $500,000 in ARR expanded their ARR on average by 5.6x as of December 31, 2019 and by 11.6x as of September 30, 2020.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following is a representative list of our customers by industry vertical whose usage and spend is representative of our customers within those verticals:

 

Technology

 

Financial Services/Insurance

 

Manufacturing & Distribution

Bentley Systems

Citrix Systems

NVIDIA

Domo

SAS Institute

Televerde

VMware

Zendesk

 

BMO Harris Bank

Fidelity Information Services

KeyBank

New York Life Insurance Company

OneDigital Health and Benefits

Softbank

State Street Global Advisors(1)

Sunrise Banks

 

BASF

Dominion Energy

GE Healthcare Systems(2)

Fujitsu(3)

Keysight Technologies

National Instruments

Ricoh(4)

Thermo Fisher Scientific

Life Science

 

Professional & Information Services

   

Bausch Health Companies

Hologic

Illumina

Medtronic

Olympus

Novo Nordisk(5)

Waters

 

Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner

Dixon Hughes Goodman

Informa

LexisNexis

Plante Moran

Tata Consultancy Services

Wolters Kluwer(6)

 

 

(1)

We have an agreement with State Street Global Advisors EMEA.

(2)

We have an agreement with GE Healthcare Australia.

(3)

We have an agreement with Fujitsu Technology Solutions GmbH.

(4)

We have an agreement with Ricoh UK Limited.

(5)

We have an agreement with Novo Nordisk Pharma Gulf FZ-LLC.

(6)

We have agreements with Wolters Kluwer Financial Services United Kingdom Ltd. and Wolters Kluwer Espana SA.

Customer Case Studies

We believe that the following case studies provide a representative sample of how our customers use our solutions.

Plante Moran

 

   

Situation: Plante & Moran PLLC, or Plante Moran, is a leading accounting and business advisory firm dedicated to building strong relationships, demonstrating its expertise and providing exceptional client service. The Plante Moran team needed a scalable way to connect with clients and prospects.

 

   

Solution: In 2016, Plante Moran started using the ON24 platform to build creative experiences that engage its audiences, build pipeline and help distinguish the firm. Plante Moran uses ON24 to drive engagement for its wealth management and accounting business lines. Using ON24 Elite and ON24 Engagement Hub, Plante Moran has created interactive events that feature subject matter experts, personalizing its digital engagement. Using ON24 Target, Plante Moran has curated event experiences to meet the interests of different clients. In addition to establishing on-demand channels of engagement, the Plante Moran team has increased its production of experiences 4.6 times over the last five years.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Ability to scale engagement programs across multiple business lines.

 

108


Table of Contents
  o

Create digital events that showcase their subject matter expertise.

 

  o

Build experiences to differentiate their firm.

Olympus

 

   

Situation: In a digital first world, the Olympus Service team wanted to transform their customer engagement strategy to connect with customers, provide valuable content, and better serve the needs of health care professionals. Due to the technical nature of Olympus’ innovative medical solutions, they needed a way to provide online detailed training to ensure proper care and handling of their equipment.

 

   

Solution: In 2020, Olympus Service starting using ON24 to scale their educational programs to users in remote locations. Through ON24 Elite and ON24 Engagement Hub, Olympus Service provides enablement to health care professionals in their healthcare settings with Olympus Service training and content.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Ability to efficiently increase engagement with users in remote locations.

 

  o

Reduction in the number of service repairs through more informative educational resources.

 

  o

Increased accessibility to content to better serve the needs of health care professionals.

Informa

 

   

Situation: Informa plc, or Informa, is a leading international exhibitions, events, information services and scholarly publishing group. Informa was looking to deepen and scale its digital experiences for online audiences and activate additional sponsorship opportunities across North America, APAC and EMEA.

 

   

Solution: Since 2013, Informa’s brands have used the ON24 portfolio of digital experience products to create virtual tradeshows, sponsored webinar opportunities, and digital event series. With ON24, more than 200 Informa brands have been able to scale the production of digital events to dozens of specialist markets. And, Informa uses ON24 data and analytics to give their clients detailed audience insights and content feedback.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Compelling and engaging experiences that can be monetized for sponsorship dollars.

 

  o

Ability to provide their clients with data and analytics.

 

  o

Differentiation of Informa programs from other sponsorship offerings because of the data provided.

SurveyMonkey

 

   

Situation: SurveyMonkey’s platform enables people to share their voices and opinions while supporting companies’ needs to get feedback to grow, succeed and innovate. They needed a way to connect with thousands of customers and prospects to share their vision and drive demand for their various solutions.

 

   

Solution: In 2015, SurveyMonkey started using the ON24 platform to educate customers and convert new leads. Through ON24 Elite, SurveyMonkey creates thought leadership events and

 

109


Table of Contents
 

delivers product demonstrations. The team also uses ON24 Virtual Environment to produce and deliver their annual user conference to global audiences with content personalized for different audiences.

 

   

Key Benefits:

 

  o

Scale demand generation programs.

 

  o

Create industry leading thought leadership events.

 

  o

Create high impact product demonstrations.

 

  o

Bring annual user conferences to global audiences.

 

  o

Ability to personalize content for different audiences.

Sales and Marketing

We primarily sell our products through direct sales, which comprises field and inside sales personnel. Our sales organization is comprised of market-centric teams focusing on Enterprise and Commercial customers segmented by employee headcounts. Our field sales organization is specialized to execute our land and expand strategy and primarily focuses on Enterprise and Commercial customers while our inside sales team specializes in driving further adoption of ON24 products to our existing customers.

Our-go-to-market strategy consists of four key components, including acquiring and expanding wallet share within large accounts, growing rapidly in the Commercial market, driving increased product attachments through continued customer innovation, and expanding into new geographies to drive continued international growth.

Marketing

We have built an efficient and impactful go-to-market engine by using the ON24 platform as the foundation of our marketing strategy. Due to the deep engagement and actionable data generated by our interactive digital experiences, we are able to quickly qualify leads, provide our sales team with personalized insights and accelerate our highest priority buyers to our sales team.

Our marketing team focuses on inbound and outbound marketing through our industry-leading content and resources, and sharing customer best practices. We use multiple marketing tactics to build brand awareness and generate demand, including media communications, user conferences, digital marketing, partner co-marketing, product marketing and customer marketing. We track and measure our marketing costs and results closely across all channels to support our efforts to optimize marketing channels that drive our sales pipeline.

Customer Success

We believe that our highly responsive and effective support and education are an extension of our brand and are core to building and maintaining user trust. Our global customer success team is closely embedded with our customers and supports their day-to-day usage of our platform, including advising on best practices and providing technical support, services, and training. Our platform support team offers technical support, chat support and live webinar experience emergency support that is available to our customers 24/7. Our services team offers production services. Our training team oversees onboarding, training, certification and a knowledge center.

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Our global support team is based in 5 regional offices and is available 24/7 via in-product and presenter chat support. We have a data-driven process and well-established operations in place that proactively monitor our customers’ platform adoption, utilization and success. This approach enables us to efficiently scale our customer success operations as our customer base continues to grow.

Research and Development

Our research and development team is responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of new products, platform capabilities, product features and platform integrations, connectors and APIs. We release major platform upgrades once per quarter with minor upgrades released as needed. Research and development employees are located primarily in our San Francisco headquarters, and we also contract with remote U.S.-based and offshore workers. Our research and development expenses were $14.3 million and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $11.7 million and $13.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Competition

Our industry is highly competitive and fragmented. We compete for customers with a number of different types of companies that offer a variety of products and services, including meeting tools, webinar software, virtual event software, video portal software, content management software, physical events, physical event software and digital marketing tools. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. Many of our current and potential competitors have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. Our solutions face competition. For example, a number of web-based meeting and webinar software products are offered by companies such as Zoom, LogMeIn, Intrado, Microsoft, Cisco, Google, Cvent and Amazon. Many of these products have significantly lower prices. Although most of these companies do not currently offer products with real-time engagement features that gather the types and extent of actionable data that we gather, many of these companies have significantly greater resources and may be able to introduce similar products in the future. Additionally, we operate in a market characterized by an increasing number of new and competitive entrants. As we introduce new solutions, and with the introduction of new technologies, products and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets are:

 

   

functionality in providing rich, interactive digital experiences;

 

   

ability to gather real-time data insights for marketers;

 

   

breadth of functionality within a single platform;

 

   

ease of use and reliability;

 

   

cloud-based architecture;

 

   

scalability;

 

   

security, privacy and compliance;

 

   

integration into leading marketing automation, CRM and BI platforms; and

 

   

global, always available customer service.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.

 

111


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We primarily rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a combination of patent, trade secret and domain name protection, trademark and copyright laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In the United States and abroad, as of December 31, 2020, we had 14 issued patents and 25 pending patent applications, the earliest of which expires in 2027. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. Our trademarks and service marks include our name and logo, as well as various marketing slogans. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, contractors, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements to control access to our proprietary information.

These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated.

Regulatory Considerations

The legal environment of Internet-based businesses is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations are applied in this environment, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, is often unclear. For example, we sometimes cannot be certain which laws will be deemed applicable to us given the global nature of our business, including with respect to such topics as data privacy and security, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation and intellectual property ownership and infringement.

Businesses use our platform to engage with and market to their prospects and customers. In doing so, these businesses: (a) upload, broadcast, collect and store data and content within our platform, subject to relatively few general restrictions imposed by us, aside from the technical capabilities and limitation inherent in our platform, (b) use tools and reports available in our platform to access analytics and insights about attendees, experiences and content, and (c) personalize content and experiences to prospects and customers. This presents potential compliance challenges to our business and operations because we do not control customer content and information practices within our platform. Thus, we cannot ensure that information collection and processing by or on behalf of customers, within our platform, complies with applicable privacy, data protection and other laws. Similarly, we cannot ensure that customer content and use of our platform does not infringe or violate rights of privacy or intellectual property rights. At the same time, given the developing and varied nature of privacy and intellectual property laws globally, we cannot guarantee that ON24 would never be subject to potential or actual claims or enforcement actions associated with customer content or use of our platform. Thus, both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and take steps to respond to a host of legal, compliance and risk issues regarding the data stored and processed by customers on our platform. These include, without limitation, the following:

Privacy, Data Protection and Security

Businesses use our platform to facilitate better engagement with their customers and prospects, derive insights about content and usage, and provide more meaningful and targeted experiences and content. These capabilities rely on collection and processing of information from and about customers and prospects that interact with the business or its content on our platform. As a result, compliance with laws and regulations regarding data privacy, cybersecurity, data protection, data breaches, and the collection, processing, storage, transfer and use of personal data, which we refer to as privacy laws, are critical to our compliance and risk strategy. Globally, numerous jurisdictions have passed or are actively considering new or amended privacy laws. As a result, privacy laws are increasing in

 

112


Table of Contents

number, enforcement, and fines and other penalties. Beyond legislative developments, decisions by courts and regulatory bodies relating to privacy laws can also have a significant impact on us and other businesses that operate across international jurisdictions.

In some cases, privacy laws apply directly to both ON24 and our customers and in other cases our customers pass through compliance obligations and requirements to us contractually. Further, under some privacy laws, ON24 may be considered a “processor” or a “service provider” and our customers a “controller” or “business,” while other privacy laws may not clearly distinguish between such roles. In all cases, however, ON24 must monitor, respond to and address privacy laws and related compliance, whether to ensure its own compliance or enable compliant use of its platform by ON24 customers. In general, our failure to adequately safeguard data adequately, address privacy compliance, or comply with our security and privacy commitments to customers could subject us, not only to contractual liability to customers and direct liability under privacy laws, but also to reputational harm and regulatory investigations or enforcement actions under U.S. (federal and state) and international laws and regulations relating to consumer protection and unfair business practices. More particularly, certain privacy law developments could have significant impacts to our platform and business. For example, privacy laws that restrict the use of personal information for marketing purposes or the tracking of individuals’ online activities (such as the EU’s proposed ePrivacy Regulation and the California Consumer Privacy Act), could expose us to additional regulatory burdens or necessitate changes to our platform or certain features. In addition, certain countries have passed or are considering passing laws that impose data localization requirements or cross border data transfer restrictions on certain data. As with most cloud-based solutions, restrictions on the transfer of platform data outside of the originating jurisdiction pose particular challenges that could result in additional costs or otherwise impact platform use.

With the evolving legal landscape, the scope, interpretation and enforcement of privacy laws could change and new or amended laws may take effect. As a result, the associated burdens and compliance costs on us and our platform could increase in the future. Although we continue to monitor and respond to privacy legal developments and have invested in addressing major privacy law developments (such as the GDPR and the CCPA), it is not possible for us to predict with certainty the effect of these developments on our platform and business.

Copyrights

U.S. and international copyright and trademark laws protect the rights of third parties from infringement of their intellectual property. Our customers and their users can generally use our platform to upload and present a wide variety of content. We maintain a copyright infringement policy and respond to takedown requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content uploaded to our platform. As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including takedown and cease-and-desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites or hosting content that infringes copyrights of others. The copyright infringement policies that we have implemented for our platform are intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor.

Employees and Human Capital

As of December 31, 2020, we had 547 full-time employees. Of these employees, 434 are based in the United States and 113 are based in international locations. The members of our management team and our board of directors come from diverse backgrounds, and we seek to attract and recruit

 

113


Table of Contents

diverse, talented, experienced and motivated employees. In order to continue to develop and improve our platform, we must continue to invest in attracting, developing and retaining key talent. We monitor our progress with human capital metrics such as turnover, time to fill open roles and rate of internally developed talent. Our brand, market position, reputation for innovation and culture support our ability to recruit and retain talented employees across our departments.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California, where we currently lease 31,182 square feet of office space pursuant to leases expiring in April 2021 and August 2025, respectively. We also lease facilities in Charlotte, London and Sydney pursuant to leases expiring in July 2023, July 2025 and April 2022, respectively. We believe our facilities are suitable to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that we believe, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

114


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Set forth below is certain biographical and other information regarding our directors and our executive officers.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Sharat Sharan

   58    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Steven Vattuone

   52    Chief Financial Officer

James Blackie

   55    Chief Revenue Officer

Jayesh Sahasi

   50    Executive Vice President, Product and Chief Technical Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Irwin Federman

   85    Director

Denise Persson

   47    Director

Holger Staude

   34    Director

Dominique Trempont

   66    Director

Barry Zwarenstein

   72    Director

The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers and directors.

Executive Officers

Sharat Sharan co-founded our company in 1998 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since incorporation. Prior to co-founding our company, Mr. Sharan held numerous management positions in media, entertainment, wireless and telecommunication companies. Mr. Sharan holds an MBA from The Booth School of Business at the University of Chicago, a master’s degree in Computer Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and a BS in Electronics Engineering from the National Institute of Technology Kurukshetra. We believe Mr. Sharan is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors based on our review of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including co-founding our company and his executive leadership experience in the technology industry.

Steven Vattuone has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2019. Prior to becoming our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Vattuone served as our Vice President of Finance from May 2018 to November 2019. Prior to joining us, Mr. Vattuone served as a consultant at RoseRyan, Inc., an accounting and finance consulting firm, from October 2017 to May 2018 and as the Chief Financial Officer of Electric Cloud, Inc., a development and operations software company that was acquired by CloudBees, Inc. in April 2019, from August 2013 to September 2016, when he retired until joining us. From January 2011 to August 2013, Mr. Vattuone held various executive leadership roles of ascending responsibility at Grass Valley USA, LLC, a producer of media technology, and from February 2007 to January 2011 he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Composite Software, Inc., a data virtualization software company that was acquired by TIBCO Software Inc. in October 2017. Prior to Composite Software, Mr. Vattuone held senior level financial positions at various publicly traded software and technology companies. Mr. Vattuone holds an MBA from Santa Clara University and a BS in Business Administration and Accounting from California Polytechnic State University.

James Blackie has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since December 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Blackie served as Vice President, Sales at TriNet Group, Inc., a public professional employer

 

115


Table of Contents

organization, from November 2013 to November 2016. From July 2012 to October 2013, Mr. Blackie served as the Executive Vice President at Evolv, Inc., a provider of SaaS-based workforce intelligence products. From January 2003 to July 2012, Mr. Blackie served as Executive Vice President at Legal Research Network, Inc., a provider of ethics and legal compliance SaaS products and services. Before then, Mr. Blackie spent several years in positions of increasing responsibility at Gartner, Inc., a public global research and advisory firm, most recently serving as Group Vice President, North American Sales from January 2000 to December 2002. In January 2014, Mr. Blackie filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy, which was dismissed in April 2014. Mr. Blackie holds a BS in Marketing from Santa Clara University.

Jayesh Sahasi has served as our Executive Vice President, Product and Chief Technology Officer since January 2012, and, before this, in executive and engineering roles of ascending responsibility with us since September 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sahasi served in various engineering roles at software companies. Mr. Sahasi holds an MBA from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, a master’s degree in Artificial Intelligence from the University of Georgia and a BS in Computer Science from Loyola University New Orleans.

Non-Employee Directors

Irwin Federman has served on our board of directors since March 2000. Mr. Federman is a senior advisor to U.S. Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, and previously served as a general partner since joining the firm in April 1990. Mr. Federman also currently serves on the board of directors of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., a public company provider of software products for IT security, including as chair of the audit committee. Mr. Federman also served as member of the board of Mellanox Technologies, Ltd, a public company provider of semiconductor-based, high-performance interconnect products, from 1999, and as chairman from 2013, until its acquisition by Nvidia in 2019 and on the board of directors of Intermolecular, Inc., a public company that operates a technology platform designed to accelerate research and development for the semiconductor and clean-energy industries, from 2005 until its acquisition by Merck in 2019 and SanDisk Corporation, a provider of flash memory products, from 1988 until the company’s acquisition by Western Digital Corporation in 2016. Mr. Federman holds a BS in Economics from Brooklyn College and was awarded an Honorary Doctorate of Engineering from Santa Clara University. We believe Mr. Federman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge of the software industry as well as his extensive public company governance experience.

Denise Persson has served on our board of directors since July 2020. Since May 2016, Ms. Persson has served as the Chief Marketing Officer of Snowflake Inc., a public company provider of an innovative cloud data platform. Ms. Persson currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Neo4J, Inc., a provider of a native graph database, and Lightstep, Inc., a provider of software solutions. Ms. Persson previously served as our CMO from July 2008 to December 2013 and as the CMO of Apigee Corp. from December 2013 to April 2014. Ms. Persson holds an MBA from Georgetown University and a BA in Business Administration and Economics from Stockholm University. We believe Ms. Persson is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive experience in executive leadership roles in the global marketing industry.

Holger Staude has served on our board of directors since April 2016. Since July 2010, Mr. Staude has been an employee of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and currently serves as a Managing Director of Goldman Sachs Growth. Mr. Staude currently serves as a director of several private companies. Mr. Staude holds a BA in Economics from Princeton University. We believe Mr. Staude is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his financial expertise and extensive business experience in the software industry.

 

116


Table of Contents

Dominique Trempont has served on our board of directors since April 2010. Mr. Trempont also currently serves on the board of the Daily Mail and General Trust plc, a public, global media company. Mr. Trempont previously served as lead director and chair of the audit committee of RealNetworks, Inc., a public company provider of digital media software and services, from September 2010 to October 2019 and Energy Recovery Inc., a manufacturer of energy recovery devices, from June 2008 to June 2017, including as a chair of the audit committee. Mr. Trempont was also an adjunct professor at INSEAD, the European Institute of Business Administration, from March 2008 to March 2016. From May 1997 to 2002, Mr. Trempont served as Chief Executive Officer of two global software companies. Mr. Trempont holds an MBA from INSEAD, and a BA, with high honors, from the Université Catholique de Louvain in Belgium. We believe Mr. Trempont is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive business and leadership experience in the software, artificial intelligence and digital marketing industry.

Barry Zwarenstein has served on our board of directors since August 2020. Mr. Zwarenstein has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Five9, Inc., a public company provider of cloud software for contact centers, since January 2012. Mr. Zwarenstein also currently serves on the board of directors of JFrog Ltd., a public company provider of an end-to-end, hybrid, universal DevOps Platform, including as a chair of the audit committee. Mr. Zwarenstein held senior level financial positions at various technology companies. Mr. Zwarenstein holds an MBA from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa. Mr. Zwarenstein is qualified as a Chartered Accountant, South Africa. We believe Mr. Zwarenstein is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his corporate finance and business expertise.

Board Composition

Our Bylaws will provide that our board of directors shall initially consist of six members, and thereafter shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. Currently our board of directors consists of six members: Sharat Sharan, Irwin Federman, Denise Persson, Holger Staude, Dominique Trempont, Barry Zwarenstein.

In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Irwin Federman and Holger Staude, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Barry Zwarentstein and Denise Persson, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Sharat Sharan and Dominique Trempont, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Our board of directors has determined that, upon closing of this offering, Irwin Federman, Denise Persson, Holger Staude, Dominique Trempont, Barry Zwarenstein will be independent directors. In making this determination, our board of directors applied the standards set forth in the rules of the

 

117


Table of Contents

NYSE and in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors considered all relevant facts and circumstances known to it in evaluating the independence of these directors, including their current and historical employment, any compensation we have given to them, any transactions we have with them, their beneficial ownership of our capital stock, their ability to exert control over us, all other material relationships they have had with us and the same facts with respect to their immediate families.

Although there is no specific policy regarding diversity in identifying director nominees, both the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the board of directors seek the talents and backgrounds that would be most helpful to us in selecting director nominees. In particular, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, when recommending director candidates to our board of directors for nomination, may consider whether a director candidate, if elected, assists in achieving a mix of board of directors members that represents a diversity of background and experience.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our Bylaws and corporate governance guidelines will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors currently believes that our existing leadership structure is effective, provides the appropriate balance of authority between independent and non-independent directors, and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders.

Board Oversight of Risk

Although management is responsible for the day to day management of the risks our company faces, our board of directors and its committees take an active role in overseeing management of our risks and have the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk management. The board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our operational, financial, legal and strategic risks. Specifically, senior management attends quarterly meetings of the board of directors, provides presentations on operations including significant risks, and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by our board of directors.

In addition, we expect that our three committees will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding risk. The Audit Committee will coordinate the board of director’s oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, related party transactions and code of conduct and corporate governance guidelines and management will regularly report to the Audit Committee on these areas. The Compensation Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from our compensation policies and programs as well as succession planning as it relates to our Chief Executive Officer. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with board organization, membership and structure, succession planning for our directors and corporate governance. When any of the committees receives a report related to material risk oversight, the chair of the relevant committee will report on the discussion to the full board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting

 

118


Table of Contents

officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.on24.com. The information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K within four business days of such amendment or waiver.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, or the Audit Committee, a compensation committee, or the Compensation Committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist the board of directors. Effective upon the closing of this offering, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Upon our listing on the NYSE, each committee’s charter will be available on our website at www.on24.com.

Audit Committee

The members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Zwarenstein, Federman and Trempont, with Mr. Zwarenstein serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is “independent” as that term is defined in the SEC and the NYSE rules, meets the heightened independence requirements for audit committees required under Section 10A of the Exchange Act and related SEC and the NYSE rules, and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has designated Mr. Zwarenstein as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

119


Table of Contents
   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation Committee

The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Trempont, Staude and Zwarenstein with Mr. Trempont serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Compensation Committee is “independent” as that term is defined in SEC and the NYSE rules, meets the heightened independence requirements for compensation committee purposes under Section 10C of the Exchange Act and related SEC and the NYSE rules, and is a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

reviewing and approving our philosophy, policies and plans with respect to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisors;

 

   

overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation; and

 

   

preparing the Compensation Committee reports required by the SEC, including our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Effective upon the closing of this offering Dominique Trempont, Denise Persson and Irwin Federman will serve on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Trempont. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is “independent” as defined in the NYSE rules. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

   

identifying and screening individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

 

120


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee has during the prior fiscal year been one of our officers or employees or had a relationship requiring disclosure under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

121


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2020, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Sharat Sharan, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jayesh Sahasi, our Chief Technology Officer; and

 

   

James Blackie, our Chief Revenue Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Name and principal position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
awards
($)(1)
    All other
compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Sharat Sharan

    2020     $ 469,400     $ 752,000     $ 7,561,200     $ 27,982 (2)    $ 8,810,582  

Chief Executive Officer

    2019       425,000       374,425       —         41,678 (3)      841,103  

Jayesh Sahasi

    2020       425,000       329,200       3,160,580       24,657 (4)      3,939,437  

Chief Technology Officer

    2019       373,750       117,511       —         21,573 (5)      512,834  

James Blackie

    2020       441,667       20,000       2,265,220       483,312 (6)      3,210,199  

Chief Revenue Officer

    2019       400,000       —         —         269,396 (7)      669,396  

 

(1)

The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted under our 2014 Stock Option Plan during the indicated fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officers.

(2)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of medical costs of $24,046 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sharan.

(3)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of (i) medical costs of $23,930 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sharan and (ii) annual membership dues of $14,118 for The Presidents Club.

(4)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of medical costs of $24,046 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sahasi.

(5)

The amounts disclosed represent medical costs of $21,573 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Sahasi.

(6)

The amounts disclosed consist primarily of (i) commissions of $465,762 and (ii) medical costs of $16,938 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Blackie.

(7)

The amounts disclosed represent (i) commissions of $240,114, (ii) medical costs of $16,858 paid by us on behalf of Mr. Blackie and (iii) annual membership dues of $12,422 for The Presidents Club.

Employment Arrangements

We intend to enter into new continuing employment letters with certain senior management personnel in connection with this offering, including our named executive officers.

 

122


Table of Contents

Sharat Sharan

In January 2021, we entered into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Sharan, our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors. The employment letter does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Sharan’s employment is at-will. Commencing on January 1, 2021, Mr. Sharan’s base salary is $                 and his annual target bonus is $                . Mr. Sharan is eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits programs.

Jayesh Sahasi

In January 2021, we entered into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Sahasi, our Chief Technology Officer. The employment letter does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Sahasi’s employment is at-will. Commencing on January 1, 2021, Mr. Sahasi’s base salary is $425,000 and his annual target bonus is $235,000. Mr. Sahasi is eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits programs.

James Blackie

In January 2021, we entered into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Blackie, our Chief Revenue Officer. The employment letter does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Blackie’s employment is at-will. Commencing on January 1, 2021, Mr. Blackie’s base salary is $450,000 and his annual target bonus is $350,000. Mr. Blackie is eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits programs.

Executive Severance Program

In July 2019 we entered into severance program agreements with our executive officers, excluding Mr. Sharan. Under the severance program agreements, if we terminate the employment of our executive officers without “cause,” he or she is entitled to receive a severance payment equivalent to six months of his or her base salary and reimbursement of up to six months of COBRA premiums, in addition to standard entitlements such as earned but unpaid wages, including any bonus he or she is otherwise entitled to, reimbursement for unpaid expenses incurred and payment of other vested benefits.

If, on or within twelve months of a “change in control,” an executive officer’s employment is terminated without “cause,” or if he or she resigns for “good reason,” he or she is entitled to receive a severance payment equivalent to one year of his or her then-current base salary, accelerated vesting of 100% of the shares underlying his or her then-unvested equity awards and reimbursement of up to twelve months of COBRA premiums, in addition to standard entitlements such as earned but unpaid wages, including any bonus he or she is otherwise entitled to, reimbursement for unpaid expenses incurred and payment of other vested benefits.

Under the severance program, “cause” means (i) theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the executive’s material failure to abide by our code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the executive’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a ours (including, without limitation, the executive’s improper use or disclosure of our or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the executive which has a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business; (v) the executive’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from us of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the executive of any employment or service agreement between the executive and us, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such

 

123


Table of Contents

agreement; or (vii) the executive’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the executive’s ability to perform his or her duties with us.

Under the severance program, “change in control” means (i) a transaction in which the stockholders of ON24 immediately before the transaction do not retain immediately after the transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or the entity to which all or substantially all of our assets were transferred or (ii) a date specified by the board of directors following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of ON24, unless a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of incumbent directors. This offering will not constitute a change in control under the severance program.

Under the severance program agreement, “good reason” means resignation from employment with us following the occurrence of any of the following events without the executive’s prior written consent: (i) a significant reduction in the executive’s duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, other than where the executive is asked to assume substantially similar duties and responsibilities in a larger entity after such change in control (which may involve a different title); (ii) a material reduction in current base salary; or (iii) a relocation to a worksite that is more than 50 miles from the then-existing worksite.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

 

           Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Options
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares

or Units
of Stock
That

Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Sharat Sharan

     12/11/2020 (3)      —         20,802     $ 14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     12/11/2020 (3)      —         439,198       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     3/16/2020 (4)      —         102,873       2.32       3/15/2030       —       —  
     3/16/2020 (4)      —         297,127       2.32       3/15/2030       —       —  
     12/21/2018 (5)      427,950       —         2.44       12/21/2028       —       —  
     1/4/2016 (6)      68,181       —       1.98       1/4/2026       —       —  
     1/4/2016 (6)      409,201       —       1.98       1/4/2026       —       —  
     7/24/2015 (7)      497,642       —       1.95       7/24/2025       —       —  
     9/15/2014 (8)      133,334       —       1.95       8/7/2024       —       —  
     9/15/2014 (8)      66,666       —       1.95       8/7/2024       —       —  
     6/17/2014 (9)      —         —       —         —         187,500   $ 472,500
     9/17/2013 (10)      1,282       —       1.95       9/16/2023       —       —  
     9/17/2013 (10)      198,718       —       1.95       9/16/2023       —       —  
     1/5/2012 (11)      1,282       —       1.95       1/4/2022       —       —  
     1/5/2012 (11)      248,718       —       1.95       1/4/2022       —       —  
     3/2/2010 (12)      130,000       —       1.13       3/1/2020       —       —  
     3/2/2010 (12)      30,000       —       1.13       3/1/2020       —       —  

 

124


Table of Contents
           Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Options
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares

or Units
of Stock
That

Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Jayesh Sahasi

     12/11/2020 (13)      —         17,299       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     12/11/2020 (13)      —         183,701       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (14)      —         90,914       2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (14)      —         22,086       2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     12/21/2018 (15)      26,043       —         2.44       12/21/2028       —       —  

James Blackie

     12/11/2020 (16)      —         30,674       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     12/11/2020 (16)      —         110,326       14.42       12/11/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (17)      —         77,084       2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     1/17/2020 (17)      22,916       —         2.32       1/16/2030       —       —  
     12/9/2016 (18)      192,304       —         2.08       12/9/2026       —       —  
     12/9/2016 (18)      207,696       —       2.08       12/9/2026       —       —  

 

(1)

All of the option and stock awards were granted pursuant to our 2014 Stock Option Plan, the terms of which plan is described below under “— Equity Incentive Plans.”

(2)

All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors or compensation committee.

(3)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(4)

The option vests in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(5)

The option vests as to 146,700 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2019 and 281,250 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2020, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(6)

The option vested as to 93,750 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2015, 109,166 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2016, 128,666 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2017 and 145,800 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from December 10, 2018.

(7)

The option vests as to 136,955 shares vest on December 8, 2018, 12,078 shares each month thereafter for 24 months, and an additional 4,167 shares vest each month thereafter for 17 months, subject to Mr. Sharan’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(8)

The option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on September 8, 2014 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

(9)

All of the stock awards vest based on the satisfaction of both of two conditions before the expiration date (i) satisfaction of a service condition of one year and (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event defined as a change of control or an initial public offering. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

(10)

The option vested in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on June 29, 2013.

(11)

The option vested in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on February 5, 2012.

(12)

The option vested in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on April 1, 2010.

(13)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sahasi’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(14)

The option vests in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Sahasi’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

 

125


Table of Contents
(15)

The option vested as to 35,000 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2019, 31,937 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2020, 41,816 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2021 and 47,385 shares in 12 equal monthly installments measured from January 1, 2022.

(16)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2021, subject to Mr. Blackie’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(17)

The option vests in 48 equal monthly installments beginning on January 1, 2020, subject to Mr. Blackie’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

(18)

The option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on December 5, 2017 and the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments measured from December 5, 2017, subject to Mr. Blackie’s continuous service with us as of each such vesting date.

Equity Incentive Plans

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

In                2021 our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to use the 2021 Plan following the closing of this offering to provide incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, including officers, consultants, and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and units and other cash-based or share-based awards. In addition, the 2021 Plan contains a mechanism through which we may adopt a deferred compensation arrangement in the future.

A total of                shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each subsequent anniversary through 2031, by an amount equal to the smaller of:

 

   

                % of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31; and

 

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2021 Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

The shares available under the 2021 Plan will not be reduced by awards settled in cash, but will be reduced by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to stock options and stock appreciation rights (but not other types of awards). The gross number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2021 Plan.

The 2021 Plan generally will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2021 Plan and awards granted under it. The 2021 Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer, or employee against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2021 Plan.

During any year, no non-employee director may be granted one or more awards pursuant to the Plan which in the aggregate are for more than a number of shares of our common stock determined by

 

126


Table of Contents

dividing $250,000 by the fair market value of a share of our stock determined on the last trading day immediately preceding the date on which the award is granted.

The 2021 Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or a cash payment.

Awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options. We may grant non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights. A stock appreciation right, or SAR, gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash.

 

   

Restricted stock. The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at a price determined by the administrator. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

 

   

Restricted stock units. Restricted stock units, or RSUs, represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Performance awards. Performance awards, consisting of either performance shares or performance units, are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance, such as revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance awards may be settled in cash, in shares of our common stock or a combination of both in the discretion of the administrator. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Cash-based awards and other share-based awards. The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other share-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or

 

127


Table of Contents
 

shares of our common stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holders will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the awards. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other share-based awards.

In the event of a change in control as described in the 2021 Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2021 Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. Any awards that are not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in an award agreement governing any award, as determined by the compensation committee, any award that is not assumed, continued, or substituted for in connection with a change in control shall, subject to the provisions of applicable law, become fully vested and exercisable or settleable immediately prior to, but conditioned upon, the consummation of the change in control. The 2021 Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

The 2021 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten years of its effective date. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2021 Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In                2021 our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

A total of 1,300,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for future issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on January 1, 2022 and each subsequent anniversary through 2031, equal to the smallest of:

 

   

1,300,000 shares of our common stock; or

 

   

1.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31; or

 

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are cancelled will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the ESPP and have full authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP. The ESPP provides, subject to certain limitations, for

 

128


Table of Contents

indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the ESPP.

All of our employees, including our named executive officers, and employees of any of our subsidiaries designated by the compensation committee are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, subject to any local law requirements applicable to participants in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the right to be granted would be outstanding at any time.

The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code but also permits us to include our non-U.S. employees in offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423. The ESPP will typically be implemented through consecutive six-month offering periods. Offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after May 16 and November 16 of each year, except for the first such offering period, which will commence on the effective date of this offering and will end on November 15, 2021. The administrator may, in its discretion, establish the terms of future offering periods, including establishing offering periods of up to 27 months and providing for multiple purchase dates. The administrator may vary certain terms and conditions of separate offerings for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where required by local law or desirable to obtain intended tax or accounting treatment.

In general, the ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of their eligible cash compensation, which includes a participant’s regular base wages or salary and payments of overtime, shift premiums and paid time off before deduction of taxes and certain compensation deferrals. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation, or otherwise funded through other means in any participating non-U.S. jurisdiction in which payroll deductions are not permitted, are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period.

Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date and the first day of the offering period. In any event, the purchase price in any offering period may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or on the purchase date, whichever is less. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will receive a refund of their account balances not yet used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.

Each participant in an offering will have an option to purchase for each month contained in the offering period a number of shares determined by dividing $2,083.33 by the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the first day of the offering period or 200 shares, if less, and except as limited in order to comply with Section 423 of the Code. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the

 

129


Table of Contents

administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from a participant’s compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares (other than a fractional share amount carried over) will be refunded, without interest unless otherwise required by a participant’s local law.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

The ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The compensation committee has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the ESPP at any time.

2014 Stock Option Plan

The 2014 Plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in June 2014. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2014 Plan is 16,407,541. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will terminate the 2014 Plan and we will not grant any further awards under such plan, but the 2014 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. Our compensation committee administers the 2014 Plan and has the authority, among other things, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

The 2014 Plan permits the grant of options. As of September 30, 2020, we had options to purchase 9,026,920 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2014 Plan, including shares issuable upon the settlement of an outstanding RSU. Appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares or similar change in our capital structure, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to our stockholders in a form other than shares (excepting normal cash dividends). All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

   

Stock options. We may grant non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding ten years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

   

Restricted stock units. RSUs represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price, subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of RSUs have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant RSUs that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

In its discretion, our compensation committee may provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting or settlement of awards in connection with a “change in control,” as defined under the 2014 Plan,

 

130


Table of Contents

of each or any outstanding award or portion thereof and common stock acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the plan participant’s service prior to, upon or following such change in control, and to such extent as our compensation committee determines. In the event of a change in control, the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be, may, without the consent of any plan participant, either assume or continue the rights and obligations under each or any award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the change in control or substitute for each or any such outstanding award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the stock of the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as applicable. Any award or portion thereof which is neither assumed nor continued by the surviving, continuing, successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof in connection with the change in control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the change in control.

2000 Stock Option Plan

Our 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Plan, expired in 2010 but continues to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2020, we had options to purchase 733,744 shares of common stock outstanding under our 2000 Plan. Our compensation committee administers our 2000 Plan and has the authority, among other things, to construe and interpret the terms of our 2000 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares or similar change in our capital structure, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the our stockholders in a form other than shares (excepting normal cash dividends).

In the event of a “change in control,” as defined under the 2000 Plan, each outstanding award or portion thereof shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be, may, without the consent of any plan participant. Any award or portion thereof which is neither assumed nor continued by the successor or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof in connection with the change in control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the change in control.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) Plan, for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. Our 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Each participant in the 401(k) Plan may contribute up to the statutory limit of his or her pre-tax compensation. In addition, we can make discretionary matching contributions. All salary deferrals, rollovers and matching contributions are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) Plan provides for automatic salary deferrals of 3% of compensation with a 1% escalator each year. Participants are permitted to waive the automatic deferral provision.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not

 

131


Table of Contents

be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our Bylaws will also provide that we may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent (including the advancement of the final disposition of any action or proceeding), and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these Bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal compensation policy for our non-employee directors. From time to time, we have paid cash or granted equity awards to certain non-employee directors to entice them to join, and for their continued service on, our board of directors. We also have reimbursed our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee-directors for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Irwin Federman

                           

Mark Hoffman(1)

                           

Denise Persson

   $ 18,984                    $ 18,984  

Holger Staude

                           

Dominique Trempont

     51,000                      51,000  

Barry Zwarenstein

     17,795                      17,795  

 

(1)

Mr. Hoffman resigned from our board of directors in August 2020.

 

132


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Following the closing of this offering, each of our non-employee directors will receive annual cash compensation as follows:

 

   

$30,000 for service on our board of directors;

 

   

$10,000 for service on the audit committee of our board of directors, with an additional $10,000 for serving as its chair;

 

   

$6,000 for service on the compensation committee of our board of directors, with an additional $6,000 for serving as its chair; and

 

   

$3,750 for service on the nominating a corporate governance committee of our board of directors, with an additional $3,750 for serving as its chair.

These amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial service.

In addition, each new non-employee director who joins our board of directors after this offering will automatically receive an RSU for common stock having a value of $450,000 based on the average fair market value of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to and ending on the date of grant, or an Initial RSU. Each Initial RSU will vest over three years, with one-third of the Initial RSU vesting on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each person who is then a non-employee director will automatically receive an RSU for common stock having a value of $175,000 based on the average fair market value of the underlying common stock for the 20 trading days prior to and ending on the date of grant, or an Annual RSU. Each Annual RSU will vest on the earlier of (i) the date of the following year’s annual meeting of our stockholders (or the date immediately prior to the next annual meeting of our stockholders if the non-employee director’s service as a director ends at such meeting due to the director’s failure to be re-elected or the director not standing for re-election); or (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant. Vesting of Initial RSUs and Annual RSUs is subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service on each applicable vesting date. For each non-employee director who remains in continuous service with us until immediately prior to a “change of control” (as defined in the 2021 Plan), the shares subject to his or her then outstanding equity awards will become fully vested as of immediately prior to the change of control.

We will reimburse each non-employee director for ordinary, necessary, and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at, and participation in, meetings of our board of directors and any of its committees.

 

133


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described in the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2017, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Class B-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In April 2019, we entered into a Class B-1 preferred stock purchase agreement pursuant to which we sold to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, a holder of more than 5% of our common stock on an as-converted basis, 2,310,067 shares of our Class B-1 preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.82 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.0 million.

Agreements with our Stockholders

In connection with our Class B-1 convertible preferred stock financing, in April 2019 we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, or the Co-Sale Agreement, and an amended and restated voting agreement, or the Voting Agreement, in each case with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P., or U.S. Venture Partners, Canaan Equity Aggregator LLC, or Canaan Equity, Rho Ventures Holdings LLC, Joseph (Yosi) Amram, Sharat Sharan and Jayesh Sahasi. The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides certain information and registration rights. All rights under the Investors’ Right Agreement, other than the registration rights, terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering. See the “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” section of this prospectus for more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement. The Co-Sale Agreement provides certain rights to purchase securities offered by, and to co-sell along with, a proposed seller of securities. The Co-Sale Agreement will terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering.

The Voting Agreement contains provisions with respect to the election of our board of directors and its composition. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, the following directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors: Sharat Sharan, Irwin Federman, Holger Staude, Dominique Trempont and Mark Hoffman. Other than Mr. Hoffman, each of these directors continues to serve on our board of directors. Pursuant to the Voting Agreement, Mr. Sharan, as our Chief Executive Officer, serves on our board of directors as a representative of our common stockholders, as designated by the holders of a majority of our common stock. Mr. Federman was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our Class A convertible preferred stock, as designated by U.S. Venture Partners. Mr. Staude was initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our Class B convertible preferred stock, as designated by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC. Each of Messrs. Trempont and Hoffman were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as a representative of holders of our common stock and preferred stock, as designated by a majority of our common and preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Loan Agreements with Messrs. Trempont and Sharan

In February 2020, we loaned Mr. Trempont, a member of our board of directors, $194,600 pursuant to a promissory note, or the Trempont Note, bearing interest at a rate of 2.1% per annum and maturing on the earliest to occur of February 17, 2030, (ii) a sale or other disposition or transfer of the collateral securing the Trempont Note or (iii) (x) the fifth day prior to the date on which we file an initial

 

134


Table of Contents

registration statement under the Securities Act, (y) immediately prior to the date on which we first become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (z) on such other date as may be reasonably necessary for us to comply with the provisions of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Trempont Note was repaid in full prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

In February 2020, we loaned Mr. Sharan, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, $240,000 pursuant to a promissory note, or the Sharan Note, bearing interest at a rate of 2.1% per annum and maturing on the earliest to occur of (i) February 18, 2030, (ii) a sale or other disposition or transfer of the collateral securing the Sharan Note or (iii) (x) the fifth day prior to the date on which we file an initial registration statement under the Securities Act, (y) immediately prior to the date on which we first become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (z) on such other date as may be reasonably necessary for us to comply with the provisions of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sharan Note was repaid in full prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Consulting Agreement

InfoHorizon, LLC provides information technology software development to us. Nitin Jain, the brother-in-law of our executive officer Jayesh Sahasi, is the chief executive officer of InfoHorizon, LLC.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we paid InfoHorizon, LLC $1.3 million, $1.8 million, $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Eric Federman’s Employment

Eric Federman, the son of our director Irwin Federman, is one of our employees. His annual base salary is $160,000 and he is eligible to participate in our equity incentive and other employee benefit plans and programs.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those

 

135


Table of Contents

that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information in the table below does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 38,311,103 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on                shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, convertible securities or other rights, held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, are considered outstanding. We did not, however, deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o 50 Beale Street, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94015.

 

     Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
     Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %      Shares      %  

5% and Greater Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P.(1)

     7,675,423        20.0        

Canaan Equity Aggregator LLC(2)

     6,226,268        16.3        

Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC(3)

     5,543,918        14.5        

Rho Ventures III Holdings LLC(4)

     3,932,859        10.3        

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Sharat Sharan(5)

     4,409,312        10.9        

Jayesh Sahasi

     754,045        2.0        

James Blackie

     435,041        1.1        

Irwin Federman(6)

     7,685,839        20.1        

Denise Persson

     20,833        *        

Holger Staude

     10,416        *        

Dominique Trempont

     283,366        *        

Barry Zwarenstein

     5,834        *        

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

     13,760,222        33.5        

 

137


Table of Contents

 

*

less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of (i) 7,368,405 shares held by U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P. (“USVP VII”), (ii) 153,508 shares held by 2180 Associates Fund VII, L.P. (“Associates VII”), (iii) 76,755 shares held by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VII-A, L.P. (“USVP VII-A”) and (iv) 76,755 shares held by USVP Entrepreneur Partners VII-B, L.P. (“USVP VII-B”, and together with USVP VII, Associates VII and USVP VII-A, the “USVP VII Funds”). Presidio Management Group VII, L.L.C. (“PMG VII”), the general partner of each of the USVP VII Funds, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the USVP VII Funds. Irwin Federman, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of PMG VII with additional rights with respect to the shares held by the USVP VII Funds, and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. Casey M. Tansey, the sole managing partner of PMG VII, may be deemed to have sole dispositive power and shared voting power over the shares held by the USVP VII Funds. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 1460 El Camino Real, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(2)

Canaan Extend Fund L.P., or Canaan Extend Fund, is the sole owner of Canaan Equity. Canaan Extend Fund, LLC is the general partner of the Canaan Extend Fund and may be deemed to have sole investment and voting power over the shares held by the Canaan Extend Fund. Deepak Kamra, a managing member of Canaan Extend Fund, LLC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Canaan Extend Fund except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the shares. The mailing address for Canaan Equity is 1624 Market Street, Suite 226 PMB 29471 Denver, CO 80202.

(3)

The shares are held of record by Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC, which is an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, a New York limited liability company and a broker-dealer. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is a member of the New York Stock Exchange and other national exchanges. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is a direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or GS Group. GS Group is a public entity and its common stock is publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The shares of common stock held by Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC were acquired in the ordinary course of its investment business and not for the purpose of resale or distribution. GS Group may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC. GS Group disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address for Special Situations Investing Group II, LLC is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

(4)

Rho Capital Partners LLC is the managing member of Rho Ventures III Holdings LLC or Rho Ventures, and may be deemed to have sole investment and voting power over the shares held by Rho Ventures. Habib Kairouz, Mark Leschly and Joshua Ruch are the managing members of Rho Capital Partners LLC and disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Rho Ventures except to the extent of their pecuniary interest in the shares. The mailing address for Rho Ventures is 152 West 57th Street, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(5)

Consists of (i) 2,187,172 shares of common stock held directly by Sharat Sharan, (ii) 100,000 shares held by Mr. Sharan’s daughter and (iii) 2,122,140 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020.

(6)

Consists of (i) 10,416 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020 and (ii) 7,368,405 shares held by USVP VII, (iii) 153,508 shares held by Associates VII, (iv) 76,755 shares held by USVP VII-A and (v) 76,755 shares held by USVP VII-B. Mr. Federmanan is a managing member of PMG VII with additional rights with respect to the shares held by the USVP VII Funds, and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. Mr. Federman disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities held by the USVP VII Funds, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

 

138


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

As of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

The following descriptions of our capital stock, provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the Investors’ Rights Agreement are summaries and are qualified by reference to the full text of those documents, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following summary of relevant provisions of the DGCL is qualified by the full text of such provisions. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

As of September 30, 2020, we had 10,742,141 shares of common stock outstanding and 27,227,466 shares of preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the issuance of 187,500 shares of our common stock upon settlement of a restricted stock unit that will vest in connection with this offering, there would have been 38,157,107 shares of common stock outstanding on September 30, 2020, held of record by 305 stockholders.

The holders of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, that may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Following the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors will be able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

139


Table of Contents
   

the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, holders of 31,050,643 shares of our common stock, which shares we refer to as “registrable securities,” will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these registrable securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The Investors’ Rights Agreement includes demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

All underwriting discounts applicable to the sale of registrable securities pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be borne by the holders of registrable securities participating in such sale. Any additional expenses incurred in connection with exercise of registration rights under the Investors’ Rights Agreement, including all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of our counsel shall be borne by us. We are also responsible for the costs and fees, not to exceed $15,000 resulting from any special audit required if we are unable to use year-end financial statements in any registration statement.

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in an underwritten offering by holders of registrable securities to the number of shares which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the terms of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, at any time after the six-month anniversary of the effective date of this offering, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to demand registration rights under certain conditions. We are required, upon the written request of (i) holders of at least 20% of the then outstanding registrable securities (or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price of such shares, net of underwriting discounts, is greater than $10.0 million) or (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, or the Class B Majority, or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, or the

 

140


Table of Contents

Class B-1 Majority, to use our diligent best efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the registrable securities identified by the holders initiating such request so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts of such registrable securities pursuant to such registration would be at least $10.0 million.

We are not required to effect more than two demand registrations, provided that we have effected an aggregate of two registrations requested by such Class B Majority or Class B-1 Majority. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. Additionally, we are not obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to these demand registration rights (i) within six months following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities for our own account (other than a registration relating solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the registrable securities) and (ii) if at the time we receive a request to register registrable securities we are engaged or have plans to engage within 60 days of the time of the request in a registered public offering as to which the registrable securities may be included for a period not to exceed 180 days from the effective date of the offering, provided that we are actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, provided further, that no other person or entity could require us to file a registration statement during such period. Such right to delay a request may be exercised by us not more than once in any two-year period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related solely to an employee benefit plan, a registration related solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or any rule adopted by the SEC in substitution thereof or amendment thereto, or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration.

Anti-Takeover Matters in our Governing Documents and Under Delaware Law

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will contain, and the DGCL contains, provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control, and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an antitakeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger or acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of

 

141


Table of Contents

the NYSE. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, or otherwise.

Classified Board of Directors

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. Directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. After this offering, a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors will hold office until the next election of the director’s class and until the director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, changes in control of us or changes in our management.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

After this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which is an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock or is the corporation’s affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not approved in advance by our board, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chair of the board of directors or our Chief Executive Officer. Our Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management.

 

142


Table of Contents

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our Bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our Bylaws will allow the chair of a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of that meeting that may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at that meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon the closing of this offering, our Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.7% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.7% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation described above.

The foregoing provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Exclusive Forum

Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the sole and exclusive forum

 

143


Table of Contents

for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, agent, or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. It will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum clauses described above shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law in the types of lawsuits to which they apply, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings and there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions. In addition, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. It is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our Bylaws will generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

144


Table of Contents

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ONTF”.

 

145


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020,                shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock not sold in this offering will be, and shares subject to stock options will, upon issuance, be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities exchangeable or exercisable for our capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all                shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the remaining 38,157,107 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, and will not cause or direct any of our or their respective affiliates to, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by such holder or someone other than such holder), or transfer of any of the economic consequences

 

146


Table of Contents

of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of common stock or derivative instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clauses (i) or (ii) above. However, such lock-up period will end with respect to 20% of the shares subject to each lock-up agreement if at any time beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus (1) we have filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (2) the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days, including the last day, ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus; and provided further that, if such early release date occurs within a trading black-out period under our insider trading policy, (i) the above referenced early release will be delayed until immediately prior to the opening of trading on the second trading day following the date on which we next publicly announce operating results for the previous fiscal quarter and (ii) no early release will occur unless the last reported closing price of our common stock is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price of our common stock on the first trading day following that public announcement. In addition, we may elect that no early release will occur, and we will publicly announce such decision at least two trading days prior to the scheduled early release date by press release or on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to lock-up agreements at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

With respect to the lock-up agreement to be entered into by us, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to (i) shares of our common stock issued as a bona fide gift to a charitable organization, provided that such transfer cannot be for value, the recipient of such shares must agree in writing to be bound by the lock-up restrictions and the value at issuance of the shares issued pursuant to this clause (i) may not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate, calculated based on the initial public offering price, and (ii) shares issued in connection with the acquisition by us of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in such an acquisition, provided that the recipient of such shares must agree in writing to be bound by the lock-up restrictions and the shares issued pursuant to this clause (ii) may not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering.

With respect to the lock-up agreements to be entered into by our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock, the restrictions described in the second preceding paragraph will not apply to (i) transfers to the underwriters in connection with this offering; (ii) bona fide gifts or transfers made for bona fide estate planning purposes; (iii) transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person; (iv) transfers upon death or by will or intestacy; (v) transfers of securities acquired by such person from the underwriters in connection with this offering or in open market transactions after this offering; (vi) if such person is an entity, transfers to such person’s affiliates, including distributions to such person’s members, partners or stockholders; (vii) transfers to us pursuant to the exercise, including a “net” or “cashless” exercise, of options granted pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in this prospectus; (viii) transfers pursuant to a

 

147


Table of Contents

qualified domestic order or divorce settlement; (ix) transfers to us in connection with our repurchase of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an employee benefit plan or other agreement described in this prospectus, in each case upon termination of such person’s relationship with us; (x) transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control of us; and (xi) transfers to us in connection with the conversion or reclassification of our outstanding equity securities into common stock or any reclassification or conversion of our common stock, in each case as described in this prospectus. Further, in the case of any transfer pursuant to sections (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) of the previous sentence, such transfer cannot be for value, and, in the case of any transfer pursuant to sections (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi) and (viii) of the previous sentence, the transferee must agree in writing to be bound by the lock-up restrictions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal                shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

148


Table of Contents

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the closing of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

149


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences (other than those specifically set forth below) or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus supplement. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to an individual holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

partnerships or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations”;

 

   

“passive foreign investment companies”;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

 

   

persons that own or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.

 

150


Table of Contents

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are an individual non-U.S. citizen, you may, in some cases, be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a nonresident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. Generally, for this purpose, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year, are counted.

Resident aliens are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Individuals who are uncertain of their status as resident or nonresident aliens for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

If we distribute cash or other property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts distributed in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any distribution in excess of a non-U.S. basis will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described in the “Gain On Disposition of Our Common Stock” section below.

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish the applicable withholding agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable form) certifying such non-U.S. holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to the applicable withholding agent before the payment of

 

151


Table of Contents

dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, provided that the non-U.S. holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.

However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.

Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe we are not currently and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as

 

152


Table of Contents

adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Gain described in the third bullet point above will generally be subject to. federal income tax in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to any provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and, therefore, will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise. The terms “resident” and “nonresident” are defined differently for U.S. federal estate tax purposes than for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Withholding on Foreign Entities

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, as reflected in Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid in respect of our common stock and the gross proceeds of disposition on our common stock, made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain

 

153


Table of Contents

account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid in respect of our common stock and the gross proceeds of disposition on our common stock, made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. FATCA currently applies to dividends paid on our common stock. Proposed Treasury Regulations, which may be relied upon until final Treasury Regulations are finalized, currently eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS SUCH AS ESTATE AND GIFT TAX.

 

154


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                                   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional                 shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                 additional shares.

 

Paid by Us

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of our common stock, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of our common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of such agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

155


Table of Contents

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ONTF”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $                million.

We will agree to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to FINRA incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $35,000. We will also agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

An affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter of this offering, beneficially owns all of our outstanding shares of our Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock as of September 30, 2020, which

 

156


Table of Contents

will automatically convert into shares of common stock representing approximately 14.5% of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. As a result, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. is acting as the “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as the “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with this offering. We will agree to indemnify KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as the “qualified independent underwriter,” including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. may be required to make in that respect.

An employee of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Holger Staude, serves on our board of directors pursuant to the Voting Agreement, which provides that holders of a majority of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of our Class B preferred stock have the right to appoint one member to our board of directors. Prior to this offering, entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC owned all of our Class B preferred stock. The Voting Agreement will terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with our Stockholders.”

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Member State), no common stock has been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) by the underwriters to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior written consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a

 

157


Table of Contents

prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Member State who initially acquires any common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed with us and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior written consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for our common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

158


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

Our common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Securities and Futures Ordinance), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired our common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (Regulation 32).

Where our common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired our common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a

 

159


Table of Contents

foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of our common stock should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, our company or our common stock has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other

 

160


Table of Contents

disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our common stock may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of our common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of our common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

161


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

DLA Piper LLP (US), Palo Alto, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, partners of DLA Piper LLP (US) beneficially own an aggregate of less than 1.0% of our common stock. The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The audit report covering the December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and sales commissions as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred CostsContracts with Customers.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.on24.com where, upon closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

162


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

ON24, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ON24, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and sales commissions as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred CostsContracts with Customers.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

San Francisco, California

October 27, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
    Pro Forma
September 30,
 
    2018     2019     2020     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,945     $  18,844     $  47,739     $ 47,739  

Short-term investments

    2,000       5,000       5,000       5,000  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $829, $912 and $1,577 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively

    17,914       22,602       42,577       42,577  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

          5,571       8,981       8,981  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,137       2,220       4,293       4,293  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    28,996       54,237       108,590       108,590  

Property and equipment, net

    5,676       5,370       7,886       7,886  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

          8,471       16,881       16,881  

Other long-term assets

    34       458       853       853  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $  34,706     $ 68,536     $ 134,210     $ 134,210  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,880     $ 2,109     $  3,738     $ 3,738  

Accrued liabilities

    11,593       11,372       14,084       14,084  

Deferred revenue

    35,050       44,441       87,195       87,195  

Long-term debt, current portion

    1,118       1,007       1,820       1,820  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    49,641       58,929       106,837       106,837  

Long-term debt

    19,958       23,058       24,635       24,635  

Other long-term liabilities

    4,222       3,900       3,863     3,863  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ 73,821     $ 85,887     $ 135,335     $ 135,335  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)

       

Convertible Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 21,848,815, 21,699,945 and 21,699,945 shares authorized, 21,683,024, 21,683,548, 21,683,548 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preferences of $102,774, $102,776 and $102,776 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

  $ 83,845     $ 83,857     $ 83,857     $  

Redeemable convertible Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 3,233,851, 5,543,918 and 5,543,918 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preferences of $35,000, $70,000 and $70,000 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

    35,000       70,000       70,000        

Stockholder’s deficit:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. 60,000,000, 50,000,000, 50,000,000 and              shares authorized at December 31, 2018 and 2019, September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited); 8,681,557, 8,953,967, 10,742,141 and              shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019, September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited), respectively

    1       1       1       4  

Additional paid-in capital

    18,385       20,809       25,599       179,926  

Accumulated deficit

    (176,424     (192,016     (180,768     (181,241

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    78       (2     186       186  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

    (157,960     (171,208     (154,982     (1,125
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

  $ 34,706     $ 68,536     $ 134,210     $ 134,210  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

   $ 66,079     $ 72,589     $ 53,368     $ 81,379  

Professional services

     16,529       16,544       11,825       22,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     82,608       89,133       65,193       103,655  

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and other platform

     14,232       16,730       12,571       14,405  

Professional services

     10,689       10,411       7,666       8,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     24,921       27,141       20,237       23,288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,687       61,992       44,956       80,367  

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     46,980       47,773       35,460       40,495  

Research and development

     14,343       15,730       11,660       13,272  

General and administrative

     13,299       14,590       10,928       14,370  

Other gains from operations

     (850                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     73,772       78,093       58,048       68,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,085     (16,101     (13,092     12,230  

Interest expense, net

     1,052       1,029       799       633  

Other expense, net

     256       42       134       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,393     (17,172     (14,025     11,371  

Provision for income taxes

     198       355       44       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

           (10,047     (7,547      

Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (20,616   $ (32,348   $ (24,944   $ 7,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholder:

        

Basic

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic (unaudited)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted (unaudited)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic (unaudited)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted (unaudited)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     80       (80     (120     188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (17,511   $ (17,607   $ (14,189   $ 11,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
preferred stock
    Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-
in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
(loss)
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    21,683,024     $ 83,845       3,233,851     $ 35,000       8,165,131     $           1     $ 16,549     $ (158,833   $ (2   $ (142,285

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            516,426             376                         —       376  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,460                   1,460  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    80       80  

Net loss

                                              (17,591           (17,591
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    21,683,024     $ 83,845       3,233,851     $ 35,000       8,681,557     $ 1     $ 18,385     $ (176,424   $ 78     $ (157,960
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative-effect upon adoption of Topic 606

        $           $           $     $     $ 11,982     $     $ 11,982  

Issuance of Class B-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

                2,310,067       24,953                                      

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

                      10,047                         (10,047           (10,047

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            272,410             426                   426  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,998                   1,998  

Issuance of preferred stock upon exercise of preferred stock warrants

    524       12                                                  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    (80     (80

Net loss

                                              (17,527           (17,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    21,683,548     $ 83,857       5,543,918     $ 70,000       8,953,967     $ 1     $ 20,809     $ (192,016   $ (2   $ (171,208
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

        $           $       1,788,174   $     $ 3,337     $     $     $ 3,337  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,453                   1,453  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    188       188  

Net income

                                              11,248             11,248  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    21,683,548     $ 83,857       5,543,918     $ 70,000       10,742,141     $ 1     $ 25,599     $ (180,768   $ 186     $ (154,982
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    21,683,024     $ 83,845       3,233,851     $ 35,000       8,681,557     $           1     $ 18,385     $ (176,424   $ 78     $ (157,960

Cumulative-effect upon adoption of Topic 606

                                              11,982                   —       11,982  

Issuance of Class B-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

                2,310,067       24,953                                      

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

                      7,547                         (7,547           (7,547

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            159,358           214                   214  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        1,314                   1,314  

Issuance of preferred stock upon exercise of preferred stock warrants

    524       12                                                  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                    (120     (120

Net loss

                                              (14,069           (14,069
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    21,683,548     $ 83,857       5,543,918     $ 67,500       8,840,915     $ 1     $ 19,913     $ (186,058   $ (42   $ (166,186
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     1,982       2,329       1,742       1,930  

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,460       1,998       1,314       1,453  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition cost

           7,012       5,203       7,460  

Provision for state and local tax

     58                    

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts and billing reserve

     651       743       529       1,449  

Noncash interest and dividends received

     (123     (148     (65     (117

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (3,304     (5,431     2,702       (21,424

Deferred contract acquisition cost

           (8,983     (5,264     (19,280

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (372     (270     (923     (2,422

Accounts payable

     (728     113       501       1,116  

Accrued liabilities

     829       (268     (2,030     2,709  

Other long-term liabilities

     3,727       (310     (274     (37

Deferred revenue

     4,772       9,392       3,540       42,754  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (8,639     (11,350     (7,094     26,839  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property and equipment

     (3,432     (1,162     (1,031     (674

Purchase of short-term investments

     (11,600     (12,000     (12,000     (5,000

Proceeds from settlement of short-term investments

     18,980       9,000       2,000       5,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     3,948       (4,162     (11,031     (674
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from issuance of common stock resulting from exercise of options

     376       426       214       3,337  

Proceeds from issuance of Class B-1 preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           24,953       24,953        

Proceeds from long-term debt

     4,100       9,508       3,500       18,165  

Repayments of long-term debt

     (76     (6,193     (153     (18,129

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     (904     (1,114     (892     (826
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,496       27,580       27,622       2,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     80       (80     (120     188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (1,115     11,988       9,377       28,900  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

     8,060       6,945       6,945       18,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 6,945     $ 18,933     $ 16,322     $ 47,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds

   $ 155     $ 238     $ 95     $ 172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

   $ 978     $ 1,392     $ 1,075     $ 724  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

        

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 1,686     $ 787     $ 519     $ 3,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquisitions funded by liabilities

   $ 281     $ 74     $ 51     $ 871  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

   $     $ 10,047     $ 7,547     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

ON24, Inc. and its subsidiaries (together, ON24, the Company, we, us, or our) provides a leading, cloud-based digital experience platform that enables businesses to convert customer engagement into revenue through interactive webinar experiences, virtual event experiences and multimedia content experiences. Our platform’s portfolio of interactive, personalized and content-rich digital experience products creates and captures actionable, real-time data at scale from millions of professionals every month to provide businesses with buying signals and behavioral insights to efficiently convert prospects into customers. The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware in January 1998 as NewsDirect, Inc. In December 1998, the Company changed its name from NewsDirect, Inc. to ON24, Inc. The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California and has offices in Charlotte, London, Sydney and Singapore.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year ends on December 31.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of ON24, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholder’s Deficit

We have presented unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit as of September 30, 2020 in order to show the assumed effect on the balance sheet of the automatic conversion of the outstanding convertible preferred stock upon the consummation of a qualified initial public offering (IPO) as described in Note             . Upon the consummation of an IPO, all of the shares of outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into              shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit does not give effect to any proceeds from the assumed IPO.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the estimated expected benefit period for deferred contract acquisition costs, the determination of standalone selling price for our performance obligations, the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful lives of long-lived assets, the value of common stock and other assumptions used to measure stock-based compensation, the valuation of deferred income tax assets and uncertain tax positions. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Risks

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments and accounts receivable. We

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

maintain our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments with high-quality financial institutions with investment-grade ratings. A majority of the cash balances are with U.S. banks and are insured to the extent defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

No single customer accounted for more than 5% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018 or 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited). No single customer accounted for more than 5% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits and highly liquid investments, primarily money market funds purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted cash consists of term deposits to collateralize our Sydney operating lease. We had zero, $0.1 million and $0.1 million (unaudited) of restricted cash as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively, which are included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $         6,945      $       18,844      $       47,739  

Restricted cash included in other long-term assets

            89        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 6,945      $ 18,933      $ 47,833  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments

The Company’s primary objectives of its investment activities are to preserve principal, provide liquidity, and maximize income without significantly increasing risk. The Company classifies its investments as available-for-sale at the time of purchase since it is intended that these investments are available for current operations. These investments are included within cash and cash equivalents on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Investments not considered cash equivalents and with maturities of one year or less from the consolidated balance sheet’s date are classified as short-term investments.

Investments are reported at fair value and are subject to periodic impairment review. Unrealized gains and losses related to changes in the fair value of these securities are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, unless they are determined to be other-than-temporary impairments. The ultimate value realized on these securities is subject to market price volatility until they are sold.

There were no material unrealized gains or losses from the Company’s short-term investments for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited). There were no other-than-temporary impairments as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Fair Value Measurements

The Company categorizes assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on its consolidated balance sheets based on the accounting guidance framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis, whereby inputs used in valuation techniques are assigned a hierarchical level.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We measure assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy which requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. U.S. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, to measure the fair value:

Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable based on the Company’s own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial or nonfinancial asset or liability. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties or significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and preferred stock warrant liability. The Company’s investment portfolio consists of money market funds and certificates of deposit, which are carried at fair value. The Company has determined the carrying value to be equal to the fair value and has classified these investments as Level 1 financial instruments.

Certain convertible preferred warrants are classified as Level 3 financial instruments. The balance of the convertible preferred warrants is insignificant, zero and zero (unaudited) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and at amounts for which revenue has been recognized but not invoiced, in each case net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on our assessment of the collectability of accounts. We regularly review the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. In establishing any required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and our customers’ financial condition, the amount of any receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging and the current payment terms. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified. There were no material

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

impairment losses related to accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2019. Please refer to the table below, which reflects impairment losses related to accounts receivable for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

The following table summarizes the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited):

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
         2018              2019         2020  
                  (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $            163      $            389     $            514  

Charges to general and administrative expenses

     155        282       571  

Amounts written off and other adjustments

     71        (157     (201
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 389      $ 514     $ 884  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company maintains a billing reserve that represents potential billing adjustments that will be recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company’s billing reserve is based on known adjustments and an estimate using a percentage of revenue based on historical trends and experience.

The following table summarizes the billing reserve as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited):

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
         2018             2019         2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $            315     $            440     $            398  

Charges to revenue

     496       516       887  

Amounts written off and other adjustments

     (371     (558     (592
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 440     $ 398     $ 693  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts and billing reserve are included in accounts receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which are generally three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Significant improvements that substantially enhance the life of an asset are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets or asset groups for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable based on expected future cash flows

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

attributable to that asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group exceeds estimated undiscounted future cash flows, then an impairment charge would be recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. There were no impairment charges recognized related to long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of accounting, legal and other fees related to our proposed IPO. Upon consummation of the IPO, the deferred offering costs will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit and recorded against the proceeds from the offering. In the event the offering is aborted, deferred offering costs will be expensed. We capitalized $0.8 million (unaudited) of deferred offering costs within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2020. No deferred offering costs were capitalized as of December 31, 2018 or 2019.

Revenue Recognition

We elected to adopt Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), effective as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective method of adoption. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, references to Topic 606 used herein refer to both Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) are presented under Topic 606, with the cumulative impact of the adoption of Topic 606 recorded on January 1, 2019. The primary impact of adopting Topic 606 was the capitalization and amortization of incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers.

In accordance with Topic 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for these services. To achieve the core principle of this standard, we apply the following five steps:

1. Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer

We determine a contract with a customer to exist when the contract is approved, each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred can be identified, the payment terms for the services can be identified, the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. At contract inception, we will evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single contract and whether the combined or single contract includes more than one performance obligation. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s historical payment experience or, in the case of a new customer, credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

2. Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations committed to in a contract are identified based on the services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

benefit from the service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the services and the products is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

Our performance obligations generally consist of access to our digital experience platform and related support services, which, together, are considered one performance obligation. Our customers do not have the ability to take possession of our software, and, through access to our platform, we provide a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the term of the applicable subscription. Customers may also purchase incremental capacity to our digital experience platform. We recognize incremental access as a series of distinct software-based services that are satisfied over the remaining term of the applicable subscription. Our Legacy offering includes performance obligations to provide customers with access to our platform for the duration of specific contracted events, and revenue is recognized primarily as events occur. Amounts related to our digital experience platform and our Legacy offering are recorded as subscription and other platform revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

We also provide professional services, which include consulting services, such as experience management, monitoring and production services, implementation services and premium support services. Professional services are generally considered distinct from the access to our digital experience platform. Amounts are recorded as Professional Services revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company enters into contracts with customers that regularly include promises to transfer multiple services through access to our platform. For arrangements with multiple services, the Company evaluates whether the individual services qualify as distinct performance obligations. In its assessment of whether a service is a distinct performance obligation, the Company determines whether the customer can benefit from the service on its own or with other readily available resources and whether the service is separately identifiable from other services in the contract. This evaluation requires the Company to assess the nature of each individual service offering and how the services are provided in the context of the contract, including whether the services are significantly integrated, highly interrelated or significantly modify each other, which may require judgment based on the facts and circumstances of the contract.

3. Determination of the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring services to the customer. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. The Company applies the practical expedient in paragraph 606-10-32-18 of Topic 606 and does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component for contracts that are one year or less, and none of our multi-year contracts contain a significant financing component. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers (e.g., sales and other indirect taxes), which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities.

Our digital experience platform and related support services are typically warranted to perform in a professional manner that will comply with the terms of our subscription agreements. In addition, we include service level commitments to our customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those service levels. These credits represent a form of variable consideration. Historically, we have not experienced any significant incidents affecting the defined levels of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

reliability and performance as required by our subscription agreements. We have not provided any material refunds related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements during the periods presented.

4. Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on each performance obligation’s relative standalone selling price (SSP). The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. In instances where the Company does not sell or price a product or service separately, establishing SSP requires significant judgement. The Company estimates the SSP by considering available information, such as market conditions, internally approved pricing guidelines and the underlying cost of delivering the performance obligation.

5. Recognition of the revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the control of the promised service to a customer. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those services. We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable contract subscription period beginning on the date access to our platform is granted. We recognize revenue from consulting services related to events in the period the event occurs and the service is delivered. We recognize revenue from implementation services upon completion of the services. We recognize revenue from premium support offerings on a ratable basis over the applicable subscription term.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes revenue by region based on the shipping address of customers:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
 
                            (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

United States

  $ 64,962       79   $ 70,124       79   $ 50,656       78   $ 80,015       77

EMEA

    13,108       16       13,645       15       10,361       16       16,807       16  

Other

    4,538       5       5,364       6       4,176       6       6,833       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $  82,608       100   $  89,133       100   $ 65,193       100   $ 103,655       100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes revenue by digital experience platform and our Legacy offering and the related performance obligations:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
 
                            (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Digital experience platform—subscription and other platform

  $ 57,763       70   $ 66,286       74   $ 48,258       74   $ 80,010       77

Digital experience platform—professional services

    11,082       13       14,413       17       10,078       15       21,705       21  

Legacy—subscription and other platform

    8,316       10       6,303       7       5,110       8       1,369       1  

Legacy—professional services

    5,447       7       2,131       2       1,747       3       571       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $  82,608       100   $  89,133       100   $ 65,193       100   $ 103,655       100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contract Balances

We receive payments from customers based on a billing schedule as established in our customer contracts. Accounts receivable are recorded when we contractually have the right to consideration. In some arrangements, a right to consideration for our performance under the customer contract may occur before invoicing to the customer, resulting in an unbilled accounts receivable. The amount of unbilled accounts receivable included within accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts on the consolidated balance sheets was $0.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million (unaudited) as of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue. Revenue is deferred when we have the right to invoice in advance of performance under a customer contract. The current portion of deferred revenue balances are recognized during the following 12-month period and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent, which is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The amount of revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of each period was $31.5 million, $35.1 million and $44.4 million (unaudited), respectively.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily annual and, to a lesser extent, multi-year. We may bill for the full term in advance or on an annual or monthly basis, depending on the terms of the agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $74.5 million, which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $44.9 million and unbilled consideration in the amount of $29.6 million that we expect to recognize as revenue. As of December 31, 2019, we expected to recognize 80% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue in the year ending December 31, 2020, and the remainder thereafter. As of September 30, 2020, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

remaining performance obligations was $132.7 million (unaudited), which consists of both billed consideration in the amount of $88.0 million (unaudited) and unbilled consideration in the amount of $44.7 million (unaudited) that we expect to recognize as revenue. As of September 30, 2020 we expected to recognize 73% (unaudited) of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent twelve months, and the remainder thereafter.

Costs to Obtain a Contract

Prior to the adoption of Topic 606, costs associated with obtaining customer contracts were recorded as sales and marketing expenses in the period the related customer contract was signed. Subsequent to the adoption of Topic 606, we capitalize sales commissions and associated payroll taxes paid to internal sales personnel and third-party referral fees that are incremental costs resulting from obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are recorded as deferred contract acquisition costs on the consolidated balance sheets. We determine whether costs should be deferred based on our sales compensation plans and if the commissions are incremental and would not have occurred absent the customer contract.

Sales commissions paid upon the initial acquisition of a customer contract are amortized over an estimated period of benefit of five years, as we specifically anticipate renewals of customer contracts and commissions paid on renewal contracts are not commensurate with commissions paid on new customer contracts. Sales commissions paid upon renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the contractual renewal term. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis commensurate with the pattern of revenue recognition. Sales commissions paid related to professional services are amortized over the expected service period. We determine the period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of the initial customer contract by taking into consideration the initial estimated customer life and the technological life of our platform and related significant features. Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

We periodically review these deferred contract acquisition costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit. There were no impairment losses recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019 or during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

The following table represents a roll forward of deferred contract acquisition costs:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 12,071     $ 14,042  

Additions to deferred contract acquisition costs

     8,983       19,280  

Amortization of deferred contract acquisition costs

     (7,012     (7,460
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 14,042     $ 25,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

   $ 5,571     $ 8,981  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

     8,471       16,881  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

   $ 14,042     $ 25,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cost of Revenue

Subscription and Other Platform Cost of Revenue

Subscription and other platform cost of revenue primarily consists of costs related to hosting our platform and providing operating support services to our customers. These costs are related to our co-located data centers, personnel-related costs such as salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation expense, benefits costs associated with our operations and support personnel, software license fees and allocated overhead.

Professional Services Cost of Revenue

Professional services cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, third-party consulting services and allocated overhead.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation directly associated with our research and development employees, contractor costs related to third-party development and allocated overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amounted to $6.0 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $4.9 million (unaudited) and $5.3 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Other Gains from Operations

Other gains from operations consists of a one-time gain from a legal settlement due to a customer’s breach of contract in 2018.

Leases

We categorize leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases. In certain lease agreements, we may receive rent holidays and other incentives. For operating leases, we recognize lease costs on a straight-line basis once control of the space is achieved, without regard to deferred payment terms such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, incentives received are treated as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the risk-free interest rates, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

value of the option awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. The related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four years. The Company estimates the number of awards expected to be forfeited at the time of grant and revises its estimates in subsequent periods if the actual forfeitures differ from the estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation only for awards that are expected to vest.

Foreign Currency

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are each country’s local currency. Assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the reporting date. Amounts classified in stockholders’ deficit are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains or losses, whether realized or unrealized, are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within other expense, net, and have not been material for all periods presented.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We then assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be fully realized. Due to our lack of earnings history, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.

We recognize benefits of uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that such positions will be sustained upon examination based solely on their technical merits at the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon the ultimate settlement. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of provision for income taxes. To date, there have been no interest or penalties charged in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

We calculate our net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock using the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. We consider our convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as holders of such securities have nonforfeitable dividend rights in the event of our declaration of a dividend for holders of shares of common stock. Holders of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses.

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities are subtracted from net income (loss) in determining net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders. Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all dilutive securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the resulting net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding. During the periods when there is a net loss attributable to common stockholders, potentially dilutive common stock equivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive.

Segment Information

We operate in one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, who is our Chief Executive Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance based upon consolidated financial information.

Revenue by geographical region can be found in the revenue recognition disclosures above. The following table presents our property and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization, by geographic region:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $         5,614      $         4,980      $         7,553  

EMEA

     59        359        302  

APAC

     3        31        31  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 5,676      $ 5,370      $ 7,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Topic 606. Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605: Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and requires the recognition of revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40 are referred as the “new standard.”

The Company adopted the requirements of the new standard on January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective approach. Under this method, periods prior to the adoption date are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the revenue accounting literature in effect during those periods. The Company evaluated contracts that were in effect on January 1, 2019 as if they had been accounted for under Topic 606 from the contract inception. Adoption of the new standard resulted in changes to its accounting policies for revenue recognition, deferred revenue, deferred contract acquisition costs, current, and deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent. The only significant impact from adoption relates to the capitalization and amortization of certain incremental costs of obtaining customer contracts. Previously, such costs were expensed in the period the related customer contracts were obtained.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying Topic 606 as an adjustment to retained earnings in the balance sheet as of January 1, 2019:

 

     As of January 1, 2019  
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adoption
    As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

      

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

   $     $ 5,023     $ 5,023  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

           7,048       7,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

           12,071       12,071  

Liabilities and Equity

      

Deferred revenue, current

     35,050       89       35,139  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     506             506  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

     35,556       89       35,645  

Stockholders’ Deficit

     (157,960     (11,982     (169,942

The following table compares the reported consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, to the amounts had Topic 605 been in effect:

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Per Prior
Accounting
Policies
    Impact from
Adoption
    As Adjusted  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

      

Deferred contract acquisition costs, current

   $     $ 5,571     $ 5,571  

Deferred contract acquisition costs, noncurrent

           8,471       8,471  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

           14,042       14,042  

Liabilities

      

Deferred revenue, current

     44,287       154       44,441  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     458             458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

     44,745       154       44,899  

Stockholders’ Deficit

     (157,320     (13,888     (171,208

The following table compares the reported consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, to the amounts had Topic 605 been in effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Per Prior
Accounting
Policies
    Impact from
Adoption
    As Adjusted  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 89,200     $ (67   $ 89,133  

Gross profit

     62,059       (67     61,992  

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     49,744       (1,971     47,773  

Total operating expenses

     80,064       (1,971     78,093  

Income (loss) from operations

     (18,005     1,904       (16,101

Net loss

     (19,431     1,904       (17,527

Basic and diluted net loss per share

     (3.90     0.22       (3.68

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The adoption of Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40 did not have a material impact on our statements of cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows Topic 230: Restricted Cash (Topic 230). The guidance requires restricted cash be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the total beginning and ending amounts on the statement of cash flows. The guidance also requires companies who report cash and restricted cash separately on the balance sheet to reconcile those amounts to the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted Topic 230 as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the retrospective method of transition. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation Topic 718: Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. This standard is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than the adoption date of Topic 606. The Company adopted Topic 718 as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The standard eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as part of the FASB’s disclosure framework project. The Company adopted the standard beginning in fiscal year 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The standard provides new authoritative guidance addressing eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice in how certain transactions are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted the standard beginning in fiscal year 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments Topic 326: Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326), which requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model to estimate its lifetime “expected credit loss” and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. This guidance also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. Topic 326 is effective for the Company beginning fiscal year 2023. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 Topic 842: Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the guidance in ASC 840: Leases. This standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similarly to existing guidance for operating leases today. Under the standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company will be required to recognize and measure leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented using a modified retrospective approach, with certain practical expedients available. For public companies, Topic 842 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period that allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as the Company remains an “emerging growth company,” the new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and is required to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard and currently believes the most significant impact upon adoption will be the recognition of material right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets associated with operating leases.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard is effective for the Company beginning fiscal year 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes Topic 740: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing a variety of exceptions within the framework of ASC 740. These exceptions include the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation in the event of a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items (such as other comprehensive income), and the exception to using general methodology for the interim period tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. The standard is effective for the Company beginning fiscal year 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments consist primarily of money market funds and certificates of deposit, which are carried at fair value. The Company had $3.3 million, $16.4 million and $41.5 million (unaudited) of money market funds included within cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively. Certificates of deposit

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

included within short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets were $2.0 million, $5.0 million and $5.0 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively.

We review the individual securities that have unrealized losses on a regular basis to evaluate whether or not any security has experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value. We evaluate, among other factors, whether we have the intention to sell any of these short-term investments and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell any of them before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Based on the available evidence, we concluded there were no material unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited). There were no realized gains or losses from available-for-sale securities that were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

All of our short-term investments as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited) mature within one year.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s investment portfolio consists of money market funds and certificates of deposit, which are carried at fair value. The Company has determined the carrying value to be equal to the fair value and has classified these investments as Level 1 financial instruments. Refer to Note 2, Short-Term Investments, for more information regarding the balances of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited). There were no transfers of financial instruments between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the periods presented.

4. Consolidated Balance Sheet Components

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
 
     2018     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Computer, equipment and software

   $ 19,181     $ 18,071     $ 22,493  

Furniture and fixtures

     793       1,089       1,092  

Leasehold improvements

     3,493       3,728       3,729  

Property and equipment, gross

     23,467       22,888       27,314  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (17,791     (17,518     (19,428
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 5,676     $ 5,370     $ 7,886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $2.0 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.7 million (unaudited) and $1.9 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                  

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Accrued bonus

   $ 2,326      $ 2,458      $ 1,363  

Accrued sales tax

     2,151        1,038        162  

Accrued vacation

     1,617        1,832        2,584  

Accrued commissions

     1,179        1,822        3,143  

Other

     4,320        4,222        6,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

   $ 11,593      $ 11,372      $ 14,084  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Long-term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
         2018              2019          2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred rent liabilities

   $ 3,523      $ 3,119      $ 2,695  

Deferred revenue

     506        458        845  

Other

     193        323        323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

   $ 4,222      $ 3,900      $ 3,863  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Revolving line of credit

   $ 18,850      $ 22,350      $ 22,350  

Equipment loan agreements

     420        236        273  

Capital leases

     1,806        1,479        3,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     21,076        24,065        26,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Current maturities

     1,118        1,007        1,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 19,958      $ 23,058      $ 24,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revolving Line of Credit

The Company has a revolving line of credit with a financing institution, which provides the Company the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million with a letter of credit sublimit of $3.9 million. The

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

revolving line of credit has a maturity date of January 31, 2020. The revolving line of credit is secured by a security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets and is subject to certain financial covenants. Interest on the revolving line of credit is Prime Rate plus 0.50%. The Prime Rates as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019 and 2020 were 5.50%, 4.75%, 5.00% (unaudited) and 3.25% (unaudited), respectively. In January 2018, at the time the Company entered into the lease for the United States headquarters, the financing institution issued a standby letter of credit of $2.0 million as a guarantee for the leased space.

In July 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement to extend the maturity date of its revolving line of credit to July 31, 2022 and has therefore classified the revolving line of credit as long-term debt. Refer to Note 12, Subsequent Events, for additional information regarding the maturity date extension.

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of, and during the years ended, December 31, 2018 and 2019 and as of, and during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited).

Equipment Loan Agreements

The Company has entered into various equipment loan agreements that allow the Company to obtain financing to purchase equipment. Borrowings are secured by the equipment purchased. The equipment loan agreements are repaid over 36 months beginning from the date of the advance at an interest rate ranging from 7.5% to 10.1%.

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, future payments under the revolving line of credit and the equipment loan agreements, excluding capital lease obligations, are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of September 30,  
     2019      2020  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 156      $ 50  

2021

     77        135  

2022

     22,353        22,416  

2023

            22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total payments

   $ 22,586      $ 22,623  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease our office facilities in the United States, the United Kingdom, Singapore and Australia under noncancelable agreements that expire at various dates through January 2025. Rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $3.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, rent expense was $2.3 million (unaudited) and $2.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Future minimum payments related to operating leases as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 2,774  

2021

     2,848  

2022

     2,547  

2023

     2,430  

2024

     2,375  

Thereafter

     1,827  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments

   $ 14,801  
  

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2020, there were no material changes to the Company’s future minimum payments related to operating leases.

Capital Leases

The Company has entered into various noncancelable capital lease agreements for its equipment with lease periods expiring between 2020 and 2023. As of December 31, 2019, future minimum lease payments under noncancelable capital leases are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019  
     (in thousands)  

2020

   $ 963  

2021

     564  

2022

     112  

2023

     2  
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     1,641  

Less: Amount representing interest

     162  
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

   $ 1,479  
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

The Company has agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as the Company’s director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer insurance coverage that may enable the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.

FASB ASC 450-20, Contingencies, sets forth the rules for accounting for uncertain tax positions for taxes not based on income. When a loss contingency exists, the likelihood of the incurrence of the liability can range from probable to remote. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that a loss will result from the sales and use tax assessment in the range of zero to $1.1 million. The Company has not recorded an accrual as of December 31, 2019 or as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject from time to time to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes or claims. Although we cannot predict with assurance the outcome of any litigation, we do not believe there are currently any such actions that, if resolved unfavorably, would have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

7. Convertible Preferred Stock, Stockholders’ Deficit and Equity Incentive Plan

(a) Class A-1 and Class A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock

Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class A-1

     5,177,652       
5,177,652
 
   $ 54,379  

Class A-2

     16,671,163        16,505,372        48,395  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     21,848,815        21,683,024      $    102,774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class A-1

     5,177,655        5,177,654      $ 54,379  

Class A-2

     16,522,290        16,505,894        48,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     21,699,945        21,683,548      $    102,776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class A-1

     5,177,655        5,177,654      $ 54,379  

Class A-2

     16,522,290        16,505,894        48,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     21,699,945        21,683,548      $    102,776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:

Dividend Rights – Holders of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are not entitled to preferential rights to dividends. After payment of dividends on the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company may declare and distribute, in such year, dividends on a pro rata basis among the holders of all classes of preferred stock and common stock based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, determined on an as-if-converted basis. To date, no dividends have been declared.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Conversion Rights – Each share of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of shares of common stock, which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share for each class by the applicable conversion price per share for such class. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the conversion price per share of each class was equal to the original issue price of such class, and therefore, the conversion ratio for each class was 1:1.

Shares of Class A-1 and A-2 convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, at the then-effective conversion price, upon the closing of the Company’s first initial public offering on either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market at a price per share of common stock equal to or above $14.4951 and generating aggregate net proceeds for the Company of not less than $50.0 million.

Liquidation Preference – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, holders of shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock, together with certain employees and other common stockholders of the Company, are entitled to $135.0 million in “junior preference” amount after the satisfaction in full of all Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock preference amounts (see Note 7(b) for the senior preferences of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock). A change of control of the Company is deemed to be a liquidation for purposes of the liquidation preference of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock.

The $135.0 million in junior preference amount is distributed as follows: (a) $10.5026 and $2.9321 per share for each outstanding share of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock (the Class A-1 and Class A-2 original issue price, respectively), (b) $25.7 million to certain employees participating in the Company’s 2016 Bonus Plan, as amended and (c) an amount per share of common stock calculated as: the sum of (i) $6.1 million, plus an amount equal to the Class A-1 and Class A-2 original issue price multiplied by the number of shares, if any, of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock that have been converted into shares of common stock or reacquired by the Company, plus the amount, if any, to which payments under the Company’s 2016 Bonus Plan, as amended, are less than $25.7 million, divided by (ii) the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus all shares issuable upon exercise of all outstanding rights to acquire shares of common stock (excluding all shares of preferred stock and any rights to acquire common stock with an exercise or conversion price above the value of the consideration payable to the holders of such rights with respect to the underlying shares). If, following a distribution to the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, there remains less than $135.0 million in assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, each of the amounts payable under the junior preference amount detailed above shall be proportionately reduced. In addition, holders of shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive additional amounts to the extent that the amounts payable if all shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock were converted into common stock immediately prior to the relevant liquidation event would exceed the amounts otherwise payable pursuant to the liquidation preferences of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock.

Voting Rights – The holders of outstanding shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled, voting together as a single class, to elect one director of the Company. The holders of outstanding shares of Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such class of convertible preferred stock is then convertible. Preferred stockholders vote together with common

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

stockholders as a single class upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a preferred stock class vote.

Redemption – The shares of Class A-1 and A-2 convertible preferred stock do not contain any date-certain redemption features.

(b) Class B and Class B-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable at any time on or after April 12, 2022 and October 12, 2024, respectively. As a result of the contingent redemption feature, the Company has classified Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock within mezzanine equity and will evaluate the redemption contingency at each reporting period, reclassifying the instrument to a liability when the contingency is resolved and the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock becomes mandatorily redeemable. The Company elected to recognize changes in the future redemption value immediately as they occur, adjusting the carrying value of Class B and Class B-1 preferred stock to the redemption value at the end of each reporting period as if it were the redemption date. The Company recognized zero and $10.0 million related to a change in redemption value for Class B-1 preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company recognized $7.5 million (unaudited) and zero (unaudited) related to a change in redemption value for Class B-1 preferred stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Class B and Class B-1 redeemable preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class B

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $ 35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $    35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class B

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $ 35,000  

Class B-1

     2,310,067        2,310,067        35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,543,918        5,543,918      $    70,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Designated
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Class B

     3,233,851        3,233,851      $ 35,000  

Class B-1

     2,310,067        2,310,067        35,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,543,918        5,543,918      $    70,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The holders of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:

Dividend Rights – Holders of shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% of the Class B original issuance price of $7.73072 per share per annum from the date of the original issuance of such share. Holders of shares of Class B-1 preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the Class B-1 original issuance price of $10.8222 per share per annum from the date of the original issuance of such share. Dividends shall accrue from day to day from the date of issuance of such preferred stock whether or not declared and shall be cumulative. After payment of dividends on the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company may declare and distribute, in such year, dividends on a pro rata basis among the holders of all classes of preferred stock and common stock based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, determined on an as-if-converted basis. No dividends have been declared or paid since the issuance of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Conversion Rights – Each share of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into a number of shares of common stock, which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share for each class by the applicable conversion price per share for such class. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the conversion price per share of each class was equal to the original issue price of such class, and therefore, the conversion ratio was 1:1.

Shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, at the then-effective conversion price, upon the closing of the Company’s first initial public offering on either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market at a price per share of common stock equal to or above $14.4951 for the Class B preferred stock and $19.9357 for the Class B-1 preferred stock, and generating aggregate net proceeds for the Company of not less than $50.0 million.

If an initial public offering does not meet the conditions outlined in the paragraph above as a result of the offering price per share of common stock being less than $14.4951 with respect to the Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock or $19.9357 with respect to the Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, each share of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at a conversion price which provides the holders of such share of Class B or Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with a number shares of common stock equal in value to the value such holder would have received had the offering been made at a price per share of common stock equal to $14.4951 and $19.9357, respectively, subject to certain adjustments.

Liquidation Preference – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, holders of shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to preferences over all other classes of stock. Upon such an event, holders of shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid, in cash, an amount per share of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to the sum of $7.73072 plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock (such sum, the Class B preference amount). However, the Class B preference amount must be at least equal

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

to a minimum of $10.8230 per share (subject to reduction for certain other amounts received by holders of shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock with respect to other shares of capital stock of the Company). Holders of shares of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid, in cash, an amount per share of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to the greater of (a) $15.15108 and (b) $10.8222, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of redeemable convertible Class B-1 preferred stock (such sum, the Class B-1 preference amount), plus the amounts described in the next following sentence, in each case subject to reduction for certain amounts received by holders of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with respect to other shares of capital stock of the Company. In addition, holders of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate on an as-converted basis in amounts distributable in respect of the common stock, in the case of the Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock only in the event the amounts distributable on account thereof would exceed $15.15108 per share of Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. A change of control of the Company is deemed to be a liquidation for purposes of the liquidation preferences of the Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Voting Rights – The holders of outstanding shares of Class B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director of the Company. The holders of outstanding shares of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of such class of redeemable convertible preferred stock are then convertible. Preferred stockholders vote together with common stockholders as a single class upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a preferred stock class vote.

Redemption – At any time on or after April 12, 2022 or October 12, 2024, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B or Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively, may elect to have any or all of the then-outstanding shares of such class redeemed, provided that any such redemption will be for at least 25% of the then-outstanding shares of such class and only one such election may be made within any 12-month period for each class.

The redemption price for each share of Class B and Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will be, at the election of the Company, an amount equal to (a) the Class B preference amount or the Class B-1 preference amount, as applicable, or (b) the fair market value of the Class B preference amount or the Class B-1 preference amount of each share, as applicable, plus each such share’s residual value pursuant to the distribution provisions applicable to each such class in liquidation.

If any shares of Class B or Class B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are not redeemed within six months of the redemption date for any reason, all such unredeemed shares will remain outstanding and be entitled to all rights, preferences and privileges, and the Company will be required to pay interest on the redemption price applicable to such unredeemed shares at an aggregate per annum rate equal to six percent (increased by one-half percent at the end of each six-month period thereafter until the redemption price, and any interest thereon, is paid in full), with such interest to accrue daily in arrears and to be compounded annually.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Common Stock

We have the following shares of common stock reserved for future issuance:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     24,916,875        27,227,466        27,227,466  

Outstanding stock options

     9,552,715        9,390,407        9,571,814  

Remaining shares available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan

     535,601        425,499        455,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock reserved

     35,005,191        37,043,372        37,255,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan

In January 1998, November 1999, and March 2000, the Company authorized the 1998, 1999, and 2000 Stock Option Plans (collectively, the Plans) under which the Board of Directors may issue incentive stock options (ISOs) and nonqualified stock options (NSOs). During 2009, the 1999 and 1998 Stock Option Plans expired.

In June 2014, the Company authorized the 2014 Stock Option Plan (the 2014 Plan) under which the Board of Directors may issue ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards to employees, directors, and consultants. All shares cancelled or forfeited under the 2000 Plan are consolidated into the 2014 Plan. Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant up to 6,381,215 shares. The Board of Directors approved an increase to the share reserve under the 2014 Plan by an additional 1,200,000 shares in September 2014 and 1,850,000 in January 2016.

Options may be granted with exercise prices at no less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. ISOs and NSOs granted under the 2014 Plan generally will vest 25% after the completion of one year of service and then vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of service and expire ten years from the grant date. NSOs vest according to the specific agreement and expire ten years from the date of grant.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of stock option activity under our equity incentive plan and related information is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Outstanding
Stock Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     8,046,759     $ 1.91        6.4      $ 2,340,371  

Granted

     2,443,707       2.38        

Exercised

     (516,426     0.73           889,830  

Cancelled/forfeited/expired

     (421,325     1.93        
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     9,552,715       2.09        6.5        3,467,759  

Granted

     910,598       2.73        

Exercised

     (272,410     1.58           305,733  

Cancelled/forfeited/expired

     (800,496     2.25        
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     9,390,407       2.16        5.9        2,322,646  

Granted

     2,506,211       3.40        

Exercised

     (1,788,174     1.87           3,784,969  

Cancelled/forfeited/expired

     (536,630     2.28        
  

 

 

         

Balance as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     9,571,814       2.52        6.6        82,884,745  
  

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable:

          

December 31, 2018

     5,892,502       1.97        5.2        2,860,966  

December 31, 2019

     7,018,919       2.04        5.1        2,195,776  

September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     5,970,634       2.16        5.1        53,839,920  

Vested and expected to vest:

          

December 31, 2018

     8,825,265       2.08        6.3        3,305,733  

December 31, 2019

     8,924,091       2.13        5.7        2,276,017  

September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

       8,644,891       2.43        6.3        75,622,017  

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $1.27 and $1.19, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 was $1.32 (unaudited) and $1.65 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2019, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options was $2.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. As of September 30, 2020, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options was $3.8 million (unaudited), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years (unaudited).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Black-Scholes assumptions used to value the employee options at the grant dates are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
     2018   2019   2020
             (unaudited)

Fair value of common stock

   $2.15 - $2.44   $2.32 - $3.15   $2.32 - $7.97

Risk-free interest rate

   2.7% - 3.0%   1.5% - 2.5%   0.4% - 1.7%

Expected term (years)

   6.25   6.25   6.25

Expected volatility

   51.5% - 58.0%   40.7% - 51.5%   41.6% - 62.0%

Expected dividend yield

   0.00   0.00   0.00

These assumptions and estimates were determined as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. As our common stock is not publicly traded, the fair value was determined by our board of directors, with input from management and valuation reports prepared by independent third-party valuation firms. Stock-based compensation for financial reporting purposes is measured based on updated estimates of fair value when appropriate, such as when additional relevant information related to the estimate becomes available in a valuation report issued as of a subsequent date.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Our historical stock option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to a lack of sufficient data. For stock options granted to employees, we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For stock options granted to nonemployees, the expected term equals the contractual term of the option.

 

   

Expected Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers, consisting of several public companies in our industry that are either similar in size, stage of life cycle or financial leverage, over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, an expected dividend yield of zero percent was used.

Restricted Stock Award Unit Award with Conditions

In June 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of 187,500 restricted stock units to an executive officer with a grant date fair value of $0.5 million. The award provided that the restricted stock units would vest based on the satisfaction of both of two conditions before the expiration date: (i) satisfaction of a service condition of one year and (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event defined as a change of control or an initial public offering. These restricted stock units have not yet vested as the requisite conditions have not yet occurred. The grant date fair value of the awards will be recognized as compensation expense once the performance criteria are probable. No expense

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

has been recorded for these shares as the achievement of the performance criteria is not probable. No monetary payment is required as a condition to receiving the shares of stock. The restricted stock units expire if not vested on or before June 17, 2021.

Stock-Based Compensation

The stock-based compensation expense by line item in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2018              2019              2019              2020      
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

           

Subscription and other platform

   $ 80      $ 97      $ 73      $ 78  

Professional services

     13        50        46        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     93        147        119        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

     633        915        454        450  

Research and development

     218        197        155        189  

General and administrative

     516        739        586        720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,460      $ 1,998      $ 1,314      $ 1,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with an equipment financing agreement entered into in 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of its Class A-2 convertible preferred stock. The Company estimated the fair value of the issued warrants on the date of issuance using a Black-Scholes valuation model, and the value has been amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the related financing. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 37,219, zero and zero (unaudited) shares of Class A-2 preferred stock, respectively. Warrants to purchase zero and 524 shares of the preferred stock were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Warrants to purchase 524 (unaudited) and zero (unaudited) shares of the preferred stock were exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

8. Income Taxes

The components of the loss before the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      
     (in thousands)  

Domestic

   $ (17,847    $ (18,086

Foreign

     454        914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (17,393    $ (17,172
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018              2019      
     (in thousands)  

Current

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     16        24  

Foreign

     182        331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     198        355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

     

Federal

             

State

             

Foreign

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 198      $ 355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2018             2019      
     (in thousands)  

Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (3,744   $ (3,470

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     16       24  

Foreign income and withholding taxes

     24       (22

Expenses from resolution of certain tax audits and expiration of statute of limitations

     (31     (16

Stock-based compensation

     230       258  

Expired attributes

     1,036       846  

Change in valuation allowance

     2,707       (3

Research and development credits

     (297     (72

Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income

     116       176  

Adoption of accounting principles

           2,464  

Other

     141       170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198     $ 355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act), foreign accumulated earnings that were subject to the mandatory transition tax as of December 31, 2017, can be repatriated to the U.S. without incurring further U.S. federal tax. The Tax Act moves towards a modified territorial tax system through the provision of a 100% dividend received deduction for the foreign-source portions of dividends received from controlled foreign subsidiaries. As a result, we continue to evaluate the indefinite reinvestment assertions with regard to unremitted earnings for certain of our foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2019, the total undistributed earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries were approximately $1.4 million. Historically, we have asserted our intention to indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The unrecognized deferred tax liability on the portion of the undistributed earnings considered indefinitely reinvested is not material.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes result from differences in the recognition of expenses for tax and financial reporting purposes, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Significant components of our deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses and others

   $ 2,575     $ 3,503  

Stock-based compensation

     958       1,118  

Net operating losses

     22,978       24,770  

Tax credit carryforwards

     5,827       6,334  

Fixed assets

     93       172  

Interest expense

     248       492  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     32,679       36,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (32,356     (32,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 323     $ 3,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Section 481(a) adjustment

   $ (323   $ (215

Deferred commissions

           (3,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (323   $ (3,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized; accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established on U.S. net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104.1 million for federal income tax purposes, of which a portion will begin to expire in 2020 if unused. As a result of Tax Act, $19.1 million of the federal net operating loss carryovers will carryover indefinitely and losses are limited to 80% of taxable income. We had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $49.1 million for state income tax purposes, which will begin to expire in the year 2023 if unused.

As of December 31, 2019, we also had research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $4.1 million for federal income tax and $4.8 million for state income tax purposes. The federal research and development tax credit will begin to expire in 2020 if unused. State research and development tax credits carryforward indefinitely.

The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar provisions under state law. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be used in any given year in the event of special occurrences, including significant ownership changes. The Company has not performed a separate analysis as of December 31, 2019. Any limitation may result in expiration of all or a portion of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We comply with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in financial statements of any uncertain tax positions that have been taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. This pronouncement sets a “more likely than not” criterion for recognizing the tax benefit of uncertain tax positions. We do not anticipate any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of total unrecognized tax position is as follows:

 

     Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2017

   $ 1,746  

Increases related to current years’ tax positions

     352  

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (37
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     2,061  

Increases related to current years’ tax positions

     187  

Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (42
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 2,206  
  

 

 

 

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we recognized no interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. There are no tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date. If recognized, $0.2 million would affect our effective tax rate.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions and various foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2019, all of the years remain open to examination by the federal and state tax authorities for three or four years from the tax year in which net operating losses or tax credits are utilized. There have been no examinations of our income tax returns by any tax authority.

The adoption of Topic 606 impacted the timing in which we recognize the expense related to commissions. As a result, we reduced our deferred tax assets by $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, which was fully offset by a valuation allowance.

The adoption of ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, impacted recognition of net operating losses associated with stock-based compensation deductions. As a result, we increased our deferred tax assets by $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, which was fully offset by a valuation allowance.

Income Taxes – Interim (unaudited)

The Company’s tax provision from income taxes for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any. Each quarter the Company

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate and makes a year-to-date adjustment to the provision. The Company recorded a provision for income taxes of $0.0 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company regularly performs an assessment on the likelihood of realizing benefits of its deferred tax assets. As of September 30, 2020, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets based on available evidence. However, if there are favorable changes to actual operating results or to projections of future income, the Company may determine that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets may be realizable.

Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, tax credits and other attributes may be subject to future annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.

9. Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Basic earnings per share:

                    

Net income (loss)

   $          (17,591   $          (17,527   $          (14,069   $          11,248  

Less: Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

                 (10,047        (7,547         

Less: Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

        (3,025        (4,774        (3,328        (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

        (20,616        (32,348        (24,944        7,029  

Income available to participating securities

                                   (5,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

        (20,616        (32,348        (24,944        1,854  

Weighted average common stock outstanding

        8,241,522          8,788,628          8,753,855          9,755,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share of common stock

   $          (2.50   $          (3.68)     $          (2.85   $          0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (17,591   $ (17,527   $ (14,069   $ 11,248  

Less: Change in Class B-1 preferred stock redemption value

           (10,047     (7,547      

Less: Cumulative preferred dividends allocated to preferred stockholders

     (3,025     (4,774     (3,328     (4,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     (20,616     (32,348     (24,944     7,029  

Reallocation of earnings to participating securities considering potentially dilutive securities

                       (4,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

     (20,616     (32,348     (24,944     2,320  

Weighted average common stock outstanding

     8,241,522       8,788,628       8,753,855       9,755,373  

Weighted average dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

                       3,662,032  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common shares

       8,241,522         8,788,628         8,753,855       13,417,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share of common stock

   $ (2.50   $ (3.68   $ (2.85   $ 0.17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     24,916,875        27,227,466        27,227,466         

Outstanding stock options

     9,552,715        9,390,407        9,586,216        63,498  

Outstanding warrants

     37,219               8,459         

Restricted stock units

     187,500        187,500        187,500         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total antidilutive securities

     34,694,309        36,805,373        37,009,641               63,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

We have presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, which has been computed to give effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later. The pro forma net income per share does not include shares being offered in the assumed IPO.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2020
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Numerator:

     

Net income attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed vesting of the RSUs with service condition satisfied

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

   $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains a retirement savings plan, or the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants may contribute up to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. The 401(k) plan allows the Company to make matching contributions and profit-sharing contributions to eligible participants. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company began making contributions of less than $1,000 per year to eligible participants. The 401(k) Plan provides for automatic salary deferrals of 3% of compensation with a 1% escalator each year. Participants are permitted to waive the automatic deferral provision. All participants’ deferrals, rollovers and matching contributions are 100% vested when contributed.

11. Related Party Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and 2020 (unaudited), we incurred engineering and quality assurance costs from a third-party vendor. The Chief Executive Officer of the third-party vendor is considered an immediate family member of ON24’s Chief Technology Officer. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, we recorded $1.5 million, $1.5 million, $1.1 million (unaudited) and $1.2 million (unaudited), respectively, in research and development expense on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for such engineering and quality assurance costs. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, amounts owed of

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ON24, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

$0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million (unaudited), respectively, were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company was issued promissory notes by each of a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the Director Note) and the Chief Executive Officer (the Officer Note) to exercise stock options. As of September 30, 2020, the principal amounts of $0.2 million (unaudited) and $0.2 million (unaudited) related to the Director Note and the Officer Note, respectively, were included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 12, Subsequent Events, for additional information regarding the promissory notes issued.

12. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through October 27, 2020, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

In January 2020, the Board of Directors approved an increase of 2,000,000 shares to the share reserve under the 2014 Stock Option Plan.

In February 2020, the Company was issued the Director Note in the principal amount of $0.2 million by a member of the Company’s Board of Directors to exercise stock options. The principal amount due under the Director Note bears interest at the rate of 2.07% per annum, and the Board Note permits repayment in whole or in part at any time without penalty. The Director Note is secured by such individual’s shares of common stock.

In February 2020, the Company was issued the Officer Note in the principal amount of $0.2 million by the Chief Executive Officer to exercise stock options. The principal amount due under the Officer Note bears interest at the rate of 2.07% per annum, and the Officer Note permits repayment in whole or in part at any time without penalty. The Officer Note is secured by such individual’s shares of common stock.

In July 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement to extend the maturity date of its existing revolving line of credit to July 31, 2022. Other than the extension of the maturity date the terms of the revolving line of credit agreement are substantially similar to those of the facility before the amendment.

In October 2020, the Company established a new subsidiary in Japan, ON24 Japan GK. The new subsidiary will support the expansion of our sales effort in the APAC region.

In October 2020, the Board of Directors approved an increase of 3,000,000 shares to the share reserve under the 2014 Stock Option Plan.

13. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

In preparing the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2020 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through December 7, 2020, the date at which the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

In November 2020, the member of the Company’s Board of Directors repaid the Director Note principal balance of $0.2 million and an immaterial amount of accrued interest.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

ON24, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   KeyBanc Capital Markets

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by ON24, Inc. (the “Registrant”), other than the underwriting discount, upon closing of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,910  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Exchange listing fee

         *  

Printing and engraving expenses

         *  

Legal fees and expenses

         *  

Accounting fees and expenses

         *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         *  

Miscellaneous expenses

         *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                 *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering requires the Registrant to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that the Registrant will indemnify its directors and officers and permit the Registrant to indemnify its employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers, whereby it has agreed to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Registrant. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

The Registrant maintains insurance policies that indemnify its directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2018, the Registrant has issued the following unregistered securities:

(a) Sales of Class B-1 Preferred Stock

In April 2019, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 2,310,067 shares of its Class B-1 convertible preferred stock to an investor at a purchase price of $10.82 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $25.0 million.

No broker-dealers were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to the Registrant in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

From January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020, the Registrant granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 8,444,452 shares of its common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $2.15 to $14.42 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $6.1181, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The registrant has also issued 2,731,606 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options under the 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2014 Plan from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2020.

The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with the Registrant’s employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a)

Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective immediately prior to closing of this offering.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective immediately prior to closing of this offering.
  5.1 *    Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US).
10.1 +    ON24, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
10.2 +    ON24, Inc. 2014 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
10.3 +*    ON24, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and form of stock option agreement thereunder.
10.4 +    ON24, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5 +    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.6 +    Form of Offer Letter between the Registrant and certain of its executive officers.
10.7 +    Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 12, 2019, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
10.8 +    Form of Executive Severance Agreement
10.9    Office Lease Agreement, dated January 2, 2018, by and between the Registrant and 50 Beale Street, LLC.
10.10    Fifth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 16, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Comerica Bank.
10.11    Consulting Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and InfoHorizon, LLC, and the related Statement of Work Number One, dated July 1, 2010.
10.12    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this registration statement).

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

  (b)

Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on the 8th day of January, 2021.

 

ON24, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Sharat Sharan

  Sharat Sharan
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sharat Sharan and Steven Vattuone, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and to act in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of ON24, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated hereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sharat Sharan

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  January 8, 2021
Sharat Sharan  

/s/ Steven Vattuone

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 8, 2021

Steven Vattuone  

/s/ Irwin Federman

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Irwin Federman  

/s/ Denise Persson

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Denise Persson  

/s/ Holger Staude

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Holger Staude  

/s/ Dominique Trempont

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Dominique Trempont  

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

  

Director

 

January 8, 2021

Barry Zwarenstein  

Exhibit 1.1

ON24, Inc.

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

_______________, 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.,

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282-2198.

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

383 Madison Avenue,

New York, New York 10179.

c/o KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.,

127 Public Square,

Cleveland, Ohio 44114.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares (the “Optional Shares”) of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Stock”) of the Company (the Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof being collectively called the “Shares”).

1. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[•]) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration


Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(c) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(b) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•:••] [a.m./p.m.] (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

 

-2-


(d) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule II(b) hereto;

(e) (i) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(f) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus ;

(g) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them (other than with respect to Intellectual Property, title to which is addressed exclusively in subsection (w)), in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them, to the Company’s knowledge, under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally; (ii) the application of general principles of equity (including without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness,

 

-3-


good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (iii) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution) with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(h) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each subsidiary of the Company has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(i) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock and equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(j) The Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been waived in writing;

(k) The issue and sale of the Shares and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, except, in the case of this clause (A) for such defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of this clause (C) for such defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or regulatory body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

 

-4-


(l) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, and under the captions “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(n) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

(o) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(p) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(q) KPMG LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(r) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is

 

-5-


compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(s) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(t) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(u) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(v) There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any of securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act except as have been validly waived or complied with;

(w)

(i) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus to the Company’s knowledge, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all: patents (together with any reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, renewals, extensions, counterparts and reexaminations thereof), patent applications (including provisional applications), discoveries and inventions; trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, Internet domain names and other indicia of origin and all registrations and applications therefor; rights in published and unpublished works of authorship, whether copyrightable or not (including software, website content and related documentation), and copyrights and all registrations and applications therefor; licenses; trade secrets, know-how and other confidential or proprietary information, including systems, procedures, methods, technologies, algorithms, designs, data, unpatentable discoveries and inventions and any other information meeting the definition of a trade secret under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act or similar laws (“Trade Secrets”) and other technology and intellectual property rights, including the right to sue for past, present and future infringement, misappropriation or dilution of any of the same (collectively, “Intellectual Property”), owned or used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted (the “Company Intellectual Property”). The Company or its subsidiaries exclusively own all material Company Intellectual Property purported to be owned by the Company or its subsidiaries.

(ii) To the Company’s knowledge, the conduct of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ respective businesses has not violated, infringed, misappropriated or conflicted with any Intellectual Property rights of others in any material respect. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no third parties who have ownership

 

-6-


rights or rights to use any Company Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for (A) any retained rights of the owners of Intellectual Property that is licensed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (B) the non-exclusive rights of customers and strategic and channel partners to use the Company Intellectual Property, under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries have granted valid licenses to such customers and partners, in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, and except where the outcome of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) there is no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any of the Company Intellectual Property, (B) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any of the Company Intellectual Property, (C) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others or (D) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that a third party infringes or misappropriates any of the Company Intellectual Property. To the Company’s knowledge, no Intellectual Property has been obtained or is being used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in material violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons;

(iii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps necessary to secure their interests in the Intellectual Property developed by their employees, consultants, agents and contractors in the course of their service to the Company. Such steps include the execution of valid Intellectual Property assignment and non-disclosure agreements for the benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries by their respective employees, consultants, agents and contractors, with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the Company’s rights in such Intellectual Property. There are no outstanding options, licenses or binding agreements of any kind relating to the Company Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects. The Company and its subsidiaries are not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or binding agreements with respect to any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects. No government funding, facilities or resources of a university, college, other educational institution or research center or funding from third parties was used in the development of any Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no governmental agency or body, university, college, other educational institution or research center has any claim or right in or to any Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all material Trade Secrets and other confidential information owned, used or held for use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iv) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have used all software (including source code) and other materials that are distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model or under a license which, by its terms, (A) does not prohibit licensees of such software from licensing or otherwise distributing such

 

-7-


software in source code form, (B) does not prohibit licensees of such software from making modifications thereof, and (C) does not require a royalty or other payment for the licensing or other distribution, or the modification, of such software (other than a reasonable charge to compensate the provider for the cost of providing a copy thereof), including software distributed under the GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License, GNU Affero General Public License, New BSD License, MIT License, Common Public License and other licenses approved as Open Source licenses under the Open Source Definition of the Open Source Initiative (“Open Source Materials”), in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Materials. Other than as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, no products or services sold, licensed, conveyed or distributed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or software used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the provision of such products or services, incorporate, contain, are combined with, or are derived from any Open Source Material. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has used or distributed any Open Source Materials in a manner that requires or has required (X) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any material products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any material software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (Y) any material products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any material software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to be (I) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (II) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (III) redistributed at no charge or minimal charge;

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries have (A) operated and currently operate their respective businesses in a manner compliant in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, all contractual obligations and all Company policies (internal and posted) related to privacy and data security applicable to the Company’s, and its subsidiaries’, collection, use, processing, handling, transfer, transmission, storage, disclosure and/or disposal of the data of their respective customers, employees and other third parties (the “Privacy and Data Security Requirements”) and (B) implemented, monitored and have been and are in material compliance with, applicable administrative, technical and physical safeguards and policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with Privacy and Data Security Requirements and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company and except as described in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no material loss or unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or breach of security of customer, employee or third party data maintained by or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has notified, has been required to notify pursuant to its Privacy and Data Security Requirements, nor has the current intention to notify, any customer, governmental entity or the media of any such event with regard to any material data breach;

(y) The Company and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, and, to the knowledge of the Company, are free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards designed to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there have been (i) no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or access to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability, and (ii) no material incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same;

 

-8-


(z) (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person while “associated with” (as that term is defined in the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom) or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (A) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense or taken any act in furtherance thereof; (B) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (C) violated or is in violation of any applicable provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted and maintained and continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (iii) neither the Company nor its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws;

(aa) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(bb) (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions (including, but not limited to, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea, collective “Sanctioned Countries”), and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (A) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions or a Sanctioned Country, respectively, or (B) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; and (ii) for the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in and will not knowingly engage in any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions or a Sanctioned Country, respectively;

 

-9-


(cc) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

(dd) Any statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources;

(ee) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all taxes due thereon. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Company does not have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies;

(ff) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(gg) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused it to believe that the forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus have been made other than on a reasonable basis and in good faith;

(hh) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action that was designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares;

(ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has issued or guaranteed any debt securities that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act;

(jj) With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any

 

-10-


required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company presented in the Registration Statement;

(kk) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Code) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA); (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (ix) hereof, as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ll) No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company;

 

-11-


(mm) No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party;

(nn) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received written notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice; (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company or its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws;

(oo) None of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock; and

(pp) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or earlier, if required by applicable provisions), it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in

 

-12-


clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(k) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, 1870 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the office of DTC or its designated custodian, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [•:••] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the

 

-13-


parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

The Company hereby confirms its engagement of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. as, and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. hereby confirms its agreement with the Company to render services as, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121 with respect to the offering and sale of the Shares. KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., solely in its capacity as the qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred to herein as the “QIU.”

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act related to the offering of the Shares , or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act related to the offering of the Shares or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package (if copies of the Prospectus have not yet been furnished to the Underwriters) or the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Pricing

 

-14-


Disclosure Package or Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or a supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, lend, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, loan, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans, as described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus, existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement, (B) Shares issued as a bona fide gift to a charitable organization provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (C) Shares issued in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, provided that, in the case of clause (B), the value at issuance of any such Shares, calculated based on the initial public offering price, shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate, provided further that, in the case of clause (C), the aggregate number of shares of Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clause (C) shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement and provided further that, in the case of clause (C), the Company shall cause the recipient of such securities to (a) execute and deliver to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement on substantially the same terms as the lock-up agreements referenced in Section 8(i) hereof to the extent not already executed and delivered by such recipient as of the date hereof and (b) enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities with respect to all recipients of such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC) without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC;

 

-15-


(e)(2) If Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 8(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex II hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail, provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(f) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission) , provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(g) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3(a)(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 C.F.R. 202.3a);

 

-16-


(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred;

(m) To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery; and

(n) Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) or, after December 8, 2020, (a)(9), (a)(12), or (if the family client is an institution) (a)(13) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) or, after December 8, 2020, (a)(9), (a)(12), or (if the family client is an institution) (a)(13) under the Act and (ii) it will not distribute, or authorize any other person to distribute, any Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than with the prior written authorization of the Company.

 

-17-


7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, if any, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the NYSE; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) the reasonable and documented out of pocket fees and expenses of the QIU acting in its capacity as such; and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, provided, however, that the reasonable fees and disbursements of the counsel to the Underwriters described in subsection (a)(iii) and (a)(v) shall not exceed $35,000 in the aggregate and, provided further, however, that the reasonable and documented out of pocket fees and expenses of the QIU shall not exceed $10,000. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, their own lodging, travel and meal expenses in connection with any “roadshow,” and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, and that the Underwriters shall be responsible for 50% of the cost of any chartered plane, jet, private aircraft, other aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with any “roadshow” presentation to investors undertaken in connection with the offering of the Shares hereunder.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of

 

-18-


the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act related to the offering of the Shares shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, KPMG LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a form of the letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

(e) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the exercise of stock options or settlement of restricted stock units (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), or the award of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other awards in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus, (B) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company, or (C) the issuance, if any, of capital stock upon exercise or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus) or any increase in long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (A) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (B) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

 

-19-


(f) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the NYSE or on the Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the NYSE; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York or California State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(g) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed for quotation, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE;

(h) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each director, executive officer and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of Stock, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex III hereof in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(i) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(j) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request.

(k) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives on the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement and at such Time of Delivery a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as to the accuracy of certain financial information included in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by the Company, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses

 

-20-


reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

The Company also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the QIU, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the QIU within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) that arise out of, or are based upon, the QIU’s participation as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121 in connection with the offering of the Shares.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”, and the information contained in the ninth, tenth and eleventh paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate

 

-21-


therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred, provided, however, that if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 9(a) above in respect of such proceeding and in the event that KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. has reasonably concluded that there may be distinct legal defenses available to in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, then in addition to such separate firm of the Underwriters, their affiliates, directors, officers and such control persons of the Underwriters the indemnifying party shall be liable for the fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, its affiliates, directors, officers and all persons, if any, who control KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify each indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested that an indemnifying party reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the indemnifying party of such request and (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

-22-


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The Company and the Underwriters agree that the QIU will not receive any additional benefits hereunder for serving as the “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

 

-23-


10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the several Underwriters and the QIU as a “qualified independent underwriter”, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, director, officer, broker-dealer affiliate, or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or the QIU as a “qualified independent underwriter,” or any officer or director or controlling person of the QIU as a “qualified independent underwriter” and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

 

-24-


12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(f)), any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to each of the Representatives in care of (a) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; (b) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to Legal Department; and (c) KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, Attention: Syndicate with a copy to Legal Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you at (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room; (ii) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to Legal Department; and (iii) KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, Attention: Syndicate with a copy to Legal Department. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company, officers, directors and broker-dealer affiliates of the Underwriters and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

 

-25-


16. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. The Company and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

-26-


(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this letter by signing in the space provided below, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-27-


Very truly yours,
ON24, Inc.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Purchased
     Number of
Optional

Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

     

Total

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


SCHEDULE II

 

(a)

Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:

[Electronic roadshow dated [•]]

 

(b)

Additional Documents Incorporated by Reference:

None

 

(c)

Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $ [•].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•].

[Add any other pricing disclosure.]

 

(d)

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications:

[•]


ANNEX I

FORM OF COMFORT LETTER TO BE DELIVERED AT EACH TIME OF DELIVERY


ANNEX I(a)

COMFORT LETTER DELIVERED PRIOR TO OR AS OF THE DATE OF THIS

AGREEMENT


ANNEX I(b)

FORM OF COMFORT LETTER TO BE DELIVERED ON EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND AS OF

EACH TIME OF DELIVERY


ANNEX II

[FORM OF PRESS RELEASE]

ON24, Inc.

[Date]

ON24, Inc. announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of              shares of the Company’s common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on         ,          20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX III

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

ON24, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

[Date]

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

200 West Street,

New York, NY 10282-2198.

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

383 Madison Avenue,

New York, New York 10179.

c/o KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.,

127 Public Square,

Cleveland, Ohio 44114.

Re: ON24, Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for a public offering (the “Offering”) of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period (the “Lock-Up Period”) beginning from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date (the “Offering Date”) set forth on the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) used to sell the Shares the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be


expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above during the Lock-Up Period. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group,” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.    

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver in accordance with the requirements under FINRA Rule 5131 (or any successor provision thereto). Any release or waiver granted by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments of the Company:

(i) in connection with the sale of such shares of Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, if any;

(ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts or for bona fide estate planning purposes, provided that (A) the donee or donees or transferee or transferees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (B) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (C) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period


(other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall include a statement to the effect that such transaction reflects the circumstances described in this clause (ii) and that the donee or transferee, as the case may be, has agreed in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein);

(iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned, provided that (A) the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (B) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (C) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall include a statement to the effect that such transaction reflects the circumstances described in this clause (iii) and that the trustee has agreed in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein);

(iv) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, provided that (A) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (B) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (C) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall include a statement to the effect that such transaction reflects the circumstances described in this clause (iv) and that the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein);

(v) in connection with a sale of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock acquired (A) from the Underwriters in the Offering or (B) in open market transactions after the Offering Date, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

(vi) if the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, and including the subsidiaries of the undersigned) of the undersigned, (B) to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership) or (C) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition by the undersigned to its stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or equityholders, provided that in each case (A) through (C) (I) it shall be a condition to such transfer that the transferee or distributee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; (II) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and (III) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;


(vii) to the Company in connection with the exercise of options, including “net” or “cashless” exercises, including any transfer of shares of Common Stock to the Company for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the exercise of any such options; provided, that in all such cases, (A) the exercise be pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan that is described in the Prospectus, (B) any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (C) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or voluntarily made within 60 days after the Public Offering Date, and after such 60th day, if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that (1) such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (vii), and (2) the shares received upon such exercise are subject to a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters;

(viii) by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period, and, if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (viii) and that the shares or Derivative Instruments received upon such transfer are subject to a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters;

(ix) to the Company, in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an employee benefit plan or stock plan disclosed in the Prospectus or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued as disclosed in the Prospectus, in each case, upon termination of the undersigned’s relationship with the Company, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period, and, if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (ix);

(x) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock and approved by the board of directors of the Company, and the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of at least 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company or the surviving entity (a “Change of Control Transaction”), provided that in the event that the Change of Control Transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement;


(xi) to the Company in connection with the conversion or reclassification of the outstanding equity securities of the Company into shares of Common Stock, or any reclassification or conversion of the Company’s Common Stock, in each case as described and as contemplated in the Prospectus, provided that (A) any such shares of Common Stock received upon such conversion or reclassification shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement and (B) the undersigned shall include a statement in any report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer to the effect that such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (xi); or

(xii) with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

In addition, and notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of this Lock-Up Agreement, if at any time beginning 90 days after the Offering Date (i) the Company has filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K and (ii) the last reported closing price of the Common Stock on the exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus for 10 out of any 15 consecutive Trading Days ending on or after the 90th day after the Offering Date (which 15 Trading Day period may begin prior to such 90th day), including the last day of such 15 Trading Day period, then 20% of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock that are subject to the 180-day restrictions set forth in this Lock-Up Agreement, which percentage shall be calculated based on the number of such undersigned’s shares subject to such 180-day restrictions as of the last day of such 15 Trading Day period, will be automatically released from such restrictions (the “Early Lock-Up Release”) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed on the day following the end of the 15 Trading Day period (the “Early Lock-Up Release Date”); provided, however, that if, on such Early Lock-Up Release Date, the Company is in a “black-out” period under its insider trading policy (or similar period when trading is not permitted by insiders under the Company’s insider trading policy), (i) the actual date of such Early Lock-Up Release shall be delayed (the “Early Lock-Up Release Extension”) until immediately prior to the opening of trading on the second Trading Day following the date on which the Company next publicly announces operating results for the previous fiscal quarter and (ii) no Early Lock-Up Release shall occur unless the last reported closing price of the Common Stock on the exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus on the first Trading Day following such public announcement. In the event of an Early Lock-Up Release Extension, the Company shall announce (i) the Early Lock-Up Release Extension on the day that it is determined that there would be an Early Lock-Up Release Extension by a press release issued through a major news service, or on a Current Report on Form 8-K, and (ii) the expected Early Lock-Up Release Date by a press release issued through a major news service, or on a Current Report on Form 8-K, at least two full Trading Days prior to the opening of trading on the Early Lock-Up Release Date as extended pursuant to the Early Lock-Up Release Extension, and the occurrence of an Early Lock-Up Release shall be conditioned on compliance with the requirements of this sentence. Notwithstanding anything else in this paragraph, the Company may elect by written notice to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC at least five days before any Early Lock-Up Release that no such Early Lock-Up Release will occur. If the Company so elects that no such Early Lock-Up Release will occur, the Company shall publicly announce such decision by press release issued through a major news service or on a Current Report on Form 8-K at least two full Trading Days prior to the date scheduled for such Early Lock-Up Release.


For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities.

The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by the above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer, sale or other disposition of securities of the undersigned, if then permitted by the Company, provided that the securities subject to the plan may not be sold during the Lock-Up Period (except to the extent otherwise allowed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph) and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or announcement, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate.

[Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and its affiliates, other than the undersigned, may engage in brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, principal investing and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their affiliates’ business.]1

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Lock-Up Agreement will automatically terminate and the undersigned will be released from all obligations hereunder upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the Company advises the Representatives in writing prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it has determined not to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Company files an application with the SEC to withdraw the registration statement related to the Offering, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iv) May 31, 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date (provided that the Company may by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date extend such date for a period of up to an additional three months).

 

1 

Note to Draft: To include only in the lockup for the GS affiliate.


The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Shareholder

 

Authorized Signature

 

Title

Exhibit 3.1

COMPOSITE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

REFLECTING ALL AMENDMENTS TO DATE

OF

ON24, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is ON24, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 80,243,863 of which (i) 27,243,863 shares shall be preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), and (ii) 53,000,000 shares shall be common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

The voting powers, designations, preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of each Class of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be as provided in this Article IV.

A.    PREFERRED STOCK

1.    Designation. A total of (a) 2,310,067 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a class known as Class B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B-1 Preferred Stock”), (b) 3,233,851 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a class known as Class B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Preferred Stock”), (c) 16,522,290 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a class known as Class A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A-2 Preferred Stock”), and (d) 5,177,655 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a class known as Class A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A-1 Preferred Stock”, together with the Class A-2 Preferred Stock, the “Class A Preferred Stock”)


2.    Voting.

(a)    Election of Directors. The holders of outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Class B Preferred Director”) and the holders of outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Class A Preferred Director” and together with the Class B Preferred Director, the “Preferred Directors”). Except as provided in Section A.2(a)(iv) below, (i) the Class B Preferred Director shall be elected by a plurality vote, with the elected candidate being the candidate receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder of Class B Preferred Stock entitled to cast one vote for or against each candidate for Class B Preferred Director with respect to each share of Class B Preferred Stock held by such holder) of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, with votes cast against such candidates and votes withheld having no legal effect and (ii) the Class A Preferred Director shall be elected by a plurality vote, with the elected candidate being the candidate receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder of Class A Preferred Stock entitled to cast one vote for or against each candidate for Class A Preferred Director with respect to each share of Class A Preferred Stock held by such holder) of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, with votes cast against such candidates and votes withheld having no legal effect. The election of such Preferred Directors shall occur (i) at the annual meeting of holders of capital stock, (ii) at any special meeting of holders of capital stock if such meeting is called for the purpose of electing directors, (iii) in the case of the Class B Preferred Director, at any special meeting of holders of Class B Preferred Stock called by holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock and in the case of the Class A Preferred Director, at any special meeting of holders of Class A Preferred Stock called by holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock or (iv) by the written consent of holders of, in the case of the Class B Preferred Director, a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock and, in the case of the Class A Preferred Director, a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock. If at any time when (i) any share of Class B Preferred Stock is outstanding the Class B Preferred Director should cease to be a director for any reason, the vacancy shall only be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided by-law and (ii) any share of Class A Preferred Stock is outstanding any such Class A Preferred Director should cease to be a director for any reason, the vacancy shall only be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided by-law. The Class B Preferred Director may only be removed by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided by-law and the Class A Preferred Director may only be removed by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided by-law. Subject to the rights of the holders of outstanding Common Stock to elect two directors as provided in Section B.1, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to vote in the election of all other directors of the Corporation together with holders of all other shares of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, with each outstanding share of Preferred Stock entitled to the number of votes specified in Section A.2(b) hereof. The holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock may, in their sole discretion, determine not to elect one or more Preferred Directors as provided herein from time to time, and during any such period the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) shall not be deemed unduly constituted solely as a result of such vacancy.


(b)    Voting Generally. Each outstanding share of Class B Preferred Stock, Class B-1 Preferred Stock and Class A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to Section A.6 hereof as of the record date for the vote or written consent of stockholders, if applicable. Each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock, voting together as single class, upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a Class vote pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, Section A.8) or by-law.

3.    Dividends.

(a)    The holders of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends (the “Class B-1 Dividend”) at the rate of 8% of the Class B-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock per annum (as adjusted for subsequent stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such share) (the “Class B-1 Dividend Rate”) from the date of original issuance of such share (the “Closing Date”), which dividends shall accrue daily in arrears and be compounded annually, whether or not such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors or paid.

(b)    The holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefor, cumulative dividends (the “Class B Dividend”) at the rate of 10% of the Class B Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share of Class B Preferred Stock per annum (as adjusted for subsequent stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such share) (the “Class B Dividend Rate”) from the date of original issuance of such share, which dividends shall accrue daily in arrears and be compounded annually, whether or not such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors or paid.

(c)    After the foregoing dividends on the Class B-1 Preferred Stock and Class B Preferred Stock shall have been paid, then the Corporation may (when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors) declare and distribute in such year dividends among the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each, determined on an as-if-converted basis (assuming full conversion of all such Preferred Stock) as of the record date with respect to the declaration of such dividends.


4.    Liquidation; Merger, etc.

(a)    Class B and Class B-1 Preference Amount. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), each holder of outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid in cash, before any amount shall be paid or distributed to the holders of Class A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Corporation (such capital stock being referred to collectively as, “Junior Stock”):

(i)    an amount per share of Class B Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (A) $7.73072 (the “Class B Original Issue Price”) plus (B) the amount of accrued, but unpaid dividends on such share of Class B Preferred Stock (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) (such sum, the “Class B Preference Amount”); provided, however, that in no event shall (1) the Class B Preference Amount be an amount per share of less than (a) $10.8230 (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) minus (b) an amount equal to the quotient of (I) fifty percent (50%) of the amounts received by the holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock with respect to (including, without limitation, from sale or other disposition or as a result of any distribution from the Corporation) any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation in excess of the amounts originally paid for such shares (except for amounts received by holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock for shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock held by such holders) and (II) the total number of outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock (the “Class B Minimum Return Amount”) and (2) any amounts be distributed to holders of Junior Stock until the holders of Class B Preferred Stock have received the aggregate Class B Minimum Return Amount; and

(ii)    an amount per share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, (A) with respect to any Liquidation Event consummated within 120 days following the Closing Date, equal to $12.98664 (as adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) provided further that the “Class B-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $10.8222, (B) with respect to any Liquidation Event consummated on or after the 120th day following the Closing Date but prior to the 150th day following the Closing Date, equal to $14.06886 , (C) with respect to any Liquidation Event consummated on or after the 150th day following the Closing Date but prior to the 180th day following the Closing Date equal to $15.15108, and (D) with respect to any Liquidation Event consummated on or after the 180th day following the Closing Date, the greater of (i) $15.15108 ( the “Delayed Liquidation Event Amount”) and (ii) the Class B-1 Original Issue Price plus the amount of accrued, but unpaid dividends on such share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock (such sum, the “Class B-1 Preference Amount”) plus the amount payable per share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (c) below minus (b) an amount equal to the quotient of (I) fifty percent (50%) of the amounts received by the holders of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock with respect to (including, without limitation, from sale or other disposition or as a result of any distribution from the Corporation) any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation in excess of the amounts originally paid for such shares (except for amounts received by holders of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock for shares of Class B Preferred Stock held by such holders) and (II) the total number of outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock (the “Class B-1 Minimum Return Amount”) and (2) any amounts be distributed to holders of Junior Stock until the holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock have received the aggregate Class B-1 Minimum Return Amount.


If the amounts available for distribution by the Corporation to holders of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock upon a Liquidation Event are not sufficient to pay the aggregate Class B Preference Amount and Class B-1 Preference Amount due to such holders, then such holders of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidation Event in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

(b)    Junior Preference Amount. Subject to and following the completion of the distributions provided for in Section A.4(a), and subject to the last sentence of this Section A.4(b), the next $135 million of remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders (the “Junior Preference Amount”) shall be distributed as follows: (i) $10.5026 (the “Class A-1 Original Issue Price”) and $2.9321 (the “Class A-2 Original Issue Price”) per share for each outstanding share of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class A-2 Preferred Stock, respectively (such amounts to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like); (ii) $25,682,615 pursuant to the Company’s 2016 Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”), as amended and (iii) an amount per share of Common Stock calculated as (A) $6,057,157, plus an amount equal to the Class A-1 Original Issue Price and the Class A-2 Original Issue Price multiplied by the number, if any, of shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class A-2 Preferred Stock that have been converted to Common Stock or reacquired by the Company, plus the amount, if any, to which payments under the Bonus Plan are less than $25,682,615, divided (B) by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding plus all shares issuable upon exercise of all outstanding rights to acquire shares of Common Stock (excluding all shares of Preferred Stock and any rights to acquire Common Stock with an exercise or conversion price above the value of the consideration payable to the holders of such rights with respect to the underlying shares); provided that, if, after payment is made pursuant to Section A.4(a), less than $135 million in assets of the Corporation are legally available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders, each of the amounts payable pursuant to this Section A.4(b) shall be proportionately reduced.


(c)    Subsequent Distributions. Subject to and following the completion of the distributions provided for in Section A.4(a) and Section A.4(b) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among holders of (i) Common Stock, (ii) Class B Preferred Stock and (iii) only in the event that the applicable Liquidation Event occurs on or after the 180th day after the Closing Date and the amount payable to holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section A.4(a)(ii)(D)(y) (taking into account the amount payable under this subsection (c)) is greater than the Delayed Liquidation Event Amount, Class B-1 Preferred Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all shares of Preferred Stock as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such Liquidation Event; provided however, that if the amount per share that would be payable if all shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock or Class A-2 Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section A.6 immediately prior to such Liquidation Event (the “Common Stock Payment”) would be in excess of the Class A-1 Original Issue Price or the Class A-2 Original Issue Price (such amounts to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like), then the holders of the Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class A-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be paid an additional amount pursuant to this Section A.4(c) such that the total amount payable for each share of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class A-2 Preferred Stock (inclusive of the amounts payable pursuant to Section A.4(b)), shall be the Common Stock Payment.

(d)    Amount Payable in Mergers, etc. Each of the following transactions shall be treated as a Liquidation Event: (i) any reorganization, consolidation or merger of the Corporation or any other transaction, in each case, pursuant to which any person or entity acquires at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation or the entity surviving such transaction (each such transaction a “Change of Control Transaction”) and (ii) any sale, conveyance, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (each such transaction, an “Asset Sale”). All consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with any such Change of Control Transaction, or all consideration payable to the Corporation and distributable to its stockholders, together with all other available assets of the Corporation (net of obligations owed by the Corporation that are senior to the Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock), in connection with any such Asset Sale, shall be, as applicable, paid by the purchaser to the holders of, or distributed by the Corporation in redemption (in accordance with Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders) of, the Class B Preferred Stock, Class B-1 Preferred Stock and any Junior Stock in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in Sections A.4(a), A.4(b) and A.4(c) above, with such preferences and priorities specifically intended to be applicable in any such Change of Control Transaction or Asset Sale as if such transaction were a Liquidation Event. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Corporation shall take such actions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Section A.4(d), including without limitation, (i) in the case of a Change of Control Transaction, causing the definitive agreement relating to such Change of Control Transaction to provide for a rate at which the shares of Preferred Stock are converted into or exchanged for cash, new securities or other property which gives effect to the preferences and priorities set forth in Sections A.4(a), A.4(b) and A.4(c) above, or (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale, redeeming the Preferred Stock at a price which gives effect to the preferences set forth in Sections A.4(a), A.4(b) and A.4(c) above. The Corporation shall promptly provide to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock such information concerning the terms of such Change of Control Transaction or Asset Sale, and the value of the assets of the Corporation as may reasonably be requested by the holders of Preferred Stock. The amount deemed distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock upon any such transaction shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity, as applicable.


(e)    Valuation of Securities or Other Non-Cash Consideration. For purposes of valuing any securities or other noncash consideration to be delivered to the holders of the Preferred Stock in connection with any transaction to which Section A.4(c) is applicable, the following shall apply:

(i)    If any such securities are traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or inter dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of such securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing;

(ii)    If any such securities are traded over the counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of such securities over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing; and

(iii)    If there is no active public market for such securities or other non-cash consideration, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by (A) holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock (a “Majority Interest”) and (B) the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors and a Majority Interest are unable to reach agreement, then by independent appraisal by a mutually agreed to investment banker, the fees of which shall be paid by the Corporation.

5.    Redemption.

(a)    Class B-1 Optional Redemption; Call Redemption; Redemption Dates.

(i)    At any time and from time to time on or after the five (5) year and six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Class B-1 Redemption Trigger Date”) holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock (a “Class B-1 Majority Interest”) may elect to have any or all of the then outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock redeemed, provided that (A) any such redemption will be for at least twenty five percent (25%) of the then outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, and (B) only one such election may be made within any twelve (12) month period. In such event, the Corporation shall redeem all of the outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock that a Class B-1 Majority Interest has elected to have redeemed, unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, for an amount equal to the aggregate Class B-1 Redemption Price (as defined below). Any election by a Class B-1 Majority Interest pursuant to this Section A.5(a)(i) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation and the other holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock at least six (6) months prior to the elected redemption date (the “Class B-1 Redemption Date”), which notice may be given up to six (6) months prior to the Class B-1 Redemption Trigger Date. Upon such election, all holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have agreed to have a pro-rata portion of their shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section A.5(a)(i) and such election shall bind all holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to convert shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the Class B-1 Redemption Date pursuant to Section A.6(a) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section A.5(a)(i) with respect to the shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock held by such holder.


(ii)    At any time and from time to time on or after the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Class B-1 Call Trigger Date”), the Corporation shall have the right to redeem any or all of the then outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, provided that (A) any such redemption will be for at least twenty five percent (25%) of the then outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, and (B) only one such election may be made within any twelve (12) month period. In such event, the Corporation shall redeem the desired amount of outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock for an amount equal to the aggregate Class B-1 Redemption Price (as defined below). Any election by the Corporation pursuant to this Section A.5(a)(ii) shall be made by written notice to the holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock at least six (6) months prior to the elected redemption date (the “Class B-1 Call Redemption Date”), which notice may be given up to six (6) months prior to the Class B-1 Call Trigger Date. Upon such election, all holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to have a pro-rata portion of their shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section A.5(a)(ii) and such election shall bind all holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to convert shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the Class B-1 Call Redemption Date pursuant to Section A.6(a) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section A.5(a)(ii) with respect to the shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock held by such holder.

(b)    Class B-1 Redemption Price. The price for each share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section A.5 shall be (i) with respect to an optional redemption pursuant to Section A.5(a)(i), at the Corporation’s election, an amount equal to either (A) the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, or (B) the Class B-1 Preference Amount, and (ii) with respect to a call redemption pursuant to Section A.5(a)(ii), the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock (the amount set forth in clause (i)(A) or clause (i)(B), as elected by the Corporation, and the amount set forth in clause (ii), as applicable, being the “Class B-1 Redemption Price”). The aggregate Class B-1 Redemption Price shall be payable in cash in immediately available funds to the respective holders of the Class B-1 Preferred Stock on the Class B-1 Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable, provided that (A) at the Corporation’s election one-half (50%) of the Class B-1 Redemption Price will be so payable on the Class B-1 Redemption Date, and the remaining one-half (50%) will be so payable on the first anniversary of the Class B-1 Redemption Date and (B) 100% of the Class B-1 Redemption Price will be so payable on the Class B-1 Call Redemption Date. In the event the Class B-1 Redemption Price equals the Class B-1 Preference Amount by operation of clause (i)(B) of the first sentence of this Section A.5(b), then upon the Class B-1 Redemption Date, the Corporation will also issue to the holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis, without payment of any additional consideration, an aggregate number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock which represents the same relative percentage of the Corporation’s capital stock on a fully-diluted basis as did the Class B-1 Preferred Stock being redeemed (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis).


(c)    Class B Optional Redemption; Call Redemption; Redemption Dates.

(i)    At any time and from time to time on or after the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Class B Redemption Trigger Date”) a Majority Interest may elect to have any or all of the then outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock redeemed, provided that (A) any such redemption will be for at least twenty five percent (25%) of the then outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, and (B) only one such election may be made within any twelve (12) month period. In such event, the Corporation shall redeem all of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock that a Majority Interest has elected to have redeemed, unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, for an amount equal to the aggregate Class B Redemption Price (as defined below). Any election by a Majority Interest pursuant to this Section A.5(c)(i) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation and the other holders of Class B Preferred Stock at least six (6) months prior to the elected redemption date (the “Class B Redemption Date”), which notice may be given up to six (6) months prior to the Class B Redemption Trigger Date. Upon such election, all holders of Class B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to have a pro-rata portion of their shares of Class B Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section A.5(c)(i) and such election shall bind all holders of Class B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to convert shares of Class B Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the Class B Redemption Date pursuant to Section A.6(a) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section A.5(c)(i) with respect to the shares of Class B Preferred Stock held by such holder.


(ii)    At any time and from time to time on or after the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Class B Call Trigger Date”), the Corporation shall have the right to redeem any or all of the then outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, provided that (A) any such redemption will be for at least twenty five percent (25%) of the then outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock, and (B) only one such election may be made within any twelve (12) month period. In such event, the Corporation shall redeem the desired amount of outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock for an amount equal to the aggregate Class B-1 Redemption Price (as defined below). Any election by the Corporation pursuant to this Section A.5(c)(ii) shall be made by written notice to the holders of Class B Preferred Stock at least six (6) months prior to the elected redemption date (the “Class B Call Redemption Date”), which notice may be given up to six (6) months prior to the Class B Call Trigger Date. Upon such election, all holders of Class B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have agreed to have a pro-rata portion of their shares of Class B Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section A.5(c)(ii) and such election shall bind all holders of Class B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to convert shares of Class B Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to the Class B Call Redemption Date pursuant to Section A.6(a) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section A.5(c)(ii) with respect to the shares of Class B Preferred Stock held by such holder.

(d)    Class B Redemption Price. The price for each share of Class B Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section A.5 shall be (i) with respect to the optional redemption pursuant to Section A.5(c)(i), at the Corporation’s election, an amount equal to either (A) the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such share of Class B Preferred Stock, or (B) the Class B Preference Amount, and (ii) with respect to a call redemption pursuant to Section A.5(c)(ii), the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such share of Class B Preferred Stock (the amount set forth in clause (i)(A) or clause (i)(B), as elected by the Corporation, and the amount set forth in clause (ii), as applicable, being the “Class B- Redemption Price”). The aggregate Class B Redemption Price shall be payable in cash in immediately available funds to the respective holders of the Class B Preferred Stock on the Class B Redemption Date or Class B Call Redemption Date, as applicable, provided that (A) at the Corporation’s election one-half (50%) of the Class B Redemption Price will be so payable on the Class B Redemption Date, and the remaining one-half (50%) will be so payable on the first anniversary of the Class B Redemption Date and (B) 100% of the Class B Redemption Price will be so payable on the Class B Call Redemption Date. In the event the Class B Redemption Price equals the Class B Preference Amount by operation of clause (i)(B) of the first sentence of this Section A.5(d), then upon the Class B Redemption Date, the Corporation will also issue to the holders of Class B Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis, without payment of any additional consideration, an aggregate number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock which represents the same relative percentage of the Corporation’s capital stock on a fully-diluted basis as did the Class B Preferred Stock being redeemed (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis).


For purposes of this Section A.5 the “Fair Market Value” of any share of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall mean the fair market value of such share’s Class B Preference Amount or Class B-1 Preference Amount, as applicable, plus such share’s residual value pursuant to Section A.4(c), and shall be determined as follows: (i) within fifteen (15) business days after written notice from (A) the Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest of their election to redeem is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section A.5(a)(i) or Section A.5(c)(i), as applicable, or (B) the Corporation of its election to redeem is delivered to the holders of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock in accordance with Section A.5(a)(ii) or Section A.5(c)(ii) hereof, each of the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, as a group, shall submit their good faith estimate of such Fair Market Value; (ii) to the extent that the Fair Market Value estimates of the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, differ, the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, shall engage, for a 10-business day period, in negotiations to reach agreement (if possible) on the Fair Market Value; and (iii) if the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, fail to reach agreement at the end of the foregoing 10-business day period, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by appraisal as set forth below.

In the event the Fair Market Value is to be determined by appraisal pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, shall each specify in writing their final determination of the Fair Market Value and negotiate in good faith to select a mutually agreeable appraiser to determine the Fair Market Value with such determination to be binding on all concerned. If the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, shall fail to agree on the selection of such appraiser within five (5) days following the expiration of the 5-day period specified in the preceding paragraph, then the Corporation shall select one independent appraiser and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, shall select another independent appraiser and such appraisers shall promptly designate a third independent appraiser which shall determine Fair Market Value. The Fair Market Value under such circumstances shall be the Fair Market Value arrived at by the third appraiser within twenty (20) days following its appointment. In the event that the two original appraisers cannot agree upon the final appraiser within ten (10) days following their selection by the Corporation and such Majority Interest or Class B-1 Majority Interest, as applicable, then the final appraiser shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association. The determination of the Fair Market Value shall be conclusive, final and binding on all parties hereto and shall be enforceable in any court having any jurisdiction over a proceeding brought to seek enforcement. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with an appraisal under this Section A.5(d) shall be borne by the party which specified the Fair Market Value as an amount farthest from the Fair Market Value as so determined. Fair Market Value shall be determined on the basis of the following assumptions: (i) on a “fully diluted” basis (such dilution to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) as if the Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, was convened and the Common Stock acquired upon such conversion was sold as part of a sale of all of the capital stock of the Corporation; (ii) as though all outstanding securities which are then convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, vested options and warrants) had been converted into, exercised for or exchanged into Common Stock of the Corporation and any amounts payable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange paid to the Corporation; (iii) without any reduction in value for lack of control or the inherent lack of liquidity of non-public minority interests; (iv) giving full effect to the revenue and, if applicable, earnings history and prospects of the Corporation; and (v) otherwise on a basis which values all Common Stock of the Corporation at the same per share price.


(e)    Insufficient Funds. If, on the Class B Redemption Date or Class B-1 Redemption Date, as applicable, or the Class B Call Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable, Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, to be redeemed on such date, the Corporation shall (i) take any action necessary or appropriate, to the extent reasonably within its control, to remove promptly any impediments to its ability to redeem the total number of shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, required to be so redeemed, including, without limitation, (A) to the extent permissible under applicable law, reducing the stated capital of the Corporation or causing a revaluation of the assets of the Corporation under Section 154 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to create sufficient surplus to make such redemption and (B) incurring any indebtedness necessary to make such redemption, and (ii) in any event, use any funds to redeem consistent with such law the maximum possible number of such shares from the holders of such shares to be redeemed in proportion to the respective number of such shares that otherwise would have been redeemed if all such shares had been redeemed in full. Any shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all rights and preferences of the Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, as provided herein. At any time thereafter when Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders does not prohibit the Corporation from redeeming such shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, the Corporation shall immediately use its funds to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation became obligated to redeem on the applicable Class B Redemption Date or Class B-1 Redemption Date, or the Class B Call Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable (but which it has not yet redeemed) at such applicable Class B Redemption Price or Class B-1 Redemption Price.

(f)    Interest. If any shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock are not redeemed (i) within six (6) months of the Class B Redemption Date or Class B-1 Redemption Date, as applicable, or (ii) immediately upon the Class B Call Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable, for any reason, including by reason of Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prohibiting such redemption, all such unredeemed shares shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all rights, preferences and privileges provided herein, and the Corporation shall pay interest on the Class B Redemption Price or Class B-1 Redemption Price, as applicable, applicable to such unredeemed shares at an aggregate per annum rate equal to six percent (6%) (increased by one-half percent (0.5%) at the end of each six (6) month period thereafter until the Redemption Price, and any interest thereon, is paid in full), with such interest to accrue daily in arrears and to be compounded annually; provided, however, that in no event shall such interest exceed the maximum permitted rate of interest under applicable law (the “Maximum Permitted Rate”). In the event that fulfillment of any provision hereof results in such rate of interest being in excess of the Maximum Permitted Rate, the amount of interest required to be paid hereunder shall automatically be reduced to eliminate such excess; provided, however, that any subsequent increase in the Maximum Permitted Rate shall be retroactively effective to the applicable Class B Redemption Date or Class B-1 Redemption Date, or the Class B Call Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable to the extent permitted by-law.


(g)    Dividend After Redemption Date. In the event that shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock required to be redeemed are not redeemed and continue to be outstanding, such shares shall continue to be entitled to dividends thereon as provided in Section A.3 until the date on which the Corporation actually redeems such shares.

(h)    Surrender of Certificates. Each holder of shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto), or, in the event the certificate or certificates are lost, stolen or missing, shall deliver an affidavit of loss, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired and the Corporation shall thereafter make payment of the applicable Class B Redemption Price or Class B-1 Redemption Price by certified check or wire transfer; provided, however, that if on the applicable Class B Redemption Date or Class B-1 Redemption Date, or the Class B Call Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable, Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock required to be redeemed, each such holder shall, in addition to receiving the payment of the portion of the aggregate Class B Redemption Price or Class B-1 Redemption Price, as applicable, that the Corporation is not legally prohibited from paying (provided that with respect to the Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, such portion shall be at least 25% of the then outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable) to such holder by certified check or wire transfer, receive a new stock certificate for those shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock not so redeemed.


6.    Conversion. Shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock in accordance with the following:

(a)    Voluntary Conversion. The holders of shares of Preferred Stock may convert such shares into Common Stock at any time after the date of issuance of such shares Preferred Stock as follows:

(i)    Upon the written election of the holder thereof and without payment of any additional consideration, each outstanding share of Class B Preferred Stock held by such holder shall be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Class B Original Issue Price by (B) the Class B Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Class B Preferred Stock (such quotient, the “Class B Conversion Rate”). The initial “Class B Conversion Price” per share for shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall be the Class B Original Issue Price, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section A.7. Any election by a holder of Class B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(i) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation, and such notice may be given at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and through and including the day which is five (5) days prior to the Class B Redemption Date or Class B Call Redemption Date, as applicable, or the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d).

(ii)    Upon the written election of the holder thereof and without payment of any additional consideration, each outstanding share of Class B-1 Preferred Stock held by such holder shall be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Class B-1 Original Issue Price by (B) the Class B-1 Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Class B-1 Preferred Stock (such quotient, the “Class B-1 Conversion Rate”). The initial “Class B-1 Conversion Price” per share for shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be the Class B-1 Original Issue Price, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section A.7. Any election by a holder of Class B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(ii) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation, and such notice may be given at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and through and including the day which is five (5) days prior to the Class B-1 Redemption Date or Class B-1 Call Redemption Date, as applicable, or the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d).

(iii)    Upon the written election of the holder thereof and without payment of any additional consideration, each outstanding share of Class A-1 Preferred Stock held by such holder shall be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Class A-1 Original Issue Price, by (B) the Class A-1 Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Class A-1 Preferred Stock (such quotient, the “Class A-1 Conversion Rate”). The initial “Class A-1 Conversion Price” per share for shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock shall be the Class A-1 Original Issue Price, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section A.7. Any election by a holder of Class A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(iii) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation, and such notice may be given at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and through and including the day which is five (5) days prior to the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d).


(iv)    Upon the written election of the holder thereof and without payment of any additional consideration, each outstanding share of Class A-2 Preferred Stock held by such holder shall be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Class A-2 Original Issue Price, by (B) the Class A-2 Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Class A Preferred Stock (such quotient, the “Class A-2 Conversion Rate” and together with the Class A-1 Conversion Rate and the Class B Conversion Rate, the “Conversion Rate”). The initial “Class A-2 Conversion Price” per share for shares of Class A-2 Preferred Stock shall be the Class A-2 Original Issue Price, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section A.7. Any election by a holder of Class A-2 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(iv) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation, and such notice may be given at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and through and including the day which is five (5) days prior to the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d).

(v)    Upon the written election of a Majority Interest, and without the payment of any additional consideration, all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Class B Conversion Rate. Any election by a Majority Interest pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(v) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation and the other holders of Class B Preferred Stock, and such notice may be given at any time after the Closing Date through and including the date which is five (5) days prior to the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d). Upon such election, all holders of Class B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to voluntarily convert all outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(v) and such election shall bind all holders of Class B Preferred Stock. Upon the conversion of the Class B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon as of the date of such conversion.

(vi)    Upon the written election of a Class B-1 Majority Interest, and without the payment of any additional consideration, all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Class B-1 Conversion Rate. Any election by a Class B-1 Majority Interest pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(vi) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation and the other holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock, and such notice may be given at any time after the Closing Date through and including the date which is five (5) days prior to the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d). Upon such election, all holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to voluntarily convert all outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(vi) and such election shall bind all holders of Class B-1 Preferred Stock. Upon the conversion of the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon as of the date of such conversion.


(vii)    Upon the written election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock (a “Class A Majority”) and without the payment of any additional consideration, all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock and Class A-2 Preferred Stock shall be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Class A-I Conversion Rate and Class A-2 Conversion, respectively. Any election by a Class A Majority pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(vii) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation and the other holders of Class A Preferred Stock, and such notice may be given at any time after the Closing Date through and including the date which is five (5) days prior to the closing of any transaction contemplated by Section A.4(d). Upon such election, all holders of Class A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to voluntarily convert all outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section A.6(a)(vii) and such election shall bind all holders of Class A Preferred Stock.

(b)    Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Rate as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the Corporation’s first underwritten public offering on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking organization or organizations pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (i) at a price per share of Common Stock equal to or above (A) $14.4951 for the Class B Preferred Stock and (B) $19.9357 for the Class B-1 Preferred Stock (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) (such resulting price per share, the “Threshold Price”), (ii) with respect to which the Corporation receives aggregate net proceeds attributable to sales for the account of the Corporation (after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than $50 million, and (iii) with respect to which such Common Stock is listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (a “QPO”). If a closing of a QPO occurs, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such closing. In the event that the Corporation’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock does not qualify as a QPO solely by reason of such offering not satisfying the requirement set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence, then upon the closing of such public offering each share of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate which provides the holder of such share of Class B Preferred Stock and


Class B-1 Preferred Stock with a number of shares of Common Stock (the “IPO Common Shares”) equal in value (assuming a value per share of Common Stock equal to 102% of the estimated final public offering price as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the applicable registration statement as mutually agreed upon in good faith by the Board of Directors, the Majority Interest and the Class B-1 Majority Interest (the “Estimated Offering Price”)) to what such holder would have received in respect of such Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock had such offering been made at a price per share of Common Stock equal to the Threshold Price; provided, that (a) in the event that the Estimated Offering Price is less than the actual final public offering price (the “Actual Price”), the holders of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, on a pro rata basis, shall pay, within three days of the closing of such offering, an amount in cash to the Corporation equal to (1)(x) the Actual Price minus (y) the Estimated Offering Price, multiplied by (2) the number of IPO Common Shares, and (b) in the event that the Estimated Offering Price is more than the Actual Price, the Corporation shall pay, within three days of the closing of such offering, an amount in cash to the holders of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, on a pro rata basis, equal to (I)(x) the Estimated Offering Price minus (y) the Actual Price, multiplied by (2) the number of IPO Common Shares. The first underwritten public offering by the Company that results in the conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be referred to as a “Deemed QPO”).

(c)    Procedure for Conversion.

(i)    Voluntary Conversion. Upon election to convert pursuant to Section A.6(a), the relevant holder or holders of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Stock being converted to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto) or shall deliver an affidavit of loss to the Corporation, at its principal executive office or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of the Preferred Stock. Upon surrender of such certificate(s) or delivery of an affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and send by hand delivery, by courier or by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the holder thereof or to such holder’s designee, at the address designated by such holder, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon conversion. The issuance of certificates for Common Stock upon conversion of Preferred Stock shall be deemed effective as of the date of surrender of such Preferred Stock certificates or delivery of such affidavit of loss and will be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of such stock.


(ii)    Automatic Conversion. As of the closing of a QPO or, solely with respect to the Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, the closing of a non-QPO offering described in the last sentence of Section A.6(b) (the “Automatic Conversion Date”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (or only shares of Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, if applicable) shall be converted into shares of Common Stock without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock are surrendered to the Corporation. On the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock thereof upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor or delivery of an affidavit of loss thereof to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock have been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon surrender of such certificates or affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, promptly (and in any event in such time as is sufficient to enable such holder to participate in such QPO or such non-QPO offering described in the last sentence of Section A.6(b)) at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of the Preferred Stock surrendered are convertible on the Automatic Conversion Date.

(d)    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase the number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, and to reserve the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon such conversion.

(e)    No Closing of Transfer Books. The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of shares of Preferred Stock in any manner that would interfere with the timely conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock.

7.    Adjustments.

(a)    Adjustments to the Conversion Price. Except as provided in Section A.7(b) and except in the case of an event described in Section A.7(c), if and whenever after the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is first filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “Filing Date”) the Corporation shall issue or sell, or is, in accordance with this Section A.7(a) deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock, for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale, then, upon such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale), the applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1 *  (A + B) + (A + C).


For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)    “CP2” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale);

(ii)    “CP1” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale);

(iii)    “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale) (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale) or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale));

(iv)    “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such additional shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale) by CP1); and

(v)    “C” shall mean the number of such additional shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

For purposes of this Section A.7(a), the following shall also be applicable:

(i)    Issuance of Rights or Options. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Filing Date, in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called “Options” and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called “Convertible Securities”), in each case for consideration per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section A.7(a)(vi)) less than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of granting of such Options, at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued. Except as otherwise provided in Section A.7(a)(iii) no adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.


(ii)    Issuance of Convertible Securities. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Filing Date, in any manner issue or sell any Convertible Securities for consideration per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section A.7(a)(vi)) less than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities, at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued; provided, that (I) except as otherwise provided in Section A.7(a)(iii), no adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (2) if any such issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities, no further adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issuance or sale.

(iii)    Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate. If there shall occur a change in (A) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with any Option referred to in Section A.7(a)(i) or any Convertible Securities referred to in Section A.7(a)(i) or (a)(ii), (B) the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in Section A.7(a)(i) (C) the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in Section A.7(a)(i) or (a)(ii) or (D) the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in Section A.7(a)(i) or (a)(ii) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (in each case, other than in connection with an event described in Section A.7(b)), then the applicable Conversion Price in effect at the time of such event shall be adjusted to the applicable Conversion Price that would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities that are still outstanding provided for such changed maximum number of shares, purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold, but only if as a result of such adjustment the applicable Conversion Price then in effect is thereby reduced; and on the termination of any such Option or any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible Securities, the applicable Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be increased to the applicable Conversion Price that would have been in effect at the time of such termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination (i.e., to the extent that fewer than the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued in connection with such Option or Convertible Securities were actually issued), never been issued or been issued at such higher price, as the case may be.


(iv)    Stock Dividends. If the Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date, shall declare or make, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or make any other distribution upon any stock of the Corporation payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or sold without consideration, and the applicable Conversion Price will be adjusted pursuant to this Section A.7(a); provided, that no adjustment shall be made to the applicable Conversion Price as a result of such dividend or distribution if the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to, and do, receive such dividend or distribution in accordance with Section A.3; and, provided, further, that if any adjustment is made to the applicable Conversion Price as a result of the declaration of a dividend and such dividend is not effected, the applicable Conversion Price shall be appropriately readjusted to the applicable Conversion Price in effect had such dividend not been declared.

(v)    Other Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date, shall declare or make, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities or other property of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of such other securities of the Corporation or the value of such other property that they would have received had the Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had such holders thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities or other property receivable by them during such period giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under Section A.7 with respect to the rights of the holders of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and, provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.


(vi)    Consideration for Stock. If the Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date, shall issue or sell, or is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received or to be received by the Corporation therefor (determined with respect to deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section A.7(a)(i) or Section A.7(a)(ii), as appropriate) as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and a Majority Interest. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be determined in accordance with Section A.4(e)(iii). In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issuance and sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such consideration as determined in accordance with Section A.4(e)(iii).

(vii)    Record Date. In case the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issuance or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

(viii)    Treasury Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation; provided, that the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issuance or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section A.7.

(ix)    Other Issuances or Sales. In calculating any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section A.7(a): any Options or Convertible Securities that provide, as of the effective date of such adjustment, for the issuance upon exercise or conversion thereof of an indeterminable number of shares of Common Stock shall (together with the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof) be disregarded; provided, that at such time as the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of such Options or Convertible Securities becomes determinable, the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section A.7(a)(iii) above.


(b)    Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Filing Date of (collectively, the “Excluded Shares”):

(i)    shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of, or exchange for, shares of Preferred Stock;

(ii)    up to 9,200,000 shares of Common Stock or options therefor issued to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation, in each case, authorized by the Board of Directors;

(iii)    Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section A.7(c) or A.7(d) hereof;

(iv)    Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors;

(v)    Shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(vi)    Capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors; provided, that if such issuance represents more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock, then such approval by the Board of Directors must include the Class B Preferred Director;

(vii)    Shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(viii)    Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock; and

(ix)    Shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock, Class A-2 Preferred Stock, Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock approved by the Board of Directors.

(c)    Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. In case the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (by any reverse stock split or otherwise), the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased. In the case of any such subdivision, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section A.7(a)(iv) by reason thereof.


(d)    Reorganization or Reclassification. If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Preferred Stock shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Preferred Stock, as the case may be, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.

8.    Covenants.

(a)    The Corporation shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates not to, (in each and any case, by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), without first having provided written notice of such proposed action to each holder of outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock and having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a Class B-1 Majority Interest:

(i)    increase the total number of shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue, or reclassify any capital stock; or

(ii)    amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) any of the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Class B-1 Preferred Stock.

(b)    The Corporation shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates not to, (in each and any case, by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), without first having provided written notice of such proposed action to each holder of outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock and having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a Majority Interest:


(i)    authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any equity securities ranking senior to or on parity with the Class B Preferred Stock as to liquidation, sale or merger preferences, redemption, or dividend rights, or with any special voting rights;

(ii)    increase the total number of shares of Class B Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue, or reclassify any capital stock;

(iii)    declare or pay any dividends other than dividends on the Class B Preferred Stock as provided in Section A.3 or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Corporation in respect of its capital stock, or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of its capital stock, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, except for (1) the redemption of Class B Preferred Stock pursuant to and as provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (2) the repurchase of Excluded Shares described in Section A.7(b)(ii) above, or (3) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Common Stock;

(iv)    authorize, incur or issue, or obligate itself to incur or issue, any indebtedness (including for these purposes, all debt, liens, guarantees, leases (other than operating leases) and negative pledges) in excess of one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Corporation’s total subscription annualized recurring revenue;

(v)    amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) any of the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Class B Preferred Stock;

(vi)    authorize or undertake any public offering of the Corporation’s capital stock or other securities priced at an implied pre-offering equity value of the Corporation of less than $300 million;

(vii)    make, or permit any subsidiary, if any, to make any material change in the nature of its business as of the date hereof the effect of which would be to subject any holder of Class B Preferred Stock to any material and adverse regulatory consequences; or

(viii)    enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing that is not expressly made conditional on obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of a Majority Interest.

(c)    The Corporation shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates not to, (in each and any case, by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), without first having provided written notice of such proposed action to each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class:


(i)    alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any such series so as to affect such shares adversely;

(ii)    take any action that would result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to time amended;

(iii)    authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on a parity with any series or class of Preferred Stock in terms of dividends, liquidation or redemption;

(iv)    increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Corporation;

(v)    declare or pay any dividends other than dividends on the Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock as provided in Section A.3 or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Corporation in respect of its capital stock, or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of its capital stock, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, except for (1) the redemption of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to and as provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (2) the repurchase of Excluded Shares described in Section A.7(b)(ii) above, or (3) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Common Stock;

(vi)    approve or effect (A) any liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization or reorganization, including any merger or transaction in which control of the Corporation is transferred or (B) any sale of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; or

(vii)    authorize or approve any change in the number of authorized directors of the Corporation.

Further, the Corporation shall not, by amendment, alteration or repeal of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) or through any Liquidation Event, any event described in Section A.4(d) hereof, or any other reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, agreement or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation and shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article IV and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of the Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock against impairment. Any successor to the Corporation shall agree in writing, as a condition to such succession, to carry out and observe the obligations of the Corporation hereunder with respect to the Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock. For the purpose of this Section A.8, “Affiliate” shall mean each person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Corporation or any Affiliate of such person, through the power, directly, or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise.


9.    Notice; Adjustments; Waivers.

(a)    Liquidation Events Etc. In the event (i) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the holders of any class of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or who are entitled to vote at a meeting (or by written consent) in connection with any of the transactions identified in clause (ii) hereof, or (ii) any Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section A.4(d) hereof, QPO or any other public offering becomes reasonably likely to occur, the Corporation shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid) to each holder of Preferred Stock at least thirty (30) days prior to such record date specified therein or the expected effective date of any such transaction, whichever is earlier, a notice specifying (A) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or meeting or consent and a description of such dividend or distribution or the action to be taken at such meeting or by such consent, (B) the date on which any such Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section A.4(d) hereof, QPO or other public offering is expected to become effective, and (C) the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to any such event. Such notice shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Corporation describing in detail (1) the facts of such transaction, (2) the amount(s) per share of Preferred Stock or Common Stock each holder of Preferred Stock would receive pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and (3) the facts upon which such amounts were determined.

(b)    Adjustments; Calculations. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to Section A.7, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth in detail (i) such adjustment or readjustment, (ii) the applicable Conversion Price before and after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock. All such calculations shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share as the case may be.

(c)    Waiver of Notice. The holder or holders of a Majority Interest, as to the Class B Preferred Stock, a Class B-1 Majority Interest, as to the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, and a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, as to the Preferred Stock, may, at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive any notice (prospectively or retrospectively) or certificate delivery provisions specified herein for the benefit of such holders, and any such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of such securities.


(d)    Other Waivers. The holder or holders of a Majority Interest, as to the Class B Preferred Stock, a Class B-1 Majority Interest, as to the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, and a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, as to the Preferred Stock, may, at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive (prospectively or retrospectively) compliance by the Corporation with any term or provision herein, provided that any such waiver does not affect any holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in a manner materially different than any other holder, and any such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of Preferred Stock and their respective transferees.

10.    No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

11.    Contractual Rights of Holders. The various provisions set forth herein for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed contract rights enforceable by them, including, without limitation, one or more actions for specific performance.

B.    COMMON STOCK

1.    Voting.

(a)    Election of Directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors and the holders of Common Stock, voting together with the holders of outstanding Preferred Stock as a single class, shall be entitled to elect all of the directors of the Corporation other than those elected by the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section A.2 above. Such director(s) shall be elected by a plurality vote, with the elected candidates being the candidates receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder entitled to cast one vote for or against each candidate with respect to each share held by such holder), with votes cast against such candidates and votes withheld having no legal effect. The election of such directors shall occur at the annual meeting of holders of capital stock or at any special meeting called and held in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, or by consent in lieu thereof in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

(b)    Voting Generally. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by-law, each holder of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held thereby of record on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 242(6)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class.


2.    Dividends. Subject to the payment in full of all preferential dividends to which the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled hereunder, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine in its sole discretion, with holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock sharing pari passu in such dividends, as contemplated by Section A.3.

3.    Liquidation. Upon any Liquidation Event, after the payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and all preferential amounts to which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled with respect to the distribution of assets in liquidation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, as contemplated by Section A.4.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by statute, it is further provided:

1.    Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation so provide.

2.    Except as provided in Sections A.8(a)(ii) and (b)(v), the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation to the extent specified therein.

ARTICLE VI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide.

ARTICLE VII

To the extent permitted by-law, the books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated in the by-laws of the Corporation or from time to time by the Board of Directors,

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists and may be amended from time to time hereafter, a Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director of the Corporation, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after the Filing Date to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation or by an amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring either before such repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director prior to or at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

ON24, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting

1.4 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   1   


If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   2   


information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

1.10 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.10, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.11 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   3   


ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office. The number of directors shall initially be between three (3) and five (5) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). The directors shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; and thereafter for each such term to expire at each third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after such election. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (including removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   4   


2.6 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.7 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by whom it is not waived by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile to his last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.8 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.9 Quorum. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than 1/3 of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.10 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.11 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   5   


2.12 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

2.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   6   


3.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

3.8 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have at the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   7   


3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 The Treasurer. shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.11 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

3.12 Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.13 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   8   


4.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   9   


If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   10   


5.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (5) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   11   


5.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report. For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   12   


with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

1.1 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   13   


7.2 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.4 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.5 Insurance. The corporation shall maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.6 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

[remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   14   


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

ON24, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, Eoin O’Connor, the Secretary of ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certify that the Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached are the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed effective on the 15th day of July, 2009.

 

/s/ Eoin O’Connor

Eoin O’Connor, Secretary

 

ON24, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

   15   

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ON24, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

ON24, Inc., (the “Corporation”) a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this Corporation is ON24, Inc., which was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on January 8, 1998 under the name NewsDirect, Inc.

2. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation attached hereto as Exhibit A, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, as previously amended and restated, has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, with the approval of this Corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this      day of             , 2020.

 

By:  

 

Name:   Sharat Sharan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]


EXHIBIT A

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ON24, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is ON24, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and employ all powers and privileges now or hereafter granted or available under the laws of the State of Delaware to such corporations.

ARTICLE IV

A. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 510,000,000 shares, consisting of: 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

B. Except as otherwise restricted by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate”), the Corporation is authorized to issue, from time to time, all or any portion of the capital stock of the Corporation which may have been authorized but not issued, to such person or persons and for such lawful consideration as it may deem appropriate, and generally in its absolute discretion to determine the terms and manner of any disposition of such authorized but unissued capital stock. Any and all such shares issued for which the full consideration has been paid or delivered shall be deemed fully paid shares of capital stock, and the holder of such shares shall not be liable for any further call or assessment or any other payment thereon.

C. The designations and the powers, preferences and rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each class of stock are as follows:

1. Common Stock

(a) General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

(b) Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders;


provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required, if any Preferred Stock is then outstanding) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

2. Preferred Stock. The shares of Preferred Stock shall initially be undesignated and may be issued from time to time in one or more additional series by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to determine or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon a wholly-unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but, in respect of decreases, not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series should be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolutions originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the certificate or certificates establishing any series of Preferred Stock.

ARTICLE V

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by law or by this Certificate or the bylaws of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”), the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

C. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

2


D. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

E. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption). Beginning immediately following the consummation of the Corporation’s initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Initial Public Offering”), the directors shall, by resolution of the Board of Directors, be divided into three classes, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering, and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Initial Public Offering, directors elected to replace those of a Class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation after such election. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected, and until their respective successors have been duly elected and qualified, except in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director. Nothing in this Certificate shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms.

F. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, (i) newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors and (ii) any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office, or other cause may be filled only by the Board of Directors (and not by stockholders), provided that a quorum is then in office and present, or by a majority of the directors then in office, if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of such director’s predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. After the Initial Public Offering, a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

G. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, directors may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal shall be filled as set forth above under Article VI, Part F.

H. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3


ARTICLE VII

No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of such director’s fiduciary duty as a director of the Corporation, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for any acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL hereafter is amended to authorize further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

ARTICLE VIII

All of the powers of the Corporation, insofar as the same may be lawfully vested by this Certificate in the Board of Directors, are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board of Directors). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws by the stockholders shall require, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, this Article X or Article XII.

ARTICLE XI

If any provision of this Certificate becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Certificate, and the court will replace such illegal, void or

 

4


unenforceable provision of this Certificate with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Certificate shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE XII

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate or the Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. In addition, unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the U.S. federal district courts shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Article XII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

*              *             *

 

5

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ON24, INC.

Effective as of                     

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The address of the registered office of ON24, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”)

1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board or, if not determined by the Board, by the Chairperson of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 2.13.

2.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board at a time to be fixed by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting.

2.3 Special Meetings. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), the Chairperson of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer and may not be called by any other person or persons. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

2.4 Notice of Meetings.

(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date fixed by the Board for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or the Certificate of Incorporation. The


notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

(b) Notice to stockholders shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notices of meetings otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any such notice may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the mailing address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation or (c) in any other manner provided by law. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the stockholders who are entitled to examine the list required by this Section 2.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

2.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chairperson of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting

 

2


and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if the Board fixes a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 5.5, written notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a written proxy executed by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent or by an electronic transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission.

2.9 Action at Meeting.

(a) At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

(b) All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(c) All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or the stockholder’s proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

 

3


2.10 Stockholder Business (Other Than the Election of Directors).

(a) Only such business (other than nominations for election of directors, which is governed by Section 3.16 of these Bylaws) shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before an annual meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) is a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.10 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.10 as to such business. For any business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder (other than nominations for election of directors, which is governed by Section 3.16 of these Bylaws), it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, and the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be in writing and must be received at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not later than ninety (90) days nor earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed (other than as a result of adjournment) by more than thirty (30) days from the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. “Public announcement” for purposes hereof shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(c) of these Bylaws. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For business to be properly brought before a special meeting by a stockholder, the business must be limited to the purpose or purposes set forth in a request under Section 2.3.

(b) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth (i) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the text of the proposal or business, including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) or others acting in concert therewith (each, a “Proposing Person”), (A) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and of any other Proposing Person, (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Proposing Person as of the date of the notice, and a representation that the stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for voting at the meeting of the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Proposing Person as of the record date for voting at the meeting, (C) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose the business specified in the notice, (D) any material interest of the stockholder and any other Proposing Person in such business, (E) the following information regarding the ownership interests of the stockholder and any other Proposing Person which shall be supplemented in writing by the

 

4


stockholder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for voting at the meeting to disclose such interests as of such record date: (1) a description of any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, any derivative or synthetic arrangement having the characteristics of a long position in any class or series of shares of the Corporation, or any contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions designed to produce economic benefits and risks that correspond substantially to the ownership of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such contract, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, contract or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Corporation, through the delivery of cash or other property, or otherwise, and without regard to whether the stockholder of record or any other Proposing Person may have entered into transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such instrument, contract or right (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Proposing Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation; (2) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or other Proposing Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation; (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of the shares of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or other Proposing Person with respect to any class or series of the shares of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series of the shares of the Corporation (“Short Interests”); (4) a description of any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation; (5) a description of any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or other Proposing Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; (6) a description of any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or other Proposing Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or other Proposing Person’s immediate family sharing the same household; (7) a description of any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such stockholder or other Proposing Person; and (8) a description of any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or other Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), and (F) any other information relating to such stockholder or other Proposing Person, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may

 

5


have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this section, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the Corporation prior to the making of such proposal at such meeting by such stockholder stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10; provided however, that any references in this Section 2.10 to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to proposals as to any business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.10. Nothing in this Section 2.10 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(e) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of the stockholder’s intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

2.11 Conduct of Business. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board, or, in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in his absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board, shall act as chairperson. The Secretary of the Corporation or a person designated by the chairperson of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairperson of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 2.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the Corporation.

The chairperson of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairperson’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

The chairperson shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. Without limiting the foregoing, the chairperson may (a) restrict attendance at any time to bona fide stockholders of record and their proxies and other persons in attendance at the invitation of the presiding officer or Board, (b) restrict use of audio or video recording devices at the meeting, and (c) impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the chairperson shall have the power to have such person removed from the meeting. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.10, this Section 2.11 and Section 3.12. The chairperson of the meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was

 

6


made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10, this Section 2.11 and Section 3.12, and if he should so determine that any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with such sections, he shall so declare to the meeting that such defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.

2.12 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of preferred stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of preferred stock.

2.13 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board, who may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

3.2 Election. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, members of the Board shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.3 Number and Term. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be six (6) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption).

 

7


3.4 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

3.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

3.6 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

3.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

3.8 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the directors then in office and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

3.9 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (a) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) sending a facsimile to such director’s last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to such director’s last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) mailing written notice to such director’s last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

3.10 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.11 Quorum; Adjournment. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

 

8


3.12 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.13 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.14 Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers; provided that, the committee membership of each committee designated by the Board will comply with the applicable rules of the exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to the provisions of the DGCL, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee consists of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

3.15 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary Corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

3.16 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of directors at an annual meeting may be made by (i) the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving the notice provided for in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 3.16, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.16.

(a) All nominations by stockholders must be made pursuant to timely notice given in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s nomination for a director to be elected at an annual meeting must be received at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not later than ninety (90) days nor earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the

 

9


date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed (other than as a result of adjournment) by more than thirty (30) days from the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall set forth (i) as to the stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith (each, a “Nominating Person”), the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of any other Nominating Person, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Nominating Person as of the date of the notice, and a representation that the stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for voting at the meeting of the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any other Nominating Person as of the record date for voting at the meeting, (iii) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the nominee specified in the notice, (iv) the following information regarding the ownership interests of the stockholder and any other Nominating Person, which shall be supplemented in writing by the stockholder not later than ten (10) days after the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose such interests as of such record date: (A) a description of any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation; (B) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or other Nominating Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation; (C) a description of any Short Interests in any securities of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person; (D) a description of any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or other Nominating Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation; (E) a description of any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or other Nominating Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; (F) a description of any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or other Nominating Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or other Nominating Person’s immediate family sharing the same household; (G) a description of any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such stockholder or other Nominating Person; and (H) a description of any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or other Nominating Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or other Nominating Person and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (vi) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and any other Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each nominee, and his respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder and any Nominating Person, if any, or

 

10


any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (vii) such other information regarding each nominee as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board, and (viii) the signed consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the second sentence of this Section 3.16(b), in the event that the number of directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting as first specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (without regard to any postponements or adjournments of such meeting after such notice was first sent), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.16(b) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.16 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as are specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice as required by Section 3.12(a) is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than ninety (90) days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Only those persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section shall be eligible for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders. The Chairperson of the Board or Secretary may, if the facts warrant, determine that a notice received by the Corporation relating to a nomination proposed to be made does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 3.16 (including if the stockholder does not provide the updated information required under Section 3.12(b) to the Corporation within five (5) business days following the record date for the meeting), and if it be so determined, shall so declare and any such nomination shall not be introduced at such meeting of stockholders, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section, and, if any nomination is not in compliance with this section (including if the stockholder does not provide the updated information required under Section 3.12(b) to the Corporation within five (5) business days

 

11


following the record date for the meeting), to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received. Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting or a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.16, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the Corporation prior to the making of such nomination at such meeting by such stockholder stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.16, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.16; provided however, that any references in this Section 3.16 to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations to be considered pursuant to this Section 3.16. Nothing in this Section 3.16 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.17 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such members’ duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1 Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

4.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board at any other meeting.

4.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

4.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing the officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board.

 

12


4.6 Chairperson of the Board. The Board may appoint a Chairperson of the Board. If the Board appoints a Chairperson of the Board, the Chairperson of the Board shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to the Chairperson by the Board and these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the Chairperson of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

4.7 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairperson of the Board, at all meetings of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a Corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws.

4.8 President. Subject to the direction of the Board and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board to the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws. The President shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, other than the Chairperson of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

4.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board.

4.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are set forth in these Bylaws and as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

13


In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

4.11 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to maintain the financial records of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

4.12 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation.

4.13 Salaries. Officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board.

4.14 Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

5.1 Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board may determine.

5.2 Stock Certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however, that no such resolution shall apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock of the Corporation represented by certificates, and, upon written request to the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, any holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board, certifying the number and class of shares of stock owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson, if any, of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

5.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation: (i) in

 

14


the case of shares represented by a certificate, by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require; and (ii) in the case of uncertificated shares, upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner thereof. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or it may issue uncertificated shares if the shares represented by such certificate have been designated as uncertificated shares in accordance with Section 5.2, upon such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

5.5 Record Dates. The Board may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day before the date on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions.

The Board may fix in advance a record date (a) for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or (b) for the purpose of any other lawful action. Any such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 days prior to the action to which such record date relates. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board is necessary shall be the date on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board.

 

15


6.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the DGCL, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness or manner of notice.

6.3 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this Corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that this Corporation may possess by reason of this Corporation’s ownership of securities in such other Corporation or other organization.

6.4 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

6.5 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

6.6 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

6.7 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

6.8 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his, her or its last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

16


6.9 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of such individual’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation as provided by law, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

6.10 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

6.11 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

6.12 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other Corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board, or, in the absence of such authorization, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

7.1 By the Board. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted only in accordance with Article X of the Certificate of Incorporation.

7.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

8.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another Corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation

 

17


to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators; provided, that except as provided in Section 8.2 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board, (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the DGCL. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

8.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, or twenty (20) days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the claimant has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the Corporation.

8.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

18


8.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

8.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VIII.

8.6 Insurance. The Corporation shall maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

8.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

8.8 Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this Article VIII in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article VIII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

*     *     *

 

19

Exhibit 10.1

ON24, INC.

2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 2000 Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options (as defined under Section 422 of the Code) or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “Committee” means the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4(a) and (b) of the Plan.

(e) Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(f) “Company” means ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(h) “Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective successors. For purposes of this Plan, a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant.


(i) “Employee” means any person, including officers and directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, with the status of employment determined based upon such minimum number of hours or periods worked as shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code. The payment of a director’s fee to a director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company.

(j) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the fair market value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system including without limitation the National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“Nasdaq”) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as quoted on such system or exchange, or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in Common Stock for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq System (but not on the National Market thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(l) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable written Option Agreement.

(m) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable written Option Agreement.

(n) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(o) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between an Optionee and the Company reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(p) “Optioned Stock” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(q) “Optionee” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(r) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424( e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

2


(s) “Plan” means this 2000 Stock Option Plan.

(t) “Reporting Person” means an officer, director, or greater than 10% stockholder of the Company with the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(u) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(v) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

(w) “Stock Exchange” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(x) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 1,034,000 shares of Common Stock. The shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Option in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Option or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Initial Plan Procedure. Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board.

(b) Plan Procedure After the Date, if any, Upon Which the Company Becomes Subject to the Exchange Act.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. If permitted by Rule 16b-3, grants under the Plan may be made by different bodies with respect to directors, non-director officers and Employees or Consultants who are not Reporting Persons.

(ii) Administration With Respect to Reporting Persons. With respect to grants of Options to Employees who are Reporting Persons, such grants shall be made by (A) the Board if the Board may make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to

 

3


permit grants under the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly make grants to Reporting Persons under the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3.

(iii) Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees. With respect to grants of Options to Employees or Consultants who are not Reporting Persons, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the legal requirements relating to the administration of Incentive Stock Option plans, if any, of applicable corporate and securities laws, of the Code and of any applicable Stock Exchange (the “Applicable Laws”). Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.

(c) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, including the approval, if required, of any Stock Exchange, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(k) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Options may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such Option granted hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Option granted hereunder;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(f) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was granted;

 

4


(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted under the Plan; and

(x) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

(d) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all holders of Options.

5. Eligibility.

(a) Recipients of Grants. Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options.

(b) Type of Option. Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(c) Employment Relationship. The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Optionee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the stockholders of the Company as described in Section 18 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

5


8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is:

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option that is:

(A) granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

(B) granted to any person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note (subject to the provisions of Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), (4) other Shares that (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender or such other period as may be required to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) authorization for the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price and any applicable income or employment taxes, (7) delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares that irrevocably obligates the option holder to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, or (9) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

6


9. Exercise of Option.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and reflected in the Option Agreement, which may include vesting requirements and/or including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided, however, that such Option shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. In the event that any of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option should be subject to a right of repurchase in the Company’s favor, such repurchase right shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Option granted to an officer, director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Option may become fully exercisable, or a repurchase right, if any, in favor of the Company shall lapse, at any time or during any period established by the Administrator.

An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Board, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, not withstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship. Subject to Section 9(c) below, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant with the Company, such Optionee may, but only within three months (or such other period of time not less than 30 days as is determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option and not exceeding three months) after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

 

7


(c) Disability of Optionee.

(i) Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(ii) In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of a disability which does not fall within the meaning of total and permanent disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may, but only within six months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. However, to the extent that such Optionee fails to exercise an Option which is an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) within three months of the date of such termination, the Option will not qualify for ISO treatment under the Code. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within six months from the date of termination, the Option shall terminate.

(d) Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, or within 30 days following termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by such Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of death or, if earlier, the date of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death or termination, as the case may be, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(e) Rule 16b-3. Options granted to Reporting Persons shall comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption for Plan transactions.

10. Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations. At the discretion of the Administrator, Optionees may satisfy withholding obligations as provided in this paragraph. When an Optionee incurs tax liability in connection with an Option, which tax liability is subject to tax withholding under applicable tax laws, and the Optionee is obligated to pay the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Optionee

 

8


may satisfy the withholding tax obligation by one or some combination of the following methods: (a) by cash or check payment, or (b) out of the Optionee’s current compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the Company Shares that (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to or less than the Optionee’s marginal tax rate times the ordinary income recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option, if any, that number of Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld. For this purpose, the fair market value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”).

Any surrender by a Reporting Person of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3.

All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

(a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

(b) once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and

(c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.

In the event the election to have Shares withheld is made by an Optionee and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Optionee shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but such Optionee shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been

 

9


“effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee at least 15 days prior to such proposed action. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Sale of Assets. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a merger of the Company with or into another corporation where the successor corporation issues its securities to the Company’s stockholders, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the Option or to substitute an equivalent option, in which case such Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger or sale of assets. For purposes of this Section 11(c), an Option shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon such merger or sale of assets, each Optionee would be entitled to receive upon exercise of an Option the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as the Optionee would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such transaction if the Optionee had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the Option at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option as provided for in this Section 11).

(d) Certain Distributions. In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option to reflect the effect of such distribution.

12. Non-Transferability of Options. Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised or purchased during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.

13. Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Board; provided, however, that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

10


14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any other applicable law or regulation, including the requirements of any Stock Exchange), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any Stock Exchange.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.

16. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Option Agreements. Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements in such form(s) as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.

18. Stockholder Approval. Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law and the rules of any Stock Exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed. All Options issued under the Plan shall become void in the event such approval is not obtained.

 

11


19. Information and Documents to Optionees. The Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee during the period such Optionee has one or more Options outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information. In addition, at the time of issuance of any securities under the Plan, the Company shall provide to the Optionee a copy of the Plan and any agreement(s) pursuant to which securities granted under the Plan are issued.

 

12


ON24, INC.

2000 Stock Option Plan

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S STOCK OPTION PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.

1. Grant of Option. ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to <<Optionee>> (“Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a total number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the ON24, Inc.’s 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option.

If designated an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

2. Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its Term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise.

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

1


(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in Section 2(a)(i).

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Agreement”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of applicable law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which (i) in the case of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Company option, have been owned by Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised; or

(d) if there is a public market for the Shares and they are registered under the Exchange Act, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.

 

2


4. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

5. Termination of Relationship. In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at such Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period, the Option shall terminate.

6. Disability of Optionee.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of Optionee’s total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within receive months from the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option (to the extent so entitled) within the time specified in this Section 6(a), the Option shall terminate.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of termination of Optionee’s consulting relationship or Continuous Status as an Employee as a result of disability not constituting a total and permanent disability (as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may, but only within six months from the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration-Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant), exercise the Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date; provided, however, that if this is an Incentive Stock Option and Optionee fails to exercise this Incentive Stock Option within three months from the Termination Date, this Option will cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) and Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such exercise in an amount generally measured by the difference between the Exercise Price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in this Section 6(b), the Option shall terminate.

7. Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the Term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within 30 days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any

 

3


time within six months following the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the Termination Date.

8. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

9. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the Term set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7 of the Plan.

10. Tax Consequences. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal and California tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercise of Incentive Stock Option. If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

(b) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option. If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

(c) Disposition of Shares. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. In either case, the long-term

 

4


capital gain will be taxed for federal income tax and alternative minimum tax purposes at a maximum rate of 28% if the Shares are held more than one year but less than 18 months after exercise and at 20% if the Shares are held more than 18 months after exercise. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within one year after exercise or within two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(d) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Incentive Stock Option Shares. If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an Incentive Stock Option, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

11. Withholding Tax Obligations. Optionee understands that, upon exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, he or she will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then Fair Market Value of the Shares over the Exercise Price. However, the timing of this income recognition may be deferred for up to six months if Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. If Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation, or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income. Additionally, Optionee may at some point be required to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to the disqualifying disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. Optionee shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation arising upon the exercise of this Option by one or some combination of the following methods: (a) by cash payment, (b) out of Optionee’s current compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by surrendering to the Company Shares which (i) in the case of Shares previously acquired from the Company, have been owned by Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to or greater than Optionee’s marginal tax rate times the ordinary income recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. For this purpose, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Dated”).

If Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (an “Insider”), any surrender of previously owned Shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”).

 

5


All elections by Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

(a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

(b) once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares of the Option as to which the election is made; and

(c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.

12. Market Standoff Agreement. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

ON24, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

     

Name:

 

 

      (print)

Title:

 

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S STOCK OPTION PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.

 

Dated:

 

 

   

 

     

<<Optionee>>

 

7


EXHIBIT A

ON24, INC.

2000 Stock Option Plan

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of, by and between ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and <<Optionee>> (“Purchasers”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Option Plan.

1. Exercise of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase __________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated <<GrantDate>>, (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $<<ExercisePrice>> per Share for a total purchase price of $_____________. The term “Shares” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise. The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 3 of the Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignees shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

8


(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “Offered Price”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family (as defined below) or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “Immediate

 

9


Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(b) Involuntary Transfer.

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer. In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including divorce or death, but excluding, in the event of death, a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer. With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notifier Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within 30 days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment. The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations; provided, however, that an assignee, other than a corporation that is the Parent or a 100% owned Subsidiary of the Company, must pay the Company, upon assignment of such right, cash equal to the difference between the original purchase price and Fair Market Value, if the original purchase price is less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the assignment.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees. All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights. The Right of First Refusal and the Company’s right to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer pursuant to Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

10


(f) Market Standoff Agreement. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations. In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

(d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

11


5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

(ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “Stop-Transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

(d) Removal of Legend. When all of the following events have occurred, the Shares then held by Purchaser will no longer be subject to the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii): (i) the termination of the Right of First Refusal; and (ii) the expiration or termination of the market standoff provisions of Section 3(f) (and of any agreement entered pursuant to Section 3(f). After such time, and upon Purchaser’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii), and delivered to Purchaser.

6. No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

12


7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against anyone of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns. The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:

ON24, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

  (print)
Title:  

 

833 Market Street, Suite 612

San Francisco, CA 94103

PURCHASER:

<<OPTIONEE>>

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

(Print Name)

Address:

 

 

I, ______________________, spouse of <<Optionee>>, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of <<Optionee>>

 

14


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. ______ for __________________ shares of Common Stock of ON24, Inc.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

        

 

 

     

<<Optionee>>

 

15


RECEIPT

ON24, Inc. hereby acknowledges receipt of a check in the amount of $________________ given by <<Optionee>> as consideration for Certificate No.______ for shares of Common Stock of ON24, Inc.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

ON24, Inc.

a Delaware corporation
By:  

         

Name:  

 

  (print)
Title:  

 

 

16

Exhibit 10.2

ON24, INC.

2014 STOCK PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

1.

 

Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan

     1  
 

1.1

  Establishment      1  
 

1.2

  Purpose      1  
 

1.3

  Term of Plan      1  

2.

 

Definitions and Construction

     1  
 

2.1

  Definitions      1  
 

2.2

  Construction      6  

3.

 

Administration

     6  
 

3.1

  Administration by the Board      6  
 

3.2

  Authority of Officers      6  
 

3.3

  Powers of the Board      7  
 

3.4

  Administration with Respect to Insiders      7  
 

3.5

  Indemnification      8  

4.

 

Shares Subject to Plan

     8  
 

4.1

  Maximum Number of Shares Issuable      8  
 

4.2

  Adjustment for Unissued or Forfeited Predecessor Plan Shares      8  
 

4.3

  Share Counting      9  
 

4.4

  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure      9  
 

4.5

  Assumption or Substitution of Awards      10  

5.

 

Eligibility, Participation and Option Limitations

     10  
 

5.1

  Persons Eligible for Awards      10  
 

5.2

  Participation in the Plan      10  
 

5.3

  Incentive Stock Option Limitations      10  

6.

 

Stock Options

     11  
 

6.1

  Exercise Price      11  
 

6.2

  Exercisability and Term of Options      11  
 

6.3

  Payment of Exercise Price      11  
 

6.4

  Effect of Termination of Service      12  
 

6.5

  Transferability of Options      13  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  

7.

  Restricted Stock Awards      14  
  7.1   Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized      14  
  7.2   Purchase Price      14  
  7.3   Purchase Period      14  
  7.4   Payment of Purchase Price      14  
  7.5   Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer      15  
  7.6   Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions      15  
  7.7   Effect of Termination of Service      15  
  7.8   Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights      16  

8.

  Restricted Stock Units      16  
  8.1   Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards      16  
  8.2   Purchase Price      16  
  8.3   Vesting      16  
  8.4   Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions      16  
  8.5   Effect of Termination of Service      17  
  8.6   Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards      17  
  8.7   Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards      18  

9.

  Standard Forms of Award Agreements      18  
  9.1   Award Agreements      18  
  9.2   Authority to Vary Terms      18  

10.

  Change in Control      18  
  10.1   Effect of Change in Control on Awards      18  
  10.2   Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code      20  

11.

  Tax Withholding      20  
  11.1   Tax Withholding in General      20  
  11.2   Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares      21  

12.

  Compliance with Section 409A      21  
  12.1   In General      21  
  12.2   Certain Limitations      21  

13.

  Compliance with Securities Law      22  

14.

  Amendment or Termination of Plan      23  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  

15.

  Miscellaneous Provisions      23  
  15.1   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      23  
  15.2   Forfeiture Events      24  
  15.3   Provision of Information      24  
  15.4   Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director      24  
  15.5   Rights as a Stockholder      24  
  15.6   Delivery of Title to Shares      25  
  15.7   Fractional Shares      25  
  15.8   Retirement and Welfare Plans      25  
  15.9   Severability      25  
  15.10   No Constraint on Corporate Action      25  
  15.11   Unfunded Obligation      25  
  15.12   Choice of Law      26  
  15.13   Stockholder Approval      26  

 

iii


ON24, INC.

2014 STOCK PLAN

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. The ON24, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan (the Plan) is hereby established effective as of June 17, 2014 (the Effective Date).

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options, Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Awardmeans an Option, Restricted Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock Bonus or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan.

(b) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to an Award.

(c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a

 

4


Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(e) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined by the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company applicable to an Award, the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

(i) an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(v)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee), as the case may be; or

(ii) a date specified by the Board following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(e) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.1(e) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

(g) Company means ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(h) Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

5


(i) Director means a member of the Board.

(j) Disability means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(k) Dividend Equivalent Right means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of the Board or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one share of Stock for each share of Stock represented by an Award held by such Participant.

(l) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(m) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

 

6


(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

(o) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(p) Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

(q) Insider means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(r) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(s) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(t) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(v) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(w) “Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(x) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

 

7


(y) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(z) Predecessor Plan means the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

(aa) Restricted Stock Award means an Award in the form of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(bb) Restricted Stock Bonus means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

(cc) Restricted Stock Purchase Right means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

(dd) Restricted Stock Unit” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8 to receive on a future date or event a share of Stock or cash in lieu thereof, as determined by the Board.

(ee) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(ff) Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code.

(gg) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(hh) Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether as an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have been interrupted or terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. A Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(ii) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.4.

 

8


(jj) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(kk) Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(ll) Trading Compliance Policy means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

(mm) Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which an Award or shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service or failure of a performance condition to be satisfied.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

9


3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock or units to be subject to each Award;

(b) to determine the type of Award granted;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to determine whether an Award will be settled in shares of Stock, cash, other property or in any combination thereof;

(f) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(g) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

(h) to reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of any Option, or to grant in substitution for any Option a new Award covering the same or different number of shares of Stock;

(i) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(j) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose residents may be granted Awards; and

(k) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

 

10


3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be Seven Hundred Thirteen Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty-Seven (713,837) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (Section 260.140.45), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Awards (together with options outstanding under any other stock plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4.2 Adjustment for Unissued or Forfeited Predecessor Plan Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased from time to time by:

(a) the number of shares of Stock subject to that portion of any option outstanding pursuant to the Predecessor Plan as of the Effective Date which, on or after the Effective Date, expires or is terminated or canceled for any reason without having been exercised or settled in full; and

 

11


(b) the number of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Predecessor Plan subject to forfeiture or repurchase by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s purchase price which, on or after the Effective Date, is so forfeited or repurchased;

provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of Stock authorized for issuance under the Predecessor Plan that may become authorized for issuance under the Plan pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall not exceed 5,643,704 shares.

4.3 Share Counting. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan (a) with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash or (b) to the extent such shares are withheld or reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 11.2. If the exercise price of an Option is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, or by means of a Net Exercise, the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of the Option.

4.4 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share under any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise or purchase price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

12


4.5 Assumption or Substitution of Awards. The Board may, without affecting the number of shares of Stock available pursuant to Section 4.1, authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to compliance with Section 409A and any other applicable provisions of the Code.

5. ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed Six Million Three Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Five Hundred Forty One (6,357,541) shares (the ISO Share Limit). The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.4.

(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in

 

13


part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

6. STOCK OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price less than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner that would qualify under the provisions of Section 409A or Section 424(a) of the Code, as applicable.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of such Option (except in the event of such Employee’s death, disability or retirement, upon a Change in Control, or as otherwise permitted by the Worker Economic Opportunity Act). Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 6.3(b), by means of (1) a Stock Tender Exercise, (2) a Cashless Exercise or (3) a Net Exercise; (iii) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (iv) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

 

14


(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Stock Tender Exercise. A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice accompanied by a Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise shall be permitted only upon the class of shares subject to the Option becoming publicly traded in an established securities market. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

(iii) Net Exercise. A Net Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed exercise notice followed by a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:

 

15


(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period (but not less than six (6) months) provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date).

(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer or shorter period (but not less than six (6) months) provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period provided by the Board) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer or shorter period (but not less than thirty (30) days) provided by the Award Agreement) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 12 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, an Option shall be assignable or

 

16


transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, only as permitted by applicable regulations under Section 421 of the Code in a manner that does not disqualify such Option as an Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act, no Option or, prior to its exercise, the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Option, shall be transferred except in compliance with the restrictions on transfer under Rule 12h-1(f) (including the requirement under such rule that any permitted transferee may not further transfer the Option) or be made subject to any short position, “put equivalent position” or “call equivalent position” by the Participant, as such terms are defined in Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act.

7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall establish. Such Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

7.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

7.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

7.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

 

17


7.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.8. The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

7.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 7.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares; provided, however, that if so determined by the Board and provided by the Award Agreement, such dividends and distributions shall be subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid, and otherwise shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year in which such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders (or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date such dividends or distributions are paid to stockholders). In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

7.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

18


7.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall establish. Award Agreements evidencing Restricted Stock Units may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals established by the Board.

8.2 Purchase Price. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) shall be required as a condition of receiving a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

8.3 Vesting. Restricted Stock Unit Awards may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to the Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Trading Compliance Policy, then the satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the first to occur of (a) the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy or (b) the last day of the calendar year in which the original vesting date occurred.

8.4 Voting Rights, Dividend Equivalent Rights and Distributions. Participants shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Stock represented by Restricted Stock Units until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). However,

 

19


the Board, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit Award that the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the payment of cash dividends on Stock during the period beginning on the date such Award is granted and ending, with respect to each share subject to the Award, on the earlier of the date the Award is settled or the date on which it is terminated. Dividend Equivalent Rights, if any, shall be paid by crediting the Participant with a cash amount or with additional whole Restricted Stock Units as of the date of payment of such cash dividends on Stock, as determined by the Board. The number of additional Restricted Stock Units (rounded to the nearest whole number), if any, to be credited shall be determined by dividing (a) the amount of cash dividends paid on the dividend payment date with respect to the number of shares of Stock represented by the Restricted Stock Units previously credited to the Participant by (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on such date. Such cash amount or additional Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions and shall be settled in the same manner and at the same time as the Restricted Stock Units originally subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. In the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.4, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award so that it represents the right to receive upon settlement any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends) to which the Participant would be entitled by reason of the shares of Stock issuable upon settlement of the Award, and all such new, substituted or additional securities or other property shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as are applicable to the Award.

8.5 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Unit Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.

8.6 Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Company shall issue to a Participant on the date on which Restricted Stock Units subject to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award vest or on such other date determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A, if applicable, and set forth in the Award Agreement one (1) share of Stock (and/or any other new, substituted or additional securities or other property pursuant to an adjustment described in Section 8.4) for each Restricted Stock Unit then becoming vested or otherwise to be settled on such date, subject to the withholding of applicable taxes, if any. If permitted by the Board, the Participant may elect, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to defer receipt of all or any portion of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section, and such deferred issuance date(s) and amount(s) elected by the Participant shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board, in its discretion, may provide for settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit Award by payment to the Participant in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on the payment date of the shares of Stock or other property otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to this Section.

 

20


8.7 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The right to receive shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. For so long as the Company is relying on an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) under Section 12(h) of the Exchange Act or a no-action position of the Staff of the SEC relieving the Company from registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act of the Units and the shares of Stock subject thereto, no Restricted Stock Unit Award, or prior to its settlement, shares of Stock underlying such Award, shall be transferred except in compliance with the restrictions on transfer under Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act that would apply were the Restricted Stock Units subject to such rule (including the requirement under such rule that any permitted transferee may not further transfer the securities) or be made subject to any short position, “put equivalent position” or “call equivalent position” by the Participant, as such terms are defined in Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

9. STANDARD FORMS OF AWARD AGREEMENTS.

9.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement, which execution may be evidenced by electronic means.

9.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

10. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

10.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A, if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following:

(a) Accelerated Vesting. In its discretion, the Board may provide in the grant of any Award or at any other time may take action it deems appropriate to provide for acceleration of the exercisability, vesting and/or settlement in connection with a Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following the Change in Control, and to such extent as the Board determines.

 

21


(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, solely common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

(c) Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards. The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced (but not below zero) by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable amount of future payment of such consideration. In the event such determination is made by the Board, an Award having an exercise or purchase price per share equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the

 

22


consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control may be canceled without payment of consideration to the holder thereof. Payment pursuant to this Section (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be made to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

10.2 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A, the Participant may elect to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(b) Determination by Tax Firm. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 10.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 10.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by the professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes, or, if the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the Acquiror, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required by this Section (the Tax Firm). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Tax Firm shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Tax Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Tax Firm such information and documents as the Tax Firm may reasonably request in order to make its required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Tax Firm may charge in connection with its services contemplated by this Section.

11. TAX WITHHOLDING.

11.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required by law to be withheld by any Participating Company with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock, to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement, or to make any payment in cash under the Plan until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

23


11.2 Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company may require a Participant to direct a broker, upon the vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Award determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to the Participating Company in cash.

12. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A.

12.1 In General. The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan shall be administered, interpreted, and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A, as determined by the Company in good faith, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with any Award that may result in deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

12.2 Certain Limitations. With respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A, the following shall apply, as applicable:

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent required to avoid tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan on account of, and during the six (6) month period immediately following, the Participant’s termination of Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier).

(b) Neither any Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any amount or benefits under an Award in any manner which would not be in compliance with Section 409A.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation subject to Section 409A would become payable under the Plan by reason of a Change in Control, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting the Change in Control would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. Any Award which constitutes deferred compensation subject to Section 409A and which would vest and otherwise become payable upon a Change in Control as a result of the failure of the Acquiror to assume, continue or substitute for such Award in accordance with

 

24


Section 10.1(b) shall vest to the extent provided by such Award but shall be converted automatically at the effective time of such Change in Control into a right to receive, in cash on the date or dates such award would have been settled in accordance with its then existing settlement schedule, an amount or amounts equal in the aggregate to the intrinsic value of the Award at the time of the Change in Control.

(d) Should any provision of the Plan, any Award Agreement, or any other agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Plan be found not to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, such provision shall be modified and given effect (retroactively if necessary), in the sole discretion of the Board, and without the consent of the holder of the Award, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Board shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A, and neither the Company nor the Board will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Company intends that securities issued pursuant to the Plan be exempt from requirements of registration and qualification of such securities pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code or any other applicable exemptions, and the Plan shall be so construed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

25


14. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Sections 4.2 and 4.4), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may have a materially adverse effect on any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A.

15. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

15.1 Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

(a) Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of any Award Agreement to the contrary, at any time prior to the date on which the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as such term is used in the Exchange Act) or is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefore are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal, the Board may prohibit any Participant who acquires shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or any transferee of such Participant from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering any such shares (each, a Transfer) without the prior written consent of the Board. The Board may withhold consent to any Transfer for any reason, including without limitation any Transfer (i) to any individual or entity identified by the Company as a potential competitor or considered by the Company to be unfriendly, or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the Company having a class of security held of record by such number of persons as would require the Company to register any class of securities under the Exchange Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the Company in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, Internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or Internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer would be of less than all of the shares of Stock then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee.

 

26


15.2 Forfeiture Events. The Board may determine that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause, any act by a Participant, whether before or after termination of Service, that would constitute Cause for termination of Service, or any accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements of securities laws as a result of which, and to the extent that, such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment is required by applicable securities laws.

15.3 Provision of Information. At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Participant and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Award; provided, however, that this requirement shall not apply if all offers and sales of securities pursuant to the Plan comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide to the applicable Participants the information described in Securities Act Rules 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) by a method allowed under Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(vi) and in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(vi), provided that the Participant agrees to keep the information confidential until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

15.4 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

15.5 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.4 or another provision of the Plan.

 

27


15.6 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

15.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

15.8 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefits.

15.9 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

15.10 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

15.11 Unfunded Obligation. Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be considered unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. No Participating Company shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Board or any Participating Company and a Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant’s creditors in any assets of any Participating Company. The Participants shall have no claim against any Participating Company for any changes in the value of any assets which may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

28


15.12 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

15.13 Stockholder Approval. The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote by the later of (a) a period beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date of adoption thereof by the Board or (b) the first issuance of any security pursuant to the Plan in the State of California (within the meaning of Section 25008 of the California Corporations Code). Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be, and such Awards shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not received in the manner described in the preceding sentence.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the ON24, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan as duly adopted by the Board on June 17, 2014.

 

 

Secretary

 

29


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

ON24, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ON24, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement) is attached an option (the Option) to purchase shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the ON24, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan (the Plan), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.


2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

3


4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Stock Tender Exercise, (2) a Cashless Exercise or (3) a Net-Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

(i) Stock Tender Exercise. A Stock Tender Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise shall be permitted only upon the class of shares subject to the Option becoming publicly traded in an established securities market. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

(iii) Net-Exercise. A Net-Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

4


4.4 Tax Withholding.

(a) In General. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

(b) Withholding in or Directed Sale of Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Option by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon such exercise a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company may require the Participant to direct a broker, upon the exercise of the Option, to sell a portion of the shares subject to the Option determined by the Company in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the tax withholding obligations of any Participating Company and to remit an amount equal to such tax withholding obligations to the Company in cash.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE

 

5


PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act, the Option and, prior to its exercise, the shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Option, shall not be transferred except in compliance with the restrictions on transfer under Rule 12h-1(f) (including the requirement under such rule that any permitted transferee may not further transfer the Option) or be made subject to any short position, “put equivalent position” or “call equivalent position” by the Participant, as such terms are defined in Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6


(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Board determines to settle the Option in accordance with Section 9.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the

 

7


Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

8


11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Right of First Refusal).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First

 

9


Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the period during which the Company may exercise the Right of First Refusal and consummate the purchase of the Transfer Shares from the Participant shall terminate no sooner than the completion of a period of eight (8) months following the date on which the Participant acquired the Transfer Shares upon exercise of the Option.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice or, if applicable, following the end of the period described in the last sentence of Section 11.4. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

10


11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

11


14. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise

 

12


dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering; provided, further, however, that such one hundred eighty (180) day period may be extended for an additional period, not to exceed twenty (20) days, upon the request of the Company or the underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

16. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

At any time prior to the existence of a public market for the Stock, the Board may prohibit the Participant and any transferee of such Participant from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering any shares acquired pursuant to the Option (each, a Transfer) without the prior written consent of the Board. The Board may withhold consent for any reason, including without limitation any Transfer (i) to any individual or entity identified by the Company as a potential competitor or considered by the Company to be unfriendly, or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the Company having a class of security held of record by such number of persons as would require the Company to register any class of securities under the Exchange Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the Company in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, Internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or Internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer would be of less than all of the shares of Stock then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee. No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may have a materially adversely effect on the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

 

13


17.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes incurred by the Participant on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

17.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.4 Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

14


(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).

17.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.7 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15


☐ Incentive Stock Option    Participant:   

 

☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option         
      Date:   

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

ON24, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

                                                               
                                                               

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option. I was granted an option (the Option) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares) of ON24, Inc. (the Company) pursuant to the Company’s 2014 Stock Plan (the Plan), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

                             

Number of Option Shares:

                             

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                        

2. Exercise of Option. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:

                             

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

   $                        

3. Payments. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

☐ Cash:

   $                                             

☐ Check:

   $                                             

☐ Stock Tender Exercise:

     Contact Plan Administrator  

☐ Cashless Exercise:

     Contact Plan Administrator  

☐ Net Exercise:

     Contact Plan Administrator  

4. Tax Withholding. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

☐ Cash:

   $                        

☐ Check:

   $                        


5. Participant Information.

 

My address is:

  

 

  

 

My Social Security Number is:

  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer. I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

ON24, Inc.

By:  

                                                                   

Title:  

                                                      

Dated:  

                                                      

 

2

Exhibit 10.4

ON24, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.    Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan      1  
   1.1    Establishment      1  
   1.2    Purpose      1  
   1.3    Term of Plan      1  
2.    Definitions and Construction      1  
   2.1    Definitions      1  
   2.2    Construction      6  
3.    Administration      6  
   3.1    Administration by the Committee      6  
   3.2    Authority of Officers      6  
   3.3    Power to Adopt Sub-Plans      7  
   3.4    Power to Vary Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees      7  
   3.5    Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms      7  
   3.6    Policies and Procedures Established by the Company      7  
   3.7    Indemnification      8  
4.    Shares Subject to Plan      8  
   4.1    Maximum Number of Shares Issuable      8  
   4.2    Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable      8  
   4.3    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure      8  
5.    Eligibility      9  
   5.1    Employees Eligible to Participate      9  
   5.2    Exclusion of Certain Stockholders      10  
   5.3    Determination by Company      10  
6.    Offerings      10  
   6.1    Offering Periods      10  
   6.2    Non-United States Offerings      10  
7.    Participation in the Plan      11  
   7.1    Initial Participation      11  
   7.2    Continued Participation      11  
8.    Right to Purchase Shares      12  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  
   8.1    Grant of Purchase Right      12  
   8.2    Calendar Year Purchase Limitation      12  
9.    Purchase Price      13  
10.    Accumulation of Purchase Price through Payroll Deduction      13  
   10.1    Amount of Payroll Deductions      13  
   10.2    Commencement of Payroll Deductions      13  
   10.3    Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions      13  
   10.4    Election to Increase Payroll Deductions for Subsequent Offering      14  
   10.5    Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions      14  
   10.6    Participant Accounts      14  
   10.7    No Interest Paid      14  
11.    Purchase of Shares      15  
   11.1    Exercise of Purchase Right      15  
   11.2    Pro Rata Allocation of Shares      16  
   11.3    Delivery of Title to Shares      16  
   11.4    Return of Plan Account Balance      16  
   11.5    Tax Withholding      16  
   11.6    Expiration of Purchase Right      16  
   11.7    Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants      17  
12.    Withdrawal from Plan      17  
   12.1    Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan      17  
   12.2    Return of Plan Account Balance      17  
13.    Termination of Employment or Eligibility      17  
14.    Effect of Change in Control on Purchase Rights      18  
15.    Nontransferability of Purchase Rights      18  
16.    Compliance with Applicable Law      18  
17.    Rights as a Stockholder and Employee      19  
18.    Notification of Disposition of Shares      19  
19.    Legends      19  
20.    Designation of Beneficiary      20  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  
   20.1    Designation Procedure      20  
   20.2    Absence of Beneficiary Designation      20  
21.    Notices      20  
22.    Amendment or Termination of the Plan      20  
23.    No Representations with Respect to Tax Qualification      21  
24.    Choice of Law      21  

 

iii


ON24, Inc.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

  1.

ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. The ON24, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is hereby established effective as of the effective date of the initial registration by the Company of its Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Effective Date).

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward Eligible Employees of the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan provides Eligible Employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Stock. The Plan is comprised of the Section 423 Plan and the Non-423 Plan. The Company intends that the Section 423 Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Section 423 Plan shall be so construed. The Non-423 Plan, which is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code, is intended to provide Eligible Employees employed by Participating Companies outside the United States with an opportunity to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan but not necessarily in compliance with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Committee.

 

  2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Cash Exercise Notice means a written notice in a form specified by the Company stating a Participant’s election to exercise, as of the next Purchase Date, a Purchase Right granted to such Participant with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period.

(c) Change in Control means the occurrence of any one or a combination of the following:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total Fair Market Value or total


combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if such degree of beneficial ownership results from any of the following: (A) an acquisition by any person who on the Effective Date is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of such voting power, (B) any acquisition directly from the Company, including, without limitation, pursuant to or in connection with a public offering of securities, (C) any acquisition by the Company, (D) any acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary under an employee benefit plan of a Participating Company or (E) any acquisition by an entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii) an Ownership Change Event or series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(l)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or

(iii) a date specified by the Committee following approval by the stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided, however, that a Change in Control shall be deemed not to include a transaction described in subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.1(b) in which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the continuing, surviving or successor entity, or parent thereof, immediately after such transaction is comprised of Incumbent Directors.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Committee shall determine whether multiple events described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.1(b) are related and to be treated in the aggregate as a single Change in Control, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(d) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) Committee means the Compensation Committee and such other committee or subcommittee of the Board, if any, duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers in each instance as shall be specified by the Board. If, at any time, there is no committee of the Board then authorized or properly constituted to administer the Plan, the Board shall exercise all of the powers of the Committee granted herein, and, in any event, the Board may in its discretion exercise any or all of such powers.

(f) Company means ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

2


(g) Compensation means, with respect to any Offering Period, regular base wages or salary, overtime payments, shift premiums and payments for paid time off, calculated before deduction of (i) any income or employment tax withholdings or (ii) any amounts deferred pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code. Compensation shall be limited to such amounts actually payable in cash or deferred during the Offering Period. Compensation shall not include (i) sign-on bonuses, annual or other incentive bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions or other incentive-type payments, (ii) any contributions made by a Participating Company on the Participant’s behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than amounts deferred pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code), (iii) payments in lieu of notice, payments pursuant to a severance agreement, termination pay, moving allowances, relocation payments, or (iv) any amounts directly or indirectly paid pursuant to the Plan or any other stock purchase, stock option or other stock-based compensation plan, or any other compensation not expressly included by this Section.

(h) Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in Section 5 for eligibility to participate in the Plan.

(i) Employee means a person treated as an employee of a Participating Company, and, with respect to the Section 423 Plan, a person who is an employee for purposes of Section 423 of the Code. A Participant shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee either upon an actual termination of employment or upon the corporation employing the Participant ceasing to be a Participating Company. For purposes of the Section 423 Plan, an individual shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee while on any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company of ninety (90) days or less. For purposes of the Section 423 Plan, if an individual’s leave of absence exceeds ninety (90) days, the individual shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave unless the individual’s right to reemployment with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. The foregoing rules regarding leaves of absence shall apply equally for purposes of the Non-423 Plan, except as otherwise required by applicable Local Law.

(j) Fair Market Value means, as of any date:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed or quoted on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or quotation system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported a source the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or quotation system, the date on which the Fair Market Value is established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded or quoted prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on the relevant date, the Stock is not then listed on a national or regional securities exchange or quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

3


(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Pre-Registration Offering Period commences on the Effective Date, then the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such date shall be deemed to be the public offering price set forth in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of the Stock.

(k) Incumbent Director means a director who either (i) is a member of the Board as of the Effective Date or (ii) is elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but excluding a director who was elected or nominated in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company).

(l) Local Law means the applicable laws of the non-United States jurisdiction governing the participation in the Plan of an Eligible Employee.

(m) Non-423 Plan means that component of the Plan not intended to be an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and which need not necessarily comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(n) Non-United States Offering means either (i) an Offering under the Section 423 Plan covering Eligible Employees employed by a Participating Company outside the United States, provided that the terms of such Offering comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, including such variations in terms of Purchase Rights as permitted by Section 3.4; or (ii) an Offering under the Non-423 Plan covering Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies outside the United States, the terms of which need not comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(o) Offering means an offering of Stock pursuant to the Plan, as provided in Section 6.

(p) Offering Date means, for any Offering Period, the first day of such Offering Period.

(q) Offering Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6.1, during which an Offering is outstanding.

(r) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(s) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

 

4


(t) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(u) Participant means an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in an Offering Period in accordance with Section 7 and remains a participant in accordance with the Plan.

(v) Participating Company means the Company and any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation designated by the Committee as a corporation the Employees of which may, if Eligible Employees, participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine from time to time which Parent Corporations or Subsidiary Corporations shall be Participating Companies. The Committee shall designate from time to time and set forth in Appendix A to this Plan those Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees may participate in the Section 423 Plan and those Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees may participate in the Non-423 Plan.

(w) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, the Company and all other corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(x) Plan means this 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of the Company, as amended from time to time, comprised of the Section 423 Plan and the Non-423 Plan.

(y) Pre-Registration Offering Period means an Offering Period commencing prior to the Registration Date with respect to the shares of Stock issuable pursuant to such Offering Period.

(z) Purchase Date means, for any Offering Period, the last day of such Offering Period, or, if determined by the Committee, the last day of each Purchase Period occurring within such Offering Period, on which outstanding Purchase Rights are exercised.

(aa) Purchase Period means a period, established by the Committee in accordance with Section 6.2 and included within an Offering Period, the final date of which is a Purchase Date.

(bb) Purchase Price means the price at which a share of Stock may be purchased under the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 9.

(cc) Purchase Right means an option granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan to purchase shares of Stock as provided in Section 8, which the Participant may or may not exercise during the Offering Period in which such option is outstanding. Such option arises from the right of a Participant to withdraw any payroll deductions or other funds accumulated on behalf of the Participant and not previously applied to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, and to terminate participation in the Plan at any time during an Offering Period.

(dd) Registration Date means the effective date of the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-8 of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan.

 

5


(ee) Section 423 Plan means that component of the Plan intended to be an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code.

(ff) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg) Stock means the Common Stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(hh) Subscription Agreement means a written or electronic agreement, in a form specified by the Company, stating an Employee’s election to participate in the Plan and authorizing payroll deductions under the Plan from the Employee’s Compensation or other method of payment authorized by the Committee pursuant to Section 11.1(b).

(ii) Subscription Date means the last business day prior to the Offering Date of an Offering Period or an earlier date established by the Company.

(jj) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  3.

ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan, or of any Purchase Right shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or the Purchase Right, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine all of the relevant terms and conditions of Purchase Rights; provided, however, that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering under the Section 423 Plan shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code, other than for such variations in terms of Purchase Rights as permitted by Section 3.4. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or any agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.1) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided that the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

6


3.3 Power to Adopt Sub-Plans. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to adopt one or more sub-plans of the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws or regulations, tax policy, accounting principles or custom of foreign jurisdictions applicable to employees of a subsidiary business entity of the Company, provided that any such sub-plan shall be within the scope of the Non-423 Plan. Any of the provisions of any such sub-plan may supersede the provisions of this Plan, other than Section 4. Except as superseded by the provisions of a sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern such sub-plan.

3.4 Power to Vary Terms with Respect to Non-U.S. Employees. In order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion and as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, to grant Purchase Rights in an Offering under the Section 423 Plan to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of Purchase Rights granted under the same Offering to Employees resident in the United States.

3.5 Power to Establish Separate Offerings with Varying Terms. The Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to establish separate, simultaneous or overlapping Offerings having different terms and conditions and to designate the Participating Company or Companies that may participate in a particular Offering, provided that each Offering under the Section 423 Plan shall individually comply with the terms of the Plan and the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to such Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section, other than for such variations in terms of Purchase Rights as permitted by Section 3.4.

3.6 Policies and Procedures Established by the Company. Without regard to whether any Participant’s Purchase Right may be considered adversely affected, the Company may, from time to time, consistent with the Plan and the requirements of Section 423 of the Code in the case of the Section 423 Plan, establish, change or terminate such rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, limitations, or adjustments as deemed advisable by the Company, in its discretion, for the proper administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, (a) a minimum payroll deduction amount required for participation in an Offering, (b) a limitation on the frequency or number of changes permitted in the rate of payroll deduction during an Offering, (c) an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or paid in a currency other than United States dollars, (d) a payroll deduction greater than or less than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for the Company’s delay or mistake in processing a Subscription Agreement or in otherwise effecting a Participant’s election under the Plan or as advisable to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and (e) determination of the date and manner by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is determined for purposes of administration of the Plan. All such actions by the Company with respect to the Section 423 Plan shall be taken consistent with the requirements under Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Participants granted Purchase Rights pursuant to an Offering shall have the same rights and privileges within the meaning of such section, except as otherwise permitted by Section 3.4 and the regulations under Section 423 of the Code.

 

7


3.7 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, members of the Board or the Committee and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board, the Committee or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

  4.

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan and the Section 423 Plan shall be one million three hundred thousand (1,300,000), and the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Non-423 Plan shall be one million three hundred thousand (1,300,000), less the aggregate number of shares of Stock issued under the Section 423 Plan. Shares issued under the Plan shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock, or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Purchase Right for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of that Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 Annual Increase in Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1 shall be cumulatively increased automatically on January 1, 2022 and on each subsequent January 1, through and including January 1, 2031, by a number of shares (the Annual Increase) equal to the smallest of (a) one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, (b) one million three hundred thousand (1,300,000) shares, or (c) an amount determined by the Board.

4.3 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting regular, periodic cash

 

8


dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, the Annual Increase, any limit on the number of shares which may be purchased by any Participant during an Offering Period or Purchase Period (as described in Section 8), the number of shares subject to each Purchase Right, and in the Purchase Price in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Purchase Rights are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Purchase Rights to provide that such Purchase Rights are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Purchase Rights shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Committee, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Purchase Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Purchase Right. The adjustments determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  5.

ELIGIBILITY.

5.1 Employees Eligible to Participate. Each Employee of a Participating Company is eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be deemed an Eligible Employee, except the following:

(a) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for twenty (20) hours or less per week; or

(b) Any Employee who is customarily employed by the Participating Company Group for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year.

An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Section 423 Plan or the Non-423 Plan in accordance with the designation in Appendix A of the Employee’s employer as either a Section 423 Plan Participating Company or a Non-423 Plan Participating Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee of a Participating Company designated in Appendix A as a Section 423 Plan Participating Company who is a citizen or resident of a non-United States jurisdiction (without regard to whether the Employee is also a citizen of the United States or a resident alien) may be excluded from participation in the Section 423 Plan or an Offering thereunder if either (i) the grant of a Purchase Right under the Section 423 Plan or Offering to a citizen or resident of the foreign jurisdiction is prohibited under the Local Law of such jurisdiction or (ii) compliance with the Local Law of such jurisdiction would cause the Section 423 Plan or Offering to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. For purposes of participation in the Non-423 Plan, Eligible Employees shall include any other Employees of the applicable Non-423 Plan Participating Company to the extent that applicable Local Law requires participation in the Plan to be extended to such Employees, as determined by the Company.

 

9


5.2 Exclusion of Certain Stockholders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee and granted a Purchase Right under the Section 423 Plan if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own, or hold options to purchase, stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Section 423(b)(3) of the Code. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of such Employee.

5.3 Determination by Company. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee or an Eligible Employee and the effective date of such individual’s attainment or termination of such status, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s participation in or other rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

 

  6.

OFFERINGS.

6.1 Offering Periods. The Plan shall be implemented by sequential Offerings of approximately six (6) months’ duration or such other duration as the Committee shall determine. Offering Periods shall commence on or about the sixteenth (16th) days of May and November of each year and end on or about the fifteenth (15th) days of the next May and November, respectively, occurring thereafter. However, if determined by the Committee, a Pre-Registration Offering Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end on or about November 15, 2021. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish additional or alternative concurrent, sequential or overlapping Offering Periods, a different duration for one or more Offering Periods or different commencing or ending dates for such Offering Periods; provided, however, that no Offering Period may have a duration exceeding twenty-seven (27) months. If the Committee shall so determine in its discretion, each Offering Period may consist of two (2) or more consecutive Purchase Periods having such duration as the Committee shall specify, and the last day of each such Purchase Period shall be a Purchase Date. If the first or last day of an Offering Period or a Purchase Period is not a day on which the principal stock exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is then listed is open for trading, the Company shall specify the trading day that will be deemed the first or last day, as the case may be, of the Offering Period or Purchase Period.

6.2 Non-United States Offerings. The Committee shall communicate to the Employees eligible to participate in a Non-United States Offering (whether pursuant to the Section 423 Plan or the Non-423 Plan) those terms of the Non-United States Offering that differ from the terms otherwise applicable to the relevant Offering covering Eligible Employees employed by a Participating Company within the United States under the Section 423 Plan a reasonable period of time prior to the Subscription Date for such Non-United States Offering.

 

10


  7.

PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN.

7.1 Initial Participation.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b)(b), an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in an Offering Period by delivering a properly completed written or electronic Subscription Agreement to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) not later than the close of business on the Subscription Date established by the Company for that Offering Period. An Eligible Employee who does not deliver a properly completed Subscription Agreement in the manner permitted or required on or before the Subscription Date for an Offering Period shall not participate in the Plan for that Offering Period or for any subsequent Offering Period unless the Eligible Employee subsequently delivers a properly completed Subscription Agreement to the appropriate Company office or representative on or before the Subscription Date for such subsequent Offering Period. An Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Offering Date of an Offering Period shall not be eligible to participate in that Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering Period provided the Employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of such subsequent Offering Period.

(b) Automatic Participation in Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a), each Employee who is an Eligible Employee as of the Offering Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period shall automatically become a Participant in the Pre-Registration Offering Period and shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 8, or (ii) a number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing twenty percent (20%) of such Participant’s Compensation paid during the Pre-Registration Offering Period by the Purchase Price applicable to the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall not require or permit any Participant to deliver a Subscription Agreement for participation in the Pre-Registration Offering Period; provided, however, that following the applicable Registration Date a Participant may deliver a Subscription Agreement to the office or representative designated by the Company if the Participant wishes to change the terms of the Participant’s participation in the Pre-Registration Offering Period. Such changes may include, for example, an election to commence payroll deductions in accordance with Section 10.

7.2 Continued Participation.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 7.2(b), a Participant shall automatically participate in the next Offering Period commencing immediately after the final Purchase Date of each Offering Period in which the Participant participates provided that the Participant remains an Eligible Employee on the Offering Date of the new Offering Period and has not either (a) withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, or (b) terminated employment or otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 13. A Participant who may automatically participate in a subsequent Offering Period, as provided in this Section, is not required to deliver any additional Subscription Agreement for the subsequent Offering Period in order to continue participation in the Plan. However, a Participant may deliver a new Subscription Agreement for a subsequent Offering Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1(a) if the Participant desires to change any of the elections contained in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement.

 

11


(b) Participation Following Pre-Registration Offering Period. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a), an Eligible Employee who was automatically enrolled in a Pre-Registration Offering Period and who wishes to participate in an Offering Period which begins after the Pre-Registration Offering Period shall deliver a Subscription Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1(a) no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and no later than the Subscription Date for such Offering Period, unless the Employee delivered a Subscription Agreement with respect to the Pre-Registration Offering Period as provided in Section 7.1(b).

 

  8.

RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES.

8.1 Grant of Purchase Right. Except as provided in Section 7.1(b) with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period or otherwise provided below, on the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall be granted automatically a Purchase Right consisting of an option to purchase the lesser of (a) that number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing the Dollar Limit (determined as provided below) by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such Offering Date or (b) the Share Limit (determined as provided below). The Committee may, in its discretion and prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, (i) change the method of, or any of the foregoing factors in, determining the number of shares of Stock subject to Purchase Rights to be granted on such Offering Date, or (ii) specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all Participants in an Offering or on any Purchase Date within an Offering Period. No Purchase Right shall be granted on an Offering Date to any person who is not, on such Offering Date, an Eligible Employee. For the purposes of this Section, the Dollar Limit shall be determined by multiplying $2,083.33 by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar, and the Share Limit shall be determined by multiplying two hundred (200) shares by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the Offering Period and rounding to the nearest whole share.

8.2 Calendar Year Purchase Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant (whether participating in the Section 423 Plan or the Non-423 Plan) shall be granted a Purchase Right which permits his or her right to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participant’s rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a Participating Company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in Fair Market Value (or such other limit, if any, as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of shares purchased during a given Offering Period shall be determined as of the Offering Date for such Offering Period. The limitation described in this Section shall be applied in conformance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code or any successor thereto and the regulations thereunder.

 

12


  9.

PURCHASE PRICE.

The Purchase Price at which each share of Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period upon the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right shall be established by the Committee; provided, however, that the Purchase Price on each Purchase Date shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date. Subject to adjustment as provided by the Plan and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Purchase Price for each Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date of the Offering Period or (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date.

 

  10.

ACCUMULATION OF PURCHASE PRICE THROUGH PAYROLL DEDUCTION.

Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period and in Section 11.1(c) with respect to a Non-United States Offering or except as otherwise provided by the Committee in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Plan, shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of a Purchase Right may be paid for only by means of payroll deductions from the Participant’s Compensation accumulated during the Offering Period for which such Purchase Right was granted, subject to the following:

10.1 Amount of Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount to be deducted under the Plan from a Participant’s Compensation on each pay day during an Offering Period shall be determined by the Participant’s Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreement shall set forth the percentage of the Participant’s Compensation to be deducted on each pay day during an Offering Period in whole percentages of not less than one percent (1%) (except as a result of an election pursuant to Section 10.3 to stop payroll deductions effective following the first pay day during an Offering) or more than twenty percent (20%). The Committee may change the foregoing limits on payroll deductions effective as of any Offering Date.

10.2 Commencement of Payroll Deductions. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first pay day occurring on or following the Offering Date and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided herein; provided, however, that with respect to a Pre-Registration Offering Period, payroll deductions shall commence as soon as practicable following the Company’s receipt of the Participant’s Subscription Agreement (delivered no earlier than the applicable Registration Date), if any.

10.3 Election to Decrease or Stop Payroll Deductions. During an Offering Period, a Participant may elect to decrease the rate of or to stop (but not to increase) deductions from his or her Compensation by delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) an amended Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the “Change Notice Date.” The Change Notice Date shall be a day prior to the beginning of the first pay period for which such election is to be effective as established by the Company from time to time and announced to the Participants. Unless otherwise established by the Company, the Change Notice Date shall

 

13


be seven (7) days prior to the beginning of the applicable pay period. A Participant who elects, effective following the first pay day of an Offering Period, to decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions to zero percent (0%) shall nevertheless remain a Participant in such Offering Period unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1.

10.4 Election to Increase Payroll Deductions for Subsequent Offering. Prior to the Offering Date of any Offering Period, an Eligible Employee may elect to increase the rate of deductions from Compensation (not in excess of the limit set forth in Section 10.1) effective with the next Offering Period by delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) a new Subscription Agreement authorizing such change on or before the Subscription Date of such new Offering Period.

10.5 Administrative Suspension of Payroll Deductions. The Company may, in its discretion, suspend a Participant’s payroll deductions under the Plan as the Company deems advisable to avoid accumulating payroll deductions in excess of the amount that could reasonably be anticipated to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted (a) under the Participant’s Purchase Right, or (b) during a calendar year under the limit set forth in Section 8.2. Unless the Participant has either withdrawn from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1 or has ceased to be an Eligible Employee, suspended payroll deductions shall be resumed at the rate specified in the Participant’s then effective Subscription Agreement either (i) at the beginning of the next Offering Period if the reason for suspension was clause (a) in the preceding sentence, or (ii) at the beginning of the next Offering Period having a first Purchase Date that falls within the subsequent calendar year if the reason for suspension was clause (b) in the preceding sentence.

10.6 Participant Accounts. Individual bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. All payroll deductions from a Participant’s Compensation (and other amounts received from the Participant in a Pre-Registration Offering Period pursuant to Section 11.1(b), from a non-United States Participant pursuant to Section 11.1(c) or pursuant to an Offering under the Non-423 Plan) shall be credited to such Participant’s Plan account and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connecting with an Offering under the Non-423 Plan). All such amounts received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.

10.7 No Interest Paid. Interest shall not be paid on sums deducted from a Participant’s Compensation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise credited to the Participant’s Plan account (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Plan).

 

14


  11.

PURCHASE OF SHARES.

11.1 Exercise of Purchase Right.

(a) Generally. Except as provided in Section 11.1(b) and Section 11.1(c), on each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in the Offering has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right the number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing (a) the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Offering Period and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock by (b) the Purchase Price. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by the Participant during an Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right.

(b) Purchase in Pre-Registration Period. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), on the Purchase Date of a Pre-Registration Offering Period, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (i) a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated in the Participant’s Plan account during the Pre-Registration Offering Period, if any, and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock, and (ii) such additional shares of Stock (not exceeding in the aggregate the Participant’s Purchase Right) as determined in accordance with a Cash Exercise Notice delivered to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) no earlier than the applicable Registration Date and not later than the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Purchase Date or such earlier date as the Company shall establish, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for such additional shares in cash, by check or by wire transfer. However, in no event shall the aggregate number of shares purchased by a Participant during the Pre-Registration Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right. In addition, if a Participant delivers a Subscription Agreement to the Company after the applicable Registration Date, the Participant may not elect to exercise a Purchase Right pursuant to a Cash Exercise Notice in an amount which, when aggregated with payroll deductions pursuant to such Subscription Agreement, exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the Participant’s Compensation during the Pre-Registration Offering Period. The Company shall refund to the Participant in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from the Participant.

(c) Purchase by Non-United States Participants for Whom Payroll Deductions Are Prohibited by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), where payroll deductions on behalf of Participants who are citizens or residents of countries other than the United States (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) are prohibited or made impracticable by applicable Local Law, the Committee may establish a separate Offering (a Non-United States Offering) covering all Eligible Employees of one or more Participating Companies subject to such prohibition or restrictions on payroll deductions. The Non-United States Offering shall provide another method for payment of the Purchase Price with such terms and conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable Local Law. On each Purchase Date of the Offering Period applicable to a Non-United States Offering, each Participant who has not withdrawn from the Plan and whose participation in such Offering Period has not otherwise terminated before such Purchase Date shall automatically acquire pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right a number of whole shares of Stock determined in accordance with Section 11.1(a) to the extent of the total amount of the Participant’s Plan account balance accumulated during the Offering Period in

 

15


accordance with the method established by the Committee and not previously applied toward the purchase of Stock. However, in no event shall the number of shares purchased by a Participant during such Offering Period exceed the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Purchase Right or have an aggregate Purchase Price that exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the Participant’s Compensation during the Offering Period. The Company shall refund to a Participant in a Non-United States Offering in accordance with Section 11.4 any excess Purchase Price payment received from such Participant.

11.2 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the number of shares of Stock which might be purchased by all Participants on a Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available for issuance under the Plan or the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be purchased on such Purchase Date pursuant to a limit established by the Committee pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.3, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable. Any fractional share resulting from such pro rata allocation to any Participant shall be disregarded.

11.3 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued to or for the benefit of each Participant the shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

11.4 Return of Plan Account Balance. Any cash balance remaining in a Participant’s Plan account following any Purchase Date shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after such Purchase Date. However, if the cash balance to be returned to a Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence is less than the amount that would have been necessary to purchase an additional whole share of Stock on such Purchase Date, the Company may retain the cash balance in the Participant’s Plan account to be applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock in the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period.

11.5 Tax Withholding. At the time a Participant’s Purchase Right is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time a Participant disposes of some or all of the shares of Stock he or she acquires under the Plan, the Participant shall make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including social insurance), if any, required to be withheld by any Participating Company upon exercise of the Purchase Right or upon such disposition of shares, respectively. A Participating Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary to meet such withholding obligations. The Company or any other Participating Company shall have the right to take such other action as it determines to be necessary or advisable to satisfy withholding obligations for such taxes.

11.6 Expiration of Purchase Right. Any portion of a Participant’s Purchase Right remaining unexercised after the end of the Offering Period to which the Purchase Right relates shall expire immediately upon the end of the Offering Period.

 

16


11.7 Provision of Reports and Stockholder Information to Participants. Each Participant who has exercised all or part of his or her Purchase Right shall receive, as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, a report of such Participant’s Plan account setting forth the total amount credited to his or her Plan account prior to such exercise, the number of shares of Stock purchased, the Purchase Price for such shares, the date of purchase and the cash balance, if any, remaining immediately after such purchase that is to be refunded or retained in the Participant’s Plan account pursuant to Section 11.4. The report required by this Section may be delivered or made available in such form and by such means, including by electronic transmission, as the Company may determine. In addition, each Participant shall be provided information concerning the Company equivalent to that information provided generally to the Company’s common stockholders.

 

  12.

WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN.

12.1 Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by signing and delivering to the Company office or representative designated by the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company) a written or electronic notice of withdrawal on a form provided by the Company for this purpose. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period; provided, however, that if a Participant withdraws from the Plan after a Purchase Date, the withdrawal shall not affect shares of Stock acquired by the Participant on such Purchase Date. A Participant who voluntarily withdraws from the Plan is prohibited from resuming participation in the Plan in the same Offering from which he or she withdrew, but may participate in any subsequent Offering by again satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1. The Company may impose, from time to time, a requirement that the notice of withdrawal from the Plan be on file with the Company office or representative designated by the Company for a reasonable period prior to the effectiveness of the Participant’s withdrawal.

12.2 Return of Plan Account Balance. Upon a Participant’s voluntary withdrawal from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.1, the Participant’s accumulated Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as practicable after the withdrawal, without the payment of any interest (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Plan), and the Participant’s interest in the Plan and the Offering shall terminate. Such amounts to be refunded in accordance with this Section may not be applied to any other Offering under the Plan.

 

  13.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ELIGIBILITY.

Upon a Participant’s ceasing, prior to a Purchase Date, to be an Employee of the Participating Company Group for any reason, including retirement, disability or death, or upon the failure of a Participant to remain an Eligible Employee, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate immediately. In such event, the Participant’s Plan account balance which has not been applied toward the purchase of shares of Stock shall, as soon as practicable, be returned to the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 20, if any, or legal representative, and all of the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall terminate. Interest shall not be paid on sums returned pursuant to this Section 13 (except as otherwise required by Local Law in connection with an Offering under the Non-423 Plan). A Participant whose participation has been so terminated may again become eligible to participate in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Sections 5 and 7.1.

 

17


  14.

EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL ON PURCHASE RIGHTS.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Purchase Rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. If the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding Purchase Rights, the Purchase Date of the then current Offering Period shall be accelerated to a date before the date of the Change in Control specified by the Committee, but the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Purchase Rights shall not be adjusted. All Purchase Rights which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

  15.

NONTRANSFERABILITY OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

Neither payroll deductions or other amounts credited to a Participant’s Plan account nor a Participant’s Purchase Right may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than as provided by the Plan or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. (A beneficiary designation pursuant to Section 20 shall not be treated as a disposition for this purpose.) Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan as provided in Section 12.1. A Purchase Right shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

  16.

COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

The issuance of shares of Stock or other property under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign securities law and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, and approvals by government agencies as may be required or as the Company deems necessary or advisable. A Purchase Right may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any securities exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Purchase Right may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Purchase Right be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Right may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance

 

18


and sale of any shares under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of a Purchase Right, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

  17.

RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER AND EMPLOYEE.

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder by virtue of the Participant’s participation in the Plan until the date of the issuance of the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.3. Nothing herein shall confer upon a Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Participating Company Group or interfere in any way with any right of any Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

 

  18.

NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION OF SHARES.

The Company may require the Participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right. The Company may require that until such time as a Participant disposes of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of a Purchase Right, the Participant shall hold all such shares in the Participant’s name until the later of two years after the date of grant of such Purchase Right or one year after the date of exercise of such Purchase Right. The Company may direct that the certificates evidencing shares of Stock acquired by exercise of a Purchase Right refer to such requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

 

  19.

LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends or other identifying symbols referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions or any provision convenient in the administration of the Plan on some or all of the certificates representing shares of Stock issued under the Plan. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to a Purchase Right in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include but shall not be limited to the following:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON THE PURCHASE OF SHARES UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AS DEFINED IN SECTION 423 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION

 

19


IMMEDIATELY OF ANY TRANSFER OF THE SHARES BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE).”

 

  20.

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

20.1 Designation Procedure. Subject to applicable Local Law and procedures, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive (a) shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies subsequent to a Purchase Date but prior to delivery to the Participant of such shares and cash, or (b) cash, if any, from the Participant’s Plan account if the Participant dies prior to the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right. If a married Participant designates a beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse, the effectiveness of such designation may be subject to the consent of the Participant’s spouse. A Participant may change his or her beneficiary designation at any time by written notice to the Company.

20.2 Absence of Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant dies without an effective designation pursuant to Section 20.1 of a beneficiary who is living at the time of the Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver any shares or cash credited to the Participant’s Plan account to the Participant’s legal representative or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  21.

NOTICES.

All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

  22.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect Purchase Rights previously granted under the Plan unless expressly provided by the Committee, and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect a Purchase Right previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the Participant, except to the extent permitted by the Plan or as may be necessary to qualify the Section 423 Plan as an employee stock purchase plan pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, an amendment to the Plan must be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment if such amendment would authorize the sale of more shares than are then authorized for issuance under the Plan or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Committee as Participating Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Committee determines that continuation of the Plan or an Offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, including with respect to an Offering Period then in progress: (i) terminate the Plan or any

 

20


Offering Period, (ii) accelerate the Purchase Date of any Offering Period, (iii) reduce the discount or the method of determining the Purchase Price in any Offering Period (e.g., by determining the Purchase Price solely on the basis of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date), (iv) reduce the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased in any Offering Period, or (v) take any combination of the foregoing actions.

 

  23.

NO REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TAX QUALIFICATION.

Although the Company may endeavor to (a) qualify Purchase Rights for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States (e.g., options granted under Section 423 of the Code) or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

  24.

CHOICE OF LAW.

Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Subscription Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing sets forth the ON24, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as duly adopted by the Board on __________, 2021.

 

/s/

, Secretary

 

21


APPENDIX A

Participating Companies in Section 423 Plan

ON24, Inc.

Participating Companies in Non-423 Plan

ON24 LIMITED

ON24 PTE. LTD.

ON24 AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

ON24 Japan GK


APPENDIX B

FORMS OF

ENROLLMENT/CHANGE NOTICE/WITHDRAWAL FORM

AND

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.5

ON24, Inc.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated [                ], 202[    ], is made between ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                        ] (the “Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of talented and experienced individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and wishes to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize that corporate litigation in general has subjected directors and officers to expensive litigation risks;

WHEREAS, Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (“DGCL”), under which the Company is organized, empowers the Company to indemnify its directors and officers by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors and officers of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive;

WHEREAS, Section 145(g) of the DGCL allows for the purchase of director and officer (“D&O”) liability insurance by the Company, which in theory can cover asserted liabilities without regard to whether they are indemnifiable by the Company or not;

WHEREAS, individuals considering service or presently serving expect to be extended market terms of indemnification commensurate with their position, and that entities such as Company will endeavor to maintain appropriate D&O insurance; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company, or otherwise serve the Company in an indemnifiable capacity as set forth below, the Company and Indemnitee enter into this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants made herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, Indemnitee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) Agent” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

 

1


(b) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing a majority of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board, together with any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets with or to another entity, other than a merger, consolidation or asset sale that would result in the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately thereafter, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

(d) ERISA” means Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(e) Exchange Act” means Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) Expenses” shall include all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related costs and disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense, or appeal of a Proceeding, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, or Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that “Expenses” shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(g) Final Adjudication” and “finally adjudged” means a final judgment or other binding determination from which there is no further procedural recourse, including without limitation following exhaustion or expiration of all available appeals.

(h) Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in relevant matters of corporation law and neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to or witness in the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder; provided however, that “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Where required by this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be retained at the Company’s sole expense.

(i) Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, claim, demand, discovery request, subpoena, hearing, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing, or any other proceeding whether formal or informal, civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including any such investigation or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company or its Board of Directors, including any appeal of the foregoing, in which Indemnitee is or reasonably may be involved as a party or target, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Company.

 

2


(j) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(k) Subsidiary” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and/or one or more other subsidiaries.

2. Agreement to Serve. Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves as an Agent of the Company, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company (“Bylaws”) or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other service by Indemnitee.

3. Liability Insurance.

(a) Maintenance of D&O Insurance. The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an Agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was an Agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(c), shall promptly obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers of a minimum A.M. Best rating of A-VII, and as more fully described below. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall, as set forth in Section 3(c), either: (i) maintain such D&O Insurance for six (6) years; or (ii) purchase a six (6) year tail for such D&O Insurance.

(b) Rights and Benefits. In all policies of D&O Insurance, Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s Agents of the same standing as Indemnitee.

(c) Limitation on Required Maintenance of D&O Insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance at all, or of any type, terms, or amount, if the Company determines in good faith and after using commercially reasonable efforts that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited so as to provide an insufficient or unreasonable benefit; Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company; or the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration can be purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by Indemnitee.

4. Mandatory Indemnification. Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Third Party Actions. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3


(b) Derivative Actions. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this Section 4(b) shall be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Indemnitee is liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Actions where Indemnitee is Deceased. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, and if, prior to, during the pendency of or after completion of such Proceeding Indemnitee is deceased, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators against all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever to the extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement were Indemnitee still alive.

(d) Certain Terminations. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue, or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(e) Limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 4(a), 4(b), 4(c) and 4(d), but subject to the exception set forth in Section 13 which shall control, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever for which payment (and the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be reduced by such payment) is actually made to or on behalf of Indemnitee, by the Company or otherwise, under a corporate insurance policy, or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, right, by-law, or agreement; and, in the event the Company has previously made a payment to Indemnitee for an Expense or liability of any type whatsoever for which payment is actually made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee from any such source, Indemnitee shall return to the Company the amounts subsequently received by the Indemnitee that source.

(f) Witness. In the event that Indemnitee is not a party or threatened to be made a party to a Proceeding, but is subpoenaed (or given a written request to be interviewed by or provide documents or information to a government authority of any jurisdiction) in such a Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything witnessed or allegedly witnessed by the Indemnitee in that capacity, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all actually and reasonably incurred out of pocket costs (including without limitation legal fees) incurred by the Indemnitee in responding to such subpoena or written request for an interview. As a condition to this right, Indemnitee must provide notice of such subpoena or request to the Company within 14 days, otherwise the Company’s obligation to pay such costs shall only attach for costs incurred from the date of notice.

 

4


5. Indemnification for Expenses in a Proceeding in Which Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful.

(a) Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such Proceeding.

(b) Partially Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to any Proceeding (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company) in which Indemnitee was a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company at any time and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

(c) Dismissal. For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee, then to the extent allowed by law, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other in connection with the events which resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, active or passive conduct, and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this section were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

(e) Settlements by Company. The Company may not settle any claim held by Indemnitee without express written consent of Indemnitee, which may be given or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses.

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 7(a) below, the Company shall advance, interest free, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an

 

5


Agent of the Company (unless there has been a Final Adjudication such that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification for such Expenses) upon receipt satisfactory documentation supporting such Expenses. Such advances are intended to be an obligation of the Company to Indemnitee hereunder and shall in no event be deemed to be a personal loan. Such advancement of Expenses shall otherwise be unsecured and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within 30 days following delivery of a written request therefore by Indemnitee to the Company, along with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to advancement (which shall include without limitation reasonably detailed invoices for legal services, but with disclosure of confidential work product not required if that would work a waiver of privilege as to an adverse party). The Company shall discharge its advancement duty by, at its option, (a) paying such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advancing to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimbursing Indemnitee for Expenses already paid by Indemnitee. In the event that the Company fails to pay Expenses as incurred by Indemnitee as required by this paragraph, Indemnitee may seek mandatory injunctive relief (including without limitation specific performance) from any court having jurisdiction to require the Company to pay Expenses as set forth in this paragraph. If Indemnitee seeks mandatory injunctive relief pursuant to this paragraph, it shall not be a defense to enforcement of the Company’s obligations set forth in this paragraph that Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law for damages.

(b) Undertakings. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which constitutes an undertaking whereby Indemnitee promises to repay any amounts advanced if and to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

(a) Notice by Indemnitee. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in writing of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof provided, however, that a delay in giving such notice will not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company; provided, further, that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding and already has notice of all the matters for which Indemnitee is demanding indemnification and advancement.

(b) Insurance. If the Company receives notice pursuant to Section 7(a) of the commencement of a Proceeding that may be covered under D&O Insurance then in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election so to do. After delivery of such notice, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Company’s expense if (A) the Company has

 

6


authorized the employment of counsel by Indemnitee at the expense of the Company; (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded based on the written advice of Indemnitee’s legal counsel that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense; or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding. In addition to all the requirements above, if the Company has D&O Insurance, or other insurance, with a panel counsel requirement that may cover the matter for which indemnity is claimed by Indemnitee, then Indemnitee shall use such panel counsel or other counsel approved by the insurers, unless there is an actual conflict of interest posed by representation by all such counsel, or unless and to the extent Company waives such requirement in writing. Indemnitee and his or her counsel shall provide reasonable cooperation with such insurer on request of the Company.

8. Right to Indemnification.

(a) Right to Indemnification. In the event that Section 5(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement unless, and except to the extent that, it shall have been determined by one of the methods listed in Section 8(b) that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle Indemnitee to such indemnification.

(b) Determination of Right to Indemnification. A determination of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Section 8 shall be made at the election: (i) by a majority vote of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, who, even though less than a quorum, have been designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors; (iii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel chosen by the Company in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (iv) by the Company’s stockholders. However, in the event there has been a Change in Control, then the determination shall, at Indemnitee’s sole option, be made by Independent Counsel as in (b)(iii) above, with Company choosing the Independent Counsel subject to Indemnitee’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c) Submission for Decision. As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days after Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification, the Board shall select the method for determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.

(d) Application to Court. If (i) a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses is denied, in whole or in part, (ii) no disposition of such claim is made by the Company within 60 days after the request therefore, (iii) the advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right at his or her option to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery, the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (including the advancement of Expenses) pursuant to this Agreement. Upon written request by Indemnitee, the Company shall consent to service of process.

 

7


(e) Expenses Related to the Enforcement or Interpretation of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee, and against all reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee to the extent involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, if and to the extent Indemnitee is successful.

(f) Determination of Final Adjudication. In no event shall Indemnitee’s right to indemnification (apart from advancement of Expenses) be determined prior to a Final Adjudication in a Proceeding at issue if the Proceeding is both ongoing, and of the nature to have a Final Adjudication, unless a Final Adjudication in another Proceeding establishes that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in the first Proceeding

(g) Standard. In any proceeding to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advancement, with the burden of proof on the Company to prove, by a preponderance of the evidence (or higher standard if required by relevant law) that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(h) Good Faith. Indemnitee shall be fully indemnified for those matters where, in the performance of his or her duties for the Company, he or she relied in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees, or committees of the board of directors, or by any other person as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believed were within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who was selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee (including cross actions), with a reasonable allocation where appropriate, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the DGCL or (iv) the Proceeding is brought pursuant to Section 8 specifically to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 in advance of a Final Adjudication, in which case Section 8(e) provision shall control. For clarity, the raising of defenses by the Company by way of argument or affirmative defenses in an Indemnitee-initiated Proceeding against the Company shall not themselves be deemed to be a Proceeding.

(b) Fees on Fees. To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, to the extent Indemnitee is not successful in such a Proceeding.

(c) Unauthorized Settlements. To indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses associated with any Proceeding related to, or the payment of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law (provided, however, that the Company must advance Expenses for such matters as otherwise permissible under this Agreement).

 

8


(e) Payments Contrary to Law. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee for which payment is prohibited by applicable law.

(f) Required Reimbursement. To indemnify Indemnitee for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation, including bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including without limitation reimbursements that (i) arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of Sarbanes-Oxley, or (ii) arise pursuant to regulations or policies adopted in compliance with Section 954 of the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, as amended).

10. Non-Exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while occupying Indemnitee’s position as an Agent of the Company. Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement shall supersede all prior indemnification agreements with the Company; provided, Indemnitee is entitled to any advancement or indemnification rights (pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, a prior indemnification agreement, or other agreement) in effect at the time of Indemnitee’s service that is at issue in the matter potentially subject to indemnification, to the extent such rights are more favorable to Indemnitee than those granted herein.

11. Permitted Defenses. It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses pursuant to Section 6; provided that the required documents have been tendered to the Company) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Sections 4 and 9 . Neither the failure of the Company or an Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company or an Independent Counsel that such indemnification is improper, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise. In making any determination concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, there shall be a presumption that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct. Any determination by the Company concerning Indemnitee’s right to indemnification that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

12. Subrogation. Subject to the limitations of Section 13, in the event the Company is obligated to make a payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents reasonably required and take all action that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights (provided that the Company pays Indemnitee’s costs and expenses of doing so), including without limitation by assigning all such rights to the Company or its designee to the extent of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Subject to the limitations of Section 13, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance expenses under this Agreement shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has collected from such other source, and in the event that Company has fully paid such indemnity or expenses, Indemnitee shall return to the Company any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification.

 

9


13. Primacy of Indemnification. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses, or liability insurance, neither procured or provided by the Company (including for this section any parent, affiliate, subsidiary, investment vehicle, or joint venture of the Company) nor any entity Indemnitee served or is serving at the direction of the Company, from a third party (collectively, the “Third Party Indemnitors”). The Company agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort, i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement and any indemnity provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or elsewhere (collectively, “Indemnity Arrangements”) are primary, and any obligation of the Third Party Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary and excess, (ii) it shall advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to the extent legally permitted and as required by any Indemnity Arrangement, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Third Party Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Third Party Indemnitors from any claims against the Third Party Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind arising out of or relating to any Indemnity Arrangement. The Company further agrees that no advancement or indemnification payment by any Third Party Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee shall affect the foregoing, and the Third Party Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Third Party Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13. The Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its insurers to the extent allowed by its insurance policies, waives subrogation rights against Indemnitee and Third Party Indemnitors.

14. No Imputation. The knowledge or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for the purpose of determining Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

15. Survival of Rights.

(a) All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an Agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

(b) The Company shall require any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, such remaining provisions shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.

 

10


17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in a writing signed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions (even if similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

18. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) on the same day as delivered by electronic transmission if delivered during business hours or on the next successive business day if delivered by electronic transmission after business hours. Addresses for notice to either party shall be as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address as may have been furnished by either party in the manner set forth above.

19. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. This Agreement is intended to be an agreement of the type contemplated by Section 145(f) of the DGCL.

20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement, and electronically transmitted signatures shall be valid.

(Signature page follows)

 

11


The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification Agreement, including the undertaking contained herein, effective as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
ON24, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:   [address]
  [address]
Email:   [email]
INDEMNITEE:
[NAME]

 

Address:   [address]
  [address]
Email:   [email]

 

(Signature page to Indemnification Agreement)

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

LOGO

[Date]

[Full Name]

Dear [Name],

On behalf of ON24, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to [confirm the terms of your ongoing employment in] [offer you] the position of [Position]. Speaking for myself, as well as the other members of the Company’s management team, we look forward to your [continued] success in this position. Except as provided below, this letter agreement amends and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior letter or other written or oral agreements regarding the terms of your employment with the Company.

The terms of your position with the Company are as set forth below:

1.    Position. Your position will be [Position], reporting to [Name and Title]. This position is located at [Office or remote]. You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, or other activities that create a conflict of interest with the Company. Such work and/or activities shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with the Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during the term of your employment. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria that are not in conflict with the Company’s interests or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange. Of course, subject to the other provisions of this offer letter, the Company may change your position, duties, compensation, benefits and work location from time to time at its discretion. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work the hours required by the nature of your work assignments and will not be eligible to receive overtime.

2.    Cash Compensation. Commencing on [Date] (the “Effective Date”), you will be paid an annual base salary of $[Amount], less applicable withholding. Your salary will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy (or in the same manner as other employees of the Company). In addition, commencing on the Effective Date you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s annual [applicable bonus plan] and to receive a target annual bonus of $[Amount], less applicable withholding. The amount of your bonus will be determined in the Company’s reasonable discretion based on Company performance.

3.    Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s health and welfare benefits the first of the month following your date of hire, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the applicable benefits plan or policy. These benefits presently include: medical, dental, vision, STD, LTD, and life insurance. The Company reserves the right to change/eliminate any benefits (other than those required by law) from time to time in its discretion.

 

LOGO


 

LOGO

 

4.    [Equity Compensation. All options previously granted to you will continue to be subject to the terms of the applicable plan pursuant to which they were granted and the stock option agreement that you signed when you received the grant.]

6.    Proprietary Rights/Company Policies. As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company policies and procedures, and acknowledge in writing that you have read and will comply with the Company’s handbook. In your work for the Company, you will also be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto Company premises or use in your work for the Company any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or third party that you are not authorized to use and disclose. You represent further that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company. By accepting employment with the Company, you are representing that you will be able to perform your job duties within these guidelines.

7.    At-Will Employment. Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that it is for no specific period of time and either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without advance notice. Your employment at-will status can only be modified in a written agreement signed by you and by an officer of the Company. [Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall continue to be covered by the Company’s severance plan as provided in the Company’s letter agreement with you dated [Date].]

I am delighted to be able to offer you these [updated] terms of employment. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign, date and return this letter by no later than [Date].

Except as provided above, this letter, together with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement [previously] executed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

 

Very truly yours,                       I have read this offer letter and agree to accept employment on the terms and conditions stated above.
     [Full Name]

 

    

 

[Company Head of HR]      Signature   Date
ON24, Inc.       

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.7

ON24, INC.

TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 12th day of April, 2019, by and among ON24, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of the Company’s Class A-1 Preferred Stock, Class A-2 Preferred Stock, and Class B Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “Preferred Holders”), the investor in the Company’s Class B-1 Preferred Stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (the “Purchaser,” and together with the Preferred Holders, the “Investors”), William Bales, Joseph (Yosi) Amram and Sharat Sharan (collectively, the “Founders” and each, a “Founder”).

RECITALS

The Company and the Purchaser have entered into a Class B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Class B-1 Preferred Stock. A condition to the Purchaser’s obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Founders and the Preferred Holders enter into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016, among the Company and the signatories thereto, as amended to date (the “Prior Agreement”) so as to provide (i) the Investors and Founders with certain rights to register shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by them or issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Class A-1 Preferred Stock, Class A-2 Preferred Stock, Class B Preferred Stock, and Class B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, held by them, (ii) the Investors with certain rights to receive or inspect information pertaining to the Company, (iii) certain Investors with a right of first offer with respect to certain issuances by the Company of its securities; and (iv) certain Investors with a right of first refusal on secondary sale of stock whereby the Company has elected not to repurchase shares of employees or consultants when so able. The Company, the Preferred Holders and the Founders each desire to induce the Purchaser to purchase shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights. The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

1.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.


(b) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act.

(c) The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(d) “Initiating Holders” shall mean Holders of Registrable Securities who in the aggregate hold not less than thirty three percent (33%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(e) The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(f) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.10 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, fees and disbursements of a single counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(g) The term “Registrable Securities” means:

(i) The shares of Common Stock (A) issuable or issued upon conversion of the Class A-1 Preferred Stock, Class A-2 Preferred Stock, Class B Preferred Stock and Class B-1 Preferred Stock held by the Investors, and (B) issuable or issued upon exercise of (y) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 37,219 shares of the Company’s Class A-1 Preferred Stock to ATEL Ventures Inc. (“ATEL”), and (z) warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 128,573 shares of the Company’s Class A-1 Preferred Stock to Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP;

(ii) the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders (the “Founders’ Stock”), provided, however, that for the purposes of Sections 1.2 and 1.10, the Founders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and none of the Founders shall be deemed Holders; and

(iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) and (ii); provided, however, that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock and other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale.

 

2


(h) The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that are shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities.

(i) “Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

(j) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

(k) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

1.2 Requested Registration. In case the Company shall receive (i) from Initiating Holders at any time or times not earlier than the earlier of (a) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (b) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public (“IPO”), a written request that the Company effect any registration (other than a registration on Form S-3 or any related form of Registration Statement) with respect to at least twenty percent (20%) of all the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or any lesser percentage if the anticipated gross offering price, net of underwriting costs and commissions, would exceed $10,000,000), or (ii) from holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock (the “Class B Majority”) or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B-1 Preferred Stock (the “Class B-1 Majority”) at any time or times following the date that is six (6) months after the IPO, a written request that the Company effect any registration (other than a registration on Form S-3 or any related form of Registration Statement) with an anticipated gross offering price, net of underwriting costs and commissions, that would exceed $10,000,000, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, use its diligent best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.2:

 

3


(i) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(ii) Within six (6) months immediately following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities of the Company for its own account (other than a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction or a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities); and

(iii) After the Company has effected an aggregate of two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; provided, that this Section 1.2(b)(iii) shall not apply to requests made by the Class B Majority or the Class B-1 Majority until such time as the Company has effected an aggregate of two registrations requested by such Class B Majority or Class B-1 Majority pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.

Subject to the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) and to Section 1.2(d), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and in any event within ninety (90) days of such request; provided, however, that if the Company shall furnish to such Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the date of such filing, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however that the Company may not make such certification more than once in any 12 month period.

(c) Underwriting.

(i) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent requested (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein.

 

4


(ii) The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter (or the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters) determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten and so advises the Initiating Holders in writing, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders (except those Holders who have indicated to the Company their decision not to distribute any of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting) and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all such Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders at the time of filing the registration statement; provided, however, that in no event shall the amount of Registrable Securities of the Holders included in the offering be reduced below fifty percent (50%) of the total amount of the securities included in such offering (such amount that is included to be allocated among the participating Holders pro rata based on the amount of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder). No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

(iii) If any Holder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter (or managing underwriter on behalf of all of the underwriters) and the Initiating Holders. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration; provided, however, that, if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 1.2(c).

(iv) If the underwriter (or managing underwriter on behalf of all of the underwriters) has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account in such registration if the underwriters so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

(d) Delay of Registration. If at the time of any request to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1.2 the Company is engaged or has fixed plans to engage within sixty (60) days of the time of the request in a registered public offering as to which the Holders may include Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, then the Company may at its option direct that such request be delayed for a period not in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such offering, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, provided further, that no other person or entity could require the Company to file a registration statement during such period. Such right to delay a request may be exercised by the Company not more than once in any two-year period.

 

5


(e) If, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.2, the Company attempts to register Registrable Securities and a majority in interest of the Holders that requested such registration subsequently withdraw from such offering and as a result, the offering of any Registrable Securities does not occur, then such withdrawal shall be deemed a requested registration for purposes of this Section 1.2 unless either (i) the withdrawal is due to material adverse information which was previously not known to the Holders or (ii) the Registration Expenses of the Company are fully reimbursed by the Holders.

1.3 Company Registration.

(a) If at any time or from time to time, the Company shall determine to register any of its Common Stock for its own account or for the account of stockholders (other than the Holders) exercising any demand registration rights which they may have, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction or any Rule adopted by the Commission in substitution thereof or in amendment thereto, or a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, the Company will:

(i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance therewith), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder or Holders.

(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i). In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the underwriter (or managing underwriter on behalf of all of the underwriters) determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriter (or managing underwriter on behalf of all of the underwriters) may exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such registration and underwriting; provided, however, that (i) all such Registrable Securities held by the Founders shall be excluded before any Registrable Securities held by any other Holder are excluded, (ii) in any such registered public offering other than the IPO, the Registrable Securities included in any such registration shall not be reduced to less than thirty percent (30%) of the total shares to be registered in such registered public offering, (iii) if such registered offering is the IPO, the Registrable Securities included in such registration may be reduced to zero. The Company shall so advise all Holders (except those Holders who have indicated to the Company their decision not to distribute any of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting), and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders in

 

6


proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders at the time of filing the registration statement. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration.

1.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 1.2 or any registration under Section 1.3 or Section 1.10 shall be borne by the Company; and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered; provided, however, that if a request for registration pursuant to Section 1.2 is made at a time when the Company is unable to use year-end financial statements in the registration statement filed pursuant to such request and a special audit is required because of such inability, then the Company shall bear up to $15,000 of the costs and fees of the Company’s auditors resulting from such special audit, and any additional costs and fees in excess of $15,000 resulting from such special audit shall be allocable to the sellers, including the Company, of the securities so registered, borne pro rata on the basis of the number of shares registered.

1.5 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 1, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:

(a) Keep such registration, qualification or compliance effective for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs;

(b) Furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(c) Use its best efforts and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in such states or jurisdictions;

(d) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter or underwriters of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement; and

(e) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto covered by such registration statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

7


1.6 Indemnification.

(a) The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers and directors and partners, and such Holder’s legal counsel and independent accountants and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to whose Registrable Securities registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 1, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto and any related registration statement notification or the like, or any free writing prospectus used in connection with any offering, including but not limited to, any free writing prospectus used by the Company, the underwriters or the Holders) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, (ii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (iii) any information provided by the Company or at the instruction of the Company to any person or entity participating in the offer at the point of sale containing any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact or omitting or allegedly omitting any material fact required to be included in such information or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, and such holder’s legal counsel and independent accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, each legal counsel and independent accountant of the Company, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers and directors and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration

 

8


statement, prospectus, offering circular or other similar document (including any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus used in connection with such offering, including but not limited to, any free writing prospectus used by the Company, the underwriters, the Holders), or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or (ii) any information provided at the instruction of the Company to any person or entity participating in the offer at the point of sale containing any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact or omitting or allegedly omitting any material fact required to be included in such information or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any amendment or supplement thereto and any related registration statement notification or the like, or any free writing prospectus used in connection with any offering, including but not limited to, any free writing prospectus used by the Company, the underwriters or the Holders) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of such Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any case wherein such obligations are the result of willful misconduct or fraud on the part of a Holder, the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not be limited to an amount equal to the total proceeds to such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has received written notice of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, provided, however that the Indemnifying Party shall bear the expense of such Indemnified Party if the Indemnified Party reasonably determines that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest. The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2 unless such failure to give notice shall materially adversely affect the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

9


1.7 Information by Holder. The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 1.

1.8 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities to the Company to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to:

(a) Use its best efforts to facilitate the sale of securities of the Company that are Registrable Securities to the public, without registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), provided that nothing contained in this Section 1.8 shall require the Company to file reports under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) at any time prior to the Company’s being otherwise required to file such reports.

(b) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(c) Use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(d) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

1.9 “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees, if requested by the Company and the underwriter managing the offering of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder, without the prior consent of the Company or of such underwriter during any period requested by the Company and such underwriter (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act provided that:

(a) such agreement shall only apply to the IPO;

 

10


(b) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of more than 1% of the Company’s stock enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period; and

(c) the restrictions of any such agreement shall not be waived, released or otherwise modified for the benefit of any such Holder, unless similar restrictions of such agreement of each of the Holders are waived, released or modified to the same extent and with respect to a number of securities that bears the same proportion to the total number of securities of each of the Holders bound by any such agreement as the number of securities any such Holder affected by any such waiver, release or modification bears to the total number of such Holder’s securities bound by such similar agreement.

1.10 Form S-3. The Company shall use its best efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 and to that end the Company shall register (whether or not required by law to do so) its Common Stock under the Exchange Act within ninety (90) days following the end of the fiscal year in which the Company first registered any securities of the Company on Form S-1. In addition, the Class B Majority and Class B-1 Majority shall have the right to require that the Company file registration statements, including a shelf registration statement, and if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (“WKSI”), an automatic shelf registration statement, on Form S-3 or any successor form under the Securities Act covering all or any part of their affiliates’ Registrable Securities. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, (a) the Holders of Registrable Securities shall have the right to request up to two (2) registrations on Form S-3 in each twelve month period thereafter under this Section 1.10 and (b) the Class B Majority and Class B-1 Majority shall have the right to request unlimited registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), provided that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.10 unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which they reasonably anticipate will have an aggregate disposition price (before deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of at least $1,000,000.

1.11 The Company shall give notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.10 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration. In the event a registration pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall be underwritten, the substantive provisions of Section 1.2(c) shall apply to such underwritten registration. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its best efforts to effect promptly the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition, and in any event within ninety (90) days of such request; provided, however, that if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the date of such filing, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than

 

11


sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the Holders; provided, however that the Company may not make such certification more than once in any 12 month period. Notwithstanding the forgoing, to the extent that registration on Form S-3 is not available to a Holder that has requested registration under this Section 1.10, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration on Form S-1.

1.12 Transfer of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted Holders under Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.10 may be assigned or otherwise conveyed by any Holder to any recipient of twenty percent (20%) or more of the Registrable Securities initially purchased by the original Holder thereof (except that such rights may be transferred to a recipient of less than twenty percent (20%) of such Registrable Securities if (i) the transferring Holder is a partnership and the transferee is a partner of such partnership or a former partner of such partnership who leaves such partnership after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or former partner, or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner to his spouse or lineal descendants or ancestors, (ii) the transferee is an affiliate of the Holder, or (iii) the Holder is a trust and the transferee is a beneficiary of such trust); provided, that the Company is given written notice by such transferee at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer, stating the name and address of said transferee and said transferee’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of Section 1 of this Agreement. Each Holder will cause any proposed transferee of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 1.

1.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights granted to any Holder under this Section 1 shall terminate five (5) years from the date of the IPO and shall also terminate earlier (but in no event prior to one year after the date of the IPO) as to any Holder who could sell all shares of Common Stock in any 90 day period pursuant to Rule 144.

2. Additional Covenants of the Company.

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Holder (i) of at least ten percent (10%) of all Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof (each, a “Major Investor”) or (ii) who holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Class A-1 Preferred Stock, Class A-2 Preferred Stock, Class B Preferred Stock and/or Class B-1 Preferred Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof (each, a “Major Holder”):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of shareholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

 

12


(c) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail; and

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than the beginning of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for such fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets and sources and applications of funds statements for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

2.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Right to Maintain Interest.

(a) Mechanics. Each time the Company proposes to offer after the date hereof any shares of any class of its capital stock, whether or not currently authorized, as well as any rights, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall notify each Major Investor and Major Holder of such proposal and permit each such Major Investor and Major Holder to participate in such offering in order to maintain such Major Investor’s or Major Holder’s, as the case may be, percentage ownership interest in the Company in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) The Company shall deliver a notice (the “Notice”) to each Major Investor and Major Holder stating (A) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares; (B) the number of such Shares to be offered; and (C) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(ii) Within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Notice, each Major Investor and Major Holder may submit to the Company an irrevocable commitment to purchase or obtain, within thirty-five (35) days after receipt of the Notice, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock then held by, or then issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Stock held by, such Major Investor or Major Holder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding. At the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor and Major Holder that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s or Major Holders’ failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the

 

13


Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors and Major Holders were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors and Major Holders which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 2.3(a)(iii) shall occur within the later of sixty (60) days of the date that the Notice is given and the date of initial sale of Shares pursuant to Section 2.3(a)(iv).

(iii) The Company may, during the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the thirty-five (35) day period provided in Section 2.3(a)(ii), offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not complete the sale of the Shares within such sixty (60) day period, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless the Major Investors and Major Holders are permitted to maintain their percentage ownership interest in the Company in such offering in accordance with this Section 2.3.

(b) Exclusions. The right to maintain interest in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to the issuance of any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

(c) Assignment of Right; Calculation of Investment. Each Investor to which this Section 2.3 applies shall be permitted to assign such Investor’s rights under this Section 2.3 to (i) affiliates, constituent partners or members of such Investor or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Investor, or (ii) if such Investor is a trust, to any beneficiary of such trust. In addition, for purposes of this Section 2.3, any Investor who is an affiliate, constituent partner or member of another Investor or controlling, controlled by or under common control with another Investor, may aggregate their purchases of Preferred Stock of the Company with such other Investor(s) for purposes of determining whether such Investor is a Major Holder.

2.4 Right of First Refusal on Secondary Offerings. In the event the Company elects not to exercise (a) its right of first refusal to repurchase shares of Common Stock issued to employees or consultants in connection with proposed sale of such shares or (b) its right to repurchase share of Common Stock from employees or consultants which are subject to vesting and have not so vested as of the date of termination of service to the Company, the Company shall give written notice to each Major Investor and Major Holder of the intention of the Company not to so exercise its repurchase right applicable to such Common Stock, and assign such right to such Major Investors and Major Holders (subject to the terms of any applicable agreement providing for the original sale of such Common Stock to the applicable employee or consultant), with such Major Investors and Major Holders being subject to the terms of any applicable agreement and timing and procedure thereunder; provided however, that the Company shall provide any such written notice in such a time and manner as to give the Major Holders and

 

14


Major Investors at least five (5) days following receipt of such notice to notify the employee or consultant of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Such assignment shall be on a pro- rata basis for up to that portion of such Common Stock which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the applicable Major Investor and Major Holder bears to the total number of shares of Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors and Major Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 2.4 shall not apply to (i) any pledge of Common Stock made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest; (ii) any transfer to the ancestors, descendants, spouse or other member of the immediate family of an employee or consultant or to trusts for the benefit of such persons; or (iii) any bona fide gift, provided that, for purposes of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii), any such transferees must have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 2.4 shall not apply to the sale of any Common Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission under the Securities Act.

2.5 Stock Options. All shares of capital stock or options to acquire capital stock of the Company issued to any officer or employee of the Company or any subsidiary shall be subject to vesting over a four year period with vesting beginning on the first anniversary of the date of hire (subject to special hiring exceptions as approved by the Board of Directors) and shall be issued pursuant to agreements the form of which has been approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, all agreements providing for the issuance of unvested shares of Common Stock of the Company to employees and consultants of the Company shall allow for the assignment of the Company’s repurchase right to the Major Investors and Major Holders as provided in Section 2.4 hereof.

2.6 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in Section 2.1 through Section 2.3 shall terminate as to each Major Investor and Major Holder and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) the effective date of a QPO or Deemed QPO (each as defined in the Restated Certificate); and (b) the closing of the sale, conveyance, or other disposition or encumbrance all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business or the merger into or consolidation with any other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or any other transaction or class of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company is disposed of (other than a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company) and following which neither Purchaser nor its affiliates hold any shares of Class B Preferred Stock or Class B-1 Preferred Stock. The covenants set forth in Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall terminate as to each Major Investor and Major Holder and be of no further force or effect upon a QPO or Deemed QPO (each as defined in the Restated Certificate).

2.7 Aggregation of Stock. For purposes of the share threshold used in determining which Investors are “Major Investors” and “Major Holders” under this Agreement, all shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together.

 

15


3. Miscellaneous.

3.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on the signature pages hereto or on Exhibit A hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice, and if to the Company, addressed to ON24, Inc., Attention: Sharat Sharan, 201 Third Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94103, with a copy to Silicon Counsel, LLP, 228 Hamilton Avenue, 3rd Floor, Palo Alto, California 94301 to the attention of David A. Hubb.

3.6 Prevailing Party. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

3.7 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock, (iii) a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class B Preferred Stock and the Class B-1 Preferred Stock, collectively; provided that if such amendment has the effect of affecting the Founders’ Stock (a) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (b) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

16


3.8 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.9 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

3.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled. Pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Prior Agreement, the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, not including the Founders’ Stock, outstanding as of the date hereof, by their signatures to this Agreement, hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement such that the provisions of this Agreement shall amend and replace in their entirety the provisions of the Prior Agreement, whose provisions shall have no force and effect as the date hereof.

3.11 Waiver Regarding Past Issuances. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof, by their signatures to this Agreement, hereby agree to waive, on behalf of all holders of Registrable Securities, any and all rights held by certain holders of Registrable Securities to maintain their percentage ownership interest in the Company pursuant to, and in the manner provided by, Section 2.3 of the Prior Agreement (or its predecessors) with respect to (a) any and all issuances prior to the date hereof of shares of Common Stock (i) issued or issuable to employees, consultants or directors of the Company directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) that have not exceeded the maximum shares authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company under any such stock option or restricted stock plan; and the sale and issuance of Class B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

17


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
ON24, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Sharat Sharat

          Sharat Sharan, President
Address:  

        50 Beale St., 8th Floor San Francisco,

        CA 94105

        Facsimile: [***]


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PURCHASER:
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

/s/ Hillel Moerman

Name: Hillel Moerman
Title: Managing Director
Address:
200 West Street
New York, New York 10282


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

U.S. Venture Partners VII, L.P.

2180 Associates Fund VII, L.P.

USVP Entrepreneur Partners VII-A, L.P.
USVP Entrepreneur Partners VII-B, L.P.
By Presidio Management Group VII, L.L.C.
The General Partner of Each
By:  

/s/ Irwin Federman

Name:   Irwin Federman
Title:   General Partner


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Rho Ventures III Holdings LLC
By: Rho Capital Partners LLC, its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Habib Kairouz

Name:   Habib Kairouz
Title:   Managing Director


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Joseph Yosi Amram

Joseph (Yosi) Amram
Address:

[***]

[***]


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Sharat Sharan

Sharat Sharan


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDER:

/s/ Sharat Sharan

Sharat Sharan
Address:
50 Beale St., 8th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105


The parties have executed this Tenth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDER:

/s/ Joseph Yosi Amram

Yoseph (Yosi) Amram
Address:

[***]

[***]

Exhibit 10.8

[DATE]

[EMPLOYEE]

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Dear [EMPLOYEE]:

You are currently employed by ON24, Inc. (“ON24” or the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of a written agreement with the Company dated [DATE] (the “Agreement”). The Agreement sets forth, or may set forth, certain severance benefits that you are entitled to receive under specified circumstances, subject to terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement. Based on a May 21, 2019 Unanimous Written Consent of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “UWC”), the Company has adopted a severance program that applies to certain of its executive and non-executive employees (the “Severance Program”), subject to the employees’ right to opt-out of the Severance Program in their sole discretion (the “Opt-Out Right”), for example if the employees determine that their existing severance benefits, if any, are superior to the benefits provided in the Severance Program.

The Company is pleased to present this letter agreement (“Severance Program Agreement”) to you in connection with its Severance Program. If you would like to participate in the Severance Program, then you should sign, date and return this Severance Program Agreement to Mike Badgis, Vice President, Global Human Resources & Facilities, by no later than seven (7) calendar days after the date of this letter agreement (the “Expiration Date”). Absent doing so, we will assume that you are exercising your Opt-Out Right and have chosen not to participate in the Severance Program.

If you elect to participate in the Severance Program, you and the Company agree that your Agreement is hereby amended as stated herein, and that the Company will provide the severance benefits set forth below, which you agree constitute consideration to which you would not otherwise be entitled absent your timely execution and return of this Severance Program Agreement.

This Severance Program Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all severance compensation and/or benefits, including, without limitation, cash severance, COBRA reimbursement and equity acceleration rights under any prior agreements, arrangements, programs and plans previously offered by the Company to you, including, without limitation, the Agreement and any other oral or written promises, and by signing below you hereby waive your rights to such other severance compensation and/or benefits.

This Severance Program Agreement is intended to be a top hat welfare benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

The Severance Program offered to you is as follows:

 

(1)

Severance Benefits Not In Connection With a Change in Control. If, at any time, ON24 terminates your employment without Cause (as defined herein), and provided such separation constitutes a separation from service (as defined by Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), then subject to the conditions described below, you will be eligible for the following severance benefits:

 

  (A)

The Company will pay you severance payments in the form of continuation of base salary for [TIER 1 - six (6)] [TIER 2 – three (3)] months, less applicable withholdings, with such payments to start on the next payroll date following the effective date of the release described below, provided that if the Release Period (as defined below) spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin earlier than the first payroll date of the later calendar year (subject to any delay as may be required for compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”)); and

 

www.on24.com    T (415) 369-8000 | F (415) 369-8388

 

LOGO


  (B)

provided you timely elect continued coverage under COBRA, the Company will reimburse you for the cost of your COBRA premiums for you and your eligible dependents until the earlier of (i) [TIER 1 - six (6)] [TIER 2 – three (3)] months following your termination of employment or (ii) the date you and your eligible dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA; provided, however, if, at the time of your termination of employment, the Company determines that providing the COBRA reimbursement in this paragraph would result in a violation of law or an excise tax to the Company, then the Company will instead pay you a lump sum payment equal to [TIER 1 - six (6)] [TIER 2 – three (3)] months of your estimated COBRA premiums, less applicable withholdings, within 10 days following the effective date of the release described below, provided that if the Release Period spans two calendar years, the payment will not be made earlier than the first business day of the later calendar year (subject to any delay as may be required for compliance with Section 409A).

 

(2)

Severance Benefits In Connection With a Change in Control. If upon or within one (1) year following a Change in Control (as defined herein), your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined herein), or you resign for Good Reason (as defined herein), and provided such separation constitutes a separation from service (as defined by Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), then in lieu of the Severance Benefits Not In Connection With a Change in Control, as described above, subject to the conditions set forth below, you will be eligible for the following severance benefits:

 

  (A)

The Company will pay you severance payments in the form of continuation of base salary for [TIER 1 - twelve (12)] [TIER 2 – six (6)] months and a prorated target bonus, less applicable withholdings, with such payments to start on the next payroll date following the effective date of the release described below, provided that if the Release Period spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin earlier than the first payroll date of the later calendar year (subject to any delay as may be required for compliance with Section 409A);

 

  (B)

The Company will accelerate the vesting of [100%] [50%] [0%] of your unvested equity awards; and

 

  (C)

provided you timely elect continued coverage under COBRA, the Company will reimburse you for the cost of your COBRA premiums for you and your eligible dependents until the earlier of (i) [TIER 1 - twelve (12)] [TIER 2 – six (6)] months following your termination of employment or (ii) the date you and your eligible dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA; provided, however, if, at the time of your termination of employment, the Company determines that providing the COBRA reimbursement in this paragraph would result in a violation of law or an excise tax to the Company, then the Company will instead pay you a lump sum payment equal to [TIER 1 - twelve (12)] [TIER 2 – six (6)] months of your estimated COBRA premiums, less applicable withholdings, within 10 days following the effective date of the release described below, provided that if the Release Period spans two calendar years, the payment will not be made earlier than the first business day of the later calendar year (subject to any delay as may be required for compliance with Section 409A).

 

www.on24.com    T (415) 369-8000 | F (415) 369-8388

 

LOGO


(3)

Severance Conditions. You will not receive any severance benefits if your employment is terminated for Cause or based on your voluntary resignation that is not for Good Reason. Your receipt of the severance benefits set forth herein is conditional upon your continuing to comply with all of your legal and contractual obligations to the Company and your delivering to the Company a general release of claims in favor of the Company in a form the Company will provide you that becomes effective and irrevocable on or before the sixtieth (60th) day following your termination date (the “Release Period”). If these conditions are met, your severance benefits will be provided as indicated above.

 

(4)

Definitions.

 

  (A)

For purposes of this Severance Program Agreement, “Cause” shall be as defined in Section 2.1(d)(i) through (vii) of the ON24, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan (the “2014 Stock Plan”).

 

  (B)

For purposes of this Severance Program Agreement, “Change in Control” shall be as defined in Section 2.1(e) of the 2014 Stock Plan.

 

  (C)

For purposes of this Severance Program Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean your resignation from employment with the Company following the occurrence of any of the following events without your prior written consent: (1) a significant reduction in your duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction (provided, however, that any such reduction will not constitute “Good Reason” in the context of a Change in Control if you are asked to assume substantially similar duties and responsibilities in a larger entity after such Change in Control and such reduction will not be deemed to have occurred solely because of a change in title); (2) a material reduction of current base salary; or (3) a relocation to a worksite that is more than (50) miles from the then existing worksite; provided that, in any such case, you: (a) provide written notice to the Company of the condition(s) claimed to constitute grounds for Good Reason within sixty (60) days of the initial existence of such condition(s); and, (b) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days of receiving such written notice (the “Cure Period”); and, (c) your resignation from employment is effective within thirty (30) days after the Cure Period is complete.

 

(5)

409A. It is intended that all of the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Severance Program Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Severance Program Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), your right to receive any installment payments under this Severance Program Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Severance Program Agreement, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your separation from service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and if any of the payments upon separation from service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the related adverse taxation

 

www.on24.com    T (415) 369-8000 | F (415) 369-8388

 

LOGO


  under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to you prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your separation from service with the Company, (ii) the date of your death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred.

The Company shall require any immediate and future successor(s) (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets to assume this Severance Program Agreement and to agree expressly to perform this Severance Program Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform it in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Severance Program Agreement, the term “Company” or “ON24” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets or which becomes bound by this Severance Program Agreement by operation of law. In addition, this Severance Program Agreement and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributes, devisees and legatees.

The administrator of this Severance Program Agreement is the Company, which shall interpret the agreement’s provisions. Any determination by the administrator is final, binding and conclusive. If you believe you are entitled to a payment under this Severance Program Agreement that you have not received, you may submit a written claim for benefits in accordance with the Claim Procedures set forth in Addendum A attached hereto and whose provisions form a part of this Severance Program Agreement.

This Severance Program Agreement, along with the Agreement (as modified herein), sets forth the terms of your employment with ON24 and supersedes any prior representations or agreements with respect to their subject matter. The terms set forth herein may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company and you.

To indicate your agreement to these terms, please sign and date below and return this Severance Program Agreement to me no later than the Expiration Date.

 

Sincerely,  
J. Michael Badgis  
Vice President, Global Human Resources
& Facilities  
Understood, Accepted and Agreed To:

 

[EMPLOYEE NAME]                                     Date

 

www.on24.com    T (415) 369-8000 | F (415) 369-8388

 

LOGO


Addendum A

ON24, Inc.

Severance Program Agreement

Claims Procedure

The administrator of the Severance Program Agreement (the “Agreement”) is the Company. The administrator reviews and authorizes payment of severance benefits under the provisions of the Agreement. No claim forms need be submitted. Questions regarding payment of severance benefits under the Agreement should be directed to the administrator.

If you believe that you are not receiving severance benefits which are due, you should file a written claim for the benefits with the administrator. A decision on whether to grant or deny the claim will be made within 90 days following receipt of the claim. If more than 90 days is required to render a decision, you will be notified in writing of the reasons for delay. In any event, however, a decision to grant or deny a claim will be made by not later than 180 days following the initial receipt of the claim.

If the claim is denied, in whole or in part, you will receive a written explanation containing the following information:

 

 

The specific reason(s) for the denial, including a reference to the Agreement provisions on which the denial is based;

 

 

A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

 

A description of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse determination on review.

If you wish to appeal this denial, you may write within 60 days after receipt of the notification of denial. The claim will then be reviewed by the administrator, and you will receive written notice of the final decision within 60 days after the request for review. If more than 60 days are required to render a decision, you will be notified in writing of the reasons for delay. In any event, however, you will receive a written notice of the final decision within 120 days after the request for review.

As part of the Agreement’s appeal process, you will be afforded:

 

 

The opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits;

 

 

Upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to your claim for benefits; and

 

 

A review that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by you relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

www.on24.com    T (415) 369-8000 | F (415) 369-8388

 

LOGO


If the decision on appeal is upheld, in whole or in part, you will receive a written explanation containing the following information:

 

 

The specific reason(s) for the decision, including a reference to the Agreement provisions on which the decision is based;

 

 

A statement that you are entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to your claim for benefits; and

 

 

A statement of your right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

No legal action for benefits under this Agreement may be brought unless the action is commenced within one (1) year from the date of the final decision on appeal has been made. No person may bring an action for any alleged wrongful denial of Agreement benefits in a court of law unless the claims procedures set forth above are exhausted and a final determination is made. If you or another interested person challenges a decision, a review by the court of law will be limited to the facts, evidence and issues presented during the claims procedure set forth above. Facts and evidence that become known to you or another interested person after having exhausted the claims procedure must be brought to the attention of the administrator for reconsideration of the claims determination. Issues not raised with the administrator will be deemed waived.

 

www.on24.com    T (415) 369-8000 | F (415) 369-8388

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.9

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

Between

Landlord: 50 BEALE STREET, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

and

Tenant: ON24, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

50 BEALE STREET

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page  

1.

  Premises and Common Areas      1  

2.

  Term      2  

3.

  Landlord’s Failure to Give Possession      3  

4.

  Quiet Enjoyment      3  

5.

  Base Rent      4  

6.

  Operating Expenses and Taxes      5  

7.

  Late Charge      13  

8.

  Partial Payment      14  

9.

  Letter of Credit      14  

10.

  Use of Premises      18  

11.

  Compliance with Laws      22  

12.

  Waste Disposal      23  

13.

  Rules and Regulations      23  

14.

  Services      23  

15.

  Telephone and Data Equipment      26  

16.

  Signs      27  

17.

  Parking   

18.

  Force Majeure      29  

19.

  Repairs and Maintenance By Landlord      29  

20.

  Repairs By Tenant      29  

21.

  Alterations and Improvements/Liens   

22.

  Destruction or Damage      33  

23.

  Eminent Domain      34  

24.

  Insurance; Waivers      35  

25.

  Indemnities      37  

26.

  Exculpation      38  

27.

  Estoppel      38  

28.

  Notices      39  

29.

  Default      39  

30.

  Landlord’s Remedies      40  

 

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page  

31.

  Default by Landlord      43  

32.

  Advertising      44  

33.

  Surrender of Premises      44  

34.

  Removal of Fixtures      44  

35.

  Holding Over      45  

36.

  Attorneys’ Fees      45  

37.

  Mortgagee’s Rights      45  

38.

  Entering Premises      47  

39.

  Relocation      48  

40.

  Assignment and Subletting      48  

41.

  Sale      54  

42.

  Limitation of Liability      54  

43.

  Broker Disclosure      54  

44.

  Joint and Several      54  

45.

  Construction of this Agreement      55  

46.

  Paragraph Titles; Severability      55  

47.

  Cumulative Rights      55  

48.

  Entire Agreement      55  

49.

  Submission of Agreement      55  

50.

  Authority      55  

51.

  Determination in Good Faith      55  

52.

  Confidentiality      56  

53.

  Asbestos Notification      56  

54.

  OFAC and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Certifications      56  

55.

  Civil Code Section 1938      57  

56.

  Energy Disclosure      57  

57.

  LEED Certification      58  

58.

  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]      58  

59.

  Financial Statements      58  

60.

  Counterparts; Electronic Signatures      58  

 

 

-ii-


LIST OF EXHIBITS

A-1 Premises

A-2

Rooftop Installation Area

B

Work Agreement

C

Commencement Letter

D

Rules and Regulations

E

Asbestos Notification

F-1

Form of Letter of Credit

F-2

Approved Form of Comerica Initial Letter of Credit

G

Options

 

 

-iii-


BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

The following sets forth some of the basic provisions of the Lease (the “Basic Lease Provisions”). In the event of any conflict between the terms of these Basic Lease Provisions and the referenced Articles of the Lease, the referenced Articles of the Lease shall control.

1. Building (Article 1): The 24-story office tower, together with all appurtenant plazas, subgrade areas and garages in the City of San Francisco, California, located at 50 Beale Street. The Building contains approximately 665,441 rentable square feet (“RSF”).

2. Property (Article 1): The Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located and, at Landlord’s discretion, the off-site parking facilities and other improvements, if any, serving the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located.

3. Premises (Article 1):

 

Suite:    800
Floor:    Eighth (8th)
RSF:    28,353

4. Term (Article 2): Eighty eight (88) full calendar months plus any partial calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date.

Anticipated Delivery Date (Article 1): One (1) Business Day following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease.

5. Base Rent (Article 5):

 

Months of Term

   Annual Rate Per RSF      Monthly
Installment
 

Month 1* - Month 12

   $ 71.00      $ 167,755.25 ** 

Month 13 - Month 24

   $ 73.13      $ 172,787.91  

Month 25 - Month 36

   $ 75.32      $ 177,962.33  

Month 37 - Month 48

   $ 77.58      $ 183,302.15  

Month 49 - Month 60

   $ 79.91      $ 188,807.35  

Month 61 - Month 72

   $ 82.31      $ 194,477.95  

Month 73 - Month 84

   $ 84.78      $ 200,313.95  

Month 85- Month 88

   $ 87.32      $ 206,315.33  

 

*

If the Commencement Date is not the first (1st) day of a calendar month, then “Month 1” includes the partial calendar month during which the Commencement Date occurs and the next-succeeding calendar month, and in such event, Tenant shall pay the prorated amount of the monthly installment of Base Rent for such partial calendar month on the Commencement Date.

**

Subject to abatement pursuant to Section 5(b) below.

6. Rent Payment Address (Article 5):

50 Beale Street, LLC

P.O. Box 360885

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15251-6885

 

 

i


7. Base Year (Article 7):

 

Tax Base Year:    2018            
Operating Expense Base Year:    2018   

8. Tenant’s Share (Article 7): 4.26% (i.e., 28,353/665,441)

9. Letter of Credit Amount (Article 9): $2,027,145.02, subject to potential reduction.

10. Parking Passes (Article 18): Up to three (3) valet parking passes (i.e., 1 pass per 7,500 RSF)

11. Landlord’s Broker (Article 44): Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc.

Tenant’s Broker (Article 45): Colliers International

12. Notice Addresses (Article 29):

 

 

Landlord

  

Tenant

50 Beale Street, LLC    Prior to Commencement Date:
50 Beale Street, Lower Level   
San Francisco, CA 94015    ON24, Inc.
Attention: Property Manager    795 Folsom Street, 3rd Floor
   San Francisco, CA 94107
with a copy to:    Attention: J. Michael Badgis, Vice
   President, Global Human Resources and
PARAMOUNT GROUP, INC.    Facilities
1633 Broadway, Suite 1801   
New York, NY 10019    With a copy to:
Attention: Bernard A. Marasco   
Senior Vice President - Counsel, Leasing    ON24, Inc.
& Property Management    795 Folsom Street, 3rd Floor
   San Francisco, CA 94107
with a copy to:   

Attention: General Counsel

 

PARAMOUNT GROUP, INC.    Following Commencement Date:
Steuart Tower, One Market Plaza,   
Suite 1470    At the Premises
San Francisco, CA 94105    Attention: General Counsel and J. Michael
Attention: Area Asset    Badgis, Vice President, Global Human
Manager/General Manager    Resources and Facilities

 

ii


OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter called the “Lease”) is entered into as of January 2, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between the Landlord and Tenant identified above.

1. Premises and Common Areas.

(a) Premises; Rentable Area. Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant and Tenant does hereby lease from Landlord the Premises identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, such Premises being further shown on the drawing attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and made a part hereof. All corridors and restroom facilities located on the eighth (8th) floor (and any other full floor which may in the future be occupied by Tenant) shall be considered part of the Premises. The Premises shall be prepared for Tenant’s occupancy in the manner and subject to the provisions of the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Agreement”). The RSF of the Premises and the Building have been determined based upon the ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-2017 promulgated by the Building Owners and Managers Association, as reasonably interpreted by Landlord’s architect for the Building, has been confirmed and is conclusively agreed upon by the parties. No easement for light, air or view is granted hereunder or included within or appurtenant to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to inspect the Premises, and by accepting the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted them in their “AS IS” condition existing as of the Delivery Date (defined below); except for Landlord’s obligation to complete Landlord’s ACM Work (as described in the Work Agreement), if necessary, and as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. At all times during the Term, but subject to any Casualty, Force Majeure Event (as such terms are defined below) or temporary interruptions required to comply with Landlord’s reasonable security procedures, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.

(b) Common Areas. Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right (in common with other tenants or occupants of the Building, Landlord and all others to whom Landlord has granted or may hereafter grant such rights) to use the Common Areas (defined below), subject to the Rules and Regulations (defined below). Subject to the terms and conditions in this Lease, Landlord may at any time alter, renovate, rearrange, expand or reduce some or all of the Common Areas or temporarily close any Common Areas to make repairs or changes therein or to effect construction, repairs, or changes within the Building or Property, or to prevent the acquisition of public rights in such areas, or to discourage parking by parties other than tenants, and may do such other acts in and to the Common Areas as in its judgment may be desirable provided that in each case such activities do not materially reduce or impair Tenant’s rights under this Lease or access to the Premises. Landlord may from time to time permit portions of the Common Areas to be used exclusively by specified tenants provided that doing so does not materially reduce or impair Tenant’s rights under this Lease or access to the Premises. Landlord may also, from time to time, place or permit customer service and information booths, kiosks, stalls, push carts and other merchandising facilities in the Common Areas. “Common Areas” shall mean any of the following or similar items, as so designated from time to time by Landlord: (a) the total square footage of areas of the Building devoted to nonexclusive uses such as ground floor lobbies, seating areas and elevator foyers; fire vestibules; mechanical areas; restrooms and corridors on all multi-tenant floors; elevator foyers and lobbies on multi-tenant floors; electrical

 

1


and janitorial closets; telephone and equipment rooms; and other similar facilities in the Building maintained for the benefit of Building tenants and invitees, but shall not mean Major Vertical Penetrations (defined below); and (b) all parking garage vestibules; loading docks; locker rooms, exercise and conference facilities available for use by Building tenants (if any); walkways, roadways and sidewalks; trash areas; mechanical areas; landscaped areas including courtyards, plazas and patios; and other similar facilities on the Property maintained for the benefit of Building tenants and invitees. As used herein, “Major Vertical Penetrations” shall mean the area or areas within Building stairs (excluding the landing at each floor), elevator shafts, and vertical ducts that service more than one floor of the Building. The area of Major Vertical Penetrations shall be bounded and defined by the dominant interior surface of the perimeter walls thereof (or the extended plane of such walls over areas that are not enclosed). Major Vertical Penetrations shall exclude, however, areas for the specific use of Tenant or installed at the request of Tenant, such as special stairs or elevators.

2. Term. Tenant shall have and hold the Premises for the term (“Term”) identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, commencing on the date (the “Commencement Date”) that is one hundred fifty (150) days following the Delivery Date (defined below, and such 150 day period being referred to herein as the “Construction Period”), provided that, as described in the Work Agreement, the Construction Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day of any Landlord Delays (as defined in the Work Agreement). Landlord will deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in “as-is” condition (except as otherwise provided in this Lease), free and clear of other tenants and occupants, with all elevators and other Building Systems (defined in Article 19) below serving the Premises in operable condition, and free of any Hazardous Materials as defined in Section 10(b) except where otherwise noted, including ACM, that pursuant to applicable Law, require remediation, removal or abatement, in order to allow Tenant to commence the construction of Tenant Improvements (defined in the Work Agreement) therein pursuant to the provisions of the Work Agreement (such delivery is referred to herein as “Delivery”) on the first (1st) Business Day following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease (the “Anticipated Delivery Date” and the actual date of Delivery is referred to herein as the “Delivery Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the date that Landlord is ready to Deliver the Premises, Tenant has not delivered to Landlord (a) the first (1st) month’s payment of Base Rent pursuant to the provisions of Section 5(a) below, (b) the Letter of Credit pursuant to Article 9 below and (c) evidence of all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Article 24 below (collectively, the “Delivery Requirements”), then, for the purposes of calculating the Commencement Date, the Delivery Date shall nonetheless be deemed to have occurred, however, Tenant will not be allowed to have access to the Premises unless and until Tenant satisfies such Delivery Requirements. Landlord represents that, as of the Effective Date, the Premises are currently unoccupied and that no tenants or other third parties hold any rights of first refusal, rights of first offer or other rights with respect to the Premises which supercede or are senior in priority to Tenant’s leasehold rights in the Premises as set forth herein. During the period from the Delivery Date until the Commencement Date, all of the terms and provisions of this Lease will apply to Tenant’s use of, and access to the Premises, other than the obligation on the part of Tenant to pay Base Rent (defined in Article 5 below), excess Operating Expenses, excess Taxes (as said terms are defined in Article 6 below), and utility expenses. The parties estimate that the Commencement Date will be the Anticipated Commencement Date specified in the Basic Lease Provisions. This Lease shall terminate at midnight on the last day of the eighty eighth (88th) full calendar month of the Term (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner

 

2


terminated or extended pursuant hereto. As used in this Lease, except where otherwise noted, the “Term” shall include the Renewal Term, if Tenant exercises the Renewal Option described in Exhibit G. Promptly following the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, specifying and/or confirming the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request; if Tenant fails to execute and deliver (or to provide good faith corrective comments to) such letter agreement to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of same to Tenant, said letter agreement will be deemed final and binding upon Tenant.

3. Landlord’s Failure to Give Possession.

(a) Generally. Except as provided below, Landlord shall not be liable for damages to Tenant for failure to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Anticipated Delivery Date. Subject to delay attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant, Landlord will Deliver the Premises to Tenant by the Anticipated Delivery Date; however, however, as described in Article 2 above, if, as of the date that Landlord would otherwise achieve Delivery, Tenant has not fulfilled the Delivery Requirements, such date shall, for the purposes of determining the Commencement Date, be deemed to be the Delivery Date, regardless of the fact that Landlord will not in fact deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant unless and until the Delivery Requirements have been satisfied.

(b) Late Delivery Damages. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises to Tenant within ten (10) Business Days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease and Tenant’s satisfaction of the Delivery Conditions (the “First Outside Date”), which First Outside Date will be delayed, if applicable, on a day-for-day basis for each day Delivery is delayed as a result of any Force Majeure Event or the acts or omissions of Tenant, Tenant shall be entitled to have one (1) day added to the Abatement Period (defined in Section 5(b) below) for every day by which the Delivery Date is delayed beyond the First Outside Date. Furthermore, if Landlord fails to Deliver the Premises to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease and the satisfaction of the Delivery Conditions (the “Second Outside Date”), which Second Outside Date will be delayed, if applicable, on a day-for-day basis for each day Delivery is delayed by any Force Majeure Event or the acts or omissions of Tenant, Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered at any time prior to the Delivery Date, in which event all prepaid rent and the Letter of Credit immediately shall be returned to Tenant.

4. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as a Default (defined in Article 29 below) has not occurred and is not continuing, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without interference by Landlord or anyone claiming through Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any other tenant or any third party not claiming by or through Landlord that may interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any tenant of the Building whose acts or omissions interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises to cease such interference by enforcing the applicable terms and conditions of such tenant’s lease.

 

3


5. Base Rent.

(a) Generally. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the address stated in the Basic Lease Provisions or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing to Tenant, annual base rent (“Base Rent”) in the amounts set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. The Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, due on the first day of each calendar month, in advance, in legal tender of the United States of America, without abatement, demand, deduction or offset whatsoever, except as may be expressly provided in this Lease. One full monthly installment of Base Rent shall be due and payable on the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant and shall be applied to the first full calendar month’s Base Rent payable following the Abatement Period, defined below, and a like monthly installment of Base Rent shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month following the Commencement Date during the Term (provided, that if the Commencement Date should be a date other than the first day of a calendar month, the monthly Base Rent installment paid on the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant shall be prorated to that partial calendar month, and the excess shall be applied as a credit against the next monthly Base Rent installment). Tenant shall pay, as additional Rent, all other sums due from Tenant under this Lease (the term “Rent”, as used herein, means all Base Rent, additional Rent and all other amounts payable hereunder from Tenant to Landlord). Unless otherwise specified herein, all items of Rent (other than Base Rent and amounts payable pursuant to Article 7 below) shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after billing by Landlord. Rent shall be made payable to the entity, and sent to the address, Landlord designates and shall be made by good and sufficient check or by ACH transfer or other similar electronic transfer mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Landlord may return to Tenant, at any time within fifteen (15) days after receiving same, any payment of Rent (x) made following any Default (irrespective of whether Landlord has commenced the exercise of any remedy), or (y) that is less than the amount due. If the address designated by Landlord for payment of Rent hereunder is a lock box collection agent, then for purposes of this Lease, no such payment shall be deemed “accepted” by Landlord if Landlord issues a check payable to Tenant in the amount sent to the lock box within thirty (30) days after the amount sent by Tenant is received by the lock box collection agent or if Landlord returns a dishonored instrument within thirty (30) days after its dishonor.

(b) Abatement. Notwithstanding Section 5(a) above to the contrary, so long as Tenant is not in Monetary Default (defined in Article 29 below), Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent for the first (1st) four (4) full calendar months following the Commencement Date (the “Abatement Period”). The total amount of Base Rent abated during the Abatement Period, in the amount of $671,021.00, is referred to herein as the “Abated Rent”. If Tenant is in Monetary Default, (i) if such Default occurs prior to the expiration of the Abatement Period, from and after the occurrence of such Monetary Default, Rent shall be payable by Tenant as if no abatement of Base Rent had been contemplated in this Section 5(b) unless and until Tenant cures such Default and thereafter timely pays all sums due hereunder for four (4) consecutive calendar months, at which point the abatement of Abated Rent shall be reinstated for the remainder of the unexpired Abatement Period and (b) if Landlord terminates this Lease as a consequence of such Monetary Default, Landlord may include in its claim for termination damages, all then-unamortized Abated Rent (assuming amortization of the Abated Rent on a straight-line basis over the Term) credited to Tenant prior to the occurrence of the Default.

 

4


6. Operating Expenses and Taxes.

(a) Generally. From and after the expiration of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month of the Term, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord throughout the Term, as additional Rent hereunder, for Tenant’s Share (defined below) of: (i) the annual Operating Expenses (as defined below) in excess of the Operating Expenses for the Operating Expense Base Year set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions (hereinafter called the “Base Year Expense Amount”) and (ii) the annual Taxes (as defined below) in excess of the Taxes for the Tax Base Year set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions (hereinafter called the “Base Year Tax Amount”). The term “Tenant’s Share” as used in this Lease shall mean the percentage determined by dividing the rentable square footage of the Premises by the rentable square footage of the Building and multiplying the quotient by 100. Tenant’s Share with respect to the Premises initially demised by this Lease is as set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not be subject to increase or decrease during the initial Term unless the actual RSF of the Building or the Premises shall be changed for reasons other than a change in the method of measurement. Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes for any calendar year shall be appropriately prorated for any partial year occurring during the Term. Except as set forth herein, the obligations of the parties pursuant to this Article 6 will survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

(b) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all of those expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in operating, servicing, managing, maintaining and repairing the Property, including, without limitation, the Building, parking areas and Common Areas. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, the following: (1) all costs related to the providing of water, heating, lighting, ventilation, sanitary sewer, air conditioning and other utilities, but excluding those utility charges actually paid separately by Tenant or any other tenants of the Building; (2) janitorial and maintenance expenses, including: (A) janitorial services and janitorial supplies and other materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Building; and (B) the cost of maintenance and service agreements on equipment, window cleaning, grounds maintenance, pest control, security, trash removal, any compost and/or recycle program, and other similar services or agreements; (3) the amount paid or incurred by Landlord (i) in insuring all or any portion of the Property under policies of insurance and/or commercially reasonable self-insurance (so long as such self-insurance provides adequate, enforceable, sufficiently funded and long-term coverage equivalent to insurance purchased from third party insurers) which may include commercial general liability insurance, property insurance, worker’s compensation insurance, rent interruption insurance, contingent liability and builder’s risk insurance, and any other insurance as may from time to time be maintained by Landlord (as of the Effective Date Landlord maintains earthquake insurance coverage on the Building, the cost of which will be included in Operating Expenses for the Base Year) and (ii) for deductible payments under any insured claims; (4) commercially reasonable management fees (or an imputed charge for management fees if Landlord provides its own management services) and the market rental value (as reasonably determined by Landlord) of a management office; (5) the costs, including interest at a commercially reasonable rate, amortized over the applicable useful life, of the following (collectively, “Permitted Capital Items”) (A) any capital improvement, repair, renovation or replacement made to the Building or Property by or on behalf of Landlord which is required under any governmental law or regulation (or any judicial interpretation thereof) or any insurance requirement that was not applicable to the Building or Property as of the

 

5


Commencement Date, (B) the cost of acquisition and installation of any device or equipment designed or anticipated to improve the operating efficiency of any system within the Building or which is reasonably intended to reduce Operating Expenses, provided that in each case Landlord reasonably estimates that the annual savings resulting therefrom will exceed the amortized cost of the device or equipment in question or (C) the cost of any capital improvement, restoration, repair, replacement or equipment which is made or acquired to improve the health and safety of the occupants of the Building and/or the safety of the Building or Property or which represents the replacement of obsolete or worn-out equipment reasonably consistent with the practices of owners of Comparable Buildings (defined in Exhibit G), or (D) the cost of capital improvements or alterations or installations which are replacements or modifications of items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition; provided, however, that the costs of Permitted Capital Items shall be amortized in equal monthly installments over their useful lives in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and only the amortized portion thereof accruing during the Term shall be included in Operating Expenses, (6) all services, supplies, repairs, replacements or other expenses directly and reasonably associated with servicing, maintaining, managing and operating the Building or Property, including, but not limited to the Building lobby, vehicular and pedestrian traffic areas and other Common Areas, and including the reasonable costs of achieving and maintaining LEED status or any other similar certification system or process as may be elected by Landlord in lieu of LEED; (7) wages and salaries and bonuses of Landlord’s employees (not above the level of Building or General Manager or such other title representing the on-site management representative primarily responsible for management of the Building) engaged in the maintenance, operation, repair and services of the Building, including taxes, insurance and customary fringe benefits; (8) legal and accounting costs (but not including legal costs incurred in collecting delinquent rent from any occupants of the Property); (9) costs to maintain and repair the Building and/or Property; (10) landscaping and security costs unless and to the extent that Landlord hires a third party to provide such services pursuant to a service contract and the cost of that service contract is already included in Operating Expenses as described above; and (11) costs or payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building or Property or related to the use or operation of the Building or Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically exclude the following:

(i) costs of alterations of tenant spaces (including all tenant improvements to such spaces);

(ii) costs incurred in connection with the proposed lobby renovation that Landlord expects to complete in calendar year 2018, or costs of capital improvements or other capital expenditures, except for Permitted Capital Expenditures as provided in the preceding paragraph;

(iii) depreciation, amortization, interest and principal payments on mortgages, and other debt costs, if any;

(iv) real estate brokers’ leasing commissions or compensation and advertising and other marketing expenses;

 

6


(v) payments to affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services to the extent the same are materially in excess of what would be paid to non-affiliated parties of similar experience, skill and expertise for such goods and/or services in an arm’s length transaction;

(vi) costs incurred or services or work performed for the singular benefit of another tenant or occupant (other than with respect to Common Areas of the Building);

(vii) legal, accounting and other professional fees, space planning, construction, and other expenses incurred in procuring or attracting tenants for the Building or renewing or amending leases with existing tenants or occupants of the Building or with respect to other leasable area within the Building;

(viii) costs of advertising and public relations, promotional costs and attorneys’ fees associated with the leasing of the Building;

(ix) any expense to the extent that Landlord actually receives reimbursement from insurance, condemnation awards, other tenants or any other source (other than through the collection of Operating Expenses);

(x) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, mortgaging, or other change of ownership of the Building;

(xi) all expenses in connection with the installation, operation and maintenance of any observatory, broadcasting facilities, luncheon club, athletic or recreation club, cafeteria, dining facility or other facility not generally available to all office tenants of the Building, including Tenant;

(xii) Taxes;

(xiii) rental under any ground or underlying lease or leases;

(xiv) increased costs resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager or any other Landlord Party (defined in Section 10(b)(ii) below) or the default of Landlord under this Lease or any other agreement affecting Landlord or the Property;

(xv) voluntary contributions to any political or charitable persons or entities;

(xvi) costs for the acquisition of sculpture, paintings or other art objects;

(xvii) costs associated with the operation of the corporation or other entity which constitutes the Landlord, as distinguished from costs of operation of the Building and the Property;

 

7


(xviii) costs to the extent which Landlord receives reimbursement under warranties or by insurance companies or other third parties or which are directly payable by other Building tenants pursuant to the terms of their respective leases;

(xix) costs incurred to remove or abate any Hazardous Material which is in existence in or about the Building or the Property prior to the Delivery Date, and is of such a nature that such material is classified as a Hazardous Material as of the Delivery Date; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat any Hazardous Material which is brought into the Building or onto the Property after the Effective Date by Landlord and which is of such a nature, at that time, that applicable Law in effect and as interpreted as of the date such Hazardous Substance is brought into the Building or Property would require the removal or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto (except, in each case, that the cost of handling, treatment, containing, removing or abating Hazardous Materials related to the ordinary general repair and maintenance of the Building or Property, for example, the removal of and disposal of oil from Building machinery in the course of typical Building maintenance and not as a response to any action of any tenant or occupant of the Building or release of Hazardous Materials, may be included in Operating Expenses);

(xx) the costs and expenses incurred in leasing equipment or systems that would ordinarily constitute a capital expenditure if such equipment or systems were purchased, to the extent such rental charges exceed the amortization charge, if any, that would have been permitted had the item been purchased;

(xxi) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty and/or costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain;

(xxii) any earthquake insurance deductibles in excess of an amount (the “Annual Limit”) equal to One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50) per RSF of the Building (provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if, for any in any one year, Landlord’s earthquake insurance deductibles exceed the Annual Limit, then, after such deductibles is/are included (up to the Annual Limit) in Operating Expenses for the applicable year, such excess may be included (up to the Annual Limit) in Operating Expenses for the immediately succeeding year, and any portion of such excess that is not so included in Operating Expenses for such immediately succeeding year may be included (up to the Annual Limit) in Operating Expenses for the next succeeding year, and so on with respect to each subsequent expense year;

(xxiii) interest or penalties due to the late payment of taxes, utility bills or other costs;

(xxiv) any cost for overtime or other expenses to Landlord in curing its defaults where the work in question would not otherwise be performed on an overtime or after-hours basis;

(xxv) any amount paid to an owners’ association of which the Property is a part or paid in connection with any covenants, conditions, and restrictions or other title matters affecting the Property if such costs would be excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to other provisions of this Article 6;

 

8


(xxvi) costs of services provided exclusively to retail spaces.

Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect more than one hundred percent (100%) of the Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Property in any year.

(c) “Taxes” shall mean all taxes and assessments of every kind and nature which Landlord shall become obligated to pay with respect to any calendar year of the Term or portion thereof because of or in any way connected with the ownership, leasing, and/or operation of the Building and/or Property, inclusive of any gross receipts tax (including without limitation the San Francisco Gross Receipts Tax and Business Registration Fees Ordinance (2012 Proposition E)), as well as any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Taxes shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Property’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Landlord shall include in Taxes each year hereunder (including, without limitation, the Tax Base Year) the amounts levied, assessed, accrued or imposed for such year, regardless of whether paid or payable in another year (except that, with respect to personal property taxes, Landlord shall include in Taxes the amounts paid during each such year), and Landlord shall each year make any other reasonable appropriate changes to reflect adjustments to Taxes for prior years (including, without limitation, the Tax Base Year and prior to the Tax Base Year) due to error by the taxing authority, supplemental assessment or other reason, regardless of whether Landlord uses an accrual system of accounting for other purposes (the amount of any tax refunds received by Landlord during the Term of this Lease shall be deducted from Taxes for the calendar year to which such refunds are attributable); (ii) the amount of special taxes and special assessments to be included shall be limited to the amount of the scheduled installments (plus any interest, other than penalty interest, payable thereon), without prepayment of future installments, of such special tax or special assessment payable for the calendar year in respect of which Taxes are being determined; (iii) the amount of any tax or excise levied by the State or the City where the Building is located, or any political subdivision of either, or any other taxing body, on rents or other income from the Building and/or Property (or the value of the leases thereon) to be included in Taxes shall not be greater than the amount which would have been payable on account of such tax or excise by Landlord during the calendar year in respect of which Taxes are being determined had the income received by Landlord from the Building and/or Property (excluding amounts payable under this subparagraph (iii)) been the sole taxable income of Landlord for such calendar year; (iv) if any portion of the Taxes in the Tax Base Year includes an assessment which is no longer payable in a subsequent calendar year, Taxes for the

 

9


Tax Base Year shall be adjusted to eliminate the amount of the annual assessment originally included therein; and (v) Taxes shall also include Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in contesting or attempting to reduce any Taxes. Taxes will not include income taxes (except those which may be included pursuant to clause (iii) above), excess profits taxes, franchise, capital stock, documentary transfer taxes (inclusive of city/county transfer taxes) and inheritance or estate taxes. Without limiting the generality of this Section 6(c), if at any time prior to or during the Term any sale or change in ownership of the Building is consummated, and if Landlord reasonably anticipates that the Building will be reassessed for purposes of Taxes as a result thereof, but that such reassessment may not be completed during the calendar year in which such event is consummated, then for all purposes under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to calculate Taxes applicable to such calendar year and thereafter based upon Landlord’s reasonable good faith estimate of the Taxes which will result from such reassessment. Upon the finalization of any such reassessment and Landlord’s determination of actual Taxes applicable to the Tax Base Year and all calendar years subsequent thereto, as applicable, Landlord shall adjust the applicable Taxes therefor and, upon such adjustment, Landlord or Tenant, as appropriate, shall promptly make such reconciliation payment (which, in the case of Landlord, may be made in the form of a credit against the installment(s) of Tenant’s Share of excess Taxes next coming due) as may be necessary in order that Tenant pays Tenant’s Share of actual Taxes for each such calendar year.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6(c), there shall be excluded from Taxes (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s net income or (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses.

(d) Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses among different portions or occupants of the Building (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may, for example, include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of the Building and the retail space tenants of the Building. The Operating Expenses allocable to each such Cost Pool shall be allocated to such Cost Pool and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

(e) Procedure. As soon as reasonably possible after the commencement of each calendar year following the Base Year (and, initially, following the expiration of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month of the Term), Landlord will provide Tenant with a statement of the estimated monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes which will be due for the remainder of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs or for the next ensuing calendar year, as the case may be. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year (including the calendar year in which this Lease terminates), or as soon thereafter as reasonably practical, a statement (“Landlord’s Statement”) setting forth: (1) the actual amount of any increases in the Operating Expenses for such calendar year in excess of the Operating Expenses for the Operating Expense Base Year and (2) the actual amount of any increases in the Taxes for such calendar year in excess of the Taxes for the Tax Base Year.

 

10


(i) From and after the expiration of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month of the Term, for each year following the Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, together with its monthly payment of Base Rent as provided in Article 5 above, as additional Rent hereunder, the estimated monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of the excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes for the calendar year in question. At the end of any calendar year, and upon Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Statement for such year, if Tenant has paid to Landlord an amount in excess of Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes for such calendar year, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant any such excess amount (or shall apply any such excess amount to any amount then owing to Landlord hereunder, and if none, to the next due installment or installments of additional Rent due hereunder, at the option of Landlord); if Tenant has paid to Landlord less than Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any such deficiency within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the applicable Landlord’s Statement.

(ii) For the calendar year in which this Lease terminates and is not extended or renewed, the provisions of this Article 7 shall apply, but Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes for such calendar year shall be subject to a pro rata adjustment based upon the number of days in such calendar year prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and excess Taxes (or any other amounts) accruing during, or relating to, the period prior to expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or termination. Landlord may reasonably estimate all or any of such obligations within a reasonable time before, or any time after, such expiration or termination. Tenant shall pay the full amount of such estimate, and any additional amount due after the actual amounts are determined, in each case within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends a statement therefor. If the actual amount is less than the amount Tenant has paid as an estimate, Landlord shall refund the difference within thirty (30) days after such determination is made. Notwithstanding the following provisions of this Article 3, Tenant will not be responsible for any Operating Expense attributable to any year which is first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the date of expiration of the expiration of the calendar year to which such Operating Expense applies, provided that Tenant shall nonetheless be responsible for any such sums for any year if the same are first levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies following the date that is two (2) calendar years following the expiration of such year.

(iii) If the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) occupied throughout any calendar year of the Term, inclusive of the Base Year, then those Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question which vary with occupancy levels in the Building (including for example, but not limited to, utilities, janitorial costs and management fees) shall be increased by Landlord, for the purpose of determining Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses, to be the amount of Operating Expenses which Landlord reasonably determines would have been incurred during that calendar year if the Building had been 100% occupied throughout such calendar year by tenants paying full rent. Furthermore, if in the Base Year Landlord does not carry earthquake insurance coverage, and if in any subsequent calendar year Landlord elects to purchase earthquake insurance, then Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be grossed up to reflect the insurance premiums that Landlord would have paid in the Base Year had Landlord carried such earthquake insurance during the entire Base Year.

 

11


(f) Other Taxes Payable by Tenant. In addition to payment of Tenant’s Share of excess Taxes, Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes levied or assessed and which become payable by Tenant (or directly or indirectly by Landlord) during the Term (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources, capital stock taxes, and estate and inheritance taxes), whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, which are based upon, measured by or otherwise calculated with respect to: (i) the gross or net rental income of Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax levied by any taxing authority, or any other gross income tax or excise tax levied by any taxing authority with respect to the receipt of the rental payable hereunder, except to the extent Landlord elects to include any of the foregoing in Taxes, and except for the San Francisco Gross Receipts Tax and Business Registration Fees Ordinance (2012 Proposition E), which is included in Taxes; (ii) the value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property located in the Premises; (iii) the possession, lease, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; (iv) the value of any leasehold improvements, alterations or additions made in or to the Premises, regardless of whether title to such improvements, alterations or additions shall be in Tenant or Landlord; or (v) any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

(g) Tenant’s Audit Right. Tenant shall have the right to conduct an audit of Landlord’s books and records relating to Operating Expenses in accordance with the following terms and provisions, provided that Tenant delivers written notice of its intent to audit within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s Statement and completes such audit within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord makes Landlord’s books and records available to Tenant:

(i) No Monetary Default (defined in Article 29 below) then exists.

(ii) Tenant shall have the right to have a Qualified Auditor (as defined below) inspect Landlord’s accounting records at Landlord’s office.

(iii) The Qualified Auditor shall not be employed or engaged on a contingency basis, in whole or in part.

(iv) Prior to commencing the audit, Tenant and the auditor shall: (A) provide Landlord with evidence that the auditor is from a nationally recognized accounting firm and that the individual performing the audit is a certified public accountant (a “Qualified Auditor”); (B) each sign a commercially reasonable confidentiality letter to be provided by Landlord; and (C) provide Landlord with evidence of the fee arrangement between the auditor and Tenant.

(v) The audit shall be limited solely to confirming that the Operating Expenses reported in the Landlord’s Statement are consistent with the terms of this Lease.

 

12


(vi) If Tenant’s auditor finds errors or overcharges in Landlord’s Statement that Tenant wishes to pursue, then within the time period set forth above Tenant shall advise Landlord thereof in writing with specific reference to claimed errors and overcharges and the relevant Lease provisions disqualifying (in whole or in part) such expenses. Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to meet with Tenant’s auditor (and any third auditor selected hereinbelow, if applicable) to explain its calculation of Operating Expenses, it being the understanding of Landlord and Tenant that Landlord intends to operate the Building as a first-class office building with services at or near the top of the market. If Landlord agrees with said findings, appropriate rebates or charges shall be made to Tenant. If Landlord does not agree, Landlord shall engage its own auditor to review the findings of Tenant’s auditor and Landlord’s books and records. The two (2) auditors and the parties shall then meet to resolve any difference between the audits.

(vii) If agreement cannot be reached within two (2) weeks thereafter, then the auditors shall together select a third auditor (who shall be a Qualified Auditor not affiliated with and who does not perform services for either party or their affiliates) to which they shall each promptly submit their findings in a final report, with copies submitted simultaneously to the first two (2) auditors, Tenant and Landlord. Within two (2) weeks after receipt of such findings, the third auditor shall determine which of the two reports best meets the terms of this Lease, which report shall become the “Final Finding”. The third auditor shall not have the option of selecting a compromise between the first two auditors’ findings, nor to make any other finding.

(viii) If the Final Finding determines that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, Landlord shall credit Tenant toward the payment of additional Rent next due and payable under this Lease the amount of such overcharge. If the Final Finding determines that Tenant was undercharged, then within twenty (20) days after the Final Finding, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the amount of such undercharge.

(ix) If the Final Finding results in a determination that Landlord overstated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%) of Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses for the calendar year subject to the audit, Landlord shall pay its own audit costs and reimburse Tenant for its costs associated with said audits. If the Final Finding results in a credit to Tenant of less than one percent (1%) of Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses for the calendar year subject to the audit (or in a determination that Tenant underpaid Operating Expense for such year), Tenant shall pay its own costs and shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s costs associated with said audits. In all other events, each party shall pay its own audit costs, including one-half (1/2) of the cost of the third auditor.

(x) The results of any audit of Operating Expenses hereunder shall be treated by Tenant, all auditors, and their respective employees and agents as confidential, and shall not be discussed with nor disclosed to any third party, except for disclosures to Tenant’s attorneys, accountants, and other professionals (provided such parties are directed to keep such information confidential) and/or as required by applicable law, court rule or order or in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving Landlord or Tenant.

7. Late Charge. Other remedies for non-payment of Rent notwithstanding, if any monthly installment of Base Rent or additional Rent is not received by Landlord on or before the date due, or if any payment due Landlord by Tenant which does not have a scheduled due date is not received by Landlord on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the date Tenant was

 

13


invoiced for such charge, a late charge of five percent (5%) of such past due amount shall be immediately due and payable as additional Rent; additionally, interest shall accrue on all delinquent amounts from the date past due until paid at the lower of (a) the prime rate published or announced by the Wall Street Journal plus three percent (3%), or (b) the highest rate permitted by applicable law (the “Interest Rate”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to notice of nonpayment and a five (5) Business Day cure period prior to the imposition of such late charge or interest charge on the first occasion in any calendar year in which any installment of Rent is not timely paid.

8. Partial Payment. No payment by Tenant or acceptance by Landlord of an amount less than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of any other Rent due. No partial payment or endorsement on any check or any letter accompanying such payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, but Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to collect the balance of any Rent due under the terms of this Lease or any late charge or interest assessed against Tenant hereunder.

9. Letter of Credit.

(a) Generally. Within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates it may suffer) as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with one or more provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any post lease termination damages under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, a standby, unconditional, irrevocable, transferable (with Tenant responsible for the payment of any transfer fee or charge imposed by the Issuing Bank, as defined below) letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the form of Exhibit F-1 attached hereto or such other form approved in writing in advance by Landlord and containing the terms required herein, in the face amount of $2,027,145.02 (the “Letter of Credit Amount”), naming Landlord as beneficiary, issued (or confirmed) by a financial institution acceptable to Landlord (the “Issuing Bank”), permitting multiple and partial draws thereon from a location in San Francisco, San Jose, or Los Angeles, California or Manhattan, New York (or, alternatively, permitting draws via overnight courier or facsimile in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord), and otherwise in form acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, (i) Landlord hereby agrees that Comerica Bank (“Comerica”) is an acceptable initial Issuing Bank as of the Effective Date and (ii) Landlord will initially accept from Comerica a Letter of Credit in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-2; provided, however, that any replacement of such initial Letter of Credit must be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 unless otherwise approved in writing by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be “callable” at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in this Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and the commercially reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such

 

14


determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days of billing. Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through replacement, amendment, renewal or extension) in the Letter of Credit Amount through the date (the “Final LC Expiration Date”) that is the later to occur of (x) the date that is forty five (45) days after the scheduled expiration of the Term and (y) the date that is forty five (45) days after Tenant vacates the Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that the Letter of Credit shall contain a so-called “evergreen provision,” whereby the Letter of Credit will automatically be renewed unless at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the Issuing Bank to Landlord; provided, however, that the final expiration date identified in the Letter of Credit, beyond which the Letter of Credit shall not automatically renew, shall not be earlier than the Final LC Expiration Date. Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance of the Letter of Credit by Tenant in violation of this Article. If the Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the Final LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the Issuing Bank), Tenant shall deliver a new or amended Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or termination of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord. Any renewal, amended or replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 9.

(b) Drawing under Letter of Credit. Landlord, or its then managing agent, without prejudice to any other remedy provided in this Lease or by law, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable (each, a “Draw Event”): (i) such amount is for Rent due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease that has not been paid within five (5) Business Days after becoming due; or (ii) Tenant is in Default, or (iii) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any State bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (iv) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (v) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (vii) the Issuing Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the Final LC Expiration Date and Tenant fails to timely provide a replacement Letter of Credit or (viii) Tenant fails to timely provide a replacement Letter of Credit pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Section 9(a) above (the events described in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, collectively, being referred to herein as an “Insolvency Event”). Upon any such draw, Landlord may use all or any part of the proceeds as set forth in this Article 9.

(c) Use of Proceeds by Landlord. The proceeds of any draw upon the Letter of Credit which are not used to pay for damages suffered by Landlord (or which Landlord reasonably estimates it will suffer) (the “Unused Proceeds”) as described above may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered, including, without limitation, damages provided to Landlord pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, as a result of any Default by Tenant under this Lease. Tenant (i) agrees that such proceeds shall not be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under the Security Deposit

 

15


Laws (defined below), and (ii) waives all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Any Unused Proceeds shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement Letter of Credit in the full Letter of Credit Amount, which replacement Letter of Credit shall comply in all respects with the requirements of this Article 9, or (y) within thirty (30) days after the Final LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the Final LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in any case pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending appeal.

(d) Additional Covenants of Tenant.

(i) Replacement of Letter of Credit if Issuing Bank No Longer Satisfactory to Landlord. If, at any time during the Term, Landlord determines that (A) the Issuing Bank is closed for any reason, whether by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), by any other governmental authority, or otherwise, or (B) the Issuing Bank fails to meet any of the following three ratings standards as to its unsecured and senior, long-term debt obligations (not supported by third party credit enhancement) (the “Credit Rating Threshold”): (x) “A2” or better by Moody’s Investors Service, or its successor, (y) “A” or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, or its successor; or (z) “A” or better by Fitch Ratings, or its successor, or (C) the Issuing Bank is no longer considered to be well capitalized under the “Prompt Corrective Action” rules of the FDIC (as disclosed by the Issuing Bank’s Report of Condition and Income (commonly known as the “Call Report”) or otherwise), or (D) the Issuing Bank has been placed into receivership by the FDIC, or has entered into any other form of regulatory or governmental receivership, conservatorship or other similar regulatory or governmental proceeding, or is otherwise declared insolvent or downgraded by the FDIC or other governmental authority (any of the foregoing, an “Issuing Bank Credit Event”), then, within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant stating that an Issuing Bank Credit Event has occurred, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit meeting the terms of this Article 9 issued by an Issuing Bank meeting the Credit Rate Threshold and otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord, in which event, Landlord shall return to Tenant the previously held Letter of Credit. If Tenant fails to timely deliver such replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord, such failure shall be deemed a Default by Tenant under this Lease, without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods, entitling Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit.

(ii) Replacement of Letter of Credit Upon Draw. If, as result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the remaining amount available for draw under the Letter of Credit plus any cash proceeds previously drawn by Landlord and not applied pursuant to Section 9(c) above shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional Letter(s) of Credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement or amended Letter of Credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement or amended) Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 9; notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant fails to timely comply with the foregoing, the same shall constitute a Default by Tenant under this Lease, without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods.

 

16


(e) Reduction Letter of Credit Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 9:

(i) Triggered Reduction. If the Reduction Conditions (defined below) apply then, upon written notice from Tenant to Landlord, the Letter of Credit Amount may be reduced to $1,237,891.98 upon the occurrence of either of the following events:

(A) Tenant completes an initial public offering of its shares on a nationally recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE or NASDAQ) in a transaction raising at least $150,000,000.00 of capital; or

(B) Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that Tenant has been cash flow positive for twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, as shown by Tenant’s audited financial statements.

(ii) Periodic Reduction. If the Letter of Credit Amount has not been reduced pursuant to Section 9(e)(i) above as of the expiration of the fortieth (40th) full calendar month of the Term, then as of such date, provided that the Reduction Conditions apply, upon Tenant’s written request, the Letter of Credit Amount will be reduced by $206,315.32; thereafter, on the next three (3) subsequent anniversaries of the expiration of the fortieth (40th) full calendar month of the Term, provided that the Reduction Conditions continue to apply, upon Tenant’s written request, the Letter of Credit Amount will be further reduced by $206,315.32, subject to the limitation set forth in Section 9(e)(iii) below.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 9(e)(i) and 9(e)(ii), in no event will the Letter of Credit Amount be reduced below $1,237,891.98 at any time during the Term.

(iv) As used herein, the “Reduction Conditions” shall mean that (A) Tenant is not in Default, (B) Tenant has not been in Monetary Default during the immediately preceding two (2) year period, and (C) no notice of Default on the part of Tenant has been issued by Landlord and is then outstanding.

(f) Nature of Letter of Credit. Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant hereby agrees that

 

17


Landlord may claim those sums specified in Section 9(c) above and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

(g) Return of Unused Proceeds and Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 10, upon the Final LC Expiration Date, and so long as there then exist no Draw Events or Default by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord agrees to return any remaining unapplied balance of the Unused Proceeds then held by Landlord to Tenant, and the Letter of Credit itself (if and to the extent not previously drawn in full) to the Issuing Bank.

10. Use of Premises.

(a) Generally. Tenant shall have the right to use and occupy the Premises for general office purposes of a type customary for first-class office buildings and for no other purpose. The Premises shall not be used for any illegal purpose, nor in violation of any valid regulation of any governmental body, nor in any manner to create any nuisance or trespass, nor in any manner which will void the insurance or increase the rate of insurance on the Premises or the Building, nor in any manner inconsistent with the first-class nature of the Building, Tenant acknowledges that the Building’s HVAC system is engineered to provide service to space occupied for office purposes (as opposed to high-density areas such as assembly rooms and server rooms) at a density no greater than one occupant per 160 RSF (the “Standard Density”); Tenant may occupy the Premises at a density greater than the Standard Density, provided that such occupancy density is in compliance with applicable Law. Tenant acknowledges that the Building’s HVAC system and the Base Building are not designed to service or accommodate space occupied at a density greater than the Standard Density, and, as a consequence, if and to the extent that Tenant desires additional HVAC service to service any portion of the Premises as a result of Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises at a density greater than the Standard Density, Tenant will bear the reasonable cost of providing such additional HVAC service. Further, if and to the extent that, pursuant to applicable Law, any changes to the Base Building or Premises are necessitated as a consequence of such increased occupancy density, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of such changes (which may be carried out by Landlord for the account of Tenant) (collectively, “Overburdening Use”); notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord has not been notified of any changes to the Base Building which may be required as a consequence of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises at a density which exceeds the Standard Density but does not exceed a reasonable density for occupancy of similar space in similar buildings in the vicinity of the Building. If Landlord believes that an Overburdening Use exists, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the relevant circumstances constituting an Overburdening Use and Landlord will use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant a reasonable period of time to modify its use before Landlord takes any of the foregoing actions, unless immediate action is required pursuant to applicable Law or governmental authority. Additionally, if Tenant’s occupancy of portions of the Premises for office purposes exceeds the Standard Density but does not constitute an Overburdening Use, if requested by Tenant, Landlord will make Landlord’s Building engineer available for consultation with Tenant, and will use diligent, good faith efforts to cooperate with Tenant in evaluating and designing the most cost-efficient and space-efficient method of achieving Tenant’s proposed occupancy density in a manner which allows the Building’s HVAC system to comfortably serve Tenant’s office occupants, as may be reasonably feasible.

 

18


(b) Hazardous Materials.

(i) Except for Permitted Hazardous Materials (defined below), Tenant shall not cause or permit the receipt, storage, use, location or handling on the Property (including the Building and Premises) of any product, material or merchandise which is explosive, highly inflammable, or a “Hazardous Material,” as that term is hereafter defined. “Hazardous Material” shall include all materials or substances which are listed in, regulated by or subject to any applicable federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations from time to time in effect, including, without limitation, hazardous waste (as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act); hazardous substances (as defined in the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act); gasoline or any other petroleum product or by-product or other hydrocarbon derivative; toxic substances (as defined by the Toxic Substances Control Act); insecticides, fungicides or rodenticides (as defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act); and asbestos, radon and substances determined to be hazardous under the Occupational Safety and Health Act or regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be in breach of this provision as a result of the presence in the Premises of minor amounts of Hazardous Materials which are in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations and are customarily present in a general office use (e.g., copying machine chemicals, kitchen cleansers, small batteries, and parts and components used in personal computers, servers, photocopiers, and other customary business machines (collectively, “Permitted Hazardous Materials”).

(ii) Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, protect, defend (with counsel approved by Landlord) and hold Landlord, its partners, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, lenders, contractors and each of their respective successors and assigns (the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless from any and all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceedings costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs, as well as damages arising out of the diminution in the value of the Premises, the Property or any portion thereof, damages for the loss of the Premises or the Property or any portion thereof, damages arising from any adverse impact on the marketing of space in the Premises, and sums paid in settlement of claims), which arise during or after the Term in whole or in part as a result of the presence of any Hazardous Materials, in, on, under, from or about the Premises due to Tenant’s acts or negligent omissions, except to the extent such claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arise out of or are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct or other acts of any of the Indemnified Parties. Landlord and its successors and assigns shall indemnify and hold Tenant and its successors and assigns harmless against all such claims or damages to the extent arising out of or caused by the acts, negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and its employees, contracts, agents and/or employees (each, a “Landlord Party” and collectively the “Landlord Parties”). The indemnities contained herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

19


(iii) Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and not as an Operating Expense, for the removal, clean-up or other remediation or abatement of any Hazardous Materials, including ACM or mold, existing in the Premises as of the Delivery Date and which are classified as Hazardous Materials as of the Delivery Date except to the extent such Hazardous Materials are brought to the Premises by Tenant or any employee, agent or contractor of Tenant.

(iv) Landlord represents to Tenant that, to Landlord’s knowledge, (a) other than ACM and PACM in the Building as generally disclosed in Exhibit E to this Lease, the Premises are free of other Hazardous Materials of a type or in a concentration which will require removal, remediation, encapsulation or other mitigation under applicable Law in effect as of the Effective Date, and (b) it has made available to Tenant complete copies of any operations and maintenance plans relating to such Hazardous Materials.

(c) Rooftop Installation Area.

(i) Tenant may use those portions of the Building identified as a “Rooftop Installation Area” on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (the “Rooftop Installation Area”) solely to operate, maintain, repair and replace up to two (2) rooftop communications antennae (not to exceed twenty four inches (24”) in diameter and related communication equipment installed by Tenant in the Rooftop Installation Area in accordance with this
Section 10(c) (“Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment”). ” Tenant will pay as rent for Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Installation Area (“Rooftop Rent”) the sum of $1,500.00 per month (prorated on a per diem basis for partial months) as additional Rent hereunder as and when Base Rent is payable; for avoidance of doubt, Tenant will only be required to pay Rooftop Rent during the period (if any) when Tenant is using the Rooftop Installation Area for the installation, operation, use or decommissioning of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment. Tenant will also have the right to run necessary cables and conduit from Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment to the Premises pursuant to pathways designated by Landlord. Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment shall be only for Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment and all associated cables and conduits will be Specialty Alterations which Tenant will be required to remove.

(ii) Tenant shall install Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment at its sole cost and expense, at such times and in such manner as Landlord may reasonably designate, and in accordance with this Article and the applicable provisions of this Lease regarding Alterations. Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment and the installation thereof shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Among other reasons, Landlord may withhold approval if the installation or operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment could reasonably be expected to damage the structural integrity of the Building or to transmit vibrations or noise or cause other adverse effects beyond the Premises to an extent not customary in first class laboratory Buildings, unless Tenant implements measures that are acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion to avoid any such damage or transmission.

 

20


(iii) Tenant shall comply with any roof or roof-related warranties. Tenant shall obtain a letter from Landlord’s roofing contractor within thirty (30) days after completion of any Tenant work on the rooftop stating that such work did not affect any such warranties. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall inspect the Rooftop Installation Area at least annually, and correct any loose bolts, fittings or other appurtenances and repair any damage to the roof caused by the installation or operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment. Tenant shall not permit the installation, maintenance or operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment to violate any applicable Laws or constitute a nuisance. Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand (a) all applicable taxes, charges, fees or impositions imposed on Landlord by Governmental authorities as the result of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Installation Areas in excess of those for which Landlord would otherwise be responsible for the use or installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment and (b) any increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums as a result of the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment. Additionally, Tenant will pay for any utilities consumed by Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment as well as the cost of any meters necessary to monitor such consumption. Upon Tenant’s written request to Landlord, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause other tenants to remedy any interference in the operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment caused by any such tenants’ equipment installed after the applicable piece of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to request that such tenants waive their rights under their respective leases.

(iv) If Tenant’s Equipment (a) causes physical damage to the structural integrity of the Building, (b) interferes with any telecommunications, mechanical or other systems located at or near or servicing the Building or the Project that were installed prior to the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment, (c) interferes with any other service provided to other tenants in the Building or the Project by rooftop or penthouse installations that were installed prior to the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment or (d) interferes with any other tenants’ business, in each case in excess of that permissible under Federal Communications Commission regulations, then Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to determine the source of the damage or interference and promptly repair such damage and eliminate such interference, in each case at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of such damage or interference (which notice may be oral; provided that Landlord also delivers to Tenant written notice of such damage or interference within twenty-four (24) hours after providing oral notice).

(v) Landlord reserves the right to cause Tenant to relocate Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment to comparably functional space on the roof by giving Tenant prior written notice thereof. Landlord agrees to pay the reasonable costs thereof. Tenant shall arrange for the relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment within sixty (60) days after receipt of Landlord’s notification of such relocation. In the event Tenant fails to arrange for relocation within such sixty (60)-day period, Landlord shall have the right to arrange for the relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment in a manner that does not unnecessarily interrupt or interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

 

21


11. Compliance with Laws.

(a) By Tenant. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity which are now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (collectively, “Law(s)”), regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. In addition, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with any Laws that relate to the Base Building (defined below) and/or any areas of the Building or the Property outside the Premises, but only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to office use in general), Alterations or improvements in the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises in excess of the Standard Density. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for paying for (as Operating Expenses or otherwise) or correcting any non-compliance with applicable Law of the Base Building, or the Common Areas existing as of the Commencement Date, whether or not compliance is triggered by or otherwise required by the Tenant Improvements. “Base Building” shall mean the structural portions of the Building, the public restrooms and the Building Systems located in the internal core of the Building. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding an alleged violation of Law.

(b) By Landlord. Landlord shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense (and not as Operating Expenses) for any work necessary to bring the Common Areas into compliance with the ADA and all other applicable Laws in effect as of the date that the Tenant Improvements are completed. Landlord shall comply with all Laws relating to the Base Building, the Common Areas, and the Property, provided that such compliance with Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease (or of other tenants under their respective Leases), and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would delay or prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a temporary or final certificate of occupancy or its equivalent for the Premises, or would whereby affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or invitees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise have a material adverse effect on Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to contest in good faith any alleged violation of Law, including, without limitation, the right to apply for and obtain a waiver or deferment of compliance, the right to assert any and all defenses allowed by Law and the right to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by Law. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Section 11(b) to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 6(b) above and the other applicable provisions of this Lease. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using (and actually does not use) the Premises or any material portion thereof solely as a result of Landlord’s failure to comply with Laws as required by this Lease if such circumstances continue for five (5) consecutive Business Days following notice from Landlord to Tenant of such impairment, then the Rent payable hereunder shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of such five (5) Business Day period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using (and actually does not use) the Premises, or any material portion thereof, in the proportion that the RSF of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use bears to the total RSF of the Premises.

 

22


12. Waste Disposal. All normal trash and waste (i.e., waste that does not require special handling pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 set forth below), including without limitation, recycling, trash and composted materials, shall be placed in appropriate receptacles in the Premises in conformance with the guidelines of the local waste disposal plan then in effect and the rules and regulations issued by Landlord and shall be disposed of through the Building’s janitorial service. Tenant shall be responsible for the removal and disposal of any waste deemed by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the matter to be hazardous or infectious waste or waste requiring special handling or waste that cannot be deposited in a compactor according to City or local regulations, such removal and disposal to be in accordance with any and all applicable Laws. Tenant agrees to separate and mark appropriately all waste to be removed and disposed of through the Building’s janitorial service and hazardous, infectious or special waste to be removed and disposed of by Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with Landlord’s recycling and composting program. Tenant shall dispose of in an environmentally sustainable manner any equipment, furnishings or materials no longer needed by Tenant and shall recycle or re-use such materials in accordance with reasonable standards adopted for the Building from time to time.

13. Rules and Regulations. The current rules and regulations of the Building, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, and all reasonable non-discriminatory modifications thereto which Landlord may hereafter from time to time adopt and promulgate after reasonable prior written notice thereof to Tenant and the other tenants of the Building (collectively, the “Rules and Regulations”) are hereby made a part of this Lease and shall be observed and performed by Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall control.

14. Services.

(a) Generally. The normal business hours of the Building (“Building Service Hours”) shall be from 6:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Monday through Friday, exclusive of Building holidays as designated by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion (“Building Holidays”). Initially and until further reasonable prior written notice by Landlord to Tenant, the Building Holidays shall be: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. “Business Days” are defined as Monday through Friday, exclusive of Building Holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays. Landlord shall furnish the following services during the Building Service Hours except as noted:

(i) Passenger elevator service at all times and freight elevators during Business Service Hours on a “first-come, first-served” basis (subject to Landlord’s non-discriminatory guidelines regarding freight elevator usage);

(ii) Heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) reasonably adequate to allow for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises and reasonably commensurate with the levels provided in Comparable Buildings, assuming an occupancy density no greater than the Standard Density, subject to governmental regulations and provided that the occupancy level of the Premises and the heat generated by electrical lighting and fixtures do not exceed the following thresholds:

(A) Occupant Load: The Standard Density; and

 

23


(B) Equipment & Lighting Load: 4.0 watts per usable square foot.

(iii) Water at all times for all restrooms and lavatories;

(iv) Janitorial service Monday through Friday (exclusive of Building Holidays);

(v) Window washing and pest control services reasonably consistent with the frequency and quality provided by owners of Comparable Buildings;

(vi) Security services reasonably commensurate with the levels and types of services from time to time being offered by owners of Comparable Buildings (as of the Effective Date, such services include security in the lobby on the ground floor of the Building on a 24/7/365 basis and roving security within the Building and in the Common Areas after normal Business Hours and on Building Holidays). In connection therewith, Tenant expressly acknowledges that Landlord is not providing any security services for the Premises and does not warrant the effectiveness of any security measures engaged in by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any bodily injury, loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives or invitees in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises or the Building.

(vii) A connection point on each floor of the Premises for Tenant’s lighting fixtures, office equipment, and incidental use equipment, provided that (A) the demand electrical load of the incidental use equipment (i.e., exclusive of base Building HVAC and domestic hot water heaters) does not exceed four (4) watts per usable square foot of the Premises during Building Service Hours and the electricity so furnished for incidental use equipment will be at a nominal one hundred twenty (120) volts and no electric circuit for the supply of such incidental use equipment will require a current capacity exceeding twenty (20) amperes, and (B) the demand electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures does not exceed an average of one (1) watt per usable square foot of the Premises during Building Hours and the electricity so furnished for Tenant’s lighting will be at a nominal two hundred seventy-seven (277) volts, which electrical usage shall be subject to applicable laws and regulations, including Title 24 (the “Standard Electricity Allocation”) (Tenant shall pay for any electrical service in excess of the Standard Electricity Allocation); and

(viii) Replacement of Building standard lamps and ballasts as needed from time to time.

(b) Extra Services. Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall have no right to receive from Landlord any services in excess of those provided herein; however:

(i) If Tenant requests to receive HVAC service during hours other than Building Service Hours, Tenant will be required to pay Landlord’s then standard charge for additional HVAC service and to provide such prior notice as is reasonably specified by Landlord. As of the Effective Date, Landlord’s current charge for after-hours HVAC is $135.00 per hour, per floor and for after-hours “fans only” service is $55.00 per hour, per floor; such

 

24


charges are subject to change from time to time during the Term. With Landlord’s consent, Tenant may also install additional heat pumps within and serving the Premises in accordance with the provisions of Article 21, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant remove some or all of such heat pumps at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

(ii) Tenant shall have the right, subject to Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications therefore to install within the Premises supplemental HVAC units and equipment for Tenant’s Signal Group and separate supplemental HVAC units and equipment for Tenant’s server room. If Tenant desires to connect any supplemental HVAC units to the Building’s condenser water loop or chilled water line (there are condenser water taps located on every floor in the janitor’s closet), Tenant’s right to so connect shall be conditioned upon Landlord having adequate excess capacity from time to time as reasonably determined by Landlord (Landlord represents that the Building has up to a maximum of eleven (11) tons of condenser water capacity which may be allocated to serve Tenant’s supplemental units on the eighth (8th) floor) and such connection and use shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and reasonable restrictions imposed by Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant a reasonable one-time connection fee and/or a monthly usage fee, as reasonably determined by Landlord; notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord will waive its right to charge Tenant a connection fee or a monthly usage fee in connection with Tenant’s use of condenser water (up to the maximum tonnage described above) during the Term. Further, in such event Tenant will be required to install (A) a circulation pump properly sized for the water supply between the supply and return condenser risers with sufficient ability to circulate condenser water through the cooling tower(s) and (B) a sub-meter measuring the electrical demand used with respect to the condenser water (and Tenant will be responsible for any such electrical charges);

(iii) Upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to measure Tenant’s usage either for the Premises or for any specific use within the Premises (including without limitation Tenant’s information technology equipment) for electricity, water, gas, steam, or other utility usage by commonly accepted methods, including the installation of measuring devices such as submeters and check meters. Any meter so installed may, at Landlord’s option, be a “smart meter”. If as the result of the installation of such meters it is determined that Tenant is using electricity in such quantities or during such periods as to cause the total cost of Tenant’s electrical usage, on a monthly, per rentable square foot basis, to exceed the Standard Electricity Allocation by more than three percent (3%), Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional Rent the estimated cost of such excess electrical usage and, if applicable, for the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining the measuring device(s);

(iv) If Tenant installs or operates a server room or supplemental HVAC units or other forms of high-consumption equipment or areas, Landlord will have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a separate electrical meter to measure Tenant’s electrical consumption in such areas or from such equipment and, if the consumption of electricity such high-consumption areas exceeds the Standard Electricity Allocation as applicable to such areas, to require that Tenant pay Landlord directly for the electricity consumed in such areas or by such equipment, on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days after the delivery of an invoice from Landlord; and

 

25


(v) If Tenant uses any other services in an amount or for a period in excess of that provided for herein, then Landlord reserves the right to charge Tenant as additional Rent hereunder a reasonable sum as reimbursement for the cost of such added services, and to charge Tenant for the reasonable cost of any administrative time, additional equipment or facilities or modifications thereto which are necessary to provide the additional services, and/or to discontinue providing such excess services to Tenant.

(c) Interruptions. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from the interruption in any of the services described above, nor shall any such interruption entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent or any right to terminate this Lease or be deemed an eviction, constructive or actual. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish uninterrupted services as required above. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) and any other applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of this Lease due to an interruption, failure or inability to provide any services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any interruption or discontinuance of services provided by Landlord pursuant to Section 14(a) above (i) is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party or was within the reasonable control of Landlord to prevent (and was not caused in any way by the act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees or contractors), (ii) continues beyond five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery of written notice from Tenant to Landlord, (iii) materially and adversely affects Tenant’s ability to conduct business in the Premises, or any material portion thereof, and (iv) on account of such interruption or disturbance Tenant ceases doing business in the Premises or a material portion thereof, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall abate proportionately, beginning on the sixth (6th) Business Day after delivery of said notice and continuing for so long as Tenant remains unable to (and in fact does not) conduct its business in the Premises or such portion thereof. To the extent within Landlord’s reasonable control, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to restore such interrupted or discontinued service as soon as reasonably practicable.

15. Telephone and Data Equipment. Landlord shall have no responsibility for providing to Tenant any telephone or data equipment within the Premises or for providing telephone or data service or connections to the Premises, except as required by Law. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant and its telecommunications services providers (“Carriers”), having reasonable access the Property and the Building from time to time as necessary and as coordinated in each case with Landlord, for purposes of installing, testing, monitoring and maintaining telephone and network connectivity to the Premises; however, Landlord may require any such Carrier to execute and deliver Landlord’s standard agreement for telecommunications carriers as a condition to such access). Tenant shall not alter, modify, add to or disturb any telephone or data wiring in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building without the Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to the telephone or data wiring in the Building due to the act, negligent or otherwise, of Tenant or any employee, agent, invitee or contractor of Tenant. Tenant shall have no access to the telephone or data closets within the Building, except in the manner and under commercially reasonable procedures established by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any actual or suspected failure

 

26


of telephone or data service to the Premises. All costs incurred by Landlord for the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of telephone or data wiring within the Building shall be an Operating Expense unless and to the extent Landlord is separately reimbursed for such costs by any tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord whatsoever, whether for personal injury, property damage, loss of use of the Premises, or otherwise, due to the interruption or failure of telephone or data services to the Premises. Tenant hereby holds Landlord harmless and agrees to indemnify, protect and defend Landlord from and against any liability for any damage, loss or expense due to any failure or interruption of telephone or data service to the Premises for any reason. Tenant agrees to obtain business interruption insurance adequate to cover any damage, loss or expense occasioned by the interruption of telephone or data service. All electronic, fiber, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant is referred to herein as “Cable”. Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to oversight, installation, repair, connection to, and removal of vertical Cable. All Cable shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Cable with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, and the purpose of such Cable (i) every 6 feet outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and any Common Areas), and (ii) at the termination point(s) of such Cable.

16. Signs.

(a) Generally. Tenant shall not paint or place any signs, placards, or other advertisements of any character upon the windows of the Premises (except with the prior consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its absolute discretion), and Tenant shall place no signs upon the outside walls, the Common Areas or the roof of the Building.

(b) Building-Standard Signage. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall initially provide Tenant with Building-standard identification in the Building’s ground floor lobby as well as Building-standard signage in the elevator lobby on the floor on which the Premises are located. Any subsequent changes to, or revisions or replacements of such signage, shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Subject to Landlord’s prior approval as to specifications, finishes, scope and scale, Tenant shall be permitted to install signage and other displays reasonably approved by Landlord with its corporate graphics in the lobby on the eighth (8th) floor; provided that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the installation, repair, maintenance and removal of such signage.

17. Parking.

(a) Tenant Parking. The parking facility serving the Building is operated and controlled by Bechtel. Tenant shall have the right to rent, commencing on the Commencement Date, up to the number of valet parking passes set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, on a monthly basis throughout the Term (for so long as Tenant continuously uses such parking passes), which parking passes shall pertain to the Property parking facility. Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or, at Bechtel’s election, to Bechtel’s parking operator) for such parking passes on a monthly basis the prevailing rate charged (currently $400.00 per month per parking pass, but subject to change from time to time) from time to time at the location of such parking passes. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all

 

27


rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Property’s parking facilities), Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in Default under this Lease, Tenant’s use of the Property parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities. Tenant’s rights hereunder are subject to the terms of any Underlying Documents; provided that, the terms of the Underlying Documents (defined below) shall not alter Tenant’s rights under this Section 17(a). Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Property parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Bechtel may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Property parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements so long as Tenant continues to continue to be able to use the number of valet parking passes set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions (or, if less, the number of passes Tenant is using immediately preceding such action) Tenant’s parking rights are not materially impaired. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator, in which case such parking operator or such tenant shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to Bechtel. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Section 17(a) are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s (and its Permitted Transferees, as defined in Section 40(h)) own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant (except to Permitted Transferees) without both Bechtel’s and Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as Bechtel may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. As used herein, “Underlying Documents” shall mean any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Property.

(b) Bicycle Parking. In addition, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the Building’s designated bicycle storage area. Tenant’s right to use the bicycle storage area is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the bicycle storage area, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in Default under this Lease. Tenant’s use of the Property bicycle storage facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the bicycles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the bicycle storage rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees and/or visitors’ use of the bicycle storage facilities. Landlord specifically reserves the right, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, to change the location, size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Property bicycle storage facilities at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, on a temporary basis, close-off or restrict access to the Property bicycle storage facilities.

 

28


18. Force Majeure. In the event of a strike, lockout, labor trouble, civil commotion, an act of God, or any other event beyond a party’s control (a “Force Majeure Event”) which results in such party being unable to timely perform its obligations hereunder (other than the inability to pay any amount due hereunder), and so long as such party promptly notifies the other party in writing of the existence of a Force Majeure Event and diligently proceeds to perform such obligations after the end of such Force Majeure Event, such party shall not be in breach hereunder.

19. Repairs and Maintenance By Landlord. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant, by taking possession of the Premises, shall accept and shall be held to have accepted the Premises as suitable for the use intended by this Lease. Except to the extent arising from Landlord’s breach of its express obligations set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to compensation or any other damages or any other remedy against Landlord in the event the Premises are not deemed suitable for Tenant’s use. Landlord shall not be required, after possession of the Premises has been delivered to Tenant, to make any repairs or improvements to the Premises, except as expressly set forth in this Lease. Except for damage caused by Casualty or any Taking (which shall be governed by Articles 22 and 23 below), and subject to normal wear and tear, Landlord shall maintain in good repair and in first-class condition, the following: (i) the structural elements of the Building, including the exterior walls and foundation, (ii) the Common Areas, (iii) the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HVAC systems which serve the Building in general, as opposed to the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HVAC systems within the Premises that serve solely the Premises (and further excluding any systems installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises) (the “Building Systems”), (iv) the Building-standard sinks, toilets, and other Building-standard fixtures, lines and drains located in the restrooms in the Premises, (v) Building-standard sprinklers, emergency alarm, and fire suppression and life-safety systems and equipment, (vi) the roof and all Base Building water, drainage, sewage, and waste water lines and pipes (including those located in the Premises), and (vii) all other portions of the Base Building, provided (but subject to Section 25(e) below) such repairs are not caused by Tenant, Tenant’s invitees or anyone in the employ or control of Tenant. Landlord shall provide and install all original bulbs and tubes for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises and all replacement tubes for such lighting as part of Operating Expenses; all other bulbs, tubes and lighting fixtures for the Premises shall be provided and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, and any similar or successor Laws now or hereafter in effect.

20. Repairs By Tenant. Except as described in Article 19 above, and subject to damage caused by Casualty or any Taking (which shall be governed by Articles 22 and 23 below) and damage caused by the Landlord Parties, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain the interior of the Premises in good repair and in a neat and clean, first-class condition, including making all necessary repairs and replacements. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (a) floor coverings; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) Alterations (as defined in Article 21, and

 

29


including Tenant Improvements); (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens (including hot water heaters), plumbing (other than Base Building plumbing in the restrooms located in the Premises), and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant, whether such items are installed by or on behalf of Tenant or are currently existing in the Premises (except to the extent such facilities are part of the Building Systems, which shall be governed by Article 19 above) and (g) Cable. Tenant shall further, at its own cost and expense, repair or restore any damage or injury to all or any part of the Building or Property caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees, visitors or contractors, including but not limited to any repairs or replacements necessitated by (i) the construction or installation of improvements to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, and (ii) the moving of any property into or out of the Premises; at Landlord’s option, Landlord will perform such work and Tenant will pay Landlord the cost thereof plus a commercially reasonable administrative fee. All personal property brought into the Premises shall be at the risk of Tenant only and Landlord shall not be liable for theft thereof or any damage thereto occasioned by any acts of co-tenants, other occupants of the Building, or any other person. If Tenant fails to make any repairs or replacements required pursuant to this Article 20 within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord (or within such shorter period as Landlord may specify in the event of an emergency), provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall promptly commence such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter continuously and diligently prosecute such cure to completion; then Landlord may, at its option, upon prior reasonable notice to Tenant (except in an emergency) make the required repairs or replacements and the costs of such repairs or replacements (including Landlord’s reasonable administrative charge) shall be charged to Tenant as additional Rent and shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following written demand.

21. Alterations and Improvements/Liens.

(a) Generally. Except for painting (provided that any painting may not be commenced without prior notice to Landlord and Tenant’s compliance with Landlord’s construction guidelines for such activity), or other minor, decorative alterations that (i) are performed below the ceiling of the Premises, (ii) do not affect the Building’s structure or systems, (iii) will not create excessive noise or result in the dispersal of odors or debris (including dust or airborne particulate matter), (iv) do not alter the appearance of the exterior of the Building, (v) do not require the procurement of a building permit, and (v) do not cost in excess of $50,000.00 per improvement project (collectively, “Permitted Alterations”), Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, physical additions or improvements in or to the Premises (“Alterations”) without first obtaining in writing Landlord’s written consent for such Alterations, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that such consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if the Alterations will adversely affect the Building’s structure or systems. For avoidance of doubt, Tenant must provide Landlord with advanced notice of any Permitted Alterations. Landlord agrees to respond to any request by Tenant for approval of Alterations which approval is required hereunder within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of Tenant’s written request; Landlord’s response shall be in writing and, if Landlord withholds its consent, Landlord shall specify in reasonable detail in Landlord’s notice of disapproval, the basis for such disapproval. However, Tenant expressly acknowledges that Landlord’s response may be a request for further information necessary, in Landlord’s good faith determination, to allow Landlord to assess

 

30


Tenant’s proposed Alteration(s). If Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) Business Day period, Tenant shall have the right to provide Landlord with a second written request for approval (a “Second Request”) that contains the following statement in bold and capital letters: “THIS IS A SECOND REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF PLANS PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 21 OF THE LEASE. IF LANDLORD FAILS TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE, THEN LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE APPROVED THE ALTERATIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN.” If Landlord fails to respond to such Second Request within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Landlord, the Alterations in question shall be deemed approved by Landlord. If Landlord timely delivers to Tenant notice of Landlord’s disapproval of any plans, Tenant may revise Tenant’s plans to incorporate the changes suggested by Landlord in Landlord’s notice of disapproval, and resubmit such plans to Landlord. Landlord’s review and approval (or deemed approval) of such revised plans shall be governed by the provisions set forth above in this Section 21). The procedure set out above for approval of Tenant’s plans will also apply to any change, addition or amendment to Tenant’s plans. Prior to starting any work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications (which shall be in CAD format if requested by Landlord) prepared by an architect and engineers reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific engineers with respect to work affecting the Base Building); names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to the Base Building and vertical Cable and may also require that Tenant use only union labor for any work in the Building); required permits and approvals; and evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord and naming Landlord, any successor to Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, and their respective members, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees and agents and such other persons or entities as Landlord may reasonably request as additional insureds (any contract between Tenant and Tenant’s contractors must expressly require that Landlord and such other parties be so designated as additional insureds and Landlord must be provided with a copy of the relevant endorsement). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any actual reasonable sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant’s plans for Alterations. Landlord’s approval of an Alteration shall not be deemed a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with Law. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of any Alteration equal to two percent (2%) of the total cost of the Alteration. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with at least three (3) sets of “as-built” plans (as well as a set meeting Landlord’s CAD Format Requirements, described below) for Alterations, completion affidavits and full and final, unconditional waivers of lien and will cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of the County of San Francisco in accordance with the California Civil Code or any successor statute and will timely provide all notices required under the California Civil Code. All Tenant Improvements as well as any Alterations shall at once become the property of Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord, at its option, may require Tenant to remove any Tenant Improvements or Alterations which constitute Specialty Alterations (defined below) prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. If Tenant so requests in writing concurrently with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to any proposed Alterations or concurrently with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings (defined in the Work Agreement), Landlord will notify Tenant at the time of Landlord’s consent to any such Alterations if Landlord reserves the right to require the removal thereof; in any event, Tenant

 

31


will be required to remove all Cable installed by Tenant. As used herein, “Specialty Alterations” means any improvements (including any Tenant Improvement) that are not normal and customary general office improvements (e.g., raised floors, curved walls, personal baths and showers, vaults, supplemental HVAC units (and associated mechanical infrastructure), rolling file systems, etc. Upon written request by Tenant at the time Tenant requests approval of any improvement or Alteration (including any Tenant Improvements), Landlord shall state whether Landlord has determined that such Alteration or improvement is a Specialty Alteration and, if so, the basis for such determination. For the avoidance of doubt, a normal quantity of normal sized (for office space in Comparable Buildings), conference rooms, private offices, lactation rooms, lunch and break rooms shall not be deemed Specialty Alterations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all costs of any Alterations (including, without limitation, the removal thereof if required hereunder) shall be borne by Tenant. If Tenant is required to remove any Alterations or Tenant Improvements pursuant to this Lease and fails to timely complete the removal of any such Alterations or Tenant Improvements and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal in a manner satisfactory to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, Landlord may do so and may charge the reasonable actual cost thereof to Tenant. All Alterations shall be made in a good, first-class, workmanlike manner and in a manner that does not disturb other tenants (i.e., any unreasonably loud work must be performed during non-business hours) in accordance with Landlord’s then-current guidelines for construction, and Tenant shall maintain appropriate liability and builder’s risk insurance throughout the construction. Tenant will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims for injury to or death of persons or damage or destruction of property arising out of or relating to the performance of any Alterations or Tenant Improvements by or on behalf of Tenant, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to pay, during the Term (as the same may be extended or renewed), any ad valorem or property tax on such Alterations or Tenant Improvements, Tenant hereby covenanting to pay all such taxes when they become due. As used herein, “Landlord’s CAD Format Requirements” shall mean, as of the Effective Date (but subject to subsequent adjustment) (a) the version is no later than current Autodesk version of AutoCAD plus the most recent release version, (b) files must be unlocked and fully accessible (no “cad-lock”, read-only, password protected or “signature” files), (c) files must be in “.dwg” format, (d) if the data was electronically in a non-Autodesk product, then files must be converted into “‘.dwg” files when given to Landlord.

(b) Liens. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize or empower Tenant to do any act which shall in any way encumber Landlord’s title to the Building, Property, or Premises, nor in any way subject Landlord’s title to any claims by way of lien or encumbrance, whether claimed by operation of law or by virtue of any expressed or implied contract of Tenant, and to the extent permitted by applicable Law any claim to a lien upon the Building, Property or Premises arising from any act or omission of Tenant shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Building, Property, and Premises. If Tenant has not removed any such lien or encumbrance or (provided that Tenant is in good faith contesting such lien or encumbrance) delivered to Landlord a title indemnity, bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after written notice to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for making any investigation as to the validity thereof, and the amount so paid shall be deemed additional Rent reserved under this Lease due and payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand.

 

32


22. Destruction or Damage.

(a) Completion Estimate. If, as a result of fire or other casualty (each, a “Casualty”), all or any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable or inaccessible, Landlord, with reasonable promptness but in all events within sixty (60) days after the Casualty, shall cause a general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord with a written estimate of the amount of time required, using standard working methods, to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises (“Completion Estimate”). Landlord shall promptly forward a copy of the Completion Estimate to Tenant. If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises or any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises cannot be made tenantable within two hundred seventy (270) days from the date the repair is started (when such repair is made without the payment of overtime or other premiums), then Landlord and Tenant each shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice delivered to the other party within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Completion Estimate. In addition, Landlord, by notice delivered to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of the Casualty, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if the Building or Property shall be damaged by Casualty, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) any Holder (defined below) requires pursuant to the applicable loan documents and applicable Law that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; (ii) the damage is not substantially covered (meaning that the estimated cost of repair does not exceed the aggregate of the anticipated receipt of insurance policy payments, deductible payments and any self-insured retention amounts by more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00)) by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building so that it will be substantially different structurally or architecturally and in connection therewith the leases of all other tenants of the Building similarly affected by such damage for which Landlord has termination rights are terminated; or (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term. In addition, Tenant, by notice delivered to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the date of the Casualty, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if (x) the damage materially impairs Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises and occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or (b) if Tenant was entitled to, but elected not to, exercise its right to terminate this Lease as set forth above and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises within two (2) months after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in Landlord’s Completion Estimate, which period shall be extended to the extent of any delays caused by Tenant or by Force Majeure Event(s) (up to a maximum extension due to Force Majeure Event(s) of an additional ninety (90) days). Tenant shall have thirty (30) days after delivering any such notice of termination of this Lease to vacate the Premises. If this Lease is terminated under this Article 22, Rent shall be apportioned and shall be paid or refunded, as the case may be up to and including the date of the termination.

(b) Landlord’s Repair; Abatement. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, restore the Premises and Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except

 

33


for modifications required by Law or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided that Tenant’s access to the Premises shall not be materially impaired as a result of such modifications. Landlord shall have no obligation to restore the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations, which restoration obligation shall be the responsibility of Tenant. In such event, if this Lease is not terminated, Tenant shall repair the damage to the Tenant Improvements and Alterations to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Law or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. If Tenant requests that Landlord restore the Tenant Improvements and Alterations, and if Landlord elects to do so, then upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign or endorse over to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance with respect to the Tenant Improvements and/or any Alterations; provided if the estimated cost to repair the Tenant Improvements and/or any Alterations exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in installments pursuant to a commercially reasonable agreement to be negotiated and executed by Landlord and Tenant prior to the commencement of the restoration of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations. In no event shall Landlord be required to spend more for any such restoration than the deductible amounts under Landlord’s property insurance and/or self-insurance retentions plus the insurance proceeds received by Landlord, whether insurance proceeds under Landlord’s insurance or insurance proceeds or other amounts received from Tenant. In no event shall Landlord use any insurance proceeds or additional funds paid by Tenant to Landlord for restoration or repairs for purposes other than restoration of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to Tenant or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from the Casualty or the repair thereof, provided that during any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant.

(c) Statutory Waiver. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 22, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, Building or Property, and any Laws, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any similar or successor Laws now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, Building or Property.

23. Eminent Domain. Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof (a “Taking”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property that would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within forty-five (45) days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective as of the effective date of any order granting possession to, or vesting legal title in, the condemning authority. If this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and Tenant’s Share shall be

 

34


appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord. The right to receive compensation or proceeds is expressly waived by Tenant, provided, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s personal property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of such claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and any similar or successor Laws.

24. Insurance; Waivers.

(a) Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified and in the form hereinafter provided for:

(i) Commercial General Liability (“CGL”) Insurance written on an occurrence basis, covering the Premises and all operations of Tenant in or about the Premises against claims for bodily injury, death, property damage products liability and completed operations and to include contractual liability coverage, to be in combined single limits of not less than $2,000,000 each occurrence for bodily injury, death and property damage, $2,000,000 for products/completed operations aggregate, $2,000,000 for personal injury, and to have general aggregate limits of not less than $2,000,000 (per location) and Umbrella Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $5,000,000 for each policy year. The general aggregate limits under the Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies shall apply separately to the Premises and to Tenant’s use thereof (and not to any other location or use of Tenant) and such policy shall contain an endorsement to that effect. The certificate of insurance evidencing the CGL form of policy shall specify all endorsements required herein and shall specify on the face thereof that the limits of such policy apply separately to the Premises.

(ii) Insurance covering Tenant’s trade fixtures, merchandise and personal property and equipment from time to time in, on or upon the Premises (inclusive of any Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment), and all Tenant Improvements and any Alterations in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement value from time to time during the Term, providing protection against perils included within the standard form of special cause of loss/special form (formerly, “all risk”) fire and casualty insurance policy. Any policy proceeds from such insurance shall be used for the repair, construction and restoration or replacement of the property damaged or destroyed unless this Lease shall cease and terminate under the provisions of Article 22 above, in which case Tenant shall have the unfettered right to the policy proceeds.

(iii) Workers’ Compensation insurance in amounts required by law.

(iv) Employer’s Liability coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence.

 

35


(v) Business Interruption Insurance equal to not less than fifty percent (50%) of the estimated gross earnings (as defined in the standard form of business interruption insurance policy) of Tenant at the Premises, which insurance shall be issued on a “special form” basis (or its equivalent).

(b) Requirements for Tenant’s Policies. All policies of the insurance provided for in Section 24(a) above shall be issued in form acceptable to Landlord by insurance companies with a rating and financial size of not less than A:VII in the most current available “Best’s Insurance Reports”, and licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Each and every such policy:

(i) With respect to the commercial liability insurance required by Section 24(a)(i), shall designate Landlord, and, to the extent specifically identified, any successor to Landlord, and Landlord’s property manager as additional insureds;

(ii) shall be evidenced by a certificate of insurance in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; in connection therewith, a copy of the endorsement designating the appropriate parties as additional insureds, as required by Section 24(b)(i) above, must be attached to any such certificate and delivered to each of Landlord and any such other parties whose names have been provided to Tenant and thereafter within five (5) Business Days after the inception (or renewal) of each new policy, and as often as any such policy shall expire or terminate. Renewal or additional policies shall be procured and maintained by Tenant in like manner and to like extent;

(iii) shall be written as a primary policy which does not contribute to and is not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry; and

(iv) at Tenant’s option, any insurance required hereunder may be procured under a blanket policy of insurance.

(c) Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 24 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Landlord; provided, however, that (i) such increased amounts or types of insurance shall be reasonably commensurate with the insurance then-being required by owners of Comparable Buildings, and (ii) Landlord shall not have the right to require Tenant to increase or modify its coverage more than once in any twenty four (24) month period, unless required by Law.

(d) Landlord’s Insurance. During the Term, Landlord shall keep in effect (i) commercial property insurance on the Base Building (but not on the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations or any of Tenant’s personal property), and (ii) a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance insuring against liability arising out of the risks of death, bodily injury, property damage and personal injury liability with respect to the Building and Property and (iii) such other types of insurance coverage, if any, as Landlord, in Landlord’s good faith discretion, may elect to carry. Landlord’s commercial property insurance shall provide protection against any peril

 

36


included within the classification “Special Causes of Loss” inclusive of standard fire and extended coverage insurance, including endorsements against vandalism, malicious mischief and other perils, all in amounts not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement cost (this policy amount will not apply to any earthquake insurance coverage or flood insurance Landlord elects to maintain). Landlord’s policy shall include (i) an “extended coverage” endorsement, and (ii) a “building laws” and/or “law and ordinance” coverage endorsement that covers “costs of demolition,” “increased costs of construction” due to changes in building codes and “contingent liability” with respect to undamaged portions of the Building, and (iii) an “earthquake sprinkler leakage” endorsement. In the event that Landlord elects to self-insure for any of the foregoing, such right to self-insure shall be conditioned upon Landlord adopting and complying with a commercially reasonable self-insurance program, including maintaining adequate reserves and adhering to prudent self-insurance practices.

(e) Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant do hereby waive any and all claims against one another for damage to or destruction of real or personal property to the extent such damage or destruction can be covered by “special form” property insurance of the type described above. The risk to be borne by each party shall also include the satisfaction of any deductible amounts required to be paid under the applicable “special form” fire and casualty insurance carried by the party whose property is damaged, and each party agrees that the other party shall not be responsible for satisfaction of such deductible (this will not preclude Landlord from including deductible payments in Operating Expenses to the extent permitted by Article 6). These waivers shall apply if the damage would have been covered by a customary special cause of loss/special form insurance policy, even if the party fails to obtain such coverage. The intent of this provision is that each party shall look solely to its insurance with respect to property damage or destruction which can be covered by “special form” insurance of the type described above. Each such policy shall include a waiver of all rights of subrogation by the insurance carrier against the other party, its agents and employees with respect to property damage covered by the applicable “special form” fire and casualty insurance policy.

25. Indemnities.

(a) Tenant’s Indemnity. Tenant will indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Holders (defined in Section 37(a)) and agents from and against any and all loss, cost, damage or liability arising in any manner (i) caused anywhere in the Building or on the Property due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees or (ii) due to any occurrence in the Premises (or arising out of actions taking place in the Premises), except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or its contractors, agents, or employees, or (iii) arising out of Tenant’s breach or Default under the terms of this Lease.

(b) Landlord’s Indemnity. Landlord will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Tenant and its employees, contractors, and invitees harmless from and against any loss of or damage to any property and any injury to or death of any person arising from (i) any occurrence in the Common Areas, if caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees.

 

37


(c) General Provisions. The indemnities set forth hereinabove shall include the obligation to pay reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnified party, including, without limitation, reasonable, actually incurred attorneys’ fees, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The indemnities contained herein do not override the waivers contained in Section 24(e) above.

26. Exculpation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant hereby waives all claims against and releases Landlord and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Holders and agents from all claims for any injury to or death of persons, damage to property or loss of profits or revenue in any manner related to (a) any Force Majeure Event, (b) acts of third parties, (c) the bursting or leaking of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe, and (d) the inadequacy or failure of any security or protective services, personnel or equipment; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not preclude Tenant from seeking recovery from any third party responsible for such damage or injury. Tenant acknowledges that from time to time throughout the Term, construction work may be performed in and about the Building and the Property by Landlord, contractors of Landlord, or other tenants or their contractors, and that such construction work may result in noise and disruption to Tenant’s business. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to the extent consistent with practice of the owners of Comparable Buildings, to minimize noise and disruption to Tenant’s business, including but not limited to restricting construction work to times outside Building Service Hours where such practice is consistent with the generally prevailing standards of owners of similar first class office buildings in the vicinity of the Building. In addition to and without limiting the foregoing waiver, but without waiving any claims resulting from Landlord’s failure to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize noise and disruption to Tenant’s business, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant expressly waives and releases Landlord, Landlord’s employees, agents or representatives, from any and all loss, cost, damage or liability, including without limitation, any and all consequential damages or interruption or loss of business, income or profits, or claims of actual or constructive eviction or for abatement of rental, arising or alleged to be arising as a result of any such construction activity.

27. Estoppel. Tenant shall, from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written request by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement (or provide reasonable good faith corrective comments to such statement) certifying, to the extent factually correct, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), the dates to which the Rent has been paid, that to Tenant’s knowledge Tenant is not in default hereunder and whether Tenant has any offsets or defenses against Landlord under this Lease, and whether or not to Tenant’s knowledge Landlord is in Default hereunder (and if so, specifying the nature of the default) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding this Lease, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Article 27 may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord’s interest or by a mortgagee of Landlord’s interest or assignee of any security deed upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises. If Tenant fails to timely deliver an executed estoppel certificate to Landlord (or to provide reasonable good faith corrective comments to such certificate) within such ten (10) Business Day Period, and if such failure continues for three (3) Business Days following notice from Landlord of such failure, the estoppel prepared by Landlord will be deemed true and correct and binding upon Tenant and, at Landlord’s option, such failure will constitute a Default by Tenant under this Lease, without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods.

 

38


28. Notices. All notices, demands or requests required or permitted to be given by either party under this Lease (referred to in this Article 28 as a “notice”) shall be in writing and must be given only by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, by personal delivery or by nationally recognized overnight courier service at the addresses set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Any such notice shall be deemed given on the date (“Notice Delivery Date”) that is the date of actual receipt or refusal thereof unless receipt or refusal occurs on a weekend or holiday, in which case notice will be deemed given on the next-succeeding Business Day. The time period for responding to any such notice shall begin on the Notice Delivery Date, but refusal to accept delivery or inability to accomplish delivery because the party can no longer be found at the then current notice address shall be deemed receipt. Either party may change its notice address by giving not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice thereof to the other party in accordance with the terms of this Article 28, provided that such new address shall be in the United States of America and, with respect to Tenant, shall not be a post office box. If the Basic Lease Provisions include (or Tenant otherwise designates in writing in accordance with this Article 29) more than one person or address to receive notices on Tenant’s behalf hereunder, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to send any notice to all requested persons or addresses; however, it shall not be a condition to the effectiveness of any notice given by Landlord to Tenant that more than one person or address receive such notice.

29. Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute a default on the part of Tenant (“Default”) without notice from Landlord unless otherwise provided:

(a) Abandonment. Abandonment of the Premises as defined by Section 1951.3 of the Civil Code of the State of California;

(b) Payment. Failure to pay any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other monies due and payable hereunder upon the date when said payment is due, where such failure continues for a period of three (3) Business Days after receipt by Tenant of written notice from Landlord of such failure to pay when due (which notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor statute (“Monetary Default”));

(c) Performance. Except as set forth in Section 29(b) above and Article 30(d) below, Tenant’s failure to perform any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord (which notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor statute); provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant shall promptly commence such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter continuously and diligently prosecute such cure to completion as soon as reasonably possible after Landlord’s notice of such failure;

 

39


(d) Estoppel Certificate; Subordination Agreement. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver a duly executed estoppel certificate, subordination agreement or any other document or statement within the time periods specified in Article 27 or 37;

(e) Assignment. A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors;

(f) Bankruptcy. The filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant, or the filing of an involuntary petition by any of Tenant’s creditors seeking the rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization of Tenant under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other relief of debtors and not removed within ninety (90) days of filing;

(g) Receivership. The appointment of a receiver or other custodian to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of the Premises or any interest of Tenant therein;

(h) Insolvency or Dissolution. Tenant shall become insolvent or unable to pay its debts, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or any court shall enter a decree or order directing the winding up or liquidation of Tenant or of substantially all of its assets; or Tenant shall take any action toward the dissolution or winding up of its affairs or the cessation or suspension of its use of the Premises; and

(i) Attachment. Attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or the Premises or any interest of Tenant under this Lease.

30. Landlord’s Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default under this Lease, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice (except as expressly prescribed herein or by applicable Law) or demand whatsoever:

(a) Termination. Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover from Tenant an award of damages equal to the sum of the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

 

40


(v) All such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time under applicable Law.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in parts (i) and (ii) above, shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in part (iii), above, shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(b) Continue Lease. Employ the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations); provided that, notwithstanding Landlord’s exercise of the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 in respect of any Default, at any time thereafter as Landlord may elect in writing, Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and recover an award of damages as provided above in Section 30(a).

(c) Acceptance Not Waiver. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No waiver by Landlord of any breach hereof shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord.

(d) Waiver of Redemption. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS CONFERRED BY SECTION 3275 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE AND BY SECTIONS 1174(c) AND 1179 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE AND ANY AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND RULES OF LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT DURING THE LEASE TERM OR THEREAFTER PROVIDING THAT TENANT SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO REDEEM, REINSTATE OR RESTORE THIS LEASE FOLLOWING ITS TERMINATION BY REASON OF TENANT’S BREACH.

(e) Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE. IF THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 30(e) ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY. It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of this Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner. Accordingly, except with respect to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or with respect to the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638-645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (collectively, the

 

41


Referee Sections”). Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter, except for copies ordered by the other parties, shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Article 36 below. The venue of the proceedings shall be in the county in which the Premises are located. Within ten (10) days of receipt by any party of a written request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Section 30(e), the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections. If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such ten (10) day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in the county in which the Premises are located for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections. If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from Jams/Endispute, Inc., the American Arbitration Association or similar mediation/arbitration entity. The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of the grounds listed in the Referee Sections. The referee shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at Law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease. The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor any other damages which are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties hereby waive any right to recover any such damages. The parties shall be entitled to conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California law. The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California law (including the rules of evidence), and in all regards, the referee shall follow California law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding. The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Section 30(e). In this regard, the parties agree that the parties and the referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (i) discovery be conducted for a period no longer than six (6) months from the date the referee is appointed, excluding motions regarding discovery, and (ii) a trial date be set within nine (9) months of the date the referee is appointed. In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court. Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder. The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure. Nothing in this Section 30(e) shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the California Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.

 

42


(f) Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord or Tenant is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by agreement, applicable Law or in equity. In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, and except as expressly limited by the terms of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to injunctive relief, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord or Tenant at law or in equity. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default.

(g) Landlord’s Right to Perform. If Tenant is in breach of any of its non-monetary obligations under this Lease and such breach constitutes a Default, Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the cost of the work performed by Landlord.

(h) Unenforceability. This Article 30 shall be enforceable to the maximum extent such enforcement is not prohibited by applicable Law, and the unenforceability of any portion of this Article 30 shall not thereby render unenforceable any other portion.

(i) Limitation on Consequential Damages. Except as set forth below, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any indirect, special, or consequential damages in connection with this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation will not apply to any liability of Tenant with respect to Tenant’s violation of the terms of this Lease with respect to the use, release, transfer, disposal or handling of Hazardous Materials or to any holding over by Tenant beyond the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

31. Default by Landlord. Landlord shall not be considered to be in default in the performance of any obligation to be performed by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of written notice of such failure by Tenant to Landlord and each Holder of whose identity Tenant has been notified in writing; provided, however, that (i) if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period (other than Landlord’s payment of any monetary obligation to Tenant), Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to commence the cure of said failure as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, or fails diligently to pursue the same to completion; and (b) each Holder of whose identity Tenant has been notified in writing shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as may be specified in any written agreement between Tenant and such Holder regarding such matter) after receipt of written notice from Tenant of Landlord’s failure to cure within the time periods provided above (a “Landlord Default”). However, if Tenant notifies Landlord that Landlord’s failure is causing material interference to Tenant’s operations, Landlord shall commence the cure as soon as reasonably

 

43


possible and shall diligently pursue such cure and will use commercially reasonable efforts to keep Tenant informed as to the status of Landlord’s cure efforts. In the event of a Landlord Default, Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages and losses arising from any such Landlord Default and Tenant may pursue any and all remedies available to it at law or in equity; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant claim a constructive or actual eviction or that the Premises have become unsuitable or untenantable prior to a Landlord Default and failure to cure by Landlord and its Holder under this Lease and, further, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease or receive more than its actual direct damages arising from any Landlord Default, it being agreed that for all purposes under this Lease, Tenant waives any claim it otherwise may have for special or consequential damages or any damages attributable to lost profits or revenue or loss of or interruption to Tenant’s business operations.

32. Advertising. Landlord may advertise the Premises as being “For Rent” at any time following a Default by Tenant and at any time within one (1) year prior to the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Lease for any reason, and during any such periods Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants upon prior reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to so exhibit the Premises without any requirement for compliance with unreasonable procedures established by Tenant.

33. Surrender of Premises. Whenever under the terms hereof Landlord is entitled to possession of the Premises, Tenant at once shall surrender the Premises and the keys thereto to Landlord. The Premises will be delivered (i) in broom clean condition and otherwise in substantially the same condition as on the Commencement Date, except for damage arising from ordinary wear and tear or caused by Landlord or any agent, employee or contractor of Landlord, or as the result of any Casualty or Taking (ii) Tenant shall remove all of its personal property therefrom and (iii) Tenant shall, if directed to do so by Landlord in accordance with Article 21 above, remove any Specialty Alterations and restore the Premises to substantially its original condition prior to the construction of such improvements (provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to remove any Tenant Improvements or Alterations other than Tenant Improvements or Alterations which are Specialty Alterations that Tenant is required to remove pursuant to Article 21); and (iv) Tenant will remove all Cable as required pursuant to the terms of Article 21. Landlord may forthwith re-enter the Premises and repossess itself thereof and remove all persons and effects therefrom, using such force as may be reasonably necessary without being guilty of forcible entry, detainer, trespass or other tort. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform these covenants shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

34. Removal of Trade Fixtures. Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease, or any extension of the Term hereof, remove any and all personal property, trade fixtures and equipment which Tenant has placed in the Premises which can be removed without significant damage to the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly repair all damage to the Premises, Building or Property caused by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all CRAC units or other supplementary server room cooling devices, additional transformers, sound system infrastructure, racks, plumbing lines and sinks, millwork, built-in furniture and above standard lighting fixtures shall not be removed from the Premises unless Landlord requires the removal of any such items in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 21.

 

44


35. Holding Over. In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or any earlier termination of the Term, such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance and on a month-to-month basis only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case (in addition to Tenant’s other monetary obligations under this Lease) Tenant shall be obligated to pay Base Rent for such period that Tenant holds over at 150% of the monthly Base Rent payable hereunder upon such expiration of the Term. Tenant shall also be liable for any and all other damages Landlord suffers as a result of such holding over including, without limitation, any loss of a prospective tenant for such space. There shall be no renewal of this Lease by operation of law or otherwise as a consequence of any holding over. Nothing in this Article 35 shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant after the expiration or any earlier termination of the Term or to prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise.

36. Attorneys’ Fees. In case Landlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Tenant, then Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by Landlord in connection with such litigation. In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought by Landlord or Tenant to enforce any of the other’s covenants and agreements in this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party any costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Landlord utilizes the services of an attorney for the purpose of collecting any Rent which is due and unpaid by Tenant or in connection with any other uncontested breach of this Lease by Tenant following a written demand of Landlord to pay such amounts or cure such breach, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord reasonable actual attorneys’ fees as determined by Landlord for such services, irrespective of whether any legal action may be commenced or filed by Landlord.

37. Mortgagee’s Rights.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions in this Article 37, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate (i) to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest now encumbering all or any portion of the Property and to all advances which may be hereafter made, to the full extent of all debts and charges secured thereby and to all renewals or extensions of any part thereof, and to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest which any owner of all or any portion of the Property may hereafter, at any time, elect to place on the Property; (ii) to any assignment of Landlord’s interest in the leases and rents from the Building or Property which includes this Lease, which now exists or which any owner of all or any portion of the Property may hereafter, at any time, elect to place on the Property; and (iii) to any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement covering the personal property rights of Landlord or any owner of all or any portion of the Property which now exists or which any owner of all or any portion of the Property may hereafter, at any time, elect to place on the foregoing personal property (all of the foregoing instruments set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) above being hereafter collectively referred to as “Security Documents”). Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the Effective Date, there are no Security Documents encumbering the Building and, consequently, this Lease is not currently subordinate to any existing Security Documents. Tenant agrees upon request of the holder of any Security Documents (“Holder”) to hereafter

 

45


execute any documents which Landlord or Holder may reasonably deem necessary to evidence the subordination of this Lease to any Security Documents hereafter executed or to be executed by Landlord, provided that any such documents contain commercially reasonable non-disturbance provisions. Within ten (10) days after request therefor, if Tenant fails to execute (or to provide commercially reasonable comments to) any such requested documents, and if such failure continues for three (3) Business Days following notice from Landlord of such failure, Landlord or Holder is hereby empowered to execute such documents in the name of Tenant evidencing such subordination, as the act and deed of Tenant, and this authority is hereby declared to be coupled with an interest and not revocable; additionally, at Landlord’s option, if such failure continues for three (3) Business Days following notice from Landlord of such failure, such failure will be deemed a Default under this Lease without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods.

(b) In the event of a foreclosure pursuant to any Security Documents, Tenant shall at the election of the Purchaser (as defined below) shall thereafter remain bound pursuant to the terms of this Lease as if a new and identical Lease between the purchaser at such foreclosure (“Purchaser”), as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, had been entered into for the remainder of the Term hereof and Tenant shall attorn to the Purchaser upon such foreclosure sale and shall recognize such Purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument on the part of any of the parties hereto. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Landlord, Holder or Purchaser, any instrument or certificate that may be necessary or appropriate in any such foreclosure proceeding or otherwise to evidence such attornment.

(c) If the Holder of any Security Document or the Purchaser upon the foreclosure of any of the Security Documents shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, such Holder or Purchaser shall have the same remedies, by entry, action or otherwise, for the non-performance of any agreement contained in this Lease, for the recovery of Rent or for any other breach or Default hereunder that Landlord had or would have had if any such Holder or Purchaser had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord. Any such Holder or Purchaser which succeeds to the interest of Landlord hereunder, shall not be (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord (including Landlord), other than Landlord Defaults of a continuing nature, which Holder or the Purchaser shall be required to cure within the time periods following notice to Holder or Purchaser specified in Article 31; or (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord (including Landlord), or (c) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior Landlord (including Landlord); or (d) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without its consent.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 37, the Holder of any Security Documents shall have the right, at any time, to elect to make this Lease superior and prior to its Security Document. No documentation, other than written notice to Tenant, shall be required to evidence that this Lease has been made superior and prior to such Security Documents, but Tenant hereby agrees to execute any documents reasonably requested by Landlord or Holder to acknowledge that the Lease has been made superior and prior to the Security Documents.

 

46


38. Entering Premises. Tenant shall have the right to install a security card reader system to control access to the Premises and to integrate this system with the Building’s security system, subject to Landlord’s approval of same (“Tenant’s Security System”); Tenant’s Security System will be a Specialty Alteration which Tenant will be required to be removed at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Landlord may enter the Premises at reasonable hours provided that Landlord will not unreasonably interrupt Tenant’s business operations and that reasonable prior notice (which notice may be via electronic mail to the person or persons who Tenant has designated for receipt of such notices) is given (provided that if in the good faith opinion of Landlord any emergency exists Landlord shall give as much notice as Landlord determines is reasonable under the circumstances): (a) to make repairs, perform maintenance and provide other services (no prior notice is required to provide regularly scheduled services such as janitorial) which Landlord is obligated to make to the Premises or the Building pursuant to the terms of this Lease or to the other premises within the Building pursuant to the leases of other tenants; (b) to inspect the Premises in order to confirm that Tenant is complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease and with the rules and regulations hereof, (c) to remove from the Premises any articles or signs kept or exhibited therein in violation of the terms hereof; (d) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the repair, maintenance and normal operation of the Building and the Property, to run pipes, conduits, ducts, wiring, cabling or any other mechanical, electrical, plumbing or HVAC equipment through the areas behind the walls, below the floors or above the drop ceilings in the Premises and elsewhere in the Building; (e) to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term (or at any time which Tenant is in Default hereunder), tenants and (f) to exercise any other right or perform any other obligation that Landlord has under this Lease. So long as Landlord does not unreasonably interrupt Tenant’s business operations, Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that reasonably is be required to make any repairs, improvements, alterations and/or additions, or to effect any maintenance or perform services or to otherwise operate the Building without in any way being deemed or held guilty of trespass and without constituting a constructive eviction of Tenant. The Rent reserved herein shall not abate while such repairs, improvements, alterations and/or additions are being made, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any set-off against Rent or to any claim for damages against Landlord by reason of loss from interruption to the business of Tenant or otherwise because of the prosecution of any such work. Unless any work would unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises if performed during business hours, all such repairs, improvements, alterations and/or additions shall be performed during ordinary business hours. If any such work is, at the request of Tenant, performed during other than ordinary business hours when it is not typically the practice of owners of Comparable Buildings to do so, Tenant shall pay all overtime and other extra costs arising as a result thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s entry and access rights set forth in the Lease, Landlord and all parties acting by, through or under Landlord (including any contractors and cleaning staff) shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable security procedures when entering the Premises, which procedures may include, but shall not be limited to: (A) commercially reasonable restrictions on unescorted access to specified areas of the Premises that contain corporate sensitive and confidential information and materials (provided that if and to the extent Landlord or Landlord’s staff are precluded from accessing any such areas when such access is normal for the purposes of providing janitorial or other maintenance services, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide such janitorial or maintenance services to such areas unless Tenant makes such areas accessible

 

47


at the normal times for the provision of such services), (B) during business hours, Landlord and all parties acting by, through or under Landlord will be subject to Tenant’s reasonable sign-in, badging and escorting procedures; and (C) entry by Landlord and all such parties after business hours (other than for provision of janitorial service or in the event of an emergency) shall be coordinated in advance with Tenant or Tenant’s designated employee.

39. Relocation. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

40. Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Generally. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 40, Tenant shall not, by operation of law or otherwise, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or permit any lien to attach to this Lease, any interest hereunder or all or any portion of the Premises. Further, except as otherwise provided in this Article 40, Tenant may not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises (other than by Tenant and its employees, staff and other temporary invitees who are not “desk licensees” or otherwise in the Premises in an effort to circumvent the general requirements set forth herein requiring Landlord’s consent) by any party. In the event that Tenant is a corporation or entity other than an individual, any transfer in a single or series of related transactions transferring Control (as defined below) in Tenant (whether by stock transfer, merger, operation of law or otherwise) shall be considered an assignment for purposes of this paragraph and shall require Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Consent to one assignment or sublease shall not nullify or waive this provision, and all later assignments and subleases shall likewise be made only upon the prior written consent of Landlord. Any assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall become liable to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder, without relieving Tenant’s liability hereunder and, in the event this Lease is terminated as the result of a Default by Tenant, or a rejection of this Lease or the relevant sublease under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, Landlord may, at its option, but without any obligation to do so, elect to treat any sublease as a direct lease with Landlord and collect rent directly from the subtenant. Each sublease by Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and each subtenant by entering into a sublease shall be deemed to have agreed that in the event of a rejection of this Lease or the relevant sublease under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code by Tenant, or a termination, re-entry or dispossession by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, either terminate the sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be: (1) liable for any rent paid by the subtenant to Tenant more than one month in advance, or any security deposit paid by the subtenant to Tenant, unless same has been transferred to Landlord by Tenant; (2) liable for any act or omission of Tenant under the Lease, the sublease or any other agreement between Tenant and the subtenant or for any default of Tenant under any such documents which occurred prior to the effective date of the attornment; (3) subject to any counterclaims, defenses or offsets that the subtenant may have against Tenant that arose prior to the effective date of the attornment; (4) bound by any changes or modifications made to the sublease without the written consent of Landlord, (5) obligated in any manner with respect to the transfer, delivery, use or condition of any furniture, equipment or other personal property in the sublet premises that Tenant agreed would be transferred to the subtenant or which Tenant agreed could be used by the subtenant during the term of the sublease, or (6) liable for the payment of any improvement allowance, or any other payment, credit, offset or amount due from Tenant to the subtenant under the sublease.

 

48


(b) Transfer Notice. If Tenant desires to assign or sublease (“Transfer”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord describing the proposed transaction (“Transfer Notice”) and provide all documentation (including detailed financial information for the proposed assignee or subtenant (a “Transferee”)) reasonably necessary to permit Landlord to evaluate the proposed transaction, including without limitation the following:

(i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice;

(ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”);

(iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including a calculation of the Transfer Premium (as defined in Section 40(e) below), in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer; and

(iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by and to the actual knowledge of an officer, partner or owner thereof as being true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of such statements, and any other information reasonably required by Landlord, which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent or not in compliance with this Article 40 shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute an incurable Default by Tenant under this Lease.

(c) Landlord’s Options. To the extent Tenant contemplates (i) an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or (ii) a sublease of all the Premises or (iii) a sublease of a portion of the Premises for the substantially remainder of the then-current Term (in each case, other than to a Permitted Transferee), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Recapture Opportunity Notice”) of such contemplated assignment or sublease (whether or not the terms of the contemplated assignment or sublease have been determined). The Recapture Opportunity Notice shall specify the Subject Space and the contemplated date of commencement of the contemplated assignment or sublease (the “Contemplated Effective Date”). Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Recapture Opportunity Notice, to recapture the Subject Space, and, if not, whether Landlord consents to the requested Transfer. If such recapture right is exercised, the recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space

 

49


effective as of the Contemplated Effective Date. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, then (i) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises; (ii) this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same; and (iii) Landlord and Tenant will share the cost and expense of Landlord’s construction of a demising wall separating that portion of the Premises recaptured by Landlord from that portion of the Premises retained by Tenant and the work to separate any Building systems, as necessary. If Landlord does not elect to exercise its recapture right, Landlord’s consent to a Transfer which meets the specifications and parameters set forth in Tenant’s Recapture Opportunity Notice will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; however, if Tenant has not successfully completed such a Transfer with respect to the Subject Space in question within six (6) months following the date of expiration of Landlord’s right to recapture as described above, Landlord shall no longer be deemed to have waived its right to recapture with respect to such space, but Tenant shall have the right to once again deliver a Recapture Opportunity Notice with respect to such space. Landlord shall respond to any request for consent to a proposed Transfer within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Transfer Notice. However, if a Transfer Notice is not preceded by a Recapture Opportunity Notice, but specifies a proposed transaction meeting the requirements of either clause (i) or (ii) above permitting Landlord to exercise its recapture option, then Landlord will have the right, within thirty (30) days following receipt of any such Transfer Notice, to similarly exercise its recapture rights with respect to the Subject Space. In the event Tenant has submitted to Landlord a Transfer Notice and Landlord fails to respond to such request with its approval or objections to such proposed Transfer within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant may submit a second written request for consent with a conspicuous notice stating that “Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request for consent to such Transfer within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such second (2nd) request shall be deemed consent by Landlord,” and if Landlord fails to respond to such second (2nd) request with its approval or objections to such proposed Transfer within the five (5) business day period following Tenant’s delivery of such second notice, then such proposed Transfer shall be deemed approved. Without limiting the grounds upon which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

(i) The Transferee is engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building;

(ii) The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted hereunder;

(iii) The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

(iv) The Transfer will result in the occupancy of any portion of the Premises at a density greater than the Standard Density (unless the Transferee demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that the Transferee will satisfy the conditions and requirements applicable to any use that exceeds the Standard Density);

 

50


(v) The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the sublease or assignment in question on the date consent is requested, as reasonably determined by Landlord;

(vi) The proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give an occupant of the Building a right to cancel or seek monetary or injunctive relief under its lease;

(vii) The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise any right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or any other similar right held by Tenant;

(viii) Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (1) occupies space in the Building at the time of the request for consent, or (2) is actively negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building at such time, or (3) has negotiated with Landlord during the four (4) month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice and, in each case, Landlord has (or reasonably believes, based on the scheduled expiration date of existing leases and/or Landlord’s rights to relocate existing tenants, that Landlord will have) space available in the Building that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, will meet such proposed Transferee’s leasing needs;

(ix) With respect to a Transfer proposed to be entered into during the first year of the Term of this Lease, the rent proposed to be paid by the Transferee is less than the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease; or

(x) The Transferee fails to execute a commercially reasonable form of consent to assignment or subleasing.

(d) Landlord’s Consent. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of each Transfer Notice, Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of $1,500.00 for Landlord’s review of the requested Transfer, regardless of whether consent is granted, and thereafter, Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord (including reasonable fees paid to consultants (as may be required if any physical changes to the Premises or the Building would be required for the proposed sublease or assignment) and attorneys) in connection with any requested Transfer, including but not limited to Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees. If Tenant executes Landlord’s standard form of consent without any material changes to this Lease or material changes to the consent, such costs will not exceed $2,000.00 in the aggregate. However, if Tenant or the Transferee request material changes to Landlord’s standard form of consent or if there are material negotiations related thereto, or if this Lease needs to be amended at Tenant’s request or the request of Tenant’s Transferee, the foregoing limitation will not apply, provided that Landlord shall if requested by Tenant provide Tenant with reasonable updates on the amount of such costs incurred as of the date of the request. If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Article 40, Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but

 

51


not later than the expiration of said six (6) month period, enter into such Transfer of the Subject Space, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice, or if there are any changes in any of the documentation delivered in connection therewith, (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Article 40, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, then Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval or other action under this Article 40.

(e) Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to any Transfer request and the assignee or subtenant pays to Tenant an amount in excess of the Rent due under this Lease (after first deducting Tenant’s reasonable, actual expenses in obtaining such assignment or sublease, amortized in equal monthly installments over the then remainder of the Term, such expenses being limited to (i) any Alterations to the Subject Space made in order to achieve the Transfer, or contributions to the cost thereof, and (ii) any commercially reasonable brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable advertising and marketing costs reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer) (“Transfer Premium”), Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of such Transfer Premium to Landlord as and when the monthly payments are received by Tenant. Any Transfer Premium shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by the Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixture, inventory, equipment or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

(f) No Release. No Transfer shall release or discharge Tenant of or from any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to be fully liable hereunder. Each subtenant or assignee shall agree in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease (but, with respect to a subtenant of less than all of the Premises, only to the extent of the Subject Space), and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after execution, an executed copy of each such Transfer and an agreement of compliance by each such subtenant or assignee.

(g) Conditions. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or any Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement setting forth reasonable in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, (v) any assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease, and (vi) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and Landlord’s costs of such audit.

 

52


(h) Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 40, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without the need for Landlord’s prior consent to (i) any parent, subsidiary, division, or affiliate business entity which the initially named Tenant Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with (each, an “Affiliate”); or to (ii) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation; (iii) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s outstanding stock or assets, (iv) an entity resulting from a merger, nonbankruptcy consolidation, or other nonbankruptcy reorganization of Tenant (which shall include a change of Control of Tenant resulting from any of the foregoing); and/or (iv) any entity or person by sale or other transfer of a percentage of capital stock of Tenant which results in a change of Controlling persons, provided that: (A) at least ten (10) days prior to such Transfer (or immediately after such transaction if disclosure is prohibited by legally enforceable confidentiality requirements or applicable Law), Tenant delivers to Landlord the financial statements or other financial and background information of the Transferee or successor as required for other Transfers; (B) if the Transfer is an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or if a sublease, the Transferee of a portion of the Premises or Term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect thereto); (C) with respect to an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of more than thirty percent (30%) of the RSF of the Premises, the proposed Transferee or successor shall, as of the date immediately following the Transfer, have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“Net Worth”) at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant as of the Effective Date; (D) unless the Tenant entity does not survive the Transfer, Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; and (E) the use of the Premises set forth herein remains unchanged. As used in this Section 40, “Control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies through ownership of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the securities or partnership or other ownership interests of the entity subject to Control. A transaction meeting the requirements of this Section 40(h) is referred to herein as a “Permitted Transfer”, and the Transferee, a “Permitted Transferee”. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 40 or elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary, for the purpose of this Lease, the sale of Tenant’s capital stock through any public exchange or the issuance of capital stock in connection with a bona fide financing of Tenant or a public offering on a nationally recognized securities exchange shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting, or any other transfer of this Lease or the Premises. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 40 to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to exercise its recapture right under Sections 40(c) or have any right to any Transfer Premium under Section 40(e) in connection with any Permitted Transfer.

(i) Statutory Waiver. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code allowing Tenant to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, on behalf of the proposed Transferee, in the event Landlord unreasonably withholds its consent to a Transfer.

 

53


(j) Prohibited Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 40, neither Tenant nor any other person having a right to possess, use, or occupy (for convenience, collectively referred to in this subarticle as “Use”) the Premises shall enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for Use of all or any portion of the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such Use based, in whole or in part, on the net income or profits derived by any person that leases, possesses, uses, or occupies all or any portion of the Premises (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and any such purported lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a transfer of any right or interest in, or as a grant of the right to Use, all or any part of the Premises.

41. Sale. In the event the original Landlord hereunder, or any successor owner of the Building, shall sell or convey the Building, and provided the purchaser or transfer assumes all liabilities and obligations on the part of the original Landlord, or such successor owner, under this Lease first accruing after such transfer, such liabilities and obligations first accruing thereafter shall terminate, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations shall be binding upon the new owner. Tenant agrees to attorn to such new owner provided the new owner agrees to recognize Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

42. Limitation of Liability. Landlord’s obligations and liability with respect to this Lease shall be limited to an amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Property, or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Property if the Property were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of the value of the Property. Neither Landlord, nor any partner or member of Landlord, or any officer, director, shareholder, or partner or member of any partner or member of Landlord, shall have any individual or personal liability whatsoever with respect to this Lease. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damage on account of any default or breach by Landlord under this Lease or otherwise.

43. Broker Disclosure. The Landlord’s Broker identified in the Basic Lease Provisions has acted as agent for Landlord in this transaction and is to be paid a commission by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. The Tenant’s Broker identified in the Basic Lease Provisions has acted as agent for Tenant in this transaction and is to be paid its commission out of Landlord’s Broker’s commission pursuant to a separate agreement with Landlord’s Broker. Landlord represents that Landlord has dealt with no other broker other than the broker(s) identified herein. Landlord agrees that, if any other broker makes a claim for a commission based upon the actions of Landlord, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Tenant harmless from any such claim. Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt with no broker other than the broker(s) identified herein. Tenant agrees that, if any other broker makes a claim for a commission based upon the alleged actions of Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from any such claim. The indemnity obligations set forth herein shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.

44. Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

54


45. Construction of this Agreement. No failure of Landlord to exercise any power given Landlord hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance by Tenant of its obligations hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to demand exact compliance with the terms hereof. No amendment of this Lease shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by the parties. Subject to the provisions of Article 40, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California. Nothing in this Lease creates any relationship between the parties other than that of lessor and lessee and nothing in this Lease constitutes Landlord a partner of Tenant or a joint venturer or member of a common enterprise with Tenant.

46. Paragraph Titles; Severability. The paragraph titles used herein are not to be considered a substantive part of this Lease, but merely descriptive aids to identify the respective paragraphs to which they refer. Use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, where necessary to impart contextual continuity. If any paragraph or provision herein is held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, all other paragraphs or severable provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, but shall remain in full force and effect.

47. Cumulative Rights. All rights, powers and privileges conferred hereunder upon Landlord shall be cumulative with those available under applicable Law.

48. Entire Agreement. This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not embodied herein shall be of any force or effect.

49. Submission of Agreement. Submission of this Lease to Tenant for signature does not constitute an offer, a reservation of space or an option to lease or to acquire a right of entry. This Lease is not binding or effective until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

50. Authority. If Tenant or Landlord executes this Lease as a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or any other type of entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, does hereby represent and warrant on behalf of and as a representative of Tenant that Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other type of entity, that Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, is qualified to do business in the State where the Building is located, that Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, is authorized to do so. Upon Landlord’s or Tenant’s request, as the case may be, the requested party shall provide to the requesting party evidence reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party confirming the foregoing representations and warranties.

51. Determination in Good Faith. Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord shall exercise its good faith business judgment in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the provision providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies

 

55


that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not be entitled to monetary damages or have the right to terminate this Lease for such failure.

52. Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such confidential information confidential and shall not intentionally disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than (a) Tenant’s financial, legal, risk management, construction, insurance, IT, space planning, environmental, human resource, real estate and other consultants and contractors, (b) Tenant’s shareholders, investors, directors, officers and employees, (c) to the extent that disclosure is legally compelled (by oral questions, interrogatories, request for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process, including as may be required to enforce Tenant’s rights hereunder), mandated by applicable regulations or law, including those from Securities Exchange Commission or the rules of any public exchange upon which Tenant’s shares are from time to time traded, (d) in connection with any litigation, judicial reference, arbitration, or other disputes between Landlord and Tenant, (e) as otherwise contemplated by this Lease (including in connection with the exercise of any audit rights or the exercise of the Renewal Option. Tenant also shall have the right to deliver a copy of this Lease to any proposed subtenant or assignee. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease as the result of any breach by Tenant of this Section 52.

53. Asbestos Notification. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has received the asbestos notification letter attached to this Lease as Exhibit E hereto, disclosing the existence of asbestos in the Building. As part of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant agrees to comply with the California “Connelly Act” and other applicable Laws requiring that Tenant notify employees of the presence of ACM in the Building and providing copies of Landlord’s asbestos notification letter to all of Tenant’s “employees” and “owners,” as those terms are defined in the Connelly Act and other applicable Laws. Landlord shall comply with all applicable Laws recommendations of Landlord’s ACM consultants and contractors and with the operations and maintenance plans applicable to the Building in connection with any remediation, abatement or other work relating to ACM.

54. OFAC and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Certifications. Tenant hereby represents, certifies and warrants to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is not named and is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity or nation named by any Executive Order, including without limitation Executive Order 13224, or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation that is enacted, enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”); (ii) Tenant is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation; and (iii) none of the proceeds used to pay rent have been or will be derived from a “specified unlawful activity” as defined in, and Tenant is not otherwise in violation of, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, or any other applicable

 

56


laws regarding money laundering activities. Furthermore, Tenant agrees to immediately notify Landlord if Tenant was, is, or in the future becomes, a “senior foreign political figure” or an immediate family member or close associate of a “senior foreign political figure,” within the meaning of Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant understands that this Lease is a continuing transaction and that the foregoing representations, certifications and warranties are ongoing and shall be and remain true and in force on the date hereof and throughout the Term of this Lease and that any breach thereof shall be a Default (not subject to any notice or cure rights) giving rise to any and all Landlord remedies hereunder, and Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, fines, penalties, forfeitures and expenses (including without limitation costs and attorneys’ fees) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing representations, certifications and warranties.

55. Civil Code Section 1938. This notice is given pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938. The Premises have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). A CASp can inspect the Premises and determine whether the Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the Premises, Landlord may not prohibit Tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of Tenant, if requested by Tenant. If Tenant elects to perform a CASp inspection, Tenant will provide written notice to Landlord, and Landlord may elect, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to retain a CASp to perform the inspection. If Landlord does not so elect, the time and manner of the CASp inspection is subject to the prior written approval of Landlord. In either event, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection shall be borne by Tenant. The cost of making any repairs necessary to correction violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises shall be allocated as provided in Section 11 of this Lease.

56. Energy Disclosure. Tenant agrees to cooperate in all reasonable respects with Landlord’s energy consumption disclosure requirements under California’s Nonresidential Building Energy Use Disclosure Program, to the extent applicable, and with the requirements under any other existing or future mandatory or voluntary energy conservation or sustainability programs applicable to the Building, including without limitation those of the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED rating system, or which may be imposed on Landlord by law or by any insurance carrier, including without limitation any controls on the permitted range of temperature settings in office buildings or requirement necessitating curtailment of the volume of energy consumption or the hours of operation of the Building. Any terms or conditions of this Lease that conflict with or interfere with compliance by Landlord with such control or requirements shall be suspended for the duration of such controls or requirements. It is further agreed that compliance with such controls or requirements shall not constitute an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises and shall not entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to an abatement or reduction of any Rent payable hereunder. Tenant shall promptly and in no event later than within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request therefor, provide any and all written consents to utility companies providing services to the Building required to authorize such utility companies to release energy usage data for the Premises to the EPA’s ENERGY STAR® program Portfolio Manager website for use by the Landlord, or to such other sites or parties as required for the Landlord’s compliance with the applicable program.

 

57


57. LEED Certification. The parties acknowledge that the Building is currently certified under the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED rating system (“LEED Certification”). If Tenant so desires, Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain LEED Certification for the Premises. In such event, if requested by Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant in obtaining LEED Certification for the Premises, and the actual costs incurred by Landlord in providing such cooperation shall be reimbursed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of notice specifying such costs.

58. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

59. Financial Statements. Within thirty (30) days after written request from Landlord from time to time during the Term (but not more than once per year or in connection with a proposed sale or financing of the Property or any proposed Permitted Transfer by Tenant), Tenant shall provide Landlord with its most recently available financial statements and a statement of Tenant’s cash flow setting forth Tenant’s financial condition and net worth for the most recent quarter, including balance sheets and statements of profits and losses. Such statements shall be prepared by an independent accountant or, if such statements are not available, such statements may be company-prepared and certified by Tenant’s president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, vice president, secretary, or assistant secretary. Landlord shall keep such financial information confidential and shall only disclose such information to Landlord’s lenders, consultants, purchasers or investors, or other agents (who shall be subject to the same confidentiality obligations) on a need to know basis in connection with the administration of this Lease. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall require that any recipient of such information execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement as a condition to receipt of such information.

60. Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. In order to expedite the transaction contemplated herein, signatures transmitted by electronic mail in so-called “pdf” format may be used in place of original signatures on this Lease. Landlord and Tenant intend to be bound by the signatures on the e-mailed document, are aware that the other party will rely on the e-mailed signatures, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Lease based on such e-mailed signatures. Promptly following request by either party, the other party shall provide the requesting party with original signatures on this Lease.

 

58


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this instrument as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:
50 BEALE STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: 50 BEALE INC., its managing member
By: /s/ Jolanta K. Bott                                             
Jolanta K. Bott, Vice President
ON24, INC., a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Sharat Sharan                                              
Print Name: Sharat Sharan                                    
Its: CEO                                                                 
By: /s/ John Michael Badgis                                 
Print Name: John Michael Badgis                        
Its: VP, Global Human Resources and Facilities
Tenant’s Federal Tax I.D. Number 94-3292599


REQUIREMENTS FOR TENANT EXECUTION OF LEASE

 

The following conditions must be satisfied:

 

(A)

Tenant must provide Landlord a copy of a corporate resolution in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord authorizing the person or persons designated to sign the Lease to do so or a certificate in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord executed by a secretary or assistant secretary of Tenant designating the person or persons having authority to sign this Lease.

 

(B)

Tenant must provide Landlord a certificate from the Secretary of State of the Tenant’s state of incorporation confirming that Tenant is in good standing and qualified to do business in its state of incorporation, and Tenant must also provide a certificate from the California Secretary of State confirming that Tenant is qualified to do business in California.

 

60

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION VERSION

ON24, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


This FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 16, 2019, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and On24, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 1, 2013, as amended from time to time, including without limitation, by that certain First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2013, Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2014, Third Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2014, Fourth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, Fifth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2016, Sixth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2016, Seventh Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, Eighth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2017, Ninth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2017, Tenth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2017, Eleventh Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2017, Twelfth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2018, Thirteenth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2018 and Fourteenth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2018 (collectively, together with any other related documents, the “Prior Loan and Security Agreement”), pursuant to which Bank agreed to extend and make loans available to Borrower upon terms and conditions contained therein.

B. Borrower and Bank desire to amend and restate the Prior Loan and Security Agreement to, among other things, revise the financial covenants under Section 6.7 of the Prior Loan and Security Agreement, revise the Borrowing Base formula, add a sublimit for corporate credit cards, and extend the Revolving Maturity Date in effect immediately prior to the Amended and Restated Effective Date, all in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement.

C. Bank is willing to amend and restate the Prior Loan and Security Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and the documents to be executed in connection herewith.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Credit Extensions.

(a) Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to the order of Bank, in lawful money of the United States, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 1    January 16, 2019


(b) Advances Under Revolving Line.

(i) Amount. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, less (x) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (y) the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and re-borrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Advances at any time without penalty or premium.

(ii) Form of Request. Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time (1:00 p.m. Pacific time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notice shall be made in accordance with the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

(iii) Letter of Credit Sublimit. Subject to the availability under the Revolving Line, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth herein, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrower such Letters of Credit as Borrower may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided, however, that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit (i) shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (ii) shall be deemed to constitute Advances for the purpose of calculating availability under the Revolving Line. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letters of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance and shall include terms (including, without limitation, the expiration date thereof) acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrower will pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit.

(iv) Credit Card Services Sublimit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request corporate credit cards and standard and e-commerce merchant account services from Bank (collectively, the “Credit Card Services”). The aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves shall not exceed the Credit Card Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts that become due or owing to Bank in connection with the Credit Card Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Credit Card Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the Credit Card Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

(v) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity. If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s reasonable satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services that may extend beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of the Revolving Maturity Date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 2    January 16, 2019


obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services; provided, however, that if there are insufficient balances in such accounts to secure such obligations, Borrower shall immediately deposit such additional funds as are necessary to fully secure such obligations. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services are outstanding or continue.

2.2 Overadvances. If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, less (x) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (y) the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit at any time Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rates.

(i) Advances. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at the interest rate set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit F.

(b) Payments. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the first (1st) Business Day of each month during the term hereof. Bank may, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that Bank will receive the entire amount of any Obligations payable hereunder, regardless of source of payment.

(c) Crediting Payments. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies, except that to the extent Borrower uses the Advances to purchase Collateral, Borrower’s repayment of the Advances shall apply on “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the Advances used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Borrower purchased the Collateral. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Pacific time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.4 Fees and Bank Expenses. On the Amended and Restated Effective Date, Borrower shall pay to Bank all Bank Expenses incurred through the Amended and Restated Effective Date, and, after the Amended and Restated Effective Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

2.5 Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Amended and Restated Effective Date and, subject to Section 13.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 3    January 16, 2019


3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. The Prior Loan and Security Agreement became effective on April 1, 2013 (the “Closing Date”). This Agreement shall become effective as of the Business Day (the “Amended and Restated Effective Date”) when Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents required by Bank;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(c) a financing statement (Form UCC-1) and other filings as Bank determines are necessary to perfect all security interests granted to Bank by Borrower;

(d) agreement to furnish insurance;

(e) Prime Referenced Rate Addendum;

(f) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4;

(g) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(h) company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(i) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2; and

(j) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Loan/Advance/Paydown Request Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

(b) the representations and warranties contained in Article 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan/Advance/Paydown Request Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations are outstanding.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 4    January 16, 2019


4.2 Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be signed by Bank on behalf of Borrower, as provided in the Code, and may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Division 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction; provided, however, that in such case, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly notify Borrower of any such filing, although failure by Bank to provide such notification will not be considered a breach under this Agreement. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfection of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and/or (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, securities accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Division 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balance for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

4.3 Right to Inspect. Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

4.4 Pledge of Shares. Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Bank a security interest in all shares of stock which are part of the Collateral (collectively, the “Shares”), together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Borrower will deliver to Bank the certificate or certificates for the Shares, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares, Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Bank may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Bank and cause new certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Bank or its transferee. Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Bank may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Shares. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Shares and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 5    January 16, 2019


5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is incorporated and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral States. The Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has not received notice of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Account. No licenses or agreements giving rise to such Accounts is with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

5.4 Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Other than this Agreement, Borrower is not a party to, or bound by, any agreement that restricts the grant by Borrower of a security interest in the Intellectual Property.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office and principal place of business of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Article 10 hereof.

5.6 Litigation. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings, at law or in equity, pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, administrative agency, or arbitrator in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 6    January 16, 2019


5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T, U, and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower is in compliance with all Environmental Laws except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any Equity Interests of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.11 Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Restricted Agreements. Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any Restricted Agreement.

5.13 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

5.14 Shares. Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. There are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares. The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. The Shares are not the subject of any present (or threatened in writing) suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings.

5.15 No Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ organizational existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 7    January 16, 2019


good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, and income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; provided, however, that such financial statements for Borrower’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 shall be delivered to Bank no later than January 31, 2019; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; (vi) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time, provided, that Borrower shall deliver to Bank Board of Directors approved financial plans within sixty (60) days of the previous fiscal year end; and (vii) upon Bank’s request, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property.

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable, (ii) a committed monthly recurring revenue report, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer, and (iii) a trailing three (3) month renewal rate report (or similar report as currently prepared by Borrower as of the Amended and Restated Effective Date), in form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, together with written confirmation that the amount of such advances are available to be requested.

(c) As soon as possible and in any event within three (3) calendar days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower’s expense; provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 8    January 16, 2019


Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the intellectual property report, the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Amended and Restated Effective Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.4 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.

6.5 Insurance. Borrower will keep the Collateral in good condition and will protect it from loss, damage, or deterioration from any cause. Borrower has and will maintain at all times (a) with respect to the Collateral, insurance under a “special form” policy against fire, theft, explosion and sprinklers, and in such amounts, as customarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof, and (b) public liability insurance and other insurance as may be required by law or reasonably required by Bank. All personal property and hazard insurance policies shall be with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in amount, form and content, and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations as Borrower, and shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement in favor of and acceptable to Bank. All general liability insurance policies shall be with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in amount, form and content, and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations as Borrower, and shall show Bank as an additional insured. All such policies shall contain a provision whereby they may not be canceled except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Bank. Borrower will promptly deliver to Bank, at Bank’s request, evidence satisfactory to Bank that such insurance has been so procured and, with respect to casualty insurance, made payable to Bank. Borrower hereby appoints Bank, or any employee or agent of Bank, as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest and irrevocable, and authorizes Bank, or any employee or agent of Bank, on behalf of Borrower, to adjust and compromise any loss under said insurance and to endorse any check or draft payable to Borrower in connection with returned or unearned premiums on said insurance or the proceeds of said insurance, and any amount so collected may be applied toward satisfaction of the Obligations; provided, however, that Bank shall not be required hereunder so to act. If Borrower fails to maintain insurance called for by this Section 6.5, Bank has the option (but not the obligation) to do so and Borrower agrees to repay all amounts so expended to Bank immediately upon demand, together with interest at the highest lawful default rate which could be charged by Bank on any Obligations. Such amounts so expended by Bank shall constitute Obligations secured by this Agreement.

6.6 Accounts. Borrower shall maintain its primary depository, operating and investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (subject to control agreements). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall maintain at all times at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in Cash at Bank.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 9    January 16, 2019


6.7 Financial Covenants. Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Minimum Cash. Borrower shall at all times maintain a balance of Cash at Bank and Cash at Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement of not less Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

(b) Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue. Borrower shall maintain at all times, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Net Operating Income for the trailing twelve (12) month period as of such date, plus (ii) the Change in Deferred Revenue for the trailing twelve (12) month period as of such date (the “Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue”), of no less than the following amounts for each period specified (provided, however, that Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue for the last day of each fiscal quarter (x) for the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2019 through and including December 31, 2019 shall be determined by Bank based on receipt of Borrower’s 2019 board approved plan (which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) so long as such plan is received by Bank within the period specified in Section 6.2(vi), and (y) for the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2020 through and including December 31, 2020 shall be determined by Bank based on receipt of Borrower’s 2020 board approved plan (which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) so long as such plan is received by Bank within the period specified in Section 6.2(vi), in each case under clauses (x) and (y), at levels for the applicable fiscal quarter set at (1) 80% of the applicable board approved plan if the Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue target for any fiscal quarter in the plan is a positive number, or (2) 120% of the applicable board approved plan if the Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue target in the plan for any fiscal quarter is a negative number; provided, further, that if Bank has not received the applicable board approved plan within the period specified in Section 6.2(vi) or such board approved plan is not acceptable to Bank, the Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue shall be set by Bank in its sole discretion (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)):

 

Quarter Ending

  

Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue

December 31, 2018    $(11,500,000)
March 31, 2019 and thereafter    Based on Borrower’s applicable board approved plan (which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) in accordance with the paragraph above

 

*

By way of example only, if (i) the Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue target in the plan for the quarter ending March 31, 2019 is ($10,000,000), Borrower satisfies this covenant provided its Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue is no less than ($12,000,000), and (ii) the Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue target in the plan for the quarter ending March 31, 2019 is $10,000,000, Borrower satisfies this covenant provided its Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue is no less than $8,000,000.

6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

(b) Borrower shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of those trade secrets, Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights that Borrower determines, in its reasonable judgment, to be material to Borrower’s business, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 10    January 16, 2019


6.9 Notice of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material license or agreement, Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition.

6.10 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or subject to Section 6.6, move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office or principal place of business without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without ten (10) days prior written notification to Bank (unless such prior written notification is not commercially practicable, in which event Borrower shall provide written notification to Bank promptly (and in no event later than five (5) days) following such replacement; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or property of another Person, or enter into any agreement to do any of the same, except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

7.5 Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

7.6 Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any Equity Interests, except that Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase.

7.7 Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 11    January 16, 2019


has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower. Further, Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and (ii) the sale of Borrower’s Equity Interests to its existing venture capital investors or their Affiliates, each upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt and the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision of any document evidencing such Subordinated Debt, except in compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Article 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and (ii) taken all necessary action as requested by Bank in order to ensure that assets located at such locations are secured and that Bank has a perfected, first priority Lien on such assets (including, without limitation, executing additional security documentation and obtaining landlord waivers, mortgage waivers, bailee waivers, or equipment waivers in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank).

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2, 6.6, 6.7 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within fifteen (15) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the fifteen (15) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such fifteen (15) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, so long as Borrower continues to diligently attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 12    January 16, 2019


8.3 Material Adverse Effect. If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Defective Perfection. If Bank shall receive at any time following the Amended and Restated Effective Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in the report;

8.5 Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.6 Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.7 Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.8 Subordinated Debt. If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent the payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

8.9 Judgements. If one or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

8.10 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 13    January 16, 2019


(b) Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, or outstanding Credit Card Services, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, or outstanding Credit Card Services, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, or Credit Card Services fees, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) payments received by Bank, (ii) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (iii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, and Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(h) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(i) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 14    January 16, 2019


Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other Person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 15    January 16, 2019


9.8 Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

9.9 Shares. Borrower recognizes that Bank may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Shares, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in federal securities laws and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Bank shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Shares for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under federal securities laws or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

10. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    ON24, INC.
   50 Beale Street, 8th Floor
   San Francisco, CA 94105
   Attn: Ian Halifax
   FAX: (415) 369-8070
If to Bank:    Comerica Bank
  

M/C 7578

39200 Six Mile Rd.

   Livonia, MI 48152
   Attn: National Documentation Services
with a copy to:    Comerica Bank
   333 West Santa Clara Street, 12th Floor
   San Jose, CA 95113
   Attn: Robert Shutt
   FAX: (415) 477-3260

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, AND JURISDICTION; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

11.1 THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS. BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY (I) CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF, (II) AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO OR OTHERWISE CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 16    January 16, 2019


OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ALL CLAIMS FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, SHALL SOLELY AND EXCLUSIVELY BE BROUGHT, HEARD, AND DETERMINED (LITIGATED) IN SUCH COURTS, (III) ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, (IV) WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED UPON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO BRINGING OR MAINTAINING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION, AND (V) AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY SUCH OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF BANK TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY LIENS OR SECURITY INTERESTS IN FAVOR OF BANK ON ANY OF BORROWER’S PROPERTIES OR ASSETS.

11.2 JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

12. JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Judicial Reference Provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference proceeding pursuant to this Judicial Reference Provision as provided herein.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 17    January 16, 2019


12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 18    January 16, 2019


13. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

13.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

13.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD BANK HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ALL LOSSES, COSTS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IN-HOUSE AND OUTSIDE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS, INCURRED BY BANK IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY LOANS OR TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY OR BY REASON OF ANY DEFAULT OR EVENT OF DEFAULT, OR ENFORCING THE OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWER OR ANY LOAN PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, OR IN EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES OF BANK OR IN THE PROSECUTION OR DEFENSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING CONCERNING ANY MATTER GROWING OUT OF OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE, AND THE BORROWER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SUCH LOSSES, COSTS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR EXPENSES, TO THE EXTENT (BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT) THE SAME ARISE OR RESULT FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF BANK OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE REPAYMENT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS AND SATISFACTION OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWER TO BANK AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

13.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

13.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

13.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by the parties. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

13.7 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

13.8 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the parent, subsidiaries, or Affiliates and service providers of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees, participants, or purchasers of any interest in the Obligations, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 19    January 16, 2019


order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, (v) to Bank’s accountants, auditors and regulators, and (vi) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

13.9 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Prior Loan and Security Agreement. All security interests granted under the Prior Loan and Security Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

Comerica Bank – 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Page 20    January 16, 2019


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

ON24, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ian Halifax

Name:   Ian Halifax
Title:   CFO
COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/ Robert Shutt

Name:   Robert Shutt
Title:   SVP

 

 

Comerica Bank - 5th A&R Loan and Security Agreement   Signature Page    January 16, 2019


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” mean all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Advance” or “Advances” mean a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Amended and Restated Effective Date” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

“Bank Expenses” mean all reasonable costs or expenses (including, without limit, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, amendment, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of Borrower.

“Borrower State” means Delaware, the state under whose laws Borrower is organized.

“Borrower’s Books” mean all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to 100% of the trailing six (6) months annually contracted Subscription Revenue, multiplied by the trailing twelve (12) months Retention Rate.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means the certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Change in Control” shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of Equity Interests then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Change in Deferred Revenue” means, an amount measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, equal to (x) the deferred revenue balance (determined in accordance with GAAP), minus (y) the deferred revenue balance (determined in accordance with GAAP) as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

“Chief Executive Office State” means California, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


“Closing Date” has the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) constitutes the Equity Interests of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of Equity Interests of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is California.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued or provided for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Bank in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” mean any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Card Services” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(b)(iv).

“Credit Card Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for corporate credit cards and e-commerce or merchant account services under the Revolving Line not to exceed Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000).

“Credit Commitments” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.6.

“Credit Extension” means each Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Dollars” mean lawful money of the United States.

“Environmental Laws” mean all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal, state, municipal, local, foreign, or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


“Equity Interests” mean, with respect to any Person, the capital stock, partnership, membership or limited liability company interest, or other equity securities or equity ownership interest of such Person.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d) all Contingent Obligations, and (e) all obligations arising under the Credit Card Services Sublimit, if any.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)

Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and, service marks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

(b)

Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(c)

Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(d)

Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

(e)

All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights; and

 

(f)

All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents. “Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including Equity Interests) of any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed Three Million Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($3,850,000).

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum, any guaranty, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Minimum Net Operating Income / Deferred Revenue” has the meaning assigned in Section 6.7(b).

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Net Operating Income” means, with reference to any twelve (12) month period, earnings (inclusive of Borrower’s Insight24 operations) during such period before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expense and one-time extraordinary items (such as non-cash write-offs and discontinued operations) not to exceed $50,000 per annum.

“New Equity” means net cash proceeds received after the Amended and Restated Effective Date from the sale or issuance of Borrower’s equity securities.

“Obligations” mean all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Patents” mean all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” mean all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

 

(a)

Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(b)

Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(c)

Indebtedness not to exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(d)

Subordinated Debt;

 

(e)

Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


(f)

Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

 

(a)

Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(b)

(i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Service or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts and deposit accounts;

 

(c)

Repurchases of stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

 

(d)

Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

 

(e)

Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower;

 

(f)

Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of Equity Interests of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(g)

Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(h)

Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

 

(i)

Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

“Permitted Liens” mean the following:

 

(a)

Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)

Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


(c)

Liens securing Indebtedness not to exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

 

(d)

Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (e) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase; and

 

(e)

Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) or 8.9 (judgments).

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

 

(a)

Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)

Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)

Worn-out or obsolete Equipment; or

 

(d)

Other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Referenced Rate Addendum” means the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum, dated as of the Amended and Restated Effective Date, by and between Bank and Borrower (as it may be amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time and attached hereto as Exhibit F).

“Prohibited Territory” means any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Corporate Controller of Borrower.

“Restricted Agreement” is any material license or other material agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and “open source” licenses) to which Borrower is a party or under which Borrower is bound (including licenses and agreements under which Borrower is the licensee): (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from assigning to Bank, or granting to Bank a Lien in, Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement, the rights arising thereunder or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of such license or contract could interfere with the Bank’s right to use, license, sell or collect any Collateral or otherwise exercise its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or applicable law.

“Retention Rate” means, with respect to any period, the quotient of (a) (i) the total bookings value of Borrower’s subscription contracts on the last day of such period, minus (ii) the total bookings value of Borrower’s subscription contracts entered into with new customers during such period, divided by (b) the total bookings value of Borrower’s subscription contracts on the first day of such period; provided, however, that the Retention Rate shall not exceed 1.0 (i.e. 100%) for any period.

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) (inclusive of the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit); provided, however, that in the event the Borrower receives New Equity of not less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) from investors acceptable to Bank, “Revolving Line” shall mean Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) (inclusive of the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit).

“Revolving Maturity Date” means January 31, 2020; provided, however, that in the event the Borrower receives New Equity of not less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) from investors acceptable to Bank, “Revolving Maturity Date” shall mean January 31, 2021.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any. “Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

“SOS Reports” mean the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subscription Revenue” means all of Borrower’s recurring subscription revenue (determined in accordance with GAAP); provided, however, that if Borrower, in Bank’s sole reasonable discretion, receives an unsatisfactory audit of Accounts or appraisal of Collateral, as outlined in Section 6.2(d), Bank may change the standards of eligibility by giving Borrower thirty (30) days’ prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, “Subscription Revenue” shall not include subscription revenue from: (a) any account debtor that is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business, (b) any contract that is not renewed within thirty (30) days of such contract’s renewal date and (c) any recurring revenue from Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay Borrower more than twenty-five percent (25%) of amounts due to Borrower under all of its contracts with Borrower within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date, in each case without Bank’s written consent.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interests of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Trademarks” mean any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“United States” means the United States of America.

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit A      January 16, 2019


DEBTOR    ON24, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Debtor of every kind, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including but not limited to: (a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and (b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks and servicemarks (whether registered or not) and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of December 24, 1999, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 

 

Comerica Bank –Exhibit B      January 16, 2019

Exhibit 10.11

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as of July 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) between ON24, Inc., with an office located at 201 3rd Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94103 (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and InfoHorizon, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company with offices located at 6548 Dorset Ln, Solon, OH 44139 (hereinafter referred to as the “Consultant”).

AGREEMENT:

Article 1 – Scope of Work

1.1 Services – The Company hereby engages Consultant, in an independent contractor relationship, to provide services (“Services”) as described in one or more Statements of Work that are attached hereto or are otherwise subject to the terms of this Agreement (each a “SOW”). A SOW will become binding when both parties have signed it, and once signed, the Consultant will be obligated to provide the Services as specified therein.

Consultant will determine the method, details, and means of performing the Services. Consultant may, at its sole expense, use its employees and/or subcontractors, to perform the Services under this Agreement; provided, however, all such employees and subcontractors must have the necessary skills and abilities to perform the task required by the Company. Consultant shall be responsible and liable for all work performed by and all actions and inactions of any subcontractors (including any affiliates that may be used by Consultant to perform Services) that are involved in the provision of any Services pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant must promptly inform Company in writing or via email of any and all subcontractors it uses to perform Services.

1.2 Confidentiality

a. Definition of Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means any technical and non-technical information related to the Company’s business, including for example and without limitation, current, future and proposed products and services of Company, Company Innovations, Company Property (as defined in Section 1.3 (“Ownership and Return of Confidential Information and Company Property”)), and Company’s information concerning equipment, hardware, networks, passwords, products, inventions, concepts, designs, drawings, schematics, plans, production specifications, source code, libraries, agents, applets, script, Javascript, object classes, software architecture, object code, flowcharts, source listings, software-related documentation, databases, structures, formulas, algorithms, techniques, processes, circuits, computer disks or tapes whether machine or user readable, market data, financial information, information and data regarding suppliers, customers, marketing, sales, prospects, forecasts, engineering, procurement, research and development and any information that may be made known to Consultant that Company has received from others that Company is obligated to treat as confidential or proprietary. Confidential Information shall include all copies, reproductions, photographs, images, records, and extracts thereof, as well as all notes and summaries prepared by Consultant relating to Confidential Information.

b. Nondisclosure and Nonuse Obligations. Except as permitted in this Section, Consultant, as well as its employees and subcontractors, shall not use, copy, modify, disseminate or in any way disclose the Confidential Information. Consultant may use the Confidential Information solely to perform Services for the benefit of Company. Consultant shall treat all Confidential Information with the same degree of care as Consultant accords to Consultant’s own confidential information, but in no case shall Consultant use less than reasonable care. Consultant shall disclose Confidential Information only to those of Consultant’s employees and subcontractors who have a need to know such information. Consultant represents and warrants that every employee and subcontractor of Consultant (and every employee of each such subcontractor) that is directly or indirectly involved in the performance of Services

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 1


or otherwise has access to Confidential Information (collectively, “Consultant Representatives”) will have agreed in writing, either as a condition of employment or in order to obtain the Confidential Information, to be bound by written terms and conditions at least as protective as those terms and conditions applicable to Consultant under this Agreement. Consultant shall immediately give notice to Company of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information. Consultant shall assist Company in remedying any such unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information. Consultant agrees not to communicate any information to Company in violation of the proprietary rights of any third party.

c. Exclusions from Nondisclosure and Nonuse Obligations. Consultant’s obligations under Section 1.2(b) shall not apply to any Confidential Information that Consultant can demonstrate (a) was in the public domain at or subsequent to the time such Confidential Information was communicated to Consultant by Company through no fault of Consultant; or (b) was rightfully in Consultant’s possession free of any obligation of confidence at or subsequent to the time such Confidential Information was communicated to Consultant by Company. A disclosure of any Confidential Information by Consultant (i) in response to a valid order by a court or other governmental body or (ii) as otherwise required by law shall not be considered to be a breach of this Agreement or a waiver of confidentiality for other purposes; provided, however, that Consultant shall provide prompt prior written notice thereof to Company to enable Company to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent such disclosure.

d. The obligations contained in this Section 1.2 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

1.3 Ownership and Return of Confidential Information and Company Property. All Confidential Information and any materials (including, without limitation, documents, drawings, papers, diskettes, tapes, models, apparatus, sketches, designs and lists) furnished to Consultant by Company, whether delivered to Consultant by Company or made by Consultant in the performance of Services under this Agreement and whether or not they contain or disclose Confidential Information (collectively, the “Company Property”), are the sole and exclusive property of Company or Company’s suppliers or customers. Consultant agrees to keep all Company Property at Consultant’s premises unless otherwise permitted in writing by Company. Within five (5) days after any request by Company, Consultant shall destroy or deliver to Company, at Company’s option, (a) all Company Property and (b) all materials in Consultant’s possession or control that contain or disclose any Confidential Information. Consultant will provide Company a written certification of Consultant’s compliance with Consultant’s obligations under this Section.

1.4 Disclosure and Assignment of Work Resulting from SOWs.

a. “Innovations” and “Company Innovations” Definitions. “Innovations” means all discoveries, designs, developments, improvements, inventions (whether or not protectable under patent laws), works of authorship, information fixed in any tangible medium of expression (whether or not protectable under copyright laws), trade secrets, know-how, and ideas (whether or not protectable under trade secret laws). “Company Innovations” means Innovations that Consultant, solely or jointly with others, conceives, develops or reduces to practice related to any SOW.

b. Disclosure and Assignment of Company Innovations. Consultant agrees to maintain adequate and current records of all Company Innovations, which records shall be and remain the property of the Company. Consultant agrees to promptly disclose and describe to the Company all Company Innovations. Consultant agrees that this is a “work made for hire” agreement and, except for Consultant’s rights in Out-of-Scope Innovations, Consultant hereby does and will assign to Company (and Company shall be the sole and exclusive owner of) all right, title and interest, including all patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark right and other intellectual property and proprietary rights, in and to all deliverables, Company Innovations and other work product created or provided by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement or any SOW and all associated records (“Work Product”). To the extent any of the rights, title and interest in and to Company Innovations cannot be assigned by Consultant to the Company, Consultant hereby grants to the Company an exclusive, royalty-free, transferable, irrevocable, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to practice such non-assignable rights, title and interest. To the extent any of the rights, title and interest in and to the Company Innovations can neither be assigned nor licensed by Consultant to the Company, Consultant hereby irrevocably waives and agrees never to assert such non-assignable and non-licensable rights, title and interest against the Company or any of the Company’s successors in interest.

 

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 2


c. Assistance. Consultant agrees to perform, during and after the term of this Agreement, all acts that the Company deems necessary or desirable to permit and assist the Company, at its expense, in obtaining, perfecting and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Company Innovations as provided to the Company under this Agreement. If the Company is unable for any reason to secure Consultant’s signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the assignment of any rights under any Company Innovations as provided under this Agreement, Consultant hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and the Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as Consultant’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Consultant’s behalf and instead of Consultant to take all lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment, issuance and enforcement of rights under such Company Innovations, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Consultant. The foregoing is deemed a power coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

d. Out-of-Scope Innovations. Consultant must describe and identify in each SOW the Innovations that Consultant intends to use in performing Services under such SOW which is either owned by Consultant or is licensed by a third party to Consultant with a right to sublicense, and which exists prior to the effective date of the applicable SOW (collectively, the “Out-of-Scope Innovations”). If Consultant incorporates any Out-of-Scope Innovations into any of the Company Innovations, then Consultant hereby grants to the Company and the Company’s designees a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, fully paid-up license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to practice all patent, copyright, moral right, mask work, trade secret and other intellectual property rights relating to such Out-of-Scope Innovations.

Article 2 – Independent Contractor

2.1 Independent Contractor – Consultant’s relationship with Company will be that of an independent contractor. Neither Consultant nor any Consultant Representative shall be deemed an employee, partner, or co-venture of, or an agent of, the Company, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be construed to, create a partnership, agency, joint venture, employment or similar relationship. Consultant is not authorized to speak for, represent, or obligate the Company in any manner without the prior express written authorization from an officer of the Company.

2.2 Taxes - Consultant shall be responsible for all taxes arising from compensation and other amounts paid under this Agreement. Neither federal, nor state, nor local income tax, nor payroll tax of any kind, shall be withheld or paid by the Company on behalf of Consultant or any Consultant Representative. Consultant understands that it is responsible for paying Consultant’s taxes in accordance with applicable law. Consultant will file, on a timely basis, all tax returns and payments required to be filed with, or made to, any federal, state or local tax authority with respect to the performance of services and receipt of fees under this Agreement.

2.3 Compensation & Benefits - Consultant shall compensate its employees and subcontractors in accordance with all applicable labor and employment and other laws. Consultant hereby accepts exclusive liability for complying with all applicable laws governing self-employed individuals, including obligations such as payment of taxes, social security, disability and other contributions based on fees paid to Consultant, under this Agreement. Neither Consultant nor any Consultant Representative of Consultant will be eligible for, or have the right to participate in, any employee pension, health, welfare, or other fringe benefit plan, of the Company. No workers’ compensation insurance shall be obtained by Company covering Consultant or the Consultant Representatives.

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH            Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 3


2.4 Insurance - Consultant, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain all insurance coverage required by federal or state or other applicable law. Consultant shall also, at its sole cost and expense, maintain the level of comprehensive general liability insurance, worker’s compensation, and other insurance coverage that is appropriate under the circumstances for the Services. Consultant hereby waives any and all claims against the Company except as may be specifically set forth in this Agreement.

2.5 Indemnity - Consultant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Company (i) with respect to any claims for non-payment of wages or other related claims from the Consultant Representatives and its employees, and (ii) for any breach of or non-compliance with respect to this Section 2.

Article 3 – Compensation for Consulting Services

3.1 Compensation - Company will pay Consultant fees for Services rendered under this Agreement as set forth in the applicable SOW subject to the terms herein and therein. Consultant shall only be reimbursed for expenses that are expressly approved for reimbursement in a SOW or in writing by an authorized representative of Company, and only then if such expenses are incurred accordance with Company’s Travel and Expense Policy and Consultant submits verification of such expenses as Company may require. Payment of Consultant’s fees, and expenses if applicable, will be in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the applicable SOW. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason other than Consultant’s material breach of this Agreement or an SOW, Consultant will be paid any undisputed previously unpaid fees on a pro rata basis as stated in the SOW for work which has been completed, to and including the effective date of such termination.

Article 4 – Term and Termination

4.1 Term - This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date set forth above and will terminate on the later of the five year anniversary of the Effective Date or the day the last remaining SOW expires or is terminated, unless terminated earlier as set forth below. Consultant acknowledges that the Company makes no commitment to providing work for the Consultant subsequent to any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

4.2 Termination

a. By the Company. The Company may terminate this Agreement and any SOW without cause at any time, with termination effective 90 days after Company’s delivery to Consultant of written notice of termination. Company also may terminate this Agreement (a) immediately upon Consultant’s breach of Sections 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 or Article 6 or (b) immediately for a material breach of this Agreement or any SOW by Consultant if such material breach is not cured within 10 days after the date of Company’s written notice of breach or (c) Consultant conducts themselves in any manner which, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, brings or is likely to bring the Company into disrepute by association or (d) Consultant is found to be incompetent, guilty of gross misconduct and/or any serious or persistent negligence in the provisions of his Services hereunder, or (e) Consultant materially and intentionally misrepresents its capabilities.

b. By Consultant. Consultant may terminate this Agreement and any SOW without cause at any time, with termination effective 90 days after Consultant’s delivery to Company of written notice of termination. Consultant may terminate this Agreement for a material breach by Company if Company’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement is not cured within thirty (30) days after the date of Consultant’s written notice of breach.

c. Effect of Expiration or Termination. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Company shall pay Consultant for Services performed under this Agreement as set forth in each then active SOW (s).

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 4


Article 5 – Warranties.

5.1 Warranties - Consultant represents and warrants to Company that: (i) the Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with current industry standards by qualified personnel with the necessary skills and qualifications to perform the Services in accordance with this Agreement, (ii) the Services and Work Product (and performance, creation and/or delivery thereof) shall comply with and all applicable laws and regulations; (iii) it shall not breach this Agreement; and (iv) Company’s use of the Services, Work Product and Company Innovations shall not infringe any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property or proprietary right of any person or entity.

Article 6 – Non Interference and No Conflicts.

6.1 Non Interference with Business

a. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of 1 year following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Consultant agrees not to solicit or induce any employee of Company to terminate or breach an employment, contractual or other relationship with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to employees who independently respond to indirect solicitations (such as general newspaper advertisements, employment agency referrals and internet postings) not targeting such employees or to employees who no longer work for Company at the time of any solicitation or offer.

b. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of 1 year following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Company agrees not to intentionally solicit or induce any employee or subcontractor of Consultant directly involved in the performance of Services under this Agreement to terminate or breach an employment, contractual or other relationship with the Consultant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to employees or subcontractors who independently respond to indirect solicitations (such as general newspaper advertisements, employment agency referrals and internet postings) not targeting such employees or to employees who no longer work for Consultant at the time of any solicitation or offer. Consultant represents that all of its subcontractors directly involved in the performance of Services under this Agreement are named in Exhibit A hereto. Consultant may update the list from time to time by emailing Company’s CTO, Jayesh Sayeshi (and Consultant represents the accuracy of any and all such updates).

6.2 No Conflicts. During the term of this Agreement, Consultant will not accept work, enter into a contract or accept an obligation inconsistent or incompatible with Consultant’s obligations, or the scope of Services to be rendered for the Company, under this Agreement. Consultant warrants that, to the best of Consultant’s knowledge, there is no other existing contract or duty on Consultant’s part that conflicts with or is inconsistent with this Agreement. Consultant agrees to indemnify the Company from any and all loss or liability incurred by reason of the alleged breach by Consultant of any services agreement or other arrangement with any third party.

Article 7 – Indemnification

7.1 Third Party Claims. The Company assumes all responsibility for usage by Consultant in accordance with this Agreement of the information and/or specifications that it provides to Consultant specifically for incorporation into the Services. Company agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Consultant for third party claims arising from Consultant’s use in accordance with this Agreement of information and/or specifications provided by Company to the extent such claims allege that such use infringes or otherwise violates the rights of a third party.

7.2 Consultant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Company and its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any and all claims and all related losses, expenses, damages, costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (collectively, “Claims”) arising from or related to (i) Consultant’s use of any information or other materials in the performance of the Services not provided by Company which infringe or otherwise violate the rights of a third party, (ii) any of the Consultant’s employees and Consultant Representatives; (iii) neglect, acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct by Consultant and Consultant Representatives; (iv) any claims that Consultant violated or infringed the intellectual property rights of any third party; or (v) breach of this Agreement or violation of any contract or applicable law, rule, or regulation by Consultant or Consultant Representatives.

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 5


Article 8 – Limitation of Liability

8.1 Limitation of Liability – Except in the event of a breach of Sections 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 or Article 6 or pursuant to Article 5 or 7, neither party (i) will be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages or lost profits (however arising, including negligence) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, and (ii) will be liable to the other party in an amount greater than the aggregate amounts paid or payable by the Company hereunder. This limitation of each party’s liability is cumulative, with all payments for claims or damages in connection with this Agreement being aggregated to determine satisfaction of the limit. The existence of one or more claims will not enlarge the limit.

Article 9 – General Provisions

9.1 Construction of Terms - If any provision of this Agreement is held unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, that provision shall be severed and shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions.

9.2 Governing Law - This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the United States of America and by the laws of the State of California, without reference to conflict of laws principles.

9.3 Complete Agreement - This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement and sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior discussions and understandings in respect to the subject of this Agreement, whether written or oral.

9.4 Dispute Resolution - If there is any dispute or controversy between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the parties agree that such dispute or controversy will be arbitrated in San Francisco, California in accordance with proceedings under American Arbitration Association rules, and such arbitration will be the exclusive dispute resolution method under this Agreement. The decision and award determined by such arbitration will be final and binding upon both parties. All costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expert’s fees, of all parties incurred in any dispute which is determined and/or settled by arbitration pursuant to this Agreement will be borne by the party determined to be liable in respect of such dispute; provided, however, that if complete liability is not assessed against only one party, the parties will share the total costs in proportion to their respective amounts of liability so determined. Except where clearly prevented by the area in dispute, both parties agree to continue performing their respective obligations under this Agreement until the dispute is resolved.

9.5 Waiver of Breach - The waiver by a party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach by the party in breach.

9.6 Notices - All notices, requests and other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows: (a) by personal delivery, when actually delivered; (b) by overnight courier, upon written verification of receipt; (c) by facsimile transmission, upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth above or to such other address as either party may provide in writing.

9.7 Successors and Assigns - This Agreement may not be assigned by Consultant without the Company’s prior, written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and no effect.

9.8 Survivability - The definitions contained in this Agreement and Sections 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, Articles 2-3, Section 4.2(c), and Articles 6 - 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 6


9.9 Severability - If any provision of this Agreement is for any reason declared to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. Such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable, and if no modification shall render it valid and enforceable, this Agreement shall be construed as if not containing such provision and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

9.10 Amendment, Waiver, Modification or Termination - No amendment, waiver or termination or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing and signed by both parties and dated subsequent to the date hereof. Performance of work by Consultant and/or acceptance of payment by Consultant for work performed and/or work to be performed for the Company beyond the scope of this Agreement does not constitute acceptance of amendments or modifications to this Agreement nor shall they be binding.

9.11 Publicity and Public Announcements - Consultant shall not issue any press release nor make any public statement regarding this Agreement (including the terms and existence thereof) or the relationship of the parties without Company’s prior written approval which may be withheld in Company’s sole discretion. Nothing herein shall require Company to approve the issuance of a press release or obligate Company to participate in a press release with Consultant.

9.12 Injunctive Relief for Breach - Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement are of unique character that gives them particular value; breach of any of such obligations will result in irreparable and continuing damage to Company for which there will be no adequate remedy at law; in the event of such breach, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other and further relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate).

9.13 Force Majeure - The parties shall not be liable to each other for any failure or delay of performance of any obligations hereunder where such failure or delay shall have been wholly or principally caused by acts or events beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, fire, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, war, riots, strikes, applicable governmental law or regulation imposed after the date of signing of this agreement, lockouts, communication link failures, computer viruses and third party software or hardware failures or defects; provided, however, that if such force majeure event continues for more than ten (10) days, either party may terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall have no obligation to pay for services not actually performed by Consultant.

9.14 Observance of Company Rules. To the extent Consultant performs any services while on the Company’s premises, Consultant will observe and comply the Company’s rules and regulations with respect to conduct, health, safety and protection of persons and property.

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Consulting Agreement:

 

Consultant:

By:   /s/ Chandra K. Jain
Name: Chandra K. Jain
Title: Principal

Company:

By:   /S/ A. Hamer

Name: A. Hamer

Title: CFO

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 8


Exhibit A – List of all of Consultant’s Subcontractors

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 9


 

STATEMENT OF WORK NUMBER ONE BETWEEN ON24, INC. AND INFOHORIZON, LLC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO


Statement of Work Number One

This Statement of Work Number One (this “SOW”) is entered into by ON24, Inc., with an office located at 201 3rd Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94103 (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and InfoHorizon, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company with an office located at 6548 Dorset Ln, Solon, OH 44139 (hereinafter referred to as the “Consultant”, and together with Company, the “Parties”) as of July 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”). This is SOW is incorporated by reference into and shall be governed by the terms of the Consulting Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Parties dated July 1, 2010. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Agreement and this SOW, the terms of this SOW shall control. Any terms used but not defined herein shall take their meaning from the Agreement.

Selection & Management of Resources

 

   

The Company shall identify Services it wants performed by Consultant on an as-needed basis.

 

   

The Consultant will identify the appropriate personnel of Consultant and its subcontractors to perform Services based on Company’s requirements. Company shall then be entitled to confer with the selected personnel at no cost to Company to decide whether it is willing to allow Consultant to use such personnel to perform Services. Company has the right to approve which personnel shall perform Services (all personnel which has or is performing Services being “Resources”). Consultant represents and warrants that no personnel may be used to perform Services unless approved in advance by Company, and shall indemnify Company for any non-compliance.

 

   

The Consultant shall be solely responsible for managing the Resources and shall provide appropriate equipment, office space and means of communication for the Resources to perform the Services

 

   

The Company may request additional personnel to perform Services at any time and the Consultant shall identify appropriate personnel and make available those additional Resources selected by Company as soon as possible.

 

   

Consultant is responsible for providing appropriate Resources to meet project deadlines and staffing levels. In the event of fluctuations in staffing due to office closures (National Holidays) and other absences, Consultant will work with the Company to ensure proper support and minimize any disruption in service.

 

   

Consultant shall stop using a Resource to perform Services (i) immediately upon request of Company if Company reasonably believes a breach of this SOW occurred by virtue of such Resource, or (ii) in any other event, within 2 weeks of request by Company.

 

   

Company agrees to:

 

   

Identify and prioritize tasks for the project team.

 

   

Ensure there is sufficient work load assigned for the team to work in full-time capacity.

 

   

Provide ON24 requirements in a timely manner.

 

   

Review and sign off on requirements, designs and test procedures within mutually agreed upon timeframes.

 

   

Answer questions and resolve requirements issues within mutually agreed upon timeframes.

 

   

Participate in regularly scheduled project status meetings.

 

   

Purchase any third party software licenses it requires for the development, integration and testing of Company’s software.

Services & Work Product

All services performed by Resources shall be Services and all deliverables and other work created by Resources shall be Work Product.

Fees:

The Company will only be charged for the number of hours (rounded to the nearest quarter hour) that Resources perform Services pursuant to this SOW. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the terms and conditions herein, in the event the work related to the Services requested by Company falls below full-time capacity for any Resource performing Services during the term of this SOW, the Company shall still be responsible for paying Consultant the fees that correspond to 8 hours per working day per such Resource actively performing Services that day.

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 2


Billing rates for Resources shall be as mutually agreed upon by the parties.

Consultant will invoice Company on a monthly basis and all undisputed amounts will be due forty-five (45) days following Company’s receipt of invoice.

Additional Terms:

 

   

The fees in this SOW do not include hosting, hardware, SSL and any software license costs. Such costs, if any, will be paid for by the Company. Consultant shall not incur any such costs without Company’s prior written consent.

 

   

No expenses incurred by Consultant shall be payable by Company unless approved by Company in advance in writing.

 

   

Starting with amounts payable by Company for Services performed on or after July 1, 2013, Consultant may require that 1% interest per month be added to any amount not paid within 75 days of when such amount becomes past due in accordance with this SOW. Consultant shall be required to inform Company in writing of its decision to require the application of interest to applicable amounts on an invoice, and must wait to do so until the requisite 75 day period is complete. Interest shall only apply to the period of time until payment is made following Company’s receipt of a compliant notice from Consultant. For purposes of clarity, the parties agree that no interest shall apply to any amounts relating to Services performed prior to July 1, 2013.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this SOW to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, as of the Effective Date.

 

Company:
By: /s/ A. Hamer                                
Name: A. Hamer                                
Title: CFO                                           
InfoHorizon, LLC
By: /s/ Chandra K. Jain                      
Name: Chandra K. Jain
Title: Principal

 

 

 

Company Initial     AH                Consultant Initial     CJ                Page 3

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

LOGO

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

 

  1.

Introduction

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of ON24 Inc. (“ON24”) who is a non-employee director of ON24 (each such member, a “Non-Employee Director”) will receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (“Policy”) for his or her Board service.

This Policy may be amended at any time in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

  2.

Annual Cash Compensation

Commencing at the beginning of the first fiscal quarter following the closing of the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of ON24’s common stock (“Common Stock”), each Non-Employee Director will receive the cash compensation set forth below for service on the Board. The annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service. All annual cash fees are vested upon payment. A Non-Employee Director is entitled to receive each retainer for which he or she qualifies below (unless otherwise set forth below)

 

  (a)

Annual Board Service Retainer:

 

  a.

All Non-Employee Directors: $30,000

 

  (b)

Annual Committee Member Service Retainer:

 

  a.

Member of the Audit Committee: $10,000

 

  b.

Member of the Compensation Committee: $6,000

 

  c.

Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee: $3,750

 

  (c)

Annual Committee Chair Service Retainer (in lieu of Committee Member Service Retainer):

 

  a.

Chair of the Audit Committee: $20,000

 

  b.

Chair of the Compensation Committee: $12,000

 

  c.

Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee: $7,500

 

  3.

Equity Compensation

Equity awards will be granted under ON24’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

(a) Initial Appointment Equity Grant. On appointment to the Board, and without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, at the close of business on the day of such appointment, a Non-Employee Director will be automatically granted a Restricted Stock Unit Award


for Common Stock having a value of $450,000 based on the average Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the underlying Common Stock for the 20 trading days prior to and ending on the date of grant (the “Initial RSU”). Each Initial RSU will vest over three years, with one-third of the Initial RSU vesting on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of grant.

(b)    Automatic Equity Grants. Without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, at the close of business on the date of each Annual Meeting of ON24’s stockholders (“Annual Meeting”), each person who is then a Non-Employee Director will automatically receive a Restricted Stock Unit Award for Common Stock having a value of $175,000 based on the average Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the underlying Common Stock for the 20 trading days prior to and ending on the date of grant (the “Annual RSU”). Each Annual RSU will vest on the earlier of (i) the date of the following year’s Annual Meeting (or the date immediately prior to the next Annual Meeting if the Non-Employee Director’s service as a director ends at such meeting due to the director’s failure to be re-elected or the director not standing for re-election); or (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(c)    Vesting; Change in Control. All vesting is subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) on each applicable vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedules, for each Non-Employee Director who remains in continuous Service with ON24 until immediately prior to a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), the shares subject to his or her then-outstanding equity awards will become fully vested immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(d)    Remaining Terms. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award will be granted subject to ON24’s standard Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, in the form adopted from time to time by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

  4.

Expenses

ON24 will reimburse Non-Employee Directors for ordinary, necessary, and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at, and participation in, Board and committee meetings; provided, that the Non-Employee Director timely submit appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses in accordance with ON24’s policies as in effect from time to time.

 

  5.

Limitations

No Non-Employee Director may be issued in any fiscal year cash payments (including the fees under Section 2 above) and equity awards (including equity awards under Section 3 above) with aggregate value greater than $750,000, increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as a Non-Employee Director. Any equity awards or other compensation granted to an individual for his or her services as an employee, or for his or her services as a consultant other than a Non-Employee Director, will be excluded for purposes of the limitations under this Section 5.

 

2

Exhibit 21.1

ON24, Inc. Subsidiaries

 

Entity name    Country
ON24 AUSTRALIA PTY LTD    Australia
ON24 Japan GK    Japan
ON24 PTE. LTD.    Singapore
ON24 LIMITED    United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ON24, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated October 27, 2020 included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs – Contracts with Customers, as of January 1, 2019.

(signed) KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

January 8, 2021